Logic Table Docs

Logic SQL Table Documentation
Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ACChannelizer
AC Channelizer
This table is used to backup the local Auto-Count database ACChannelizer table. This table may be deleted in the future.
Indexes on ACNumber, Channelizer Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
ACNumber Channelizer Description OnTime RestTime

Field Constraints Column ACNumber Channelizer OnTime RestTime
int tinyint varchar (50) int int
Table Not Used Table Not Used Table Not Used Table Not Used Table Not Used
Constraint ([ACNumber] >= (-9999999) and [ACNumber] <= 9999999) ([Channelizer] >= 0 and [Channelizer] <= 20) ([OnTime] >= 0 and [OnTime] <= 999999) ([RestTime] >= 0 and [RestTime] <= 999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 1

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ACConfigData
AC Config Data
This table is used to backup the local Auto-Count database ACConfigData table.
Indexes on ACNumber, LLRecNum Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
ACNumber Description sValue LLRecNum

Field Constraints Column ACNumber
int varchar (50) varchar (50) int identity
Main Machine Number Holds the variable name Holds the variables value Unique key
Constraint ([ACNumber] >= (-9999999) and [ACNumber] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 2

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ACCostCenters
AC Cost Centers
This table is used to backup the local Auto-Count database ACCostCenters table.
Column
Type
ACNumber Description CostCenter LLRecNum

Main Machine Number . Labor Cost Center code Unique key
JohnsonGroup
Page 3

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
AccountingGrps
Accounting Grps
For internal use only. This table lists the accounting groups (or transaction types) that the Accounting program will recognize.
Indexes on GroupNumber Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables APTransaction ARTransaction GLAccountData Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
AcctgGroup AcctgGroup AcctgGroup
GroupNumber
tinyint
The group number, which identifies the transaction type: 1 = A/R Invoicing, A/R Memos, and Finished Goods Invoicing 2 = A/R Cash Receipts 3 = A/P Invoicing 4 = A/P Checks and Cash Disbursements 7 = G/J Transactions
GroupName
varchar (2)
A two character description of the type of accounting transaction. BF for Balance Forward AR for Accounts Receivable CR for Cash Receipt AP for Accounts Payable CD for Cash Disbursements GJ for General Journal
Field Constraints Column GroupNumber Constraint ([GroupNumber] >= 0 and [GroupNumber] <= 9)
JohnsonGroup
Page 4

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
AccountingLog
Accounting Log
Used to record critical changes to the accounting tables and provide restart and trouble shooting capabilities for Accounting procedures. It is currently used by: Date Change
Indexes on AcctLogKey Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
AcctLogKey Program
int varchar (20)
Artificial key for AccountingLog table. The name of the program creating this log record (for example, datechg). The programs using this log will check for an incomplete log (no end date) when starting up. Log name of user running 'Program.' Data required to restart the 'Program' if necessary. The data will be stored in a pipe delimited string and will be different for each program using this table. Date, and eventually, time stamp of when the Program was started. Date, and eventually, time stamp of when the Program successfully completed. An empty end date means the Program is still running or was unexpectedly aborted and requires a controlled restart. Whenever End Date is empty, SV102,54 should hold the value of the program that is, or should be, running.
UserName ProgramData StartDate EndDate
varchar (128) varchar (100) datetime datetime
Field Constraints Column AcctLogKey Constraint ([AcctLogKey] >= 0 and [AcctLogKey] <= 999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 5

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
AccountngInput
Accountng Input
The AccountngInput table contains Accounting transactions due to be posted to the permanent accounting tables: Accounts Receivable table, Accounts Payable table, and the GL Account Data table. The close/post process also uses this data to write to Job Costing tables (Labor & Material transactions and Open Job) as well as Purchasing or Finished Goods depending on the type of transaction being posted. This table is loaded when the user chooses post from the accounting batch screen. The data comes from the individual batch tables created through Accounting or Invoicing transaction entry. The data only stays in this table until the next batch is loaded and fields may, or may not, be populated based on the type of batch being posted.
Indexes on TransactionN Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
TransactionN
int
Number indicating the transaction group and the sequential line number of the transaction. The left-most digit is the group number: 1 AR, 2 CR, 3 AP, 4 CD, or 7 GJ. The remaining digits represent a sequential line number. Indicates the table to which the batch will be posted: 113 = ARtransaction 117 = APtransaction 119 = GLaccountdata The customer number to which this transaction applies (if A/R or receipt). Relates to: Customer table The vendor number to which this transaction applies (if A/P or disbursement). Relates to: Vendor table The G/L account number to which this transaction applies (offsets and journal adjustments). Relates to: GLAccounts table The invoice number, if there is one. The customer check number if a receipt; your check number if a disbursement. The batch date entered in accounting. Used for aging unless the parameter 'A/P Invoice Posting Date' specifies that the Invoice Date should be used for aging. If the Invoice Date is used, aging and General Ledger report may not agree. For AP (vendor invoice), this is the date that accounting calculates as the proper date on which the vendor invoice should be paid (based on terms code and vendor invoice date). For AP transactions, this is the vendor invoice date. It will be the same as the Posting Date, unless the parameter 'A/P Invoice Posting Date' specifies that the Invoice Date is to be used for aging. For customer bills (AR) and receipts (CR), this is the job to which the transaction applies. If this is a positive job number, this is a final bill for the job. If negative, this is a partial bill or adjustment.
FileN
smallint
CustomerN VendorN AccountN
int int int
InvoiceN CheckN PostingDate
int int datetime
PaymentDate
datetime
InvoiceDate
datetime
JobN
int
JohnsonGroup
Page 6

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
AccountngInput decimal (11,2) decimal (11,2)
Accountng Input For AR transactions only. If the job number is less than 0, the value in this field was entered with either the Accounting or Invoicing program as a partial billing. For AR transactions only. The value in this field is computed and written here by the Close operation, which adds all the accounting dollars for the General Ledger sales accounts (i.e., it is the sum of all offsetting transactions to General Ledger sales accounts). For AR transactions only. If the job number is less than 0, the value in this field was entered with the Accounting or Invoicing program as a partial billing. The product code of the job. Copied here by the Close operation of Post. Maintained by Adjust. Relates to: ProductCode table The salesperson number assigned to the job. Copied here by the Close operation of Post. Maintained by Adjust. Relates to: Salesperson table For AR transactions only, the quantity invoiced, entered with Accounting or Invoicing. (optional) The PO number on an AP transaction. 0 = Do not hold payment on this vendor invoice; 1 = Hold payment on this vendor invoice. The amount of discount to take on this vendor invoice. Calculated by Accounting or entered manually. For vendor invoices, the 1099 category in which to include this invoice amount. For reporting on the 1099-MISC report (form.1099). Default is set by parameter '1099 Default Tax Type' and can be overridden in Accounting. Relates to: D1099TaxTypes table The total amount of the accounting transaction, entered with the Accounting or Invoice program. Tax Code for AR transactions. Entered with Accounting or Invoicing program. Quantity Produced. Used during Post to update Finished Goods Inventory. Finished Goods Item number used for a partial or closing transaction moving goods from Job Costing to FGI. Relates to: FGInvMaster table The department number to which the transaction applies. Relates to: DeptNames table Account Payable invoice. The transaction number from the Accounting Batch table For Invoice transactions only. Unique key that is related to WinInvoice table to identify the record for the invoice number being posted Description of the transaction entered by user.
(Cont'd)
LaborCost SalesAnalysis
MaterialCost ProductCode
decimal (11,2) int
SalesmanN
int
QuantityInvcd PurchaseOrder HoldFlag Discount D1099Type
decimal (9,2) int tinyint decimal (11,2) smallint
Transactions TaxCode QuanProduced FGIItemN
decimal (15,2) int decimal (9,2) int
Department APInvoiceNum BatchTransNum WIkey
int varchar (14) int int
Description
varchar (60)
JohnsonGroup
Page 7

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
AccountngInput int
Accountng Input The number used to locate the check image information that is stored in the AcctCheckHeader and AcctCheckDetail tables. This number corresponds to CheckHeaderN in the AcctCheckHeader table. Relates to: AcctCheckHeader table The reason why the check identified by this transaction was marked as a void check. Valid values are: 0 - Check has not been marked void 1 - Alignment 2 - Multiple stub 3 - Reprint - different number 4 - Reprint - same number 5 - User initiated Holds the quantity of a Finished Goods item that will be transferred to Finished Goods Inventory when a partial or final invoice is used to bill for a Finished Goods job.
(Cont'd)
CheckImageN
VoidReason
smallint
FGITransQty
decimal (9,2)
Field Constraints Column AccountN BatchTransNum CheckImageN CheckN CustomerN D1099Type Department Discount FGIItemN FGITransQty FileN HoldFlag InvoiceN JobN LaborCost MaterialCost ProductCode PurchaseOrder QuanProduced QuantityInvcd SalesAnalysis SalesmanN TaxCode TransactionN Transactions VendorN VoidReason WIkey Constraint ([AccountN] >= 0 and [AccountN] <= 999999999) ([BatchTransNum] >= 0 and [BatchTransNum] <= 999999) ([CheckImageN]>=(0) AND [CheckImageN]<=(999999999)) ([CheckN] >= 0 and [CheckN] <= 999999999) ([CustomerN] >= 0 and [CustomerN] <= 999999999) ([D1099Type] >= 0 and [D1099Type] <= 999) ([Department] >= 0 and [Department] <= 9999999) ([Discount] >= (-999999999) and [Discount] <= 999999999) ([FGIItemN] >= 0 and [FGIItemN] <= 9999999) ([FGITransQty]>=(0) AND [FGITransQty]<=(9999999)) ([FileN] >= 0 and [FileN] <= 999) ([HoldFlag] >= 0 and [HoldFlag] <= 1) ([InvoiceN] >= 0 and [InvoiceN] <= 999999999) ([JobN] >= (-999999999) and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([LaborCost] >= (-999999999) and [LaborCost] <= 999999999) ([MaterialCost] >= (-999999999) and [MaterialCost] <= 999999999) ([ProductCode] >= 0 and [ProductCode] <= 9999999) ([purchaseorder] >= 0 and [purchaseorder] <= 999999999) ([QuanProduced] >= (-9999999) and [QuanProduced] <= 9999999) ([QuantityInvcd] >= (-9999999) and [QuantityInvcd] <= 9999999) ([SalesAnalysis] >= (-999999999) and [SalesAnalysis] <= 999999999) ([SalesmanN] >= 0 and [SalesmanN] <= 9999999) ([TaxCode] >= 0 and [TaxCode] <= 9999999) ([TransactionN] >= 100000000 and [TransactionN] <= 799999999) ([Transactions] >= (-99999999999) and [Transactions] <= 99999999999) ([VendorN] >= 0 and [VendorN] <= 999999999) ([VoidReason]>=(0) AND [VoidReason]<=(9)) ([WIKey] >= 0 and [WIKey] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 8

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ACCrews
AC Crews
This table is used to backup the local Auto-Count database ACCrews table.
Column
Type
ACNumber CrewNumber Employee Name Shift LogDate CostCenter nIndex LLRecNum

Field Constraints Column ACNumber CrewNumber LogDate nIndex
int int varchar (12) varchar (50) varchar (2) int varchar (5) int int identity
Main Machine Number Holds the assigned crew number . Crew's name What shift the crew is assigned to Date the crew or employee logged in Labor Cost Center Code Used to determine if a crew is logged in. Unique key
Constraint ([ACNumber] >= (-9999999) and [ACNumber] <= 9999999) ([CrewNumber] >= (-9999999) and [CrewNumber] <= 9999999) ([LogDate] >= (-9999999) and [LogDate] <= 9999999) ([nIndex] >= (-99999) and [nIndex] <= 99999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 9

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
AcctBudget
Acct Budget
This table contains budget entries for use in your financial statements. A set of budget entries in this table with the same "BudgetN" define one "Budget." You may store more than one budget at a time in your system. You may also "import" a budget (a set of "Acct Budget" records) into this table from a file.
Indexes on BudgetN, DivisionN, AccountN, AcctDepartment, PeriodEnding Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
AccountN PeriodEnding BudgetAmount AcctDepartment DivisionN BudgetN SourceOfData
int datetime decimal (15,2) int int int tinyint
A unique number which identifies the account. Relates to: GLAccounts table Defines the ending period for which this budget entry applies. The amount budgeted in whole dollars. The department number to which this budget pertains. Relates to: DeptNames table The Division to which this budget entry pertains. Relates to: AcctDivisions table Identifies to which "Budget" this entry belongs. Relates to: BudgetDescript table Indicates how the entry was made. 0 = Edited in system 1 = Imported from file
LastEdited EditedByWhom
Field Constraints Column AccountN AcctDepartment BudgetAmount BudgetN DivisionN SourceOfData
datetime varchar (128)
The date on which this entry was entered or last edited. The "UserID" of the person who last edited this entry.
Constraint ([AccountN] >= 1 and [AccountN] <= 999999999) ([AcctDepartment] >= 0 and [AcctDepartment] <= 9999999) ([BudgetAmount] >= (-999999999) and [BudgetAmount] <= 999999999) ([BudgetN] >= 0 and [BudgetN] <= 9999) ([DivisionN] >= 0 and [DivisionN] <= 9999) ([SourceOfData] >= 0 and [SourceOfData] <= 9)
JohnsonGroup
Page 10

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
AcctCheckDetail
Acct Check Detail
This table holds the lines of text that were printed on checks generated with the Accounting application. Each row in this table represents one line of text that was printed on a check.
Indexes on CheckHeaderN, Row Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
CheckHeaderN Row LineText

Field Constraints Column CheckHeaderN
int int varchar (100)
A unique number assigned when a check is printed. Relates to: AcctCheckHeader table The number of the row on the check where the information was printed. The line of text that was printed on the check.
Constraint ([CheckHeaderN]>=(0) AND [CheckHeaderN]<=(999999999))
JohnsonGroup
Page 11

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
AcctCheckHeader
Check Image Header
This table is used to store information about checks that are printed with the Accounting application. This information, in conjunction with the information in the AcctCheckDetail table, is used to print information about checks that have been generated with Accounting. Information is not stored for sample or alignment checks.
Indexes on CheckHeaderN Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables AcctCheckDetail Related Tables AccountngInput APTransaction CRCDBatch GJBatch GLAccountData Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
CheckHeaderN CheckImageN CheckImageN CheckImageN CheckImageN CheckImageN
CheckHeaderN DatePrinted PrintedBy Division StubCheckNumber
int datetime varchar (128) int int
A unique number assigned when a check is printed. The date on which this instance of the check was printed. The name of the user who printed the check. The division for which the check was printed. Relates to: AcctDivisions table The number that was printed on this portion of the check. If a check requires more than one check form for listing the invoices being paid, this number will be different from the RealCheckNumber. The number of the check form on which the actual check was printed. The number of the vendor to which this check was issued. For non-invoiced checks, this value will be zero. Relates to: Vendor table
RealCheckNumber VendorN
int int
Field Constraints Column CheckHeaderN Division RealCheckNumber StubCheckNumber Constraint ([CheckHeaderN]>=(0) AND [CheckHeaderN]<=(999999999)) ([Division]>=(0.0) AND [Division]<=(9999)) ([RealCheckNumber]>=(0.0) AND [RealCheckNumber]<=(999999999)) ([StubCheckNumber]>=(0.0) AND [StubCheckNumber]<=(999999999))
JohnsonGroup
Page 12

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
AcctDivisions
Accounting Divisions
The Acct Divisions table defines the legal Accounting Divisions for which accounting entries may be made. Non divisional and divisional users must have Division 0 in this table.
Indexes on DivisionN Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables AcctBudget AcctCheckHeader APTransaction ARTransaction BatchDetailHistory CustInvNotes FixedAssets GLAccountData PostJournalHistory RecurringTrans TransactionSet WinAcctBatch WinInvoice Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
DivisionN Division Division Division div Division DivisionN Division DivN DivisionN TransDivNum Division Division
DivisionN DivisionTitle DivisionName AddrLine1 AddrLine2 City StateProv PostalCode DefCashAcctAP
int varchar (24) varchar (50) varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (30) varchar (4) varchar (15) int
Identifies the Division. This is the primary key for this table. Appears at the top of reports when you request a report by an individual division. The name of the division, as it appears on your statements. First line of the address for this division. Second line of the address for this division. City portion of the address for this division. State/Province portion of the address for this division. Postal Code portion of the address for this division. The General Ledger account number for the default cash account for Accounts Payable for this division. Relates to: GLAccounts table The General Ledger account number for the default cash account for Accounts Receivable for this division. Relates to: GLAccounts table Provides a flag to determine whether this division is currently active and can be used in accounting transactions. 0 = No 1 = Yes
DefCashAcctAR
int
InactiveRemove
tinyint
TelephoneNo FaxNo NextInvoiceN
varchar (25) varchar (25) int
Full phone number including country and area codes. Fax telephone number for this division. Used by Invoicing to determine the next available invoice number by division.
JohnsonGroup
Page 13

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
AcctDivisions varchar (3) int varchar (15) varchar (15) smallint
Accounting Divisions Country portion of the address for this division. Relates to: Country table Used by check writing software to get the next check number in a check run for this division. Must be initialized by EFI Logic Customer Service. Used for 1099 reporting for this division. Used for 1099 reporting for this division. Use this field to indicate how you want the date to appear on your checks. Options are: Value 0 1 2 3 4 5 Format MM/DD/YY MMM DD, YYYY MONTH DD, YYYY DD/MM/YY DD MON, YYYY DD MONTH, YYYY Example 01/31/02 Jan 31, 2002 January 31, 2002 31/01/02 31 Jan, 2002 31 January, 2002
(Cont'd)
CountryCode NextCheckN FederalTaxID StateTaxID ChkDateFormat
This is recorded automatically via the 'Accounting -> Edit -> Check Format' screen. ChkAmtAlignment smallint This value indicates how the amount of the check (expressed in words) should be positioned in the available space on the check. The options are Left Justified (0), Right Justified (1), and Centered (2). This is recorded automatically via the 'Accounting -> Edit -> Check Format' screen. Use this field to indicate how many vertical lines are on your check. The typical 8.5 x 11 sheet has 66 lines. This is recorded automatically via the 'Accounting -> Edit -> Check Format' screen. Use this field to indicate how many lines of the check form are dedicated to the actual check. This is recorded automatically via the 'Accounting -> Edit -> Check Format' screen. This value represents the vertical row of the check form on which the date will be printed. This is recorded automatically via the 'Accounting -> Edit -> Check Format' screen. This field contains the horizontal column of the check at which the leftmost character of the date should be printed. This is recorded automatically via the 'Accounting -> Edit -> Check Format' screen. This value represents the vertical row of the check form on which the numerical amount of the check will be printed. This is recorded automatically via the 'Accounting -> Edit -> Check Format' screen. This value represents the horizontal column of the check at which the leftmost character of the numerical amount of the check will be printed. This is recorded automatically via the 'Accounting -> Edit -> Check Format' screen.
ChkNumLinesForm
smallint
ChkNumLinesCheck
smallint
ChkDateRow
smallint
ChkDateCol
smallint
ChkAmtRow
smallint
ChkAmtCol
smallint
JohnsonGroup
Page 14

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
AcctDivisions smallint
Accounting Divisions This value represents the vertical row of the check form on which the amount of the check (expressed in words) will be printed. In the event that the amount requires more than one line of text, this value represents the first row of text on the check. This is recorded automatically via the 'Accounting -> Edit -> Check Format' screen. This value represents the horizontal column on the check at which the amount of the check (expressed in words) will be printed. This value is dependent upon the ChkAmtAlignment option. If the ChkAmtAlignment option is right justify (1), this value will be the rightmost column for the text. If the left justify option is selected, this value will be the leftmost column for the text. For the centered option, this value will be the column around which the text will be horizontally centered. This is recorded automatically via the 'Accounting -> Edit -> Check Format' screen. This value represents the first vertical row where the check recipient's name will be printed on the check. Address lines will be printed on subsequent rows. This is recorded automatically via the 'Accounting -> Edit -> Check Format' screen. This value represents the leftmost column for the check recipient's name and address. This is recorded automatically via the 'Accounting -> Edit -> Check Format' screen. This value identifies the row where the word VOID will be printed on alignment checks. This should be the row on which the signature would usually appear. This is recorded automatically via the 'Accounting -> Edit -> Check Format' screen. This value identifies the column where the word VOID will be printed on alignment checks. This should be the column where the signature would usually appear. This is recorded automatically via the 'Accounting -> Edit -> Check Format' screen. Flag to control if checks for this division will print with a single or double stub. This is recorded automatically via the 'Accounting -> Edit -> Check Format' screen. Third line of address for this division. Telephone extension for this division. E-mail address for this division. First order currency name for check writing -ex "dollars" Second order currency units for check writing - ex "Cents" Flag to control whether checks for this division will include the amount of the check in words. This is maintained on the 'Accounting -> Edit -> Check Format' screen. A value of 1 (true) means that the check amount in words will be printed on the face of the check. A value of 0 (false) indicates that the check amount in words will not be printed. Flag to control whether the date printed on checks for this division will be printed in a larger font. This is maintained on the 'Accounting -> Edit -> Check Format' screen. A value of 1 (true) means that the date on the face of the check will be printed in 12 point font. A value of 0 (false) indicates that the date will be printed in 10 point font like the other information on the face of the check.
(Cont'd)
ChkAlphaAmtRow
ChkAlphaAmtCol
smallint
ChkAddressRow
smallint
ChkAddressCol
smallint
ChkVoidSigRow
smallint
ChkVoidSigCol
smallint
ChkDoubleStub
tinyint
AddrLine3 PhoneExt Email CurrencyWord1 CurrencyWord2 ChkPrintWordAmt
varchar (40) varchar (6) varchar (128) varchar (20) varchar (20) bit
ChkPrintDateDesc
bit
JohnsonGroup
Page 15

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
AcctDivisions bit
Accounting Divisions Flag to control whether checks for this division will display the vendor number in parentheses beside the vendor name on the check. This is maintained on the 'Accounting -> Edit -> Check Format' screen. A value of 1 (true) means that the vendor number will be printed on the face of the check. A value of 0 (false) indicates that the vendor number will not be printed. Flag to indicate whether the information that appears on the check should be printed in bold font. This is maintained on the 'Accounting -> Edit -> Check Format' screen. A value of 1 (true) means that the check will be printed in bold font. A value of 0 (false) indicates that the check will be printed in regular font. Flag to indicate whether the information that appears on the check should be printed in a larger font. This is maintained on the 'Accounting -> Edit -> Check Format' screen. A value of 1 (true) means that the check will be printed in a larger font. A value of 0 (false) indicates that the check will be printed in regular font.
(Cont'd)
ChkPrintVendorN
ChkFaceBold
bit
ChkLargerFont
bit
Field Constraints Column ChkAddressCol ChkAddressRow ChkAlphaAmtCol ChkAlphaAmtRow ChkAmtAlignment ChkAmtCol ChkAmtRow ChkDateCol ChkDateFormat ChkDateRow ChkDoubleStub ChkNumLinesCheck ChkNumLinesForm ChkVoidSigCol ChkVoidSigRow DefCashAcctAP DefCashAcctAR DivisionN InactiveRemove NextCheckN NextInvoiceN Constraint ([ChkAddressCol] >= 0 and [ChkAddressCol] <= 100) ([ChkAddressRow] >= 0 and [ChkAddressRow] <= 80) ([ChkAlphaAmtCol] >= 0 and [ChkAlphaAmtCol] <= 100) ([ChkAlphaAmtRow] >= 0 and [ChkAlphaAmtRow] <= 80) ([ChkAmtAlignment] >= 0 and [ChkAmtAlignment] <= 2) ([ChkAmtCol] >= 0 and [ChkAmtCol] <= 100) ([ChkAmtRow] >= 0 and [ChkAmtRow] <= 80) ([ChkDateCol] >= 0 and [ChkDateCol] <= 100) ([ChkDateFormat] >= 0 and [ChkDateFormat] <= 8) ([ChkDateRow] >= 0 and [ChkDateRow] <= 80) ([ChkDoubleStub] >= 0 and [ChkDoubleStub] <= 1) ([ChkNumLinesCheck] >= 0 and [ChkNumLinesCheck] <= 80) ([ChkNumLinesForm] >= 0 and [ChkNumLinesForm] <= 80) ([ChkVoidSigCol] >= 0 and [ChkVoidSigCol] <= 100) ([ChkVoidSigRow] >= 0 and [ChkVoidSigRow] <= 80) ([DefCashAcctAP] >= 0 and [DefCashAcctAP] <= 999999999) ([DefCashAcctAR] >= 0 and [DefCashAcctAR] <= 999999999) ([DivisionN] >= 0 and [DivisionN] <= 9999) ([InactiveRemove] >= 0 and [InactiveRemove] <= 1) ([NextCheckN] >= 0 and [NextCheckN] <= 999999999) ([NextInvoiceN] >= 0 and [NextInvoiceN] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 16

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ACDeliveries
AC Deliveries
This table is used to backup the local Auto-Count database ACDeliveries table.
Indexes on ACNumber, Delivery Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
ACNumber Delivery DMAddress DMType ScaleNumber Channelizer Channel HasAlpha Sensor
int int int int int tinyint tinyint tinyint int
Main Machine Number Assigned to a Presses physical delivery Address of a Delivery Monitor Not Used Default scale assigned to a delivery Not used Not used Has alpha display This holds the Sensor value. 1 = Gross Only, 2 = Gross and Net, 3 = Gross and Negative gating and 4 = Gross and Positive gating.
Field Constraints Column ACNumber Channel Channelizer Delivery DMAddress DMType HasAlpha ScaleNumber Sensor Constraint ([ACNumber] >= (-9999999) and [ACNumber] <= 9999999) ([Channel] >= 0 and [Channel] <= 4) ([Channelizer] >= 0 and [Channelizer] <= 20) ([Delivery] >= (-99999) and [Delivery] <= 99999) ([DMAddress] >= (-99999) and [DMAddress] <= 99999) ([DMType] >= (-99999) and [DMType] <= 99999) ([HasAlpha] >= 0 and [HasAlpha] <= 1) ([ScaleNumber] >= (-9999999) and [ScaleNumber] <= 9999999) ([Sensor] >= 0 and [Sensor] <= 9999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 17

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ACDMOutputs
AC DMOutputs
This table is used to backup the local Auto-Count database ACDMOutputs table.
Indexes on ACNumber, nOutput Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
ACNumber nOutput Type TrueCommand FalseCommand

Field Constraints Column ACNumber nOutput Type
int int int varchar (30) varchar (30)
Main Machine Number Number of the output Definition of the type of output used Not used Not used
Constraint ([ACNumber] >= (-9999999) and [ACNumber] <= 9999999) ([nOutput] >= (-99999) and [nOutput] <= 99999) ([Type] >= (-99999) and [Type] <= 99999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 18

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ACEmployee
AC Employee
This table is used to backup the local Auto-Count database ACEmployee table.
Column
Type
ACNumber Name Shift HomeCC Employee LLRecNum

int varchar (50) varchar (2) varchar (5) varchar (12) int identity
Main Machine Number Employee name Default shift for employee Cost center Employee number Unique key
JohnsonGroup
Page 19

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ACLaunch
AC Launch
This table is used to backup the local Auto-Count database ACLaunch table.
Column
Type
ACNumber Visible Description Exe Args LLRecNum

Field Constraints Column ACNumber Visible
int tinyint varchar (50) varchar (100) varchar (50) int identity
Main Machine Number Whether to display it or not . Path and name of the exe to run Argument to attach to the exe Unique key
Constraint ([ACNumber] >= (-9999999) and [ACNumber] <= 9999999) ([Visible] >= 0 and [Visible] <= 1)
JohnsonGroup
Page 20

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ACMachine
AC Machine
This table is used to backup the local Auto-Count database ACMachine table.
Column
Type
ACNumber Config Description sValue LLRecNum

Field Constraints Column ACNumber Config
int int varchar (20) varchar (20) int identity
Main Machine Number Configuration of piece of equipment Holds the variable name Holds the variables value Unique key
Constraint ([ACNumber] >= (-9999999) and [ACNumber] <= 9999999) ([Config] >= (-9999999) and [Config] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 21

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ACMaterial
AC Material
This table is used to backup the local Auto-Count database ACMaterial table.
Column
Type
ACNumber Description MWT Width Length Basiswt StockType Paper Material LLRecNum
Field Constraints Column ACNumber Basiswt Length Paper Width
int varchar (50) varchar (13) decimal (9,3) decimal (9,3) decimal (9,2) varchar (12) tinyint varchar (15) int identity
Main Machine Number Material description Used to determine if measuring weight or length Width of the material cost center Length of a material cost center Holds the Basis Weight What stocktype this material is Whether the material is paper or not MCC number Unique key
Constraint ([ACNumber] >= (-9999999) and [ACNumber] <= 9999999) ([Basiswt] >= 0 and [Basiswt] <= 999) ([Length] >= 0 and [Length] <= 99999) ([Paper] >= 0 and [Paper] <= 1) ([Width] >= 0 and [Width] <= 99999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 22

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ACNextRun
AC Next Run
This table is used by Run List Builder and stores the next run number as well as the number of days before purging completed runs.
Indexes on KeyN Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
KeyN NextRunNo Daystokeep

Field Constraints Column Daystokeep KeyN NextRunNo
int int smallint
Key to the table, not really used as there is only 1 record Holds the next run number for Run List Builder When to purge the run list tables
Constraint ([Daystokeep] >= 0 and [Daystokeep] <= 999) ([KeyN] >= 0 and [KeyN] <= 9999999) ([NextRunNo] >= 0 and [NextRunNo] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 23

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ACOpCodes
AC Op Codes
This table is used to backup the local Auto-Count database ACOpCodes table.
Column
Type
ACNumber Description OpCat DMICat Chargeable OperationCode LLRecNum

Field Constraints Column ACNumber Chargeable DMICat OpCat
int varchar (30) int int int varchar (10) int identity
Main Machine Number Description of the operation code Operation category of the operation code, used for reporting DMI Category of the operation code Operation code is chargeable or not Actual operation code number Unique key
Constraint ([ACNumber] >= (-9999999) and [ACNumber] <= 9999999) ([Chargeable] >= (-99999) and [Chargeable] <= 99999) ([DMICat] >= (-99999) and [DMICat] <= 99999) ([OpCat] >= (-99999) and [OpCat] <= 99999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 24

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ACOptions
AC Options
This table is used to backup the local Auto-Count database ACOptions table.
Column
Type
ACNumber Description sValue LLRecNum

Main Machine Number Holds the variable name Holds the variables value Unique key
JohnsonGroup
Page 25

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ACReports
AC Reports
This table is used to backup the local Auto-Count database ACReports table.
Column
Type
ACNumber ReportNumber Description sValue LLRecNum

Field Constraints Column ACNumber ReportNumber sValue
int int varchar (20) int int identity
Main Machine Number Holds the report number Holds the variable name Holds the variables value Unique key
Constraint ([ACNumber] >= (-9999999) and [ACNumber] <= 9999999) ([ReportNumber] >= (-9999999) and [ReportNumber] <= 9999999) ([sValue] >= (-9999999) and [sValue] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 26

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ACRunDeliveries
AC Run Deliveries
This table stores the combined information from ACRunWebs and ACRunDlvys.
Indexes on LLRecNum, RunNumber Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
LLRecNum RunNumber Delivery ProductIndex SkidIndex Ribbons FormLength FormWidth BasisWeight StockType MaterialCode
int identity int smallint smallint smallint smallint decimal (9,3) decimal (9,3) decimal (9,3) int int
Identity field that is the index. This is the Key back to the ACRunList table. Relates to: ACRunlist table This is a number from 1 to 12, that refers to the delivery on the press that will hold the product that is being produced. The product index has a value between 1 and 12 and maps the product from ACRunProducts to the delivery being used. The skid index is from 1 to 12 and ties the skid information to the delivery being used. This is the number of webs of paper being used. This column was previously known as webs in the ACRunWebs table. This is the length of the paper for this ribbon. This is the width of the paper for this ribbon. This is the basis weight of the paper for this ribbon. This is the stocktype for this paper from the StockTypes table. This is the MCCN for this ribbon. This is from the MatlCostCenter. Relates to: MatlCostCntr table
Field Constraints Column BasisWeight Delivery FormLength FormWidth MaterialCode ProductIndex Ribbons RunNumber SkidIndex StockType Constraint ([BasisWeight] >= 0 and [BasisWeight] <= 999) ([Delivery] >= 0 and [Delivery] <= 12) ([FormLength] >= 0 and [FormLength] <= 99999) ([FormWidth] >= 0 and [FormWidth] <= 99999) ([MaterialCode] >= 0 and [MaterialCode] <= 9999999) ([ProductIndex] >= 0 and [ProductIndex] <= 12) ([Ribbons] >= 0 and [Ribbons] <= 99) ([RunNumber] >= 0 and [RunNumber] <= 9999999) ([SkidIndex] >= 0 and [SkidIndex] <= 12) ([StockType] >= 0 and [StockType] <= 999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 27

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ACRunDlvys
AC Run Dlvys
This table is used by Run List Builder and stores the delivery information about the runs.
Indexes on RunNumber, LLRecNum Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
RunNumber Delivery TheRunNumber ProductIndex SkidIndex QtyToDo LLRecNum GrossAccumulated NetAccumulated

Field Constraints Column Delivery ProductIndex QtyToDo RunNumber SkidIndex TheRunNumber
int tinyint int tinyint tinyint int int identity int int
Run number assigned Relates to: ACRunlist table Delivery a run is assigned Not used Which product this item is Which skid is assigned Qty to do for this run Unique key Holds the total gross accumulated for this run. Holds the total net accumulated for this run.
Constraint ([Delivery] >= 0 and [Delivery] <= 8) ([ProductIndex] >= 0 and [ProductIndex] <= 8) ([QtyToDo] >= 0 and [QtyToDo] <= 99999999) ([RunNumber] >= 0 and [RunNumber] <= 9999999) ([SkidIndex] >= 0 and [SkidIndex] <= 8) ([TheRunNumber] >= 0 and [TheRunNumber] <= 99999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 28

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ACRunlist
AC Runlist
This table is used by Run List Builder and stores the date and status that the run was last modified. Also stores the sequence information.
Indexes on RunNumber Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables ACRunDeliveries ACRunDlvys ACRunProducts ACRunSkids ACRunWebs Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
RunNumber RunNumber RunNumber RunNumber RunNumber
RunNumber ACNumber MachConfig SeqNumber Status Date LastRun
int int int int smallint datetime int
Run number assigned Main Machine Number Machine configuration to use for this run Relates to: Equipment table The order of the runs to be processed Current status of the run Date of the last operation This field is used for Zero Makeready presses. If a group of runs are being created for this press, then the field is set to 0 until the last run is reached and then the field is set to 1.
Field Constraints Column ACNumber MachConfig RunNumber SeqNumber Status Constraint ([ACNumber] >= 0 and [ACNumber] <= 9999) ([MachConfig] >= 0 and [MachConfig] <= 999999) ([RunNumber] >= 0 and [RunNumber] <= 9999999) ([SeqNumber] >= (-1) and [SeqNumber] <= 99999999) ([Status] >= 0 and [Status] <= 999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 29

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ACRunProducts
AC Run Products
This table is used by Run List Builder and stores the product information for the run.
Indexes on RunNumber, ProductIndex Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
RunNumber ProductIndex JobNumber JobDesc FormNumber FormDesc Prefix QtyToDo NumberUp Customer CustomerName ObjMRHours ObjRunHrs ObjWaste JobTaskID
Field Constraints Column Customer FormNumber JobNumber NumberUp Prefix ProductIndex QtyToDo RunNumber
int tinyint int varchar (30) int varchar (20) tinyint int smallint int varchar (24) numeric numeric int int
Run number assigned Relates to: ACRunlist table Ties this product to ACRunDlvys Job Number Relates to: OpenJob table Job Description Form Number Description of the form Nomal,AA,PE Qty to do for this product This is used by AC1000 when configured for pieces. Customer number Relates to: Customer table Customer name This field holds the run objective for the expected Makeready hours for this run. This field holds the run objective for the expected run hours for this run. This field holds the run objective for the expected waste for this run. Holds the JobTaskID from the SchJobTask table.
Constraint ([Customer] >= 0 and [Customer] <= 999999999) ([FormNumber] >= 0 and [FormNumber] <= 999999) ([JobNumber] >= 0 and [JobNumber] <= 999999999) ([NumberUp]>=(0) AND [NumberUp]<=(9999)) ([Prefix] >= 0 and [Prefix] <= 8) ([ProductIndex] >= 0 and [ProductIndex] <= 8) ([QtyToDo] >= 0 and [QtyToDo] <= 999999999) ([RunNumber] >= 0 and [RunNumber] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 30

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ACRunSkids
AC Run Skids
This table is used by Run List Builder and stores the skid information for the run.
Indexes on RunNumber, SkidIndex Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
RunNumber SkidIndex QtyPerSkid SkidNumber NumberOfSkids TicketType Copies SpecInst1 SpecInst2 SpecInst3 SpecInst4 ToBindery ToWarehouse ToShipping ToOther
Field Constraints Column Copies NumberOfSkids QtyPerSkid RunNumber SkidIndex SkidNumber TicketType
int tinyint int int int smallint tinyint varchar (20) varchar (20) varchar (20) varchar (20) varchar (5) varchar (5) varchar (5) varchar (5)
Run number assigned Relates to: ACRunlist table Ties this product to ACRunDlvys How many signatures per skdi The first skid number to start with Number of skids required for this run Which skid ticket type to use Number of copies of the skid ticket Special instructions 1 of 4 Special instructions 2 of 4 Special instructions 3 of 4 Special instructions 4 of 4 Check box for skid ticket Check box for skid ticket Check box for skid ticket Check box for skid ticket
Constraint ([Copies] >= 0 and [Copies] <= 9) ([NumberOfSkids] >= 0 and [NumberOfSkids] <= 999999) ([QtyPerSkid] >= 0 and [QtyPerSkid] <= 999999) ([RunNumber] >= 0 and [RunNumber] <= 9999999) ([SkidIndex] >= 0 and [SkidIndex] <= 12) ([SkidNumber] >= 0 and [SkidNumber] <= 999999) ([TicketType] >= 0 and [TicketType] <= 999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 31

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ACRunWebs
AC Run Webs
This table was used by Run List Builder to store the web (paper) information for the run. This table is no longer used. The first time RLB starts it will copy the information from this table and insert it into ACRunDeliveries.
Indexes on RunNumber, Delivery Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
RunNumber Delivery TheRunNumber Webs1 FormLength1 FormWidth1 BasisWeight1 MaterialCode1 StockType1 Webs2 FormLength2 FormWidth2 BasisWeight2 MaterialCode2 StockType2 Webs3 FormLength3 FormWidth3 BasisWeight3 MaterialCode3 StockType3 Webs4 FormLength4 FormWidth4 BasisWeight4 JohnsonGroup
int tinyint int smallint decimal (9,3) decimal (9,3) decimal (9,3) int int smallint decimal (9,3) decimal (9,3) decimal (9,3) int int smallint decimal (9,3) decimal (9,3) decimal (9,3) int int smallint decimal (9,3) decimal (9,3) decimal (9,3)
Run number assigned Relates to: ACRunlist table Which delivery is assigned Not used Holds the number of webs for web 1 Holds the form length for web 1 Holds the form width for web 1 Holds the Basis weight for web 1 Holds the Material code for web 1 Relates to: MatlCostCntr table Holds the Stock type for web 1 Holds the number of webs for web 2 Holds the form length for web 2 Holds the form width for web 2 Holds the Basis weight for web 2 Holds the Material code for web 2 Relates to: MatlCostCntr table Holds the Stock type for web 2 Holds the number of webs for web 3 Holds the form length for web 3 Holds the form width for web 3 Holds the Basis weight for web 3 Holds the Material code for web 3 Relates to: MatlCostCntr table Holds the Stock type for web 3 Holds the number of webs for web 4 Holds the form length for web 4 Holds the form width for web 4 Holds the Basis weight for web 4 Page 32

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ACRunWebs int int smallint decimal (9,3) decimal (9,3) decimal (9,3) int int smallint decimal (9,3) decimal (9,3) decimal (9,3) int int
AC Run Webs Holds the Material code for web 4 Relates to: MatlCostCntr table Holds the Stock type for web 4 Holds the number of webs for web 5 Holds the form length for web 5 Holds the form width for web 5 Holds the Basis weight for web 5 Holds the Material code for web 5 Relates to: MatlCostCntr table Holds the Stock type for web 5 Holds the number of webs for web 6 Holds the form length for web 6 Holds the form width for web 6 Holds the Basis weight for web 6 Holds the Material code for web 6 Relates to: MatlCostCntr table Holds the Stock type for web 6
(Cont'd)
MaterialCode4 StockType4 Webs5 FormLength5 FormWidth5 BasisWeight5 MaterialCode5 StockType5 Webs6 FormLength6 FormWidth6 BasisWeight6 MaterialCode6 StockType6
JohnsonGroup
Page 33

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ACRunWebs
AC Run Webs
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column BasisWeight1 BasisWeight2 BasisWeight3 BasisWeight4 BasisWeight5 BasisWeight6 Delivery FormLength1 FormLength2 FormLength3 FormLength4 FormLength5 FormLength6 FormWidth1 FormWidth2 FormWidth3 FormWidth4 FormWidth5 FormWidth6 MaterialCode1 MaterialCode2 MaterialCode3 MaterialCode4 MaterialCode5 MaterialCode6 RunNumber StockType1 StockType2 StockType3 StockType4 StockType5 StockType6 TheRunNumber Webs1 Webs2 Webs3 Webs4 Webs5 Webs6 Constraint ([BasisWeight1] >= 0 and [BasisWeight1] <= 999) ([BasisWeight2] >= 0 and [BasisWeight2] <= 999) ([BasisWeight3] >= 0 and [BasisWeight3] <= 999) ([BasisWeight4] >= 0 and [BasisWeight4] <= 999) ([BasisWeight5] >= 0 and [BasisWeight5] <= 999) ([BasisWeight6] >= 0 and [BasisWeight6] <= 999) ([Delivery] >= 0 and [Delivery] <= 12) ([FormLength1] >= 0 and [FormLength1] <= 9999) ([FormLength2] >= 0 and [FormLength2] <= 9999) ([FormLength3] >= 0 and [FormLength3] <= 9999) ([FormLength4] >= 0 and [FormLength4] <= 9999) ([FormLength5] >= 0 and [FormLength5] <= 9999) ([FormLength6] >= 0 and [FormLength6] <= 9999) ([FormWidth1] >= 0 and [FormWidth1] <= 9999) ([FormWidth2] >= 0 and [FormWidth2] <= 9999) ([FormWidth3] >= 0 and [FormWidth3] <= 9999) ([FormWidth4] >= 0 and [FormWidth4] <= 9999) ([FormWidth5] >= 0 and [FormWidth5] <= 9999) ([FormWidth6] >= 0 and [FormWidth6] <= 9999) ([MaterialCode1] >= 0 and [MaterialCode1] <= 9999999) ([MaterialCode2] >= 0 and [MaterialCode2] <= 9999999) ([MaterialCode3] >= 0 and [MaterialCode3] <= 9999999) ([MaterialCode4] >= 0 and [MaterialCode4] <= 9999999) ([MaterialCode5] >= 0 and [MaterialCode5] <= 9999999) ([MaterialCode6] >= 0 and [MaterialCode6] <= 9999999) ([RunNumber] >= 0 and [RunNumber] <= 9999999) ([StockType1] >= 0 and [StockType1] <= 999999) ([StockType2] >= 0 and [StockType2] <= 999999) ([StockType3] >= 0 and [StockType3] <= 999999) ([StockType4] >= 0 and [StockType4] <= 999999) ([StockType5] >= 0 and [StockType5] <= 999999) ([StockType6] >= 0 and [StockType6] <= 999999) ([TheRunNumber] >= 0 and [TheRunNumber] <= 99000000) ([Webs1] >= 0 and [Webs1] <= 99) ([Webs2] >= 0 and [Webs2] <= 99) ([Webs3] >= 0 and [Webs3] <= 99) ([Webs4] >= 0 and [Webs4] <= 99) ([Webs5] >= 0 and [Webs5] <= 99) ([Webs6] >= 0 and [Webs6] <= 99)
JohnsonGroup
Page 34

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ACScale
AC Scale
This table is used to backup the local Auto-Count database ACScale table.
Indexes on ACNumber, Scale Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
ACNumber Scale Description SIBType Units MaxScaleWt ScaleBits WayOffCts OverloadPct ZeroCts MissingBinCts CalibrateCts CalibrateWt OverloadCts CountsPerUnit SampleQty SampleCts AvePieceCts QuietValue CornerWt1 CornerWt2 CornerWt3 CornerWt4 QuietSize
int int varchar (50) smallint int decimal (9,4) int int decimal (9,4) int int int decimal (9,4) int decimal (9,4) int int decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4) int int int int int
Main Machine Number Scale number Description of the scale Type of scale interface board English or metric Maximum amount that can go on the scale Always 18 When to display a large negative waste adjustment What percent is considered overloaded Number of counts when the scale is empty Number of counts a bin ways divided by 2 Number of counts for the calibrate weight Number of lbs or kgs used for calibration Number of counts to be considered overloaded Number of cts per lb or kg How many sigs required for a sample Number of cts for a sample Average piece counts Value that decides if scale is quiet or noisy Not used Not used Holds the date of calibration Holds the time of calibration Maximum size of array for scale graph
JohnsonGroup
Page 35

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ACScale
AC Scale
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column ACNumber AvePieceCts CalibrateCts CalibrateWt CornerWt1 CornerWt2 CornerWt3 CornerWt4 CountsPerUnit MaxScaleWt MissingBinCts OverloadCts OverloadPct QuietSize QuietValue SampleCts SampleQty Scale ScaleBits SIBType Units WayOffCts ZeroCts Constraint ([ACNumber] >= (-9999999) and [ACNumber] <= 9999999) ([AvePieceCts] >= (-10000000) and [AvePieceCts] <= 10000000) ([CalibrateCts] >= (-9999999) and [CalibrateCts] <= 9999999) ([CalibrateWt] >= (-10000000) and [CalibrateWt] <= 10000000) ([CornerWt1] >= (-99999999) and [CornerWt1] <= 99999999) ([CornerWt2] >= (-99999999) and [CornerWt2] <= 99999999) ([CornerWt3] >= (-99999999) and [CornerWt3] <= 99999999) ([CornerWt4] >= (-99999999) and [CornerWt4] <= 99999999) ([CountsPerUnit] >= (-10000000) and [CountsPerUnit] <= 10000000) ([MaxScaleWt] >= (-10000000) and [MaxScaleWt] <= 10000000) ([MissingBinCts] >= (-9999999) and [MissingBinCts] <= 9999999) ([OverloadCts] >= (-9999999) and [OverloadCts] <= 9999999) ([OverloadPct] >= (-10000000) and [OverloadPct] <= 10000000) ([QuietSize] >= 0 and [QuietSize] <= 999999) ([QuietValue] >= (-10000000) and [QuietValue] <= 10000000) ([SampleCts] >= (-9999999) and [SampleCts] <= 9999999) ([SampleQty] >= (-9999999) and [SampleQty] <= 9999999) ([Scale] >= (-99999) and [Scale] <= 99999) ([ScaleBits] >= (-99999) and [ScaleBits] <= 99999) ([SIBType] >= 0 and [SIBType] <= 99) ([Units] >= (-99999) and [Units] <= 99999) ([WayOffCts] >= (-9999999) and [WayOffCts] <= 9999999) ([ZeroCts] >= (-9999999) and [ZeroCts] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 36

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ACShiftTable
AC Shift Table
This table is used to backup the local Auto-Count database ACShiftTable table.
Column
Type
ACNumber StartTime EndTime Offset Shift LLRecNum

Field Constraints Column ACNumber EndTime Offset StartTime
int int int int varchar (2) int identity
Main Machine Number When a shift starts When a shift ends -1,0,1 used for shiftdate/logdate Number of shift Unique key
Constraint ([ACNumber] >= (-9999999) and [ACNumber] <= 9999999) ([EndTime] >= (-9999999) and [EndTime] <= 9999999) ([Offset] >= (-99999) and [Offset] <= 99999) ([StartTime] >= (-9999999) and [StartTime] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 37

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ACStatusCode
AC Status Code
This table is used to backup the local Auto-Count database ACStatusCode table.
Indexes on ACNumber, StatusCodeN Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
ACNumber StatusCodeN SCDescription DoneinDept Subjobreqd QTYreqd FormNreqd SigNreqd

Field Constraints Column ACNumber DoneinDept FormNreqd QTYreqd SigNreqd StatusCodeN Subjobreqd
int int varchar (20) tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint
Main Machine Number Status code number Status code description . . . . .
Constraint ([ACNumber] >= (-9999999) and [ACNumber] <= 9999999) ([DoneinDept] >= 0 and [DoneinDept] <= 5) ([FormNreqd] >= 0 and [FormNreqd] <= 1) ([QTYreqd] >= 0 and [QTYreqd] <= 1) ([SigNreqd] >= 0 and [SigNreqd] <= 1) ([StatusCodeN] >= 0 and [StatusCodeN] <= 99999) ([Subjobreqd] >= 0 and [Subjobreqd] <= 1)
JohnsonGroup
Page 38

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ACStockType
AC Stock Type
This table is used to backup the local Auto-Count database ACStockType table.
Column
Type
ACNumber Description BasSize BasWgtFact StockType LLRecNum

int varchar (50) varchar (17) varchar (16) varchar (10) int identity
Main Machine Number Description of the stocktype Basis Size Basis Weight factor Stock type number Unique key
JohnsonGroup
Page 39

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
AdminAreaTypeList
Admin Area Type List
AdminAreaType
Indexes on AdminAreaType Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables Contacts Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
AdminAreaName
AdminAreaType Active
Field Constraints Column
varchar (150) numeric
AdminAreaType Active
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 40

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
AlterationDetail
Alteration Detail
Contains detail lines for an alteration. Alteration detail can be selected from a rate schedule if desired. This table contains billing information that can be collected onto an invoice.
Indexes on JobN, AlterationN, KeyN Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
JobN AlterationN LineItemN Quantity Description ProductionNotes Price RateID ProductID SizeID RevisionN WIKey CreatedBy KeyN
Field Constraints Column AlterationN JobN LineItemN Price Quantity
int int int decimal (15,2) varchar (200) varchar (5,000) decimal (15,2) int int int int int varchar (128) int identity
Job number Relates to: Alterations table Alteration number Relates to: Alterations table Item sequence number Quantity Detail line desciption (this could show on an invoice) Notes about this detail line for the production floor Price Rate ID if selected from a rate schedule Relates to: QQRate table Product ID if selected from a rate schedule Relates to: QQProducts table Size ID if selected from a rate schedule Relates to: QQSize table Revision number if this alteration detail line was created as a result of making a jobticket revision. Key from the invoice table if this detail line has been put on an invoice. Who created this detail line Key
Constraint ([AlterationN] >= 0 and [AlterationN] <= 999999999) ([JobN] >= 0 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([lineitemn] >= 0 and [lineitemn] <= 999) ([Price] >= (-999999999) and [Price] <= 999999999) ([Quantity] >= 0 and [Quantity] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 41

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
AlterationDocuments
Alteration Documents
This table contains a list of documents associated with a specific alteration.

Indexes on JobN, AlterationN, SequenceN Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
JobN AlterationN SequenceN DocumentPath
int int int varchar (512)
Job number Relates to: Alterations table Alteration number Relates to: Alterations table Sequence number of the document Path to the document. Note: if you use mapped drives, they must be mapped on the client you are running on.
Field Constraints Column AlterationN JobN SequenceN Constraint ([AlterationN] >= 0 and [AlterationN] <= 999999999) ([JobN] >= 0 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([sequencen] >= 0 and [sequencen] <= 999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 42

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Alterations
Alterations
Contains alterations related to a job. These alterations can be either AAs or PEs (Printer errors)
Indexes on JobN, AlterationN Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables AlterationDetail AlterationDocuments Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
AlterationN AlterationN
JobN AlterationN Description DateEntered Approval_name Approval_date CustomerNotes Approved
int int varchar (50) datetime varchar (200) datetime varchar (5,000) tinyint
Job number Relates to: OpenJob table Alteration number Description of the alteration. Date the alteration was entered. Logname of person who approved the alteration Date this alteration was approved Any notes the customer wants to include about this alteration. Approved? (NOTE: the job cannot be closed and items cannot be put on an invoice until it is approved.) 0 = No 1 = Yes
CloseDate AlterationType
datetime tinyint
Date job was closed. Type of alteration 0 = AA 1 = PE
Form Subjob
Field Constraints Column AlterationN AlterationType Approved Form JobN Subjob
int int
Form number Subjob number
Constraint ([AlterationN] >= 1 and [AlterationN] <= 999999999) ([alterationtype] >= 0 and [alterationtype] <= 9) ([Approved] >= 0 and [Approved] <= 9) ([form] >= 0 and [form] <= 9999) ([JobN] >= 0 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([subjob] >= 0 and [subjob] <= 9999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 43

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
AltVendAddr
Alternate Vendor Address
This table is used to store alternate addresses and contacts for your vendors. They can be specified in the Table Maintenance application and are used in the Purchasing and Accounting applications.
Indexes on VendorN, AddressNumber Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
VendorN
int
A unique number which identifies the vendor. Note that Vendor 99999 is usually a special vendor record used to record spoiled checks. By recording them in this way they are all grouped together on the Check Register. Relates to: Vendor table A numeric key assigned to this address/contact. A line of description to help identify the address. This aids in looking up the address, but does not show up on any forms or reports (other than the vendor list). The first line of address. This line needs to include the company name. Line 1 of address. Line 2 of address. The city to appear in the address. The two-character state abbreviation of the vendor. The vendor's postal code. The name of your contact or representative at the vendor. For purchasing contacts, this is the name that will be displayed in other applications (such as Purchasing). For accounting contacts, this is the name that will be listed when you do a vendor inquiry in Accounting. The vendor's voice telephone number. Include the area code, but not hyphens. The vendor's fax number, if any. Include the area code, but not hyphens. Country Code for this Vendor. This field is related to the Country Table which will be used to print the full Country name in the address. Relates to: Country table Telephone extension. E-mail address. Line 3 of the address. Another name or description that you want to provide for the contact, for example, Ink Specialist. A setting that controls whether this address or contact will be available as a selection in other parts of the Logic system. If it has been marked Inactive, it will not be available. Is this contact currently inactive? 0 = No 1 = Yes
AddressNumber AddressDesc
int varchar (30)
Addressee AddrLine1 AddrLine2 City StateProv PostalCode Attention
varchar (50) varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (30) varchar (4) varchar (15) varchar (35)
TelephoneN FaxPhoneN CountryCode
varchar (25) varchar (25) varchar (3)
PhoneExt Email AddrLine3 ContactName InactivePurge
varchar (6) varchar (128) varchar (40) varchar (60) bit
JohnsonGroup
Page 44

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
AltVendAddr bit
Alternate Vendor Address Indicates whether the contact described by this entry is a Purchasing Contact. Purchasing contacts can be used when creating purchase orders with the Purchasing application. 0 = No 1 = Yes
(Cont'd)
IsPurchasingContact
DefPurchasingContact
bit
Indicates whether the contact described by this entry is your default purchasing contact for the vendor. 0 = No 1 = Yes
IsAcctContact
bit
Indicates whether the contact described by this entry is an Accounting Contact. Accounting contacts can be viewed in the Accounting application. 0 = No 1 = Yes
DefAcctContact
bit
Indicates whether the contact described by this entry is your default accounting contact at the vendor. 0 = No 1 = Yes
IsShipAddr
bit
Indicates whether the contact is an additional shipping address for the vendor. 0 = No 1 = Yes
Field Constraints Column AddressNumber VendorN Constraint ([AddressNumber]>(0) AND [AddressNumber]<=(9999999)) ([VendorN] >= 1 and [VendorN] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 45

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Answers
Answers
Answers provided by the user as overrides to operation values provided as defaults by the Standards when creating an Estimating 3 estimate.
Indexes on IssNum, CompNum, OperID, Instance, QuesID, AnsNum Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
IssNum
int
Issued Estimate number. This is the number used to track the particular version of an estimate. If an estimate is Opened for Edit and reissued, it will receive a new Issue Number. These are assigned sequentially. Relates to: Estimates table Component Number for these answers Estimate Number Operation ID Instance of this operation Question ID from the standards that is being answered. Answer number when multiple answers are allowed for an operation. This usually reflects specific overrides for multiple quantities. Whether field value should be calculated instead of using the default.0=No, 1=Yes If this field is Yes, the answer value field is ignored. Answer to question if supplied by user
CompNum EstNum OperID Instance QuesID AnsNum CalcMe AValue

Field Constraints Column AnsNum CalcMe CompNum EstNum Instance IssNum QuesID
int decimal (15,2) varchar (8) smallint int smallint tinyint varchar (120)
Constraint ([AnsNum] >= 0 and [AnsNum] <= 99) ([CalcMe] >= 0 and [CalcMe] <= 1) ([CompNum] >= 0 and [CompNum] <= 99999) ([EstNum] >= 0 and [EstNum] <= 99999999) ([Instance] >= 0 and [Instance] <= 99) ([IssNum] >= 1 and [IssNum] <= 999999999) ([QuesID] >= 0 and [QuesID] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 46

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
APBatch
AP Batch
APBatch table for Accounting input. Contains header information for a single double entry accounting transaction. General Ledger offsetting accounts are contained in the associated APOffsets table. Data in this table will be posted to the APtransaction table and will be deleted when its associated batch is deleted by the system (after the batch has been posted).
Indexes on APKey BatchNumber, APKey Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables APOffsets Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Nonclustered Column
APKey
APKey BatchNumber
int int
Sequential key assigned by Accounting Batch number for Accounts Payable transactions. Accounting assigns the batch number to table WinAcctBatch when a new batch is created. Each record in this table represents the header of a double entry transaction and must be associated with a WinAcctBatch batch. Relates to: WinAcctBatch table Vendor number for the transaction. Relates to: Vendor table Invoice number/id. Usually assigned by your vendor Related to PurchaseOrder table. This is a required field if the Vendor table RequirePO flag is on. Will be used by the check writing program, along with vendor's terms code, to determine when invoice should be paid. Invoices will be aged either by the posting date or this invoice date depending upon the value of parameter 'A/P Invoice Posting Date.' Indicates whether an invoice has been placed on hold. The check writing program will not automatically select an on hold invoice for payment. This flag may be turned off by the user from the checks or cash disbursement screens. Used by automatic selection of checks screen to determine which invoices to pay. Discount for this invoice, entered by user. For 1099 vendors, this number represents the 1099 classification for this invoice. Relates to: D1099TaxTypes table Total amount of the invoice. Must balance the sum of all the offsetting entries stored in APOffsets for this APKey. Text entered by user. Will be posted to GLAccountData table.
Vendor VendorInvoice PurchaseOrder DateOfInvoice
int varchar (12) int datetime
InvOnHoldFlg
tinyint
PaymentDate Discount D1099Type InvoiceAmount Description
datetime decimal (15,2) smallint decimal (15,2) varchar (60)
JohnsonGroup
Page 47

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
APBatch
AP Batch
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column APKey BatchNumber D1099Type Discount InvoiceAmount InvOnHoldFlg PurchaseOrder Vendor Constraint ([APKey] >= 1 and [APKey] <= 999999) ([BatchNumber] >= 0 and [BatchNumber] <= 999999) ([D1099Type] >= 0 and [D1099Type] <= 999) ([Discount] >= (-999999999) and [Discount] <= 999999999) ([InvoiceAmount] >= (-999999999) and [InvoiceAmount] <= 999999999) ([InvOnHoldFlg] >= 0 and [InvOnHoldFlg] <= 1) ([purchaseorder] >= 0 and [purchaseorder] <= 999999999) ([Vendor] >= 0 and [Vendor] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 48

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
APOffsets
AP Offsets
Contains General Ledger offset accounts and amounts for accounts payable transactions. Related to APBatch table by the APKey. Data in this table will be posted to the GLAccountData table and will be deleted when its associated batch is deleted by the system (after the batch has been posted).
Indexes on APKey, LLRecNum Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
APKey AccountNo Department
int int int
Sequential key assigned by Accounting. Relates to: APBatch table General Ledger account number for this offset to AP. Relates to: GLAccounts table Department number to charge for this transaction. A department number may only be entered here when the GL Account for this transaction requires a department. Relates to: DeptNames table Amount for this offset. The sum of all the offsets for a unique APKey must balance the InvoiceAmount for the corresponding APKey in the APBatch table. Unique key used internally by EFI Logic software. Tax code for this transaction. Only used if the parameter 'Record AP Tax' is on. Relates to: TaxCode table Amount of tax associated with this line of the transaction. Only used if the parameter 'Record AP Tax' is on.
Amount LLRecNum APTaxCode TaxAmt
decimal (15,2) int identity int decimal (15,2)
Field Constraints Column AccountNo Amount APKey Department TaxAmt Constraint ([AccountNo] >= 1 and [AccountNo] <= 999999999) ([Amount] >= (-999999999) and [Amount] <= 999999999) ([APKey] >= 0 and [APKey] <= 999999) ([Department] >= 0 and [Department] <= 9999999) ([TaxAmt] >= (-999999999) and [TaxAmt] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 49

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Appl1CodesFile
Codes List
The Codes List table contains lists of possible values to display for choice fields (toggle fields) in other tables. This table is for EFI Logic use only. The Vendor table, for example, has a column called Requires PO (reqpo) with two possible values: No and Yes. These are encoded as 0 and 1. The Codes List table provides a translation table that converts 0 to No and 1 to Yes for screen display. The Code Key table has the format iiinnn, where iii is an index (the Code base) specified in the Codes Index (Appl1CodesIndex) table and nnn is the field value referring to the literal. Reqpo, for example, has a code base, or index, of 21; in the Codes List table, you will find 21000, with a literal of No, and 21001, with a literal of Yes.
Indexes on CodeKey Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
CodeKey
int
The key to the table, format iiinnn, where iii is the code base (which is an index for a particular choice field in another table), and nnn is the field value of one of the literals, or choices, associated with the field. A literal, or choice, for the field. The default choice should always be listed first (field value = 0; key = iii000).
Description
varchar (50)
Field Constraints Column CodeKey Constraint ([CodeKey] >= 0 and [CodeKey] <= 999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 50

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Appl1CodesIndex
Codes Index
This table is for EFI Logic use only. The Codes Index table serves as an index to the Codes List, which contains literals for many of the toggle fields in the other data table. To simplify the finding of the literals, without making each set be its own related table, they are indexed in the Codes Index. Each field that has a list of literals has an entry in this table to identify, by means of the code base, the set of literals. This allows applications to have a common list of value choices for fields in the system.
Indexes on SQLFileName, SQLFieldName Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
CodeBase
int
The leading digits of the keys in the Codes List table for the given set of literals. Each set of literals has a Code Key in the format iiinnn, where iii is the Code Base and nnn is the sequence of the literal (literals are displayed in sequence order), making a unique key for each literal. Converted SQL table name for related table. The SQL Field name related to this code.
SQLFileName SQLFieldName
Field Constraints Column CodeBase
varchar (20) varchar (20)
Constraint ([CodeBase] >= 0 and [CodeBase] <= 9999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 51

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Application
Application
System table which allows validation of applications and organization of parameters and tables.
Indexes on ApplicationID Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
ApplicationID ApplicationName ForVerify
int varchar (30) bit
Key number for application record. Name of application. If = 1, this application can be verified as valid for the customer to use. Those applications which are listed as = 0 are for categorization of tables and parameters only.
Field Constraints Column Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 52

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ApplProgramDesc
Program Desc
The Program Description table contains entries for every application and program permission used in the system.
Indexes on ProgramName ProgramName Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables MessageLog Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Nonclustered Column
ProgramName
Description ProgramName ExecCommand ProgramType PermissionType CtrlParameter
varchar (45) varchar (10) varchar (55) tinyint tinyint int
Description of item. Name of program or permission Application role encrypted password when item is an application. 1 = Program with Application role, 7 = Report, 0 = Other 1=Permission category with User Template, 2= Role permission Parameter turned on/off when this program is validated to allow other programs to know when a program is enabled. Relates to: MasterParams table Version number of currently released executable if item is an application. Not Used Application Id with which this program is associated and validated. Indicates which zlaProgAccess table this entry is in (1 = zlaProgAccess, 2=zlaProgAccess2)
Version Compatibility ApplicationID AccessTableIndex
varchar (20) varchar (20) int tinyint
Field Constraints Column CtrlParameter PermissionType ProgramType Constraint ([CtrlParameter] >= 0 and [CtrlParameter] <= 9999999) ([PermissionType] >= 0 and [PermissionType] <= 9) ([ProgramType] >= 0 and [ProgramType] <= 7)
JohnsonGroup
Page 53

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ApplResourceLock
Appl Resource Lock
This table holds the user information associated with application resource locks. It is used to return detailed information when a desired resource is locked by another user and for the information for the Database Locks report.
Indexes on UserName, HostName, ProcessID, TimeOfLock, Resource Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
UserName HostName ProcessID TimeOfLock Resource TypeOfLock ApplicationName

varchar (256) varchar (128) int datetime varchar (50) varchar (10) varchar (50)
Name of the user currently holding a resource lock. Name of the host client machine currently holding a resource lock. ID of process currently holding a resource lock. Used to synchronize with existing locks. Date and time resource lock was established. Actual resource lock held. Shared or Exclusive. Name of application obtaining resource lock.
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 54

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ApplSVIndexList
SV Index List
The Status Vector Index list documents the use of cells in the status vector tables (SVXXX).
Indexes on SVNumberIndex Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
SVNumberIndex SVNumber IndexNumber IndexName Description1 Description2 Description3 Description4 Description5 Description6 Description7 Description8 Description9 IndexType
int smallint tinyint varchar (40) varchar (60) varchar (60) varchar (60) varchar (60) varchar (60) varchar (60) varchar (60) varchar (60) varchar (60) tinyint
Combination of Status Vector number and cell number. Number of status vector for this entry. Relates to: StatusVectors table Number of the corresponding cell in the status vector. Description of the use of the corresponding cell in the status vector. Description of the use of the Status vector cell. . . . . . . . . Indicates the type of data in the corresponding cell: 0 = numeric 1 = date 2 = choice
Field Constraints Column IndexNumber IndexType SVNumber SVNumberIndex Constraint ([IndexNumber] >= 0 and [IndexNumber] <= 60) ([IndexType] >= 0 and [IndexType] <= 9) ([SVNumber] >= 101 and [SVNumber] <= 303) ([SVNumberIndex] >= 10101 and [SVNumberIndex] <= 30360)
JohnsonGroup
Page 55

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ApprovedItems
Approved Items
The ApprovedItems table contains the record of vendor invoiced amounts approved. The amounts are recorded by each purchase order item and by each vendor invoice. All transactions in this table are entered via the Approve process, as you indicate various vendor invoices to be approved and the amount for which they are being approved. These records are used as a template for the A/P transaction in Accounting; when the link is turned on, the operator cannot post an A/P invoice that has not been approved. The records in this table are deleted by the close/post process once the transactions have been used to update the POItem table (amounts, quantities, and invoice numbers) and the DirectPurchase table.
Indexes on PurchaseOrderN, LLRecNum Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
PurchaseOrderN POItemN JobCostAsOf
int int datetime
The PO number, the key to the file. Relates to: PurchaseOrder table The item number from the original PO, from the POItem table. Cannot be changed. The date on which the cost for a direct purchase item was passed through to job costing. In Approve, this defaults to acct (value of 0), meaning the posting date. It can be changed to OTHER, allowing the user to enter a different date. The quantity being approved. The vendor's invoice number. Required. Used to locate the approved invoice from Accounting. Flag indicating if this is the final invoice. This is set inAapprove. It can also be set and reset using the 'Open/Close Items' option under the Activity menu in the Purchasing. It is used by the close process; if 1, close sets the FinalInvoice column in the POItems table to 1 (final bill for the item has been recorded). Flag indicating if the approved amount is to be passed through, or posted, to Job Costing. Applies to Direct Purchase items only. Should be no if an amount has already been passed through via issue (setting the "update on issue" flag in a purchase order) or by costing the item in JobVista. The GL Account number to which the amount should be posted. Required. Taken from original PO if available; must be filled in by user if not. Relates to: GLAccounts table The amount approved for payment. This is the amount that will be posted to A/P (and to Job Costing, if appropriate). Once entered in Approve, it cannot be changed in Accounting. The department number associated with the G/L account number. Relates to: DeptNames table Unique key.
QtyApproved VendorInvoiceN FinalPartial
decimal (9,2) varchar (12) tinyint
PostJobCost
tinyint
GLAccountN
int
AmountApproved
decimal (15,2)
DepartmentNumb LLRecNum
int int identity
JohnsonGroup
Page 56

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ApprovedItems smallint
Approved Items A flag indicating the type of item. Types other than 0 are used to record accounting dollar amounts that do not correspond to a particular line item on the original PO: 0 = Regular purchase order item 1 = Freight 2 = Tax 3 = Miscellaneous 1 4 = Miscellaneous 2 5 = Miscellaneous 3 6 = Miscellaneous 4 7 = Miscellaneous 5
(Cont'd)
ItemType
Field Constraints Column AmountApproved DepartmentNumb FinalPartial GLAccountN ItemType POItemN PostJobCost PurchaseOrderN QtyApproved Constraint ([AmountApproved] >= (-999999) and [AmountApproved] <= 9999999) ([DepartmentNumb] >= 0 and [DepartmentNumb] <= 9999999) ([FinalPartial] >= 0 and [FinalPartial] <= 1) ([GLAccountN] >= 0 and [GLAccountN] <= 999999999) ([ItemType] >= 0 and [ItemType] <= 7) ([POItemN] >= 0 and [POItemN] <= 9999) ([PostJobCost] >= 0 and [PostJobCost] <= 1) ([PurchaseOrderN] >= 1 and [PurchaseOrderN] <= 999999999) ([QtyApproved] >= (-9999999) and [QtyApproved] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 57

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
APTransaction
A/P Transaction
The APTransaction table contains posted transactions and summary records for the Accounts Payable system. Records are entered into this table by the Post process, using data from the AP and CD batch tables. Summary records are created by purge. The Accounts Payable balance is calculated by applying the transactions in this table for each vendor. The records in this table can be modified with the Adjust program and the Date Change program . The Purge program deletes records from this table.
Indexes on VendorN, LLRecNum AuditTrail Description Primary key, clustered Nonclustered
Column
Type
VendorN
int
A unique number which identifies the vendor. Note that Vendor 99999 is usually a special vendor record used to record spoiled checks. By recording them in this way they are all grouped together on the Check Register. Relates to: Vendor table The batch date for the accounting batch from which this record was posted. If parameter 'A/P Invoice Posting Date' specifies that the invoice date should be used as the posting date, vendor aging and the General Ledger reoprts will agree. The vendor's invoice number, entered in Accounting. Will be zero on summary records. The division number to which the transaction or the balance forward applies. The division must be entered in the AcctDivisions table. Relates to: AcctDivisions table For CD transactions only, the number of the disbursed check. On summary records, this will be zero. The accounting group to which the transaction or summary record applies. 3 = Accounts Payable; 4 = Cash Disbursement. Relates to: AccountingGrps table For a detailed record, an audit trail number is generated by the Post process for each AP or CD transaction. Has the format yyyymmddsssss, where: yyyy = year numbers mm = month numbers dd = day numbers sssss = sequence number, starts at 00001 each day. For summary records, the audit trail number is 0, which is the only way to distinguish a balance forward from a transaction.
PostingDate
datetime
InvoiceN Division
varchar (12) int
CheckN AcctgGroup
int tinyint
AuditTrail
varchar (13)
PurchaseOrderN
int
Your PO number, entered through Accounting. For some vendors, this is required, based on the RequiresPON column in the Vendor table. Will be zero on summary records. The amount of discount to take on this vendor invoice. Calculated by AP or entered manually.
Discount
decimal (15,2)
JohnsonGroup
Page 58

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
APTransaction decimal (15,2)
A/P Transaction The amount of the vendor transaction, entered via Accounting or calculated by the check writing screen. General Ledger offsets to complete the double entry transaction are stored in the GLAccountData table and have the matching audittrail to the vendor side of the transaction. 0 = do not hold payment on this vendor invoice; 1 = hold payment on this vendor invoice. This flag is set in the AP Invoice screen during data entry and may be edited with adjust. For AP (vendor invoice), this is the date that Accounting calculates as the proper date on which the vendor invoice should be paid (based on terms code and vendor invoice date). For AP transactions, this is the vendor invoice date. This date will be the same as the Posting Date, unless the parameter 'A/P Invoice Posting Date' specifies that the batch posting date is to be used as the posting date for the invoice. For vendor invoices, the 1099 category in which to include this invoice amount. For reporting on the 1099-MISC report (form.1099). Default is set by parameter '1099 Default Tax Type' and can be edited in Accounting when entering transactions. Must be in table 'D1099TaxTypes'. Relates to: D1099TaxTypes table 0 = transaction has not been adjusted. 1 = transaction has been adjusted with Adjust or Date Change. In summary record, will be zero. The posting update number of the batch when this transaction was added to the table. This number allows you to reconstruct the transactions that composed any particular batch. The offsets to the General Ledger for each audittrail in the batch are stored in the GLAccountData table. The date this record was written by Post or edited by a user with Adjust or Date Change. The 'Changed By ' field contains the login ID of the user who ran Post or edited this record. Login ID of the last user to either post or edit this record. Some fields in this table may be edited with adjust or date change. The 'LastChanged' field contains the date this record was written by post or edited by a user. Unique key used internally by EFI Logic software. The number of the Accounting batch from which this transaction was created. The number used to locate the check image information that is stored in the AcctCheckHeader and AcctCheckDetail tables. This number corresponds to CheckHeaderN in the AcctCheckHeader table. Relates to: AcctCheckHeader table The reason why the check identified by this transaction was marked as a void check. Valid values are: 0 - Check has not been marked void 1 - Alignment 2 - Multiple stub 3 - Reprint - different number 4 - Reprint - same number 5 - User initiated
(Cont'd)
Transactions
InvOnHoldflg
tinyint
PaymentDate
datetime
DateOfInvoice
datetime
D1099Type
smallint
AdjustedFlag PostingUpdateN
tinyint int
LastChanged
datetime
ChangedBy
varchar (128)
LLRecNum BatchN CheckImageN
int identity int int
VoidReason
smallint
JohnsonGroup
Page 59

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
APTransaction
A/P Transaction
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column AcctgGroup AdjustedFlag BatchN CheckImageN CheckN D1099Type Discount Division InvOnHoldflg PostingUpdateN PurchaseOrderN Transactions VendorN VoidReason Constraint ([AcctgGroup] >= 0 and [AcctgGroup] <= 9) ([AdjustedFlag] >= 0 and [AdjustedFlag] <= 1) ([BatchN] >= 0 and [BatchN] <= 999999) ([CheckImageN]>=(0) AND [CheckImageN]<=(999999999)) ([CheckN] >= 0 and [CheckN] <= 999999999) ([D1099Type] >= 0 and [D1099Type] <= 999) ([Discount] >= (-999999999) and [Discount] <= 999999999) ([Division] >= 0 and [Division] <= 9999) ([InvOnHoldflg] >= 0 and [InvOnHoldflg] <= 1) ([PostingUpdateN] >= 0 and [PostingUpdateN] <= 999999999) ([purchaseordern] >= 0 and [purchaseordern] <= 999999999) ([Transactions] >= (-99999999999) and [Transactions] <= 99999999999) ([VendorN] >= 0 and [VendorN] <= 999999999) ([VoidReason]>=(0) AND [VoidReason]<=(9))
JohnsonGroup
Page 60

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ARBatch
A/R Batch
ARBatch table for Accounting input. Contains header information for a single double entry accounting transaction. General Ledger offsetting accounts are contained in the related table AROffsets. This does not include invoice data which is stored in WinInvoice and its related tables. Data in this table will be posted to the ARtransaction table and will be deleted when its associated batch is deleted by the system (after the batch has been posted).
Indexes on ARKey BatchNumber, ARKey Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables AROffsets Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Nonclustered Column
ARKey
ARKey BatchNumber
int int
Sequential key assigned by Accounting. Batch Number assigned for one or more A/R transactions. May be assigned by opening a new AR Memos batch in Windows Accounting or by a new AR import. Relates to: WinAcctBatch table Customer number for the transaction. Relates to: Customer table Job number from Open Job table. Must be a legal job number if Bill Type = 10 (Partial) , or Bill Type = 9 (Final). Adjustment Bill Type (11) does not require a legal job number. Relates to: OpenJob table Invoice number assigned to this transaction. Invoices will be aged from the oldest occurrence of an invoice number. Bill Types are: Final Bill = 9 Partial Bill = 10 Adjustment = 11 Customer's purchase order number. Quantity for partial billings, entered by user. Material costs entered by user for partial bill. This will be calculated for a final bill when the AR memo is posted. Labor costs entered by user for a partial bill. These will be calculated when the AR memo is posted if the 'Bill Type' is final. The salesperson number of the salesperson who sold the job. Relates to: Salesperson table The product code of the job. Relates to: ProductCode table Text entered by user. Will be posted to GLAccountData table. Total amount of the Invoice. Must balance the sum of all the offsets stored in AROffsets. Page 61
Customer JobNumber
int int
InvoiceNumber BillType
int smallint
PONumber Quantity MaterialCosts LaborCosts Salesperson ProductCode Description InvoiceAmount
varchar (14) decimal (11,2) decimal (11,2) decimal (11,2) int int varchar (60) decimal (15,2)
JohnsonGroup

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ARBatch
A/R Batch
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column ARKey BatchNumber BillType Customer InvoiceAmount InvoiceNumber JobNumber LaborCosts MaterialCosts ProductCode Quantity Salesperson Constraint ([ARKey] >= 1 and [ARKey] <= 999999) ([BatchNumber] >= 0 and [BatchNumber] <= 999999) ([BillType] >= 0 and [BillType] <= 99) ([Customer] >= 0 and [Customer] <= 999999999) ([InvoiceAmount] >= (-999999999) and [InvoiceAmount] <= 999999999) ([InvoiceNumber] >= 0 and [InvoiceNumber] <= 999999999) ([JobNumber] >= 0 and [JobNumber] <= 999999999) ([laborcosts] >= (-999999999) and [laborcosts] <= 999999999) ([materialcosts] >= (-999999999) and [materialcosts] <= 999999999) ([ProductCode] >= 0 and [ProductCode] <= 9999999) ([Quantity] >= (-9999999) and [Quantity] <= 9999999) ([Salesperson] >= 0 and [Salesperson] <= 999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 62

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
AROffsets
A/R Offsets
Accounts Receivable transaction entry table containing the General Ledger offsets for each AR memos entry. Related to ARBatch header table. Data in this table will be posted to the GLAccountData table and will be deleted when its associated batch is deleted by the system (after the batch has been posted).
Indexes on ARKey, LLRecNum Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
ARKey AccountNo Department
int int int
Sequential key assigned by Accounting. Relates to: ARBatch table General Ledger account number for this offset to AR. Relates to: GLAccounts table Department number to charge for this transaction. A department number can be entered here only when the GL Account for this transaction requires a department. Relates to: DeptNames table Tax code for this transaction. Tax reporting will not be correct unless both sales accounts and tax liability accounts are posted with the correct tax codes required. A legal tax code must exist in the TaxCode table. Relates to: TaxCode table Defaults to 0. Will be set to 1 if the GL Account Number for this offset is a liability account ('Type of Account' in GLAccounts = 1) and a tax code has been defined for this offset. This is maintained by the programs. Not used. Tax code and amount are entered by the user. Amount for this offset. Unique key used internally by EFI Logic software.
TaxCode
int
TransType
tinyint
TaxPercent Amount LLRecNum

Field Constraints Column AccountNo Amount ARKey Department TaxCode TaxPercent TransType
decimal (9,2) decimal (15,2) int identity
Constraint ([AccountNo] >= 1 and [AccountNo] <= 999999999) ([Amount] >= (-999999999) and [Amount] <= 999999999) ([ARKey] >= 0 and [ARKey] <= 999999) ([Department] >= 0 and [Department] <= 9999999) ([TaxCode] >= 0 and [TaxCode] <= 9999999) ([TaxPercent] >= 0 and [TaxPercent] <= 999) ([TransType] >= 0 and [TransType] <= 1)
JohnsonGroup
Page 63

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ARTransaction
A/R Transaction
The ARTransaction table contains the accounting and sales data for accounts receivable, credit reports, and sales reports. The ARTransaction table contains two types of records: 1. Detailed transaction records created by Post using data from the AR or CR batch tables. Some columns in these records can be modified with Adjust or Date Change. 2. Balance forward or summary records created by Purge. These records may not be edited. Purge also deletes records from this table.
Indexes on CustomerN, LLRecNum AuditTrail Description Primary key, clustered Nonclustered
Column
Type
CustomerN
int
A unique number used to identify the customer for this transaction (see the Implementation Manual for a description of the recommended numbering scheme). Relates to: Customer table For detailed records this is the batch date from Accounting. For summary records, the date through which the sales information has been purged, entered by Purge. For a detailed record, either the invoice number entered in the AR transaction in Accounting, the invoice number passed from Invoicing or the invoice number entered with the receipt. The division number to which the transaction or the balance forward applies. Relates to: AcctDivisions table For detailed AR transactions. A positive job number indicates a final transaction to close the job while a negative job number indicates a partial billing which did not close the job. Relates to: OpenJob table
PostingDate
datetime
InvoiceN
int
Division JobN
int int
AcctgGroup
tinyint
The accounting group to which the transaction or summary record applies. 1 = Accounts Receivable; 2 = Cash Receipt. Relates to: AccountingGrps table
JohnsonGroup
Page 64

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ARTransaction varchar (13)
A/R Transaction For a detailed record, an audit trail number is generated by the Post process for each AR or CR transaction. Has the format yyyymmddsssss, where: yyyy = year numbers mm = month numbers dd = day numbers sssss = sequence number, starts at 00001 each day. The GL offsets for this transaction will be found in the GLAccountData table with the identical audit trail. All transactions with the same audit trail from both tables will always sum to 0.00 For summary records, the audit trail number is 0, which is the only way to distinguish a balance forward from a transaction.
(Cont'd)
AuditTrail
ProductCode
int
The product code of the job. Copied here by the Post process. Maintained with Adjust. Relates to: ProductCode table The salesperson number assigned to the job. Copied here by Post. Maintained with Adjust. Relates to: Salesperson table Not used in EFI Logic SQL The check number of the customer's check entered by user and recorded in Accounting with the CR payment. Appears in Customer Inquiry, Books of Original Entry, and Cash Receipts report. Will be 0 on a summary record. For detailed records (AR transactions only); if the job number is greater than 0, the value in this field was computed by the Post process, Close operation. If the job number is less than 0, the value in this field was entered with Accounting or Invoicing as a partial billing. For detailed records (AR transactions only). The value in this field is computed and written here by the Post process, Close operation, which adds up all the accounting dollars for the General Ledger sales account offset (i.e., it is the sum of all offsetting transactions to General Ledger sales accounts posted to GLAccountData with the identical audit trail as the ARTransaction record). For detailed records (AR transactions only); if the job number is greater than 0, the value in this field was computed by the Post process, Close operation (material cost excluding materials flagged as pass thru = 1). If the job number is less than 0, the value in this field was entered with Accounting or Invoicing as a partial billing. For detailed records (AR and CR transactions only), the total amount of the customer billing or cash receipt transaction. The GL offsets, usually to sales or cash, are posted to GLAccountData using the identical audit trail as the ARtransaction record. 0 = transaction has not been adjusted. 1 = transaction has been adjusted with adjust. In summary record, will be zero. The posting update number of the batch when this transaction was added to the file. This number allows you to reconstruct the transactions that composed any particular batch. It is the number used to rerun previous posting journals.
SalesmanN
int
ClosedInvFlag CustCheckN
tinyint int
LaborCost
decimal (11,2)
SalesAnalysis
decimal (11,2)
MaterialCost
decimal (11,2)
Transactions
decimal (15,2)
AdjustedFlag PostingUpdateN
tinyint int
JohnsonGroup
Page 65

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ARTransaction varchar (14) datetime varchar (128) int int identity int
A/R Transaction For A/R (group=1) transactions, the Customer's PO number is stored here if it was entered by the user. Date record was created by the Post process or edited using Adjust or Date Change. User ID who either posted this transaction or edited it with Adjust or Date Change. For records posted from Invoicing, this is a unique key relating to the WinInvoice table record for this invoice number. Unique key used internally by EFI Logic software. The number of the Accounting batch from which this transaction was created.
(Cont'd)
DocumentRefN LastChanged ChangedBy WinInvKey LLRecNum BatchN

Field Constraints Column AcctgGroup AdjustedFlag BatchN ClosedInvFlag CustCheckN CustomerN Division InvoiceN JobN LaborCost MaterialCost PostingUpdateN ProductCode SalesAnalysis SalesmanN Transactions WinInvKey
Constraint ([AcctgGroup] >= 0 and [AcctgGroup] <= 9) ([AdjustedFlag] >= 0 and [AdjustedFlag] <= 1) ([BatchN] >= 0 and [BatchN] <= 999999) ([ClosedInvFlag] >= 0 and [ClosedInvFlag] <= 2) ([CustCheckN] >= 0 and [CustCheckN] <= 999999999) ([CustomerN] >= 1 and [CustomerN] <= 999999999) ([Division] >= 0 and [Division] <= 9999) ([InvoiceN] >= 0 and [InvoiceN] <= 999999999) ([JobN] >= (-999999999) and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([LaborCost] >= (-999999999) and [LaborCost] <= 999999999) ([MaterialCost] >= (-999999999) and [MaterialCost] <= 999999999) ([PostingUpdateN] >= 0 and [PostingUpdateN] <= 999999999) ([ProductCode] >= 0 and [ProductCode] <= 9999999) ([SalesAnalysis] >= (-999999999) and [SalesAnalysis] <= 999999999) ([SalesmanN] >= 0 and [SalesmanN] <= 9999999) ([Transactions] >= (-99999999999) and [Transactions] <= 99999999999) ([WinInvKey] >= 0 and [WinInvKey] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 66

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
BadPaperCodes
Bad Paper Codes
The BadPaperCodes table lists codes and descriptions that identify different kinds of damage to rolls of webstock. The code list is defined by the user, not EFI Logic. The table is maintained through Table Maintenance.
Indexes on PaperCondition Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables RollStock RollTransactions WSRollInventory Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
PaperCondition DamageCode PaperCondition
PaperCondition BPDescription
Field Constraints Column PaperCondition
smallint varchar (40)
A code of 0 indicates no damage. Other numbers identify specific types of damage. A description of the damage (e.g., loose wrap, wet paper, etc.).
Constraint ([PaperCondition] >= 0 and [PaperCondition] <= 99)
JohnsonGroup
Page 67

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
BatchDetailHistory
Batch Detail History
This table holds log records for the Close process. Provides the data for the preposting and posting batch detail listing reports.
Indexes on postnbr, keyn Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
keyn rcrdtype
int identity tinyint
Unique sequential key assigned by SQL Server. The type of BatchDetailHistory record: 1 = closed job 2 = Pass thru 3 = PO posting 4 = FG posting 1 = Closed Job 2 = Pass-thru material CC 3 = Purchase Order 4 = Finished Goods
postnbr postdate batch div jobORpo custORvend
varchar (20) datetime int int int varchar (50)
A number the close process generated to identify items in a batch. It also is the number used to rerun previous posted batch detail listings. The posting date from AccountngInput if specified, else from SV102 cell 2. Accounting batch number that was preposted or posted. Accounting division for the batch. Relates to: AcctDivisions table The job number for a closed job or a FG posting, or the purchase order number for a PO posting. One of the following based on the type of the batch detail record: Customer's name for a closed job MCC name for a pass thru Vendor's name for a PO posting FG item number for a FG item For a closed job or FG posting, the labor cost. For a closed job or FG posting, the material cost. For a closed job, the sales amount. When closing a job (other than a finished goods job) or a pass thru posting, the total AIC cost from JobMaterial, WSRollInventory, and DirectPurchase. For a purchase order posting, the alphanumeric vendor invoice. For a purchase order posting, the POItemN from the ApprovedItems table.
labor matl sales passthru invoice item
decimal (12,2) decimal (12,2) decimal (12,2) decimal (12,2) varchar (20) int
JohnsonGroup
Page 68

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
BatchDetailHistory varchar (5)
Batch Detail History For a PO posting, the translated POItem.PurchaseType: 'GE' for General expense 'DP' for Direct purchase 'IN' for Inventory item 'TX' for Text item 'AC' for FGI item or special PO items (like freight or tax) '??' for anything else For a purchase order posting, the TextInfo value from POItem. For a purchase order posting, the job number from the POItem table for a real PO item (not freight or tax). The costing date when direct purchases were posted to job costing. For a purchase order posting, the QtyApproved from the ApprovedItems table. For a Finished Goods posting, the QuantityInvcd from AccountngInput. For a PO posting, the AmountApproved from the ApprovedItems table. For a PO posting, "Closed" if this is the final invoice (as set by Approve), otherwise "Open." For a FG posting, 1 if the costs in the finished goods item header have been updated, i.e. a final billing, quantity not 0 and parameter 'FG Matl Labor Cost Update' (11333) is set, otherwise 0. MCC number for a pass thru posting or the quantity produced for a FG posting.
(Cont'd)
p_type
idesc item_job cost_date qty paid status
varchar (50) int datetime decimal (10,2) decimal (12,2) varchar (20)
mccORqprod
Field Constraints Column mccORqprod
decimal (11,2)
Constraint ([mccORqprod] >= (-9999999) and [mccORqprod] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 69

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
BudgetDescript
Budget Description
A "budget" is defined in your system by a particular set of entries in the AcctBudget table, all having a common BudgetIDN to identify them. You may want to have more than one budget stored in your system at one time. For example, an "Initial Budget" and, later in the year, "Budget including new Press." Use entries in this table to describe each of those budgets.
Indexes on BudgetIDN Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables AcctBudget Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
BudgetN
BudgetIDN BudgetName DescrLine1 DescrLine2

Field Constraints Column BudgetIDN
int varchar (20) varchar (60) varchar (60)
Provides a unique reference for a "Budget." This is the key of this table. Provides the name to be printed on financial reports when this budget is selected to be used as part of a report. Used to describe this budget. Used to describe this budget.
Constraint ([BudgetIDN] >= 0 and [BudgetIDN] <= 9999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 70

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Calculations
Calculations
Lists the raw calcuations for Labor, Other Material, and Outside purchase costs for each cost function, for each operation, for each component in an Estimating 3 estimate. These values are combined using the Component Multiple, Mult flag and Overall Markups to get the total cost and Targeted Selling Price.
Indexes on IssNum, ConfigNum, CompNum, OperID, Instance, CostID, CostIDinst Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
IssNum
int
Issued Estimate number. This is the number used to track the particular version of an estimate. If an estimate is Opened for Edit and reissued, it will receive a new Issue Number. These are assigned sequentially. Relates to: Estimates table Component Number Estimate number Department of the operation: Press, Camera, etc. Used for reporting Sequence number (including Group ID and Operation sequence- GGGOOOO) Used for reporting. Operation ID Operation Description (Used for reporting) Instance of this operation for multiple uses of an operation in a component. Cost Function ID ( SU, MR, RUN) Instance of Cost ID for multiple uses of a single cost function in an operation. Flag that indicates if this calculation if for Labor(L), Outside Purchase (O) or Material (M). Count 1 - generally, number of pieces for quantity 1. Units for this count will be in the field Unit1. Count 1 - number of pieces for quantity 2 Count 1 - number of pieces for quantity 3 Count 1 - number of pieces for quantity 4 Count 1 - number of pieces for quantity 5 Unit Description for Count 1 ( eg. inches, lbs, etc.) Multiple flag. If = 1, multiply count1, hours and cost by component multiple when calculating entire estimate, if = 0 hours and cost will only occur once. Count 2 - generally secondary count for quantity 1 Count 2 - number of pieces for quantity 2 Count 2 - number of pieces for quantity 3
CompNum EstNum GroupName GrpOpSeq OperID OpDesc Instance CostID CostIDinst LabMatFlag Count1Q1 Count1Q2 Count1Q3 Count1Q4 Count1Q5 Unit1 Multflag1 Count2Q1 Count2Q2 Count2Q3
int decimal (15,2) varchar (50) int varchar (8) varchar (50) smallint varchar (4) smallint varchar (2) decimal (12,2) decimal (12,2) decimal (12,2) decimal (12,2) decimal (12,2) varchar (30) tinyint decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2)
JohnsonGroup
Page 71

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Calculations decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) varchar (30) tinyint decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) int decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4) varchar (120) int
Calculations Count 2 - number of pieces for quantity 4 Count 2 - number of pieces for quantity 5 Unit Description of Count 2 ( eg sheets, gallons) Multiple flag. If = 1, multiply count2, hours and cost by component multiple when calculating entire estimate, if = 0 hours and cost will only occur once. Hours for quantity 1 Hours for quantity 2 Hours for quantity 3 Hours for quantity 4 Hours for quantity 5 Flag to indicate this calculation should be included in calculation of Additional Quantities. Raw Cost for quantity 1 Raw Cost for quantity 2 Raw Cost for quantity 3 Raw Cost for quantity 4 Raw Cost for quantity 5 Markup for quantity 1 Markup for quantity 2 Markup for quantity 3 Markup for quantity 4 Markup for quantity 5 Description line, usually from user Vendor Number for outside purchases. Must be set up in standards to be recorded during calculation. Relates to: Vendor table Labor Cost Center number that these hours and cost will be associated with if the calculation if for labor. Relates to: LaborCostCntr table Material Cost Center number that this cost will be assigned to if this calculation is for material. Relates to: MatlCostCntr table The scheduling task in which this item will be used. Note that this is only for buyout operations, in which the estimate is also supplying the scheduling task number and item description. The scheduling program loads these items as schedulable tasks for each buyout item. Not intended for paper; use for color seps, dies, outside finishing, etc. Not used in EFI Logic SQL.
(Cont'd)
Count2Q4 Count2Q5 Unit2 Multflag2 Hours1 Hours2 Hours3 Hours4 Hours5 Add1000 Cost1 Cost2 Cost3 Cost4 Cost5 Mkup1 Mkup2 Mkup3 Mkup4 Mkup5 Description VendorN
LCCNum
int
MCCNum
int
SchedDept
int
SchedType JohnsonGroup
int
Page 72

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Calculations varchar (10) int int
Calculations Format for reports - determines whether Cost functions and/or instances are reported individually or summarized. The multiple of this component for this configuration. The configuration for this calculation.
(Cont'd)
PrintFormat CompCnt ConfigNum

Field Constraints Column Add1000 CompCnt CompNum ConfigNum Cost1 Cost2 Cost3 Cost4 Cost5 CostIDinst Count1Q1 Count1Q2 Count1Q3 Count1Q4 Count1Q5 Count2Q1 Count2Q2 Count2Q3 Count2Q4 Count2Q5 EstNum GrpOpSeq Hours1 Hours2 Hours3 Hours4 Hours5 Instance IssNum LCCNum MCCNum Mkup1 Mkup2 Mkup3 Mkup4 Mkup5 Multflag1 Multflag2 SchedDept SchedType VendorN
Constraint ([Add1000] >= (-1) and [Add1000] <= 1) ([CompCnt]>=(0) AND [CompCnt]<=(999)) ([CompNum] >= 0 and [CompNum] <= 99999) ([ConfigNum]>=(-1) AND [ConfigNum]<=(99999)) ([Cost1] >= (-999999999) and [Cost1] <= 999999999) ([Cost2] >= (-999999999) and [Cost2] <= 999999999) ([Cost3] >= (-999999999) and [Cost3] <= 999999999) ([Cost4] >= (-999999999) and [Cost4] <= 999999999) ([Cost5] >= (-999999999) and [Cost5] <= 999999999) ([CostIDinst] >= 0 and [CostIDinst] <= 99) ([Count1Q1] >= (-999999999) and [Count1Q1] <= 999999999) ([Count1Q2] >= (-999999999) and [Count1Q2] <= 999999999) ([Count1Q3] >= (-999999999) and [Count1Q3] <= 999999999) ([Count1Q4] >= (-999999999) and [Count1Q4] <= 999999999) ([Count1Q5] >= (-999999999) and [Count1Q5] <= 999999999) ([Count2Q1] >= (-999999999) and [Count2Q1] <= 999999999) ([Count2Q2] >= (-999999999) and [Count2Q2] <= 999999999) ([Count2Q3] >= (-999999999) and [Count2Q3] <= 999999999) ([Count2Q4] >= (-999999999) and [Count2Q4] <= 999999999) ([Count2Q5] >= (-999999999) and [Count2Q5] <= 999999999) ([EstNum] >= 0 and [EstNum] <= 99999999) ([GrpOpSeq] >= 0 and [GrpOpSeq] <= 9999999) ([Hours1] >= (-99999) and [Hours1] <= 99999) ([Hours2] >= (-99999) and [Hours2] <= 99999) ([Hours3] >= (-99999) and [Hours3] <= 99999) ([Hours4] >= (-99999) and [Hours4] <= 99999) ([Hours5] >= (-99999) and [Hours5] <= 99999) ([Instance] >= 0 and [Instance] <= 99) ([IssNum] >= 1 and [IssNum] <= 999999999) ([LCCNum] >= 0 and [LCCNum] <= 99999) ([MCCNum] >= 0 and [MCCNum] <= 9999999) ([Mkup1] >= (-999) and [Mkup1] <= 999) ([Mkup2] >= (-999) and [Mkup2] <= 999) ([Mkup3] >= (-999) and [Mkup3] <= 999) ([Mkup4] >= (-999) and [Mkup4] <= 999) ([Mkup5] >= (-999) and [Mkup5] <= 999) ([Multflag1] >= 0 and [Multflag1] <= 1) ([Multflag2] >= 0 and [Multflag2] <= 1) ([SchedDept] >= 0 and [SchedDept] <= 999999) ([SchedType] >= 0 and [SchedType] <= 999999) ([VendorN] >= 0 and [VendorN] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 73

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ComboDistHistory
Combo Distribution History
This table holds log records for the Combo distribution process
Indexes on JobN, WhenDone, keyn Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
keyn rtype WhenDone JobN ComponentJob PercentOfCost Form Subjob LccN EmployeeN UpdateDate Hours Quantity AICCost DirectCost MccN Press TimeOfDay PO Item Amount CompHours CompQuantity CompAIC CompOOP CompAmount
int identity varchar (20) varchar (20) int int decimal (9,3) int int int int datetime decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) int int int int int decimal (15,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (15,2)
Unique sequential key assigned by SQL Server. The type of record being distributed. This can be either JobLabor, JobMaterial, DirectPurchase or MachineCards. The date and time when the distribution is done. This is the combo job number; the job the costs are distributed from. This is the component job number; the job the costs are distributed to. The percent of the combo job's costs that will be distributed to this particular component job. Form number Subjob number Labor cost center number Employee number Date the transaction was originally written to the table for the combo job Hours Quantity AIC cost Direct Cost material cost center number machine number Time of day on which work was started. purchase order number Purchase order item number Amount calculated hours for the component job calculated quantity for the component job calculated AIC cost for the component job calculated direct cost for the component job calculated amount for the component job
JohnsonGroup
Page 74

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ComboDistHistory
Combo Distribution History
(Cont'd)
JohnsonGroup
Page 75

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ComboJobDef
Combo Job Def
This table defines the compenents for a combo job.

Indexes on JobN, SequenceN ComponentJob Description Primary key, clustered Nonclustered
Column
Type
JobN
int
A unique number that identifies the job, as entered with the Open program add options. Used to cross-reference the job to other files. Relates to: OpenJob table a numeric sequence number assigned by the program the component job number Relates to: OpenJob table Percent of costs this component job should get when they're distributed. (total should add up to 100) subjob of component to distribute to form of component to distribute to Number Up/Across of this component length of this component width of this component area of this component
SequenceN ComponentJob PercentOfCost Subjob Form NumberUp Length Width Area

Field Constraints Column Area ComponentJob Form JobN Length NumberUp PercentOfCost SequenceN Subjob Width
int int decimal (9,3) int smallint int decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2)
Constraint ([Area] >= 0 and [Area] <= 99999999) ([ComponentJob] >= 1 and [ComponentJob] <= 999999999) ([Form] >= 0 and [Form] <= 9999) ([JobN] >= 0 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([Length] >= 0 and [Length] <= 999999) ([NumberUp] >= 0 and [NumberUp] <= 9999999) ([PercentOfCost] >= 0 and [PercentOfCost] <= 100) ([SequenceN] >= 0 and [SequenceN] <= 9999999) ([Subjob] >= 0 and [Subjob] <= 9999) ([Width] >= 0 and [Width] <= 999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 76

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CompInkType
Comp Ink Type
This table provides relationships that match Ink Type IDs from InkTypes file with Component types to select and order inks by component type for use in estimates in Estimating 3.
Indexes on LogicID Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
LogicID SubInd InkTypID CompType

Field Constraints Column CompType InkTypID LogicID SubInd
int int int int
Unique ID for inernal use (numeric). Used on server only. Sequence number for display purposes only in Estimating 3. Ordered within each component list. Ink type ID from the InkTypes table. Indicates that this ink will be available to components of the type in CompType. Component type for this ink record.
Constraint ([CompType] >= 0 and [CompType] <= 99) ([InkTypID] >= 0 and [InkTypID] <= 99999) ([LogicID] >= 0 and [LogicID] <= 999999) ([SubInd] >= 0 and [SubInd] <= 999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 77

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Components
Components
Lists all the components included in an Estimating 3 estimate. The component contains the details of particular part of an estimate, eg. Cover, signature, response card. The Configs table determines which and how many of each component are included in an estimate for a particular configuration.
Indexes on IssNum, CompNum Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
IssNum
int
Issued Estimate number This is the number used to track the particular version of an estimate. If an estimate is Opened for Edit and reissued, it will receive a new Issue Number. These are assigned sequentially when the estimate is issued. Relates to: Estimates table Component number Estimate Number Component Type as defined in the CompType table. The more specific type for this component. List comes from CompSubType table according to current Component Type. Component Description Detailed Description 0 = Not Complete, 1 = Needs recalculation, 2 = Complete and calculated. Significant only in local estimate. Quantity1 Overide or -1 if same as Estimate Quantity1 Quantity2 Overide or -1 if same as Estimate Quantity2 Quantity3 Overide or -1 if same as Estimate Quantity3 Quantity4 Overide or -1 if same as Estimate Quantity4 Quantity5 Overide or -1 if same as Estimate Quantity5 Whether this component needs recalculation Significant only in local component Number of pages for this component Number Up/Across Whether or not the Number Up value is a user override or a default value. 0=No (default), 1=Yes Number Around Number up to Fold Production method of this component. 0 = Sheetwise 1 = Work and Turn
CompNum EstNum Type SubType CDescription DetailDesc CStatus
int decimal (15,2) smallint varchar (20) varchar (50) varchar (150) tinyint
QuantityC1 QuantityC2 QuantityC3 QuantityC4 QuantityC5 NeedCalc Pages NumberUp NUpOverride NumAround NumToFold WorkTurn
int int int int int tinyint decimal (9,2) int tinyint int int tinyint
JohnsonGroup
Page 78

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Components
Components 2 = Work and Tumble 3 = Perfecting
(Cont'd)
GrainCrit PressName PressListOperID EquipmentNum
tinyint varchar (50) varchar (8) int
Is this component Grain Critical? 0 = No, 1 = Yes Name of the primary Press Operation/Process associated with this component Machine Operation ID added by the press choice Equipment number in Equipment table of desired machine configuration to be used to produce this component. If entered, this number is written to the JobFormsDesc table when the estimate is associated with a job. Relates to: Equipment table Description from Equipment table of chosen machine configuration to be used to produce this component. Spoilage ID of paper spoilage table used for this component Number of Webs/Bins in the selected machine or 0 for sheetfed Actual Number of webs used in this component. Run Sheets Out Of Order Sheets Die Inventory Number for this component. Relates to: DieInventory table Name from Die Inventory table. Depth necessary for the side guide on the press. Depth necessary for the gripper on the press. This field will be used in a future release of Estimating 3. Will be on if the primary press for this component is running as a perfecting press. Whether or not to calculate component stock for even cartons over multiples instances of the components or forms.
EquipmentDesc SpoilID NumWebs WebsUsed RunOutOfOrder DieInventoryN DieName SideGuideDepth GripperDepth SameImage Perfecting CalcEvenMult
varchar (20) int smallint smallint int int varchar (20) decimal (6,4) decimal (6,4) bit bit bit
JohnsonGroup
Page 79

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Components
Components
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column CompNum CStatus DieInventoryN EquipmentNum EstNum GrainCrit IssNum NeedCalc NumAround NumberUp NumToFold NumWebs NUpOverride Pages QuantityC1 QuantityC2 QuantityC3 QuantityC4 QuantityC5 RunOutOfOrder SpoilID Type WebsUsed WorkTurn Constraint ([CompNum] >= 0 and [CompNum] <= 99999) ([CStatus] >= 0 and [CStatus] <= 4) ([DieInventoryN] >= 0 and [DieInventoryN] <= 999999) ([EquipmentNum] >= 0 and [EquipmentNum] <= 999999) ([EstNum] >= 0 and [EstNum] <= 99999999) ([GrainCrit] >= 0 and [GrainCrit] <= 1) ([IssNum] >= 1 and [IssNum] <= 999999999) ([NeedCalc] >= 0 and [NeedCalc] <= 1) ([NumAround] >= 0 and [NumAround] <= 999999) ([NumberUp]>=(0) AND [NumberUp]<=(9999)) ([NumToFold] >= 0 and [NumToFold] <= 99999) ([NumWebs] >= 0 and [NumWebs] <= 999) ([NUpOverride] >= 0 and [NUpOverride] <= 1) ([Pages] >= 0 and [Pages] <= 9999999) ([QuantityC1] >= (-1) and [QuantityC1] <= 999999999) ([QuantityC2] >= (-1) and [QuantityC2] <= 999999999) ([QuantityC3] >= (-1) and [QuantityC3] <= 999999999) ([QuantityC4] >= (-1) and [QuantityC4] <= 999999999) ([QuantityC5] >= (-1) and [QuantityC5] <= 999999999) ([RunOutOfOrder] >= 0 and [RunOutOfOrder] <= 999) ([SpoilID] >= (-1) and [SpoilID] <= 99999) ([Type] >= 0 and [Type] <= 99) ([WebsUsed] >= 0 and [WebsUsed] <= 99) ([WorkTurn] >= 0 and [WorkTurn] <= 4)
JohnsonGroup
Page 80

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CompOps
Comp Operations
Estimating 3 Standards - Component Operation table. Whether an operation is valid for a component type is controlled by the entries in this file.
Indexes on LogicID OperID Description Primary key, clustered Nonclustered
Column
Type
LogicID OperID CompType
int varchar (8) smallint
Unique ID for internal use (numeric) (used on the server only, set to 0 on the client). Operation ID - Unique operation identifier (text) Type of Component in which to allow this operation (numeric type from CompType table)
Field Constraints Column CompType LogicID Constraint ([CompType] >= 0 and [CompType] <= 99) ([LogicID] >= 0 and [LogicID] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 81

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CompStockType
Comp Stock Type
This table provides relationships that match StockType IDs from the StockTypes file with Component types to select and order stocks by component type for use in estimates in Estimating 3.
Indexes on CompType, StockType Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
LogicID SubInd StockType
int int smallint
Unique ID for inernal use (numeric). Used on server only. Sequence number for display purposes only in Estimating 3. Ordered within each component list. Stock type ID from the stockTypes table. Indicates that this stock or substrate will be available to components of the type in CompType. Relates to: StockTypes table Component type for this stock record.
CompType
Field Constraints Column CompType LogicID StockType SubInd
int
Constraint ([CompType]>=(0) AND [CompType]<=(99)) ([LogicID]>=(0) AND [LogicID]<=(999999)) ([StockType]>=(0) AND [StockType]<=(999)) ([SubInd]>=(0) AND [SubInd]<=(999999))
JohnsonGroup
Page 82

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CompSubType
Comp Sub Type
Estimating 3 Standards: Component Sub Type table. Controls which Sub Types are available in a component. Appears as Type: on component dialog screen (typically Text, Cover, Illustration, etc.)
Column
Type
LogicID SubInd
int int
Unique ID for internal use (numeric) (used on the server only, set to 0 on the client). This is the numeric ID for this component sub type. All types which are the same should have the same ID. This field is only used if the parameter, Estimate Form Number, is set to use it to determine form numbers and order. Description of the component sub type. Determines the component type for which this sub type will appear . There will be a separate record for every component type in which the same Sub type will appear. This field provides the sequence information for this component sub type within the particular component type.
SubType CompType
varchar (20) smallint
SubSeq
int
Field Constraints Column CompType LogicID SubInd Constraint ([CompType] >= 0 and [CompType] <= 99) ([LogicID] >= 0 and [LogicID] <= 9999999) ([SubInd]>=(0) AND [SubInd]<=(9999))
JohnsonGroup
Page 83

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CompType
Comp Type
Estimating 3 Standards: Component Types Types of Component (SheetFed, Web, Prep Only, etc.) and their characteristics.
Column
Type
LogicID Type
int smallint
Unique ID for internal use (numeric) (used on the server only). Component Type Standard types: 0 = Finishing component 1 = Sheetfed 2 = Web 3 = Prep Only 4 = Supplied 5 = DPS (Docutech) 6 = Wide Format Name of Component Type Determines whether to use Web number for width, stock and Ink 0 = No webs or DPS bins in use 1 = Web type 2 = Digital Printing System (DPS) type Determines whether Stock tab is displayed for this component type. Whether Ink tab is displayed for this component type. Determines whether the layout tab is available for this component type. Determines whether this component type displays the quantities and allows user override. Determines whether this component type requires that the user select a press. Caption used to refer to the web, bin or substrate index for component types that handle multiple material streams in the printing process. Caption used in Estimating 3 to refer to the stock or substrate used in the printing process for an individual component type. If this field is set to 1, the component production type will not be available in Estimating 3. Allows customers to pare down the list of component production types to those available in their plant.
TypeName UseWebs
varchar (50) tinyint
UseStk UseInk UseLay ShowQty ShowPress WebCaption MatlCaption Disabled
tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint varchar (6) varchar (12) bit
JohnsonGroup
Page 84

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CompType
Comp Type
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column LogicID ShowPress ShowQty Type UseInk UseLay UseStk UseWebs Constraint ([LogicID] >= 0 and [LogicID] <= 9999999) ([ShowPress] >= 0 and [ShowPress] <= 1) ([ShowQty] >= 0 and [ShowQty] <= 1) ([Type] >= 0 and [Type] <= 99) ([UseInk] >= 0 and [UseInk] <= 1) ([UseLay] >= 0 and [UseLay] <= 1) ([UseStk] >= 0 and [UseStk] <= 1) ([UseWebs] >= 0 and [UseWebs] <= 3)
JohnsonGroup
Page 85

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ConfigInstrs
Config Instrs
Estimating 3 Job Ticket Information ; Information to be moved to the Job Ticket for special instructions associated at the job level. Any special instructions for the estimate are included first, followed by special instructions for the configuration component.
Indexes on JobN, LineNum Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
JobN LineNum Instructions

Field Constraints Column JobN LineNum
int int varchar (5,000)
Job number. Relates to: JobEstHeader table Sequence number to order text lines. Actual text of special instructions.
Constraint ([JobN] >= 0 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([LineNum] >= 0 and [LineNum] <= 9999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 86

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ConfigProduct
Config Product
This table contains the quantities and calculations specific to products within a configuration.
Indexes on IssNum, ConfigNum, ProductNum Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
EstNum IssNum ConfigNum ProductNum Quantity1 Quantity2 Quantity3 Quantity4 Quantity5 Cost1
int int int int int int int int int decimal (15,2)
Estimate number. Issue number. Relates to: Estimates table Configuration number Product number. Quantity 1 for this product in this configuration. Quantity 2 for this product in this configuration. Quantity 3 for this product in this configuration. Quantity 4 for this product in this configuration. Quantity 5 for this product in this configuration. Calculated cost for quantity 1 of this product in this configuration. The calculation is based on percentages of component costs used in the product so the total product costs in a configuration may have some rounding differences from the total component costs. Calculated cost for quantity 2 of this product in this configuration. Calculated cost for quantity 3 of this product in this configuration. Calculated cost for quantity 4 of this product in this configuration. Calculated cost for quantity 5 of this product in this configuration. Calculated All Inclusive Cost for quantity 1 of this product in this configuration. See comment for Cost1 concerning rounding differences. Calculated All Inclusive Cost for quantity 2 of this product in this configuration. Calculated All Inclusive Cost for quantity 3 of this product in this configuration. Calculated All Inclusive Cost for quantity 4 of this product in this configuration. Calculated All Inclusive Cost for quantity 5 of this product in this configuration. Calculated estimated Target Selling Price for quantity 1 of this product in this configuration. See comment in Cost 1 concerning possible rounding differences. Calculated estimated Target Selling Price for quantity 2 of this product in this configuration. Calculated estimated Target Selling Price for quantity 3 of this product in this configuration.
Cost2 Cost3 Cost4 Cost5 AICCost1 AICCost2 AICCost3 AICCost4 AICCost5 EstTSP1
decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2)
EstTSP2 EstTSP3
decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2)
JohnsonGroup
Page 87

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ConfigProduct decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2)
Config Product Calculated estimated Target Selling Price for quantity 4 of this product in this configuration. Calculated estimated Target Selling Price for quantity 5 of this product in this configuration. Calculated TSP for additional quantity for Quantity 1. See comment in Cost 1 concerning possible rounding differences. Calculated TSP for additional quantity for Quantity 2. Calculated TSP for additional quantity for Quantity 3. Calculated TSP for additional quantity for Quantity 4. Calculated TSP for additional quantity for Quantity 5. Calculated Quote for Quantity 1. See comment in Cost 1 concerning possible rounding differences. Calculated Quote for Quantity 2. Calculated Quote for Quantity 3. Calculated Quote for Quantity 4. Calculated Quote for Quantity 5.
(Cont'd)
EstTSP4 EstTSP5 TSPAddl1 TSPAddl2 TSPAddl3 TSPAddl4 TSPAddl5 Quote1 Quote2 Quote3 Quote4 Quote5
JohnsonGroup
Page 88

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ConfigProduct
Config Product
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column AICCost1 AICCost2 AICCost3 AICCost4 AICCost5 ConfigNum Cost1 Cost2 Cost3 Cost4 Cost5 EstNum EstTSP1 EstTSP2 EstTSP3 EstTSP4 EstTSP5 IssNum ProductNum Quantity1 Quantity2 Quantity3 Quantity4 Quantity5 Quote1 Quote2 Quote3 Quote4 Quote5 TSPAddl1 TSPAddl2 TSPAddl3 TSPAddl4 TSPAddl5 Constraint ([AICCost1]>=(-999999999) AND [AICCost1]<=(999999999)) ([AICCost2]>=(-999999999) AND [AICCost2]<=(999999999)) ([AICCost3]>=(-999999999) AND [AICCost3]<=(999999999)) ([AICCost4]>=(-999999999) AND [AICCost4]<=(999999999)) ([AICCost5]>=(-999999999) AND [AICCost5]<=(999999999)) ([ConfigNum]>=(-1) AND [ConfigNum]<=(99999)) ([Cost1]>=(-999999999) AND [Cost1]<=(999999999)) ([Cost2]>=(-999999999) AND [Cost2]<=(999999999)) ([Cost3]>=(-999999999) AND [Cost3]<=(999999999)) ([Cost4]>=(-999999999) AND [Cost4]<=(999999999)) ([Cost5]>=(-999999999) AND [Cost5]<=(999999999)) ([EstNum]>=(0) AND [EstNum]<=(99999999)) ([EstTSP1]>=(-999999999) AND [EstTSP1]<=(999999999)) ([EstTSP2]>=(-999999999) AND [EstTSP2]<=(999999999)) ([EstTSP3]>=(-999999999) AND [EstTSP3]<=(999999999)) ([EstTSP4]>=(-999999999) AND [EstTSP4]<=(999999999)) ([EstTSP5]>=(-999999999) AND [EstTSP5]<=(999999999)) ([IssNum]>=(1) AND [IssNum]<=(999999999)) ([ProductNum]>=(-1) AND [ProductNum]<=(99999)) ([Quantity1]>=(-1) AND [Quantity1]<=(999999999)) ([Quantity2]>=(-1) AND [Quantity2]<=(999999999)) ([Quantity3]>=(-1) AND [Quantity3]<=(999999999)) ([Quantity4]>=(-1) AND [Quantity4]<=(999999999)) ([Quantity5]>=(-1) AND [Quantity5]<=(999999999)) ([Quote1]>=(-999999999) AND [Quote1]<=(999999999)) ([Quote2]>=(-999999999) AND [Quote2]<=(999999999)) ([Quote3]>=(-999999999) AND [Quote3]<=(999999999)) ([Quote4]>=(-999999999) AND [Quote4]<=(999999999)) ([Quote5]>=(-999999999) AND [Quote5]<=(999999999)) ([TSPAddl1]>=(-999999999) AND [TSPAddl1]<=(999999999)) ([TSPAddl2]>=(-999999999) AND [TSPAddl2]<=(999999999)) ([TSPAddl3]>=(-999999999) AND [TSPAddl3]<=(999999999)) ([TSPAddl4]>=(-999999999) AND [TSPAddl4]<=(999999999)) ([TSPAddl5]>=(-999999999) AND [TSPAddl5]<=(999999999))
JohnsonGroup
Page 89

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ConfigProductComp
Config Product Comp
This table contains the calculations for the components within a product as used in a configuration.
Indexes on IssNum, ConfigNum, ProductNum, CompNum Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
EstNum IssNum ConfigNum ProductNum CompNum ConfigCalc CompRunOrder CompCnt Quantity1 Quantity2 Quantity3 Quantity4 Quantity5 CompPct1 CompPct2 CompPct3 CompPct4 CompPct5
int int int int int bit int smallint int int int int int decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4)
Estimate number. Issue number. Relates to: Estimates table Configuration number. Product number. Component number. Indicates calculation status - not used in server database. Maintained as production run order of this component. It will be the same across all products that use a component within a configuration. Number of component multiples for this component. It will be the same across all uses of this same component in products within a configuration. Quantity 1 of this component in this product if different from product quantity (-1 indicates to use product quantity). Quantity 2 of this component in this product if different from product quantity (-1 indicates to use product quantity). Quantity 3 of this component in this product if different from product quantity (-1 indicates to use product quantity). Quantity 4 of this component in this product if different from product quantity (-1 indicates to use product quantity). Quantity 5 of this component in this product if different from product quantity (-1 indicates to use product quantity). Percent of total quantity of this component produced for this configuration that is used in this product. Percent of total quantity of this component produced for this configuration will be used in this product. Percent of total quantity of this component produced for this configuration will be used in this product. Percent of total quantity of this component produced for this configuration will be used in this product. Percent of total quantity of this component produced for this configuration will be used in this product.
JohnsonGroup
Page 90

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ConfigProductComp
Config Product Comp
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column CompCnt CompNum CompPct1 CompPct2 CompPct3 CompPct4 CompPct5 CompRunOrder ConfigNum EstNum IssNum ProductNum Quantity1 Quantity2 Quantity3 Quantity4 Quantity5 Constraint ([CompCnt]>=(0) AND [CompCnt]<=(999)) ([CompNum]>=(0) AND [CompNum]<=(99999)) ([CompPct1]>=(0) AND [CompPct1]<=(100)) ([CompPct2]>=(0) AND [CompPct2]<=(100)) ([CompPct3]>=(0) AND [CompPct3]<=(100)) ([CompPct4]>=(0) AND [CompPct4]<=(100)) ([CompPct5]>=(0) AND [CompPct5]<=(100)) ([CompRunOrder]>=(0) AND [CompRunOrder]<=(9999)) ([ConfigNum]>=(-1) AND [ConfigNum]<=(99999)) ([EstNum]>=(0) AND [EstNum]<=(99999999)) ([IssNum]>=(1) AND [IssNum]<=(999999999)) ([ProductNum]>=(-1) AND [ProductNum]<=(99999)) ([Quantity1]>=(-1) AND [Quantity1]<=(999999999)) ([Quantity2]>=(-1) AND [Quantity2]<=(999999999)) ([Quantity3]>=(-1) AND [Quantity3]<=(999999999)) ([Quantity4]>=(-1) AND [Quantity4]<=(999999999)) ([Quantity5]>=(-1) AND [Quantity5]<=(999999999))
JohnsonGroup
Page 91

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Configuration
Configuration
A particular collection of products and components to be used as a configuration of an Estimating 3 estimate.

Indexes on IssNum, ConfigNum Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
IssNum EstNum ConfigNum Cstatus Description MarkupSeq Quote1 Quote2 Quote3 Quote4 Quote5 MultipleProducts Quantity1 Quantity2 Quantity3 Quantity4 Quantity5
int int int smallint nvarchar smallint decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) bit int int int int int
Issue number. Relates to: Estimates table Estimate number. Configuration number. Calculation status of configuration. Not used on the server. Description of configuration. Selected overall markup for this configuration. An optional quote override for Quantity 1. An optional quote override for Quantity 2. An optional quote override for Quantity 3. An optional quote override for Quantity 4. An optional quote override for Quantity 5. Whether this configuration includes more than one product. The sum of all product quantities for Quantity 1 of this configuration. The sum of all product quantities for Quantity 2 of this configuration. The sum of all product quantities for Quantity 3 of this configuration. The sum of all product quantities for Quantity 4 of this configuration. The sum of all product quantities for Quantity 5 of this configuration.
JohnsonGroup
Page 92

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Configuration
Configuration
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column ConfigNum Cstatus EstNum IssNum MarkupSeq Quantity1 Quantity2 Quantity3 Quantity4 Quantity5 Quote1 Quote2 Quote3 Quote4 Quote5 Constraint ([ConfigNum]>=(-1) AND [confignum]<=(99999)) ([Cstatus]>=(0) AND [CStatus]<=(2)) ([EstNum]>=(0) AND [EstNum]<=(99999999)) ([IssNum]>=(1) AND [IssNum]<=(999999999)) ([MarkupSeq]>=(-1) AND [MarkupSeq]<=(999)) ([Quantity1]>=(0) AND [Quantity1]<=(999999999)) ([Quantity2]>=(0) AND [Quantity2]<=(999999999)) ([Quantity3]>=(0) AND [Quantity3]<=(999999999)) ([Quantity4]>=(0) AND [Quantity4]<=(999999999)) ([Quantity5]>=(0) AND [Quantity5]<=(999999999)) ([Quote1]>=(-999999999) AND [Quote1]<=(999999999)) ([Quote2]>=(-999999999) AND [Quote2]<=(999999999)) ([Quote3]>=(-999999999) AND [Quote3]<=(999999999)) ([Quote4]>=(-999999999) AND [Quote4]<=(999999999)) ([Quote5]>=(-999999999) AND [Quote5]<=(999999999))
JohnsonGroup
Page 93

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Contacts
Contacts
Table added for OASIS contact info. -Vijay

Column
Type
KeyN Salutation Nameline NamePrefix FirstName MiddleName1 MiddleName2 LastName LastNameSuffix NickName CompanyName OrgType OrgName OrgKnownAs Attention DescriptionText AddressLine1 AddressLine2 BlockNo StreetType StreetTrailingType StreetDirection SubPremise SubPremiseName
int varchar (150) varchar (150) varchar (150) varchar (150) varchar (150) varchar (150) varchar (40) varchar (150) varchar (150) varchar (50) varchar (150) varchar (24) varchar (150) varchar (35) varchar (30) varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (150) varchar (150) varchar (150) varchar (150) varchar (150) varchar (150)
Key No. This field identifes the contact record. Salutation e.g. Mr, Ms. etc. Relates to: SalutationTypeList table Name as one line Prefix of the name. e.g. Dr, Mr., Ms. FirstName First middlename of the person Second middlename of the person Lastname of the person. LastName Suffix e.g. Jr, Sr etc. Nickname of the person. Name of the company Type of the organization. Relates to: OrgTypeList table Name of the Organization Organization known as or another name of the organization Attention Text describing the contact First AddressLine Second AddressLine Block No Street Type etc. Interstae, State Highway etc. Street Trailing Type e.g. Ave, Rd, Blvd etc. Relates to: StreetTrailingList table Street Direction e.g. North, South, East, West etc. Relates to: StreetDirectionList table Type of the sub premise Name of the sub premise Relates to: SubPremiseTypeList table
JohnsonGroup
Page 94

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Contacts varchar (150) varchar (150) varchar (150) varchar (150) varchar (150) varchar (150) varchar (30) varchar (4) varchar (15) varchar (150) varchar (150) varchar (150) varchar (150) varchar (150) varchar (150) varchar (150) varchar (150) varchar (25) varchar (6) varchar (150) varchar (150) varchar (150) varchar (25) varchar (25) varchar (128) varchar (150) varchar (150) bit
Contacts Premise type e.g. villa, building, block Name of the premise Relates to: PremiseTypeList table Type of an administrative area Name of an administrative area Relates to: AdminAreaTypeList table Type of the locality e.g. city, village, county Name of the locality Relates to: LocalityTypeList table City State Postal Code Extension of the Postal Code Date till address is valid First role of the person to whom the contact record belongs. Description of the first role. Date till first role is valid. Second role of the person to whom the contact record belongs. Description of the second role. Date till second role is valid. Business Phone No BusinessPhone Extension Best Time to call at Business Phone HomePhone No Best time to call at HomePhone Cell Phone No Fax No Email Pager no. Instant Messenger Id 1 if the record is active; 0 otherwise 0 = Yes 1 = No
(Cont'd)
Premise PremiseName AdminArea AdminAreaName Locality LocalityName City State PostalCode PostalCodeExt AddressValidTill Role1 RoleDesc1 RoleValitTill1 Role2 RoleDesc2 RoleValitTill2 BusinessPhone BPExt BPBestTime HomePhone HPBestTime CellPhone Fax Email Pager IM IsActive
JohnsonGroup
Page 95

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Contacts
Contacts
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column KeyN Constraint ([KeyN]>=(0) AND [KeyN]<=(999999999))
JohnsonGroup
Page 96

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CostFunc
Cost Func
Estimating 3 Standards: Cost Function (CF) table. A CF is a subset of an operation, which consists of several questions and standards (f.ex., for make ready). The CF triggers the program to run the appropriate subroutine to calculate hours, costs, etc. CFs also used as identifiers for paper spoilage. All outputs of Estimating 3 (in calculation files) are identified by the CF.
Column
Type
LogicID CostID CostName ShortName Unit1 Unit2 Hours
int smallint varchar (50) varchar (4) varchar (30) varchar (30) varchar (15)
Unique ID for internal use (numeric, used on server only). Cost Function identifier. Cost Function Full Name ( Makereadies, Setup, etc) Cost function short name (SU, MR, etc.) Default Count 1 Unit Used as unit label for output Count 1 if the standards do not provide a specific one (This field is blank if not applicable) Default Count 2 Unit Used as unit label for output Count 2 if the standars do not provide a specific one (This field is blank if not applicable) Default label for Hours Used as unit label for hours in calculation output. (this field is blank if not applicable)
Field Constraints Column CostID LogicID Constraint ([CostID] >= 0 and [CostID] <= 99) ([LogicID] >= 0 and [LogicID] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 97

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Country
Country
List of ISO 3166-1 countries. Any country column in a table should be a foreign key to this table. There is one entry with country code 'AAA' and an empty name that can be used for addresses that do not include a country. The ISO 3166-1 standard reserves country codes of the form AA? for private use. No country will be allocated those codes.
Indexes on CountryCode Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables AcctDivisions AltVendAddr Customer CustShipAddr Estimates JobShipments LocationAddres ParentCompany PurchaseOrder QQOrder ShipExtension Shipments Vendor WinInvJobs WinInvoice Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
CountryCode CountryCode CountryCode CountryCode CountryCode CountryCode ShipCountryCode CountryCode ShipCountryCode CountryCode ShipFromCountryCode CountryCode PayeeCountryCode ShipCountryCode BillCountryCode
CountryCode CountryName Active
varchar (3) varchar (35) bit
The ISO 3166-1 alpha-3 country code. Name of the country. 0: country is not active (will not be displayed as a valid choice) 1: country is active (will be displayed as a valid choice) 0 = No 1 = Yes
TwoChrCountry
varchar (2)
ISO 3166 2 character country code for cross reference
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 98

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CRCDBatch
CR CD Batch
CR and CD batch table for Accounting input. Contains header information for a single double entry accounting transaction. General Ledger offsetting accounts are contained in the associated CRCDInvoices table. Data in this table will be posted to either ARtransaction or APtransaction and will be deleted when its associated batch is deleted by the system (after the batch has been posted).
Indexes on CRCDBatchKey BatchNumber, CRCDBatchKey Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables CRCDInvoices Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Nonclustered Column
CRCDBatchKey
CRCDBatchKey BatchNumber
int int
Sequential key assigned by Accounting Batch number for CR or CD transactions. Accounting assigns the batch number in WinAcctBatch when a new batch is created. Each record in CRCDBatch represents the header of a double entry transaction and must be associated with a WinAcctBatch entry. CR and CD batches may also include non- invoiced transactions. These records are stored in tables GJBatch and GJtransactions under the same batch number. Relates to: WinAcctBatch table Vendor Number from Vendor table. Only used for CD and checks transactions. Relates to: Vendor table Customer Number from Customer table. Only used for CR transactions. Relates to: Customer table User's check number for CD transactions. The check number is written to this column when the check is printed. For CR transactions, this column contains the customer's check number. Total of receipt or disbursement. This is the value that shows in the 'Payment' or 'Total Pay' window in the data entry screens. It is the total of the invoices that will be posted in ARtransaction or APtransaction for invoiced CR or CD transactions respectively. Cash account used to record receipt or check. This will default to the AR or AP cash account stored in AcctDivisions table. The account may be changed by the user in the data entry window. This account identifies the GL account which will receive the posting in GLAccountData. Relates to: GLAccounts table Text description. This will be posted to the GLAccountData table. Used by check writing process for internal use only. This data is not used by close/post. Values: 0 = Incomplete 1 = Ready to print 2 = Printed 3 = Needs reprinting 4 = Failed check
Vendor Customer CheckNumber
int int int
AmountOfCheck
decimal (15,2)
CashAccount
int
Description Status
JohnsonGroup
Page 99

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CRCDBatch int
CR CD Batch The department associated with account stored in the CashAccount column. Often used when the account used to write off bad debt requires a department. Relates to: DeptNames table Record flagged as void check. The number used to locate the check image information that is stored in the AcctCheckHeader and AcctCheckDetail tables. This number corresponds to CheckHeaderN in the AcctCheckHeader table. Relates to: AcctCheckHeader table The reason why the check identified by this transaction was marked as a void check. Valid values are: 0 - Check has not been marked void 1 - Alignment 2 - Multiple stub 3 - Reprint - different number 4 - Reprint - same number 5 - User initiated
(Cont'd)
Department
VoidCheckFlag CheckImageN
tinyint int
VoidReason
smallint
Field Constraints Column AmountOfCheck BatchNumber CashAccount CheckImageN CheckNumber CRCDBatchKey Customer Department Status Vendor VoidCheckFlag VoidReason Constraint ([AmountOfCheck] >= (-999999999) and [AmountOfCheck] <= 999999999) ([BatchNumber] >= 0 and [BatchNumber] <= 999999) ([CashAccount] >= 0 and [CashAccount] <= 999999999) ([CheckImageN]>=(0) AND [CheckImageN]<=(999999999)) ([CheckNumber] >= 0 and [CheckNumber] <= 999999999) ([CRCDBatchKey] >= 1 and [CRCDBatchKey] <= 999999) ([Customer] >= 0 and [Customer] <= 999999999) ([Department] >= 0 and [Department] <= 9999999) ([Status] >= 0 and [Status] <= 99) ([Vendor] >= 0 and [Vendor] <= 999999999) ([VoidCheckFlag] >= 0 and [VoidCheckFlag] <= 1) ([VoidReason]>=(0) AND [VoidReason]<=(9))
JohnsonGroup
Page 100

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CRCDInvoices
CR CD Invoices
Contains individual vendor or customer invoices for a single double-entry Cash Disbursement or Cash Receipt transaction. Corresponding customer or vendor information is contained in the associated CRCDBatch table. Data in this table will be deleted when its associated batch is deleted by the system (after the batch has been posted).
Indexes on CRCDBatchKey, CRCDInvKey Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
CRCDBatchKey CRCDInvKey VendorInvoice CustInvoice InvoiceDate PaymentType
int int varchar (12) int datetime tinyint
Sequential key assigned by Accounting Relates to: CRCDBatch table Sequential key assigned by Accounting String invoice number from your vendor. Used only by CD transactions. Our invoice number to the customer. Used only by CR. Used by both CR and CD. 0 = Internal use for redrawing batch screen 1 = Payment 2 = Adjustment 3 = Credit Invoice 4 = Correction 5 = Overpayment 6 = On Hold 7 = Is Credit Transactions with a value of 0 are used internally by Accounting and are ignored by the close/post process. Discount taken by either CR or CD transaction. Dollar amount from each line item to be posted to GLAccountData. Credit invoice number used to apply a complete or partial credit to an outstanding invoice. Vendor's string invoice used for credit. Used for check writing and cash disbursements only. This is passed to the database via close/post process. GL account to which to post this line item in GLAccountData. Relates to: GLAccounts table Department to which to post this line item. Relates to: DeptNames table Used for internal processing by Accounting. Used by check writing process. DiscountLost is used by the program. When it's a 1, program displays " * * LOST * * " in the discount column to let user know that they didn't pay the bill soon enough to take advantage of the discount. Page 101
Discount Payment CRCreditInv CDCreditInv CheckNumber AccountNo Department BalanceDue PaymentDate DiscountLost
decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) int varchar (12) int int int decimal (15,2) datetime tinyint
JohnsonGroup

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CRCDInvoices int
CR CD Invoices PO number is displayed on the screen for Accounts Payable -> checks batches.
(Cont'd)
PurchaseOrder
Field Constraints Column AccountNo BalanceDue CheckNumber CRCDBatchKey CRCDInvKey CRCreditInv CustInvoice Department Discount DiscountLost Payment PaymentType PurchaseOrder
Constraint ([accountno] >= 0 and [accountno] <= 999999999) ([BalanceDue] >= (-999999999) and [BalanceDue] <= 999999999) ([CheckNumber] >= 0 and [CheckNumber] <= 999999999) ([CRCDBatchKey] >= 0 and [CRCDBatchKey] <= 999999) ([CRCDInvKey] >= 0 and [CRCDInvKey] <= 999999) ([CRCreditInv] >= 0 and [CRCreditInv] <= 999999999) ([CustInvoice] >= 0 and [CustInvoice] <= 999999999) ([Department] >= 0 and [Department] <= 9999999) ([Discount] >= (-999999999) and [Discount] <= 999999999) ([DiscountLost] >= 0 and [DiscountLost] <= 1) ([Payment] >= (-999999999) and [Payment] <= 999999999) ([PaymentType] >= 0 and [PaymentType] <= 9) ([purchaseorder] >= 0 and [purchaseorder] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 102

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CT_AddlShipInfo
CT_AddlShipInfo
Custom table that extends JobShipments

Indexes on JobN, JobShipmentN Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
JobN JobShipmentN SpecQty Comments

Field Constraints Column JobN JobShipmentN
int int varchar (20) varchar (150)
The number of the job in the OpenJob table. Relates to: OpenJob table The number of the planned shipment for a particular job. The combination of the job number and JobShip Special Quantity Comments
Constraint ([JobN] >= 1 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([JobShipmentN] >= 0 and [JobShipmentN] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 103

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CT_BillPoolInit
Custom Bill Pool Init
Custom table that extends OpenJob

Indexes on JobN Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
JobN
int
A unique number that identifies the job. Used to cross-reference the job to other tables. Relates to: OpenJob table
Initials userName dateUpdated notFromLogic

Field Constraints Column JobN notFromLogic
varchar (10) nvarchar datetime tinyint
Constraint ([JobN] >= 0 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([notFromLogic] >= 0.0 and [notFromLogic] <= 1)
JohnsonGroup
Page 104

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CT_CostSheet
Custom Cost Sheet

Column
Type
JobN
int
MailServValue InvCopies POb4Billing LumpSum Other AddlPrcngPP AddlPrcngMs OtherAddlPrcng MailSUFee InkJetServ Tabbing OtherMailServ PostChkRec BillPstg10onInv PstgChkRecDate BillMailSepInv PreBillPost MailPostInvFxd AddlJT4MailFul BillPrtgOnly BillPrtgOnlyOnTkt OutOfAreaShpg ExpedShpgChgs CopyBillLading Bill4ProofsEtc MailServNPValue AddlPricing BillAttn_1 JohnsonGroup
decimal (8,2) tinyint tinyint tinyint varchar (25) tinyint tinyint varchar (25) decimal (8,2) decimal (8,2) decimal (8,2) varchar (25) tinyint tinyint datetime tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint varchar (50) decimal (8,2) varchar (50) Page 105

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CT_CostSheet varchar (50) varchar (50) varchar (50) tinyint tinyint tinyint varchar (1,000) varchar (1,000) varchar (4)
Custom Cost Sheet
(Cont'd)
BillAttn_2 BillAttn_3 BillAttn_4 Bill4Inventory Chg4NCOA NewCust SpecBillInstr SpecPriceNeeded FSC

Field Constraints Column AddlJT4MailFul AddlPrcngMs AddlPrcngPP AddlPricing Bill4Inventory Bill4ProofsEtc BillMailSepInv BillPrtgOnly BillPrtgOnlyOnTkt BillPstg10onInv Chg4NCOA CopyBillLading ExpedShpgChgs InkJetServ InvCopies JobN LumpSum MailPostInvFxd MailServValue MailSUFee NewCust OutOfAreaShpg POb4Billing PostChkRec PreBillPost Tabbing
Constraint ([AddlJT4MailFul] >= 0.0 and [AddlJT4MailFul] <= 255) ([AddlPrcngMs] >= 0.0 and [AddlPrcngMs] <= 255) ([AddlPrcngPP] >= 0.0 and [AddlPrcngPP] <= 255) ([AddlPricing] >= 0.0 and [AddlPricing] <= 999999) ([Bill4Inventory] >= 0.0 and [Bill4Inventory] <= 255) ([Bill4ProofsEtc] >= 0.0 and [Bill4ProofsEtc] <= 255) ([BillMailSepInv] >= 0.0 and [BillMailSepInv] <= 255) ([BillPrtgOnly] >= 0.0 and [BillPrtgOnly] <= 255) ([BillPrtgOnlyOnTkt] >= 0.0 and [BillPrtgOnlyOnTkt] <= 255) ([BillPstg10onInv] >= 0.0 and [BillPstg10onInv] <= 255) ([Chg4NCOA] >= 0.0 and [Chg4NCOA] <= 255) ([CopyBillLading] >= 0.0 and [CopyBillLading] <= 255) ([ExpedShpgChgs] >= 0.0 and [ExpedShpgChgs] <= 255) ([InkJetServ] >= 0.0 and [InkJetServ] <= 999999) ([InvCopies] >= 0.0 and [InvCopies] <= 255) ([JobN] >= 0 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([LumpSum] >= 0.0 and [LumpSum] <= 255) ([MailPostInvFxd] >= 0.0 and [MailPostInvFxd] <= 255) ([MailServValue] >= 0.0 and [MailServValue] <= 999999) ([MailSUFee] >= 0.0 and [MailSUFee] <= 999999) ([NewCust] >= 0.0 and [NewCust] <= 255) ([OutOfAreaShpg] >= 0.0 and [OutOfAreaShpg] <= 255) ([POb4Billing] >= 0.0 and [POb4Billing] <= 255) ([PostChkRec] >= 0.0 and [PostChkRec] <= 255) ([PreBillPost] >= 0.0 and [PreBillPost] <= 255) ([Tabbing] >= 0.0 and [Tabbing] <= 999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 106

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CT_Customer
Customer Custom Table
Custom table for user to add additional customer information.

Indexes on CustomerN Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
CustomerN QRCreditEligible
Field Constraints Column CustomerN QRCreditEligible
int Relates to: Customer table tinyint
Constraint ([CustomerN] >= 0 and [CustomerN] <= 999999999) ([QRCreditEligible] >= 0.0 and [QRCreditEligible] <= 255)
JohnsonGroup
Page 107

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CT_CustomerInfo
CT Customer Info
The Customer Information File contains a second mailing address for any customers who need one. This is a shipping address that can be printed on customer invoices. The invoice parameters determine if this address will be included on the invoice. Edit through acctmnt.
Indexes on CustomerNumber Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
CustomerNumber SortOrder AttentionLine CompanyName Line2OfAddrs Line3OfAddrs City State ZipCode

Field Constraints Column CustomerNumber
int Relates to: Customer table varchar (10) varchar (24) varchar (24) varchar (24) varchar (24) varchar (24) varchar (2) varchar (9)
Constraint ([CustomerNumber] >= 0 and [CustomerNumber] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 108

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CT_EJTmailing
CT_EJTmailing

Indexes on JobN Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables CT_MailChklst Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
JobN
JobN
int
A unique number that identifies the job. Used to cross-reference the job to other tables. Relates to: OpenJob table Method Merge Purge Data Cleansing Qty to Mail Customer Check Provided 20 Comments Permit Number Tabbing Tab Qty Plastic Paper
Method Merge Purge DataCleansing QtyToMail CustChkProv MailList Comments PermitN Tab TabQty Plastic Paper PostInvReq PostInvReqDate MergeYN ListCount DeDupe DupeCriteria ChgForEnv GlueDot GlueDotQty numMailings barCode barCodeEmail
varchar (50) varchar (3) varchar (3) varchar (3) varchar (20) varchar (3) varchar (50) varchar (400) varchar (20) varchar (3) varchar (12) varchar (25) varchar (10) varchar (3) datetime tinyint int tinyint varchar (200) tinyint varchar (4) int int tinyint varchar (100)
JohnsonGroup
Page 109

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CT_EJTmailing
CT_EJTmailing
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column barCode ChgForEnv DeDupe GlueDotQty JobN ListCount MergeYN numMailings Constraint ([barCode] >= 0.0 and [barCode] <= 255) ([ChgForEnv] >= 0.0 and [ChgForEnv] <= 255) ([DeDupe] >= 0.0 and [DeDupe] <= 255) ([GlueDotQty] >= 0.0 and [GlueDotQty] <= 999999) ([JobN] >= 0 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([ListCount] >= 0.0 and [ListCount] <= 999999) ([MergeYN] >= 0.0 and [MergeYN] <= 255) ([numMailings] >= 0.0 and [numMailings] <= 999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 110

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CT_EJTOffset
CT_EJTOffset

Column
Type
JobN
int
A unique number that identifies the job. Used to cross-reference the job to other tables. Relates to: OpenJob table Offset Score Offset Perf Remarks Special Ink Formula Ink Colors
OffsetScr OffsetPerf Remarks SpecInkForm InkColors

Field Constraints Column JobN
varchar (3) varchar (3) varchar (2,000) varchar (200) varchar (150)
Constraint ([JobN] >= 0 and [JobN] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 111

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CT_Job
Job Custom Table
Custom table for user to add additional job information.

Column
Type
JobN Cov_JobComments Cov_MatlComments Cov_ProdComments MT_JobDueTime MT_ContactName MT_ContactPhone MT_ContactFax MT_ContactEmail MT_ClientOK MT_ContractPath MT_JobSpecInst MT_PrepSpecInst MT_InkCoatSpecInst MT_PressSpecInst MT_StockSpecInst MT_BinderySpecInst MT_BuyoutSpecInst MT_PackShipSpecInst MT_PrepPlatform1 MT_PrepPlatform2 MT_PrepPlatform3 MT_PrepSoftware1 MT_PrepSoftware2 MT_PrepSoftware3 MT_PrepMedia1 MT_PrepMedia2 MT_PrepMedia3 MT_PrepLocation1
int Relates to: OpenJob table varchar (7,000) varchar (500) varchar (500) varchar (5) varchar (30) varchar (20) varchar (20) varchar (50) varchar (3) varchar (250) varchar (750) varchar (500) varchar (500) varchar (500) varchar (500) varchar (500) varchar (1,000) varchar (5,000) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (20) varchar (20) varchar (20) varchar (15) varchar (15) varchar (15) varchar (200)
JohnsonGroup
Page 112

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CT_Job varchar (200) varchar (200) varchar (15) varchar (15) varchar (15) int int int int datetime datetime varchar (20) varchar (20) varchar (20) varchar (20) varchar (20) varchar (20) int int int int int int datetime datetime datetime datetime datetime datetime varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (50) varchar (60) varchar (60)
Job Custom Table
(Cont'd)
MT_PrepLocation2 MT_PrepLocation3 MT_PrepImageType1 MT_PrepImageType2 MT_PrepImageType3 MT_PrepScansHT MT_PrepScansDT MT_PrepScansSeps MT_PrepRandoms MT_PrepDateOut MT_PrepReturned MT_ProofType1A MT_ProofType1B MT_ProofType2A MT_ProofType2B MT_ProofType3A MT_ProofType3B MT_ProofSets1A MT_ProofSets1B MT_ProofSets2A MT_ProofSets2B MT_ProofSets3A MT_ProofSets3B MT_ProofsSent1 MT_ProofsSent2 MT_ProofsSent3 MT_ProofsRet1 MT_ProofsRet2 MT_ProofsRet3 MT_ProofInst1 MT_ProofInst2 MT_ProofInst3 MT_RevsNonTicket MT_BindMechBind MT_BindDieCut JohnsonGroup
Page 113

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CT_Job int varchar (20) varchar (20) varchar (50) varchar (15) varchar (15) varchar (50) int varchar (15) varchar (10) varchar (10) int varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) int int varchar (10) int varchar (3) int varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (12) varchar (100) tinyint
Job Custom Table
(Cont'd)
MT_BindDrillHoles MT_BindDrillSize MT_BindDrillPlace MT_BindStyle MT_BindWires MT_BindBulk MT_BindCollate MT_BindCollatePcs MT_BindTrim MT_BindMechGlue MT_BindMechPad MT_BindMechPadIn MT_BindMechInsert MT_BindLargeScore MT_BindLargePerf MT_PackShrinkIn MT_PackCartons MT_PackCtsUnits MT_PackSkids MT_PackSamples MT_PackSamplesQty ShipDate ArriveBy FinalShipDate TrackN dueFlexable2
Field Constraints Column dueFlexable2 JobN
Ship Date Arrive By/On Final Ship Date Tracking Number
Constraint ([dueFlexable2] >= 0.0 and [dueFlexable2] <= 255) ([JobN] >= 0 and [JobN] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 114

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CT_JobForm
Job Form Custom Table
Custom table for user to add additional job form information.

Indexes on JobN, FormN Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
JobN FormN MT_PlateType MT_PlatesNum MT_PlatesDate MT_PressName MT_PressOK MT_RunMethod MT_PressAttachmnt MT_ScorePerf MT_GrossSheets MT_InkCoatInkS1 MT_InkCoatInkS2 MT_InkCoatCoatS1 MT_InkCoatCoatS2 MT_BindCut MT_BindFold MT_BindOther Curve InkColors ColorsS1 ColorsS2 Imposition NetShts RunSize Press FormDesc
int Relates to: OpenJob table smallint varchar (25) int datetime varchar (25) varchar (4) varchar (4) varchar (250) varchar (50) int varchar (30) varchar (30) varchar (30) varchar (30) varchar (25) varchar (50) varchar (75) varchar (30) varchar (150) varchar (35) varchar (35) varchar (50) varchar (12) varchar (25) varchar (20) varchar (20) Ink Colors Colors-Side 1 Colors-Side 2 Imposition Net Sheets Run Size Press Form Description
JohnsonGroup
Page 115

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CT_JobForm
Job Form Custom Table
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column FormN JobN Constraint ([FormN] >= 0 and [FormN] <= 9999) ([JobN] >= 1 and [JobN] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 116

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CT_JobGrid1
Job Grid 1 Custom Table
Custom table for user to add additional job grid information.

Indexes on JobN, SeqN Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
JobN SeqN Form Pass RunDate OperatorNo Machine Cnt

Field Constraints Column JobN SeqN
int Relates to: OpenJob table int varchar (12) varchar (12) datetime varchar (6) varchar (6) varchar (20) Count
Constraint ([JobN] >= 1 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([SeqN] >= 0 and [SeqN] <= 999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 117

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CT_JobGrid2
Job Grid 2 Custom Table
Custom table for user to add additional job grid information.

Indexes on JobN, SeqN Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
JobN SeqN
Field Constraints Column JobN SeqN
int Relates to: OpenJob table int
Constraint ([JobN] >= 1 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([SeqN] >= 0 and [SeqN] <= 999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 118

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CT_MailChklst
Custom Mail Chklst
Custom table that extends CT_EJTmailing

Indexes on JobN, LineN Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
JobN
int
A unique number that identifies the job. Used to cross-reference the job to other tables. Relates to: CT_EJTmailing table
LineN Cntry MailDrop DropDate Qty Class PermitN NCOA ChgPostCost NonChgPostCost InvDate Finishing InkJet ENV DomFor RLMOrderDetail
Field Constraints Column ChgPostCost Class DomFor ENV Finishing InkJet JobN NCOA NonChgPostCost Qty
int varchar (25) varchar (2) datetime int tinyint varchar (25) tinyint decimal (8,2) decimal (8,2) datetime tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint varchar (50)
Constraint ([ChgPostCost] >= 0.0 and [ChgPostCost] <= 999999) ([Class] >= 0.0 and [Class] <= 255) ([DomFor] >= 0.0 and [DomFor] <= 255) ([ENV] >= 0.0 and [ENV] <= 255) ([Finishing] >= 0.0 and [Finishing] <= 255) ([InkJet] >= 0.0 and [InkJet] <= 255) ([JobN] >= 0 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([NCOA] >= 0.0 and [NCOA] <= 255) ([NonChgPostCost] >= 0.0 and [NonChgPostCost] <= 999999) ([Qty] >= 0.0 and [Qty] <= 999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 119

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CT_MailingChecklist
Custom Mailing Checklist

Column
Type
JobN
int
MailDate PcsUSmail PostageUSmail PcsForeignMail PcsInkjetted PcsTabbed1 PcsTabbed2 PcsStuffed PcsStampMeter BalSent DateSent SentTo PstgChkFurnUpFront PermitNUsed Co1 Co2 Co3 Co4 Co5 Co6 Co7 Co8 Qty1 Qty2 Qty3 Qty4 Qty5 Qty6 JohnsonGroup
datetime int decimal (8,2) int int int int int int int datetime varchar (125) tinyint varchar (50) varchar (25) varchar (25) varchar (25) varchar (25) varchar (25) varchar (25) varchar (25) varchar (25) int int int int int int Page 120

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CT_MailingChecklist int int decimal (8,2) decimal (8,2) decimal (8,2) decimal (8,2) decimal (8,2) decimal (8,2) decimal (8,2) decimal (8,2) decimal (8,2) decimal (8,2) decimal (8,2) decimal (8,2) decimal (8,2) decimal (8,2) decimal (8,2) decimal (8,2) decimal (8,2) decimal (8,2) tinyint tinyint varchar (50) tinyint varchar (50) datetime varchar (12) datetime varchar (25) varchar (4,000)
(Cont'd)
Qty7 Qty8 Unit1Cost Unit2Cost Unit3Cost Unit4Cost Unit5Cost Unit6Cost Unit7Cost Unit8Cost Total1 Total2 Total3 Total4 Total5 Total6 Total7 Total8 GrndTotFrgnPost PstgChkAmt NCOA PstgInv2Cust EnvSize ChgForEnv InfoVerifiedBy VerifyDate VerifyJobN PostChkDateRecd PostChkN Notes
JohnsonGroup
Page 121

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CT_MailingChecklist
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column BalSent ChgForEnv GrndTotFrgnPost JobN NCOA PcsForeignMail PcsInkjetted PcsStampMeter PcsStuffed PcsTabbed1 PcsTabbed2 PcsUSmail PostageUSmail PstgChkAmt PstgChkFurnUpFront PstgInv2Cust Qty1 Qty2 Qty3 Qty4 Qty5 Qty6 Qty7 Qty8 Total1 Total2 Total3 Total4 Total5 Total6 Total7 Total8 Unit1Cost Unit2Cost Unit3Cost Unit4Cost Unit5Cost Unit6Cost Unit7Cost Unit8Cost Constraint ([BalSent] >= 0.0 and [BalSent] <= 999999) ([ChgForEnv] >= 0.0 and [ChgForEnv] <= 255) ([GrndTotFrgnPost] >= 0.0 and [GrndTotFrgnPost] <= 999999) ([JobN] >= 0 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([NCOA] >= 0.0 and [NCOA] <= 255) ([PcsForeignMail] >= 0.0 and [PcsForeignMail] <= 999999) ([PcsInkjetted] >= 0.0 and [PcsInkjetted] <= 999999) ([PcsStampMeter] >= 0.0 and [PcsStampMeter] <= 999999) ([PcsStuffed] >= 0.0 and [PcsStuffed] <= 999999) ([PcsTabbed1] >= 0.0 and [PcsTabbed1] <= 999999) ([PcsTabbed2] >= 0.0 and [PcsTabbed2] <= 999999) ([PcsUSmail] >= 0.0 and [PcsUSmail] <= 999999) ([PostageUSmail] >= 0.0 and [PostageUSmail] <= 999999) ([PstgChkAmt] >= 0.0 and [PstgChkAmt] <= 999999) ([PstgChkFurnUpFront] >= 0.0 and [PstgChkFurnUpFront] <= 255) ([PstgInv2Cust] >= 0.0 and [PstgInv2Cust] <= 255) ([Qty1] >= 0.0 and [Qty1] <= 999999) ([Qty2] >= 0.0 and [Qty2] <= 999999) ([Qty3] >= 0.0 and [Qty3] <= 999999) ([Qty4] >= 0.0 and [Qty4] <= 999999) ([Qty5] >= 0.0 and [Qty5] <= 999999) ([Qty6] >= 0.0 and [Qty6] <= 999999) ([Qty7] >= 0.0 and [Qty7] <= 999999) ([Qty8] >= 0.0 and [Qty8] <= 999999) ([Total1] >= 0.0 and [Total1] <= 999999) ([Total2] >= 0.0 and [Total2] <= 999999) ([Total3] >= 0.0 and [Total3] <= 999999) ([Total4] >= 0.0 and [Total4] <= 999999) ([Total5] >= 0.0 and [Total5] <= 999999) ([Total6] >= 0.0 and [Total6] <= 999999) ([Total7] >= 0.0 and [Total7] <= 999999) ([Total8] >= 0.0 and [Total8] <= 999999) ([Unit1Cost] >= 0.0 and [Unit1Cost] <= 999999) ([Unit2Cost] >= 0.0 and [Unit2Cost] <= 999999) ([Unit3Cost] >= 0.0 and [Unit3Cost] <= 999999) ([Unit4Cost] >= 0.0 and [Unit4Cost] <= 999999) ([Unit5Cost] >= 0.0 and [Unit5Cost] <= 999999) ([Unit6Cost] >= 0.0 and [Unit6Cost] <= 999999) ([Unit7Cost] >= 0.0 and [Unit7Cost] <= 999999) ([Unit8Cost] >= 0.0 and [Unit8Cost] <= 999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 122

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CT_MileStones
Custom Mile Stones

Column
Type
JobN
int
InPrep AlterationsRequested Assembly OutOnPDF ProofingStage ProofsReady OkToPlate Plating SpecialInk Plates Stock PrintedRFB DieFileSent EmbossFileSent UVFileSent
tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint
JohnsonGroup
Page 123

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CT_MileStones
Custom Mile Stones
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column AlterationsRequested Assembly DieFileSent EmbossFileSent InPrep JobN OkToPlate OutOnPDF Plates Plating PrintedRFB ProofingStage ProofsReady SpecialInk Stock UVFileSent Constraint ([AlterationsRequested] >= 0.0 and [AlterationsRequested] <= 1) ([Assembly] >= 0.0 and [Assembly] <= 1) ([DieFileSent] >= 0.0 and [DieFileSent] <= 1) ([EmbossFileSent] >= 0.0 and [EmbossFileSent] <= 1) ([InPrep] >= 0.0 and [InPrep] <= 1) ([JobN] >= 0 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([OkToPlate] >= 0.0 and [OkToPlate] <= 1) ([OutOnPDF] >= 0.0 and [OutOnPDF] <= 1) ([Plates] >= 0.0 and [Plates] <= 1) ([Plating] >= 0.0 and [Plating] <= 1) ([PrintedRFB] >= 0.0 and [PrintedRFB] <= 1) ([ProofingStage] >= 0.0 and [ProofingStage] <= 1) ([ProofsReady] >= 0.0 and [ProofsReady] <= 1) ([SpecialInk] >= 0.0 and [SpecialInk] <= 1) ([Stock] >= 0.0 and [Stock] <= 1) ([UVFileSent] >= 0.0 and [UVFileSent] <= 1)
JohnsonGroup
Page 124

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CT_PriceAdmin
Custom Price Admin
Custom root table

Indexes on PriceAdminN Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables CT_PriceEst Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
priceAdmin
PriceAdminN PriceAdminName
Field Constraints Column PriceAdminN
int varchar (200)
A unique number that identifies a record in this table.
Constraint ([PriceAdminN] >= 0 and [PriceAdminN] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 125

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CT_PriceEst
Custom Price Est
Holds all estimates to mark when they are priced.

Indexes on PriceEstN Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables CT_PriceEstConfig Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
priceEstN
PriceEstN isPriced pCafeID pricedBy pricedDate comments priceAdmin qDesc qAttn qQuoteN qDate qPagesL qPages qFinishedSize qFlatSizeL qFlatSize qPaperL qPaper qPrepL qPrep qPrintL qPrint qSpecialL qSpecial qFinishingL qFinishing qCustom1L qCustom1 JohnsonGroup
int int varchar (25) int
Relates to: CT_PriceUsers table datetime varchar (1,000) int Relates to: CT_PriceAdmin table varchar (500) varchar (500) varchar (25) varchar (25) varchar (50) varchar (200) varchar (200) varchar (50) varchar (200) varchar (50) varchar (500) varchar (50) varchar (500) varchar (50) varchar (500) varchar (50) varchar (500) varchar (50) varchar (500) varchar (50) varchar (500) Page 126

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CT_PriceEst varchar (50) varchar (500) varchar (100) varchar (50) int int varchar (25) varchar (25) varchar (25) varchar (25) varchar (25) varchar (50) int int
Custom Price Est
(Cont'd)
qCustom2L qCustom2 qSalesRep qFinishedSizeL doAdd doHideMail qQty1 qQty2 qQty3 qQty4 qQty5 qQtyL qHideFreight doPriceUnit
Field Constraints Column doAdd doHideMail doPriceUnit isPriced priceAdmin pricedBy PriceEstN qHideFreight
Constraint ([doAdd] >= 0.0 and [doAdd] <= 1) ([doHideMail] >= 0.0 and [doHideMail] <= 1) ([doPriceUnit] >= 0.0 and [doPriceUnit] <= 1) ([isPriced] >= 0.0 and [isPriced] <= 1) ([priceAdmin] >= 0.0 and [priceAdmin] <= 999999999) ([pricedBy] >= 0.0 and [pricedBy] <= 999999999) ([PriceEstN] >= 0 and [PriceEstN] <= 999999999) ([qHideFreight] >= 0.0 and [qHideFreight] <= 1)
JohnsonGroup
Page 127

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CT_PriceEstConfig
Custom Price Est Config
Custom root table

Indexes on PriceEstConfigN Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
PriceEstConfigN priceEstN configN configDesc hideConfig

Field Constraints Column configN hideConfig PriceEstConfigN priceEstN
int identity int
A unique number that identifies a record in this table. Relates to: CT_PriceEst table
int varchar (500) int
Constraint ([configN] >= 0.0 and [configN] <= 999999) ([hideConfig] >= 0.0 and [hideConfig] <= 1) ([PriceEstConfigN] >= 0 and [PriceEstConfigN] <= 999999999) ([priceEstN] >= 0.0 and [priceEstN] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 128

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CT_PriceUsers
Custom Price Users
Users for the web pricing interface

Indexes on PriceUsersN Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables CT_PriceEst Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
pricedBy
PriceUsersN userName password userLevel email displayName

Field Constraints Column PriceUsersN userLevel
int varchar (200) varchar (50) int varchar (500) varchar (100)
Constraint ([PriceUsersN] >= 0 and [PriceUsersN] <= 999999999) ([userLevel] >= 0.0 and [userLevel] <= 10)
JohnsonGroup
Page 129

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CT_RLD
Custom R L D

Indexes on JobN Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables CT_RLDJobDetail Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
JobN
JobN
int
hrsPrep hrsVDP hrsMailing hrsNexpress hrsDigimaster hrsCutting hrsFolding hrsGloss hrsOutsideSvc hrsCuttingComplete hrsDigimasterComplet hrsFoldingComplete hrsGlossComplete hrsMailingComplete hrsNexpressComplete hrsOtherBindComplete hrsOutSvcComplete hrsPrepComplete hrsVDPComplete NumOfDataFiles DataFileWorkNeeded NumOfTotalRecords MailPanelOnly VDPFields SpecialFieldFormat NumOfRecordsForProof MarkedUpHardCopy
decimal (8,2) decimal (8,2) decimal (8,2) decimal (8,2) decimal (8,2) decimal (8,2) decimal (8,2) decimal (8,2) decimal (8,2) tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint int varchar (255) int tinyint int varchar (255) int tinyint
JohnsonGroup
Page 130

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CT_RLD varchar (25) varchar (255) varchar (50) varchar (50) varchar (50) varchar (25) varchar (15) varchar (10) varchar (12) varchar (50) varchar (50) varchar (50) varchar (50) varchar (25) varchar (15) varchar (10) varchar (12) varchar (50) datetime datetime varchar (255) tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint int tinyint tinyint varchar (255) tinyint
Custom R L D
(Cont'd)
FileLocation FileName VDPSendProofName VDPSendProofAddress1 VDPSendProofAddress2 VDPSendProofCity VDPSendProofState VDPSendProofZip VDPSendProofPhone VDPSendProofEmail PPSendProofName PPSendProofAddress1 PPSendProofAddress2 PPSendProofCity PPSendProofState PPSendProofZip PPSendProofPhone PPSendProofEmail PPProofDueDate VDPProofDueDate PPComments Cut Score Perf Fold Stitch Spiral DoubleWire Drill PadBound SheetPerPad Inserting HandWork HandWorkDescription ShrinkWrap JohnsonGroup
Page 131

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CT_RLD int tinyint varchar (255) varchar (50) varchar (50) varchar (50) tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint varchar (50) varchar (50) varchar (50) varchar (50) varchar (25) varchar (15) varchar (10) varchar (50) varchar (50) varchar (50) varchar (25) varchar (15) varchar (10) varchar (50) varchar (50) varchar (50) varchar (25) varchar (15) varchar (10) decimal (8,2) int int
Custom R L D
(Cont'd)
QtyPerPackage CartonPack BinderyComments MailMethod JobType VDPSendProofMethod MailListFurnished MergeMailLists NCOA DeDupe IntelligentBarCode Tab GlueDot ShipMethod ShipOversToName ShipOversToAddress1 ShipOversToAddress2 ShipOversToCity ShipOversToState ShipOversToZip ShipSamplesToName ShipSamplesToAddr1 ShipSamplesToAddr2 ShipSamplesToCity ShipSamplesToState ShipSamplesToZip ShipToName ShipToAddress1 ShipToAddress2 ShipToCity ShipToState ShipToZip hrsOtherBindery Part1PressRun Part2PressRun JohnsonGroup
Page 132

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CT_RLD int int varchar (35) varchar (35) varchar (50) tinyint tinyint tinyint varchar (50) varchar (25) varchar (50) varchar (50) varchar (50) varchar (25) varchar (15) varchar (10) tinyint tinyint datetime datetime varchar (25) varchar (25) varchar (25) varchar (25) varchar (25) varchar (25) varchar (25) int int varchar (3,000)
Custom R L D
(Cont'd)
Part3PressRun PreviousJobN VDPDataFileType VDPLayoutFileType PPFileType VDPYesNo BinderyYesNo MailingYesNo PPTypeOfProof PPSendProofMethod ShipVendorToName ShipVendorToAddr1 ShipVendorToAddr2 ShipVendorToCity ShipVendorToState ShipVendorToZip pdfProof firstOffProof PPFirstOffProofDue ShipVendorDue bindSide ShipOversQTY ShipOversMethod ShipVendorQTY ShipVendorMethod ShipSamplesQTY ShipSamplesMethod Clicks Sheets CustomerConcerns
JohnsonGroup
Page 133

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CT_RLD
Custom R L D
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column BinderyYesNo CartonPack Clicks Cut DeDupe DoubleWire Drill firstOffProof Fold GlueDot HandWork hrsCutting hrsCuttingComplete hrsDigimaster hrsDigimasterComplet hrsFolding hrsFoldingComplete hrsGloss hrsGlossComplete hrsMailing hrsMailingComplete hrsNexpress hrsNexpressComplete hrsOtherBindComplete hrsOtherBindery hrsOutsideSvc hrsOutSvcComplete hrsPrep hrsPrepComplete hrsVDP hrsVDPComplete Inserting IntelligentBarCode JobN MailingYesNo MailListFurnished MailPanelOnly MarkedUpHardCopy MergeMailLists NCOA NumOfDataFiles NumOfRecordsForProof NumOfTotalRecords PadBound Part1PressRun Part2PressRun Part3PressRun pdfProof Perf PreviousJobN QtyPerPackage Score Constraint ([BinderyYesNo] >= 0.0 and [BinderyYesNo] <= 255) ([CartonPack] >= 0.0 and [CartonPack] <= 255) ([Clicks] >= 0.0 and [Clicks] <= 999999) ([Cut] >= 0.0 and [Cut] <= 255) ([DeDupe] >= 0.0 and [DeDupe] <= 255) ([DoubleWire] >= 0.0 and [DoubleWire] <= 255) ([Drill] >= 0.0 and [Drill] <= 255) ([firstOffProof] >= 0.0 and [firstOffProof] <= 255) ([Fold] >= 0.0 and [Fold] <= 255) ([GlueDot] >= 0.0 and [GlueDot] <= 255) ([HandWork] >= 0.0 and [HandWork] <= 255) ([hrsCutting] >= 0.0 and [hrsCutting] <= 999999) ([hrsCuttingComplete] >= 0.0 and [hrsCuttingComplete] <= 255) ([hrsDigimaster] >= 0.0 and [hrsDigimaster] <= 999999) ([hrsDigimasterComplet] >= 0.0 and [hrsDigimasterComplet] <= 255) ([hrsFolding] >= 0.0 and [hrsFolding] <= 999999) ([hrsFoldingComplete] >= 0.0 and [hrsFoldingComplete] <= 255) ([hrsGloss] >= 0.0 and [hrsGloss] <= 999999) ([hrsGlossComplete] >= 0.0 and [hrsGlossComplete] <= 255) ([hrsMailing] >= 0.0 and [hrsMailing] <= 999999) ([hrsMailingComplete] >= 0.0 and [hrsMailingComplete] <= 255) ([hrsNexpress] >= 0.0 and [hrsNexpress] <= 999999) ([hrsNexpressComplete] >= 0.0 and [hrsNexpressComplete] <= 255) ([hrsOtherBindComplete] >= 0.0 and [hrsOtherBindComplete] <= 255) ([hrsOtherBindery] >= 0.0 and [hrsOtherBindery] <= 999999) ([hrsOutsideSvc] >= 0.0 and [hrsOutsideSvc] <= 999999) ([hrsOutSvcComplete] >= 0.0 and [hrsOutSvcComplete] <= 255) ([hrsPrep] >= 0.0 and [hrsPrep] <= 999999) ([hrsPrepComplete] >= 0.0 and [hrsPrepComplete] <= 255) ([hrsVDP] >= 0.0 and [hrsVDP] <= 999999) ([hrsVDPComplete] >= 0.0 and [hrsVDPComplete] <= 255) ([Inserting] >= 0.0 and [Inserting] <= 255) ([IntelligentBarCode] >= 0.0 and [IntelligentBarCode] <= 255) ([JobN] >= 0 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([MailingYesNo] >= 0.0 and [MailingYesNo] <= 255) ([MailListFurnished] >= 0.0 and [MailListFurnished] <= 255) ([MailPanelOnly] >= 0.0 and [MailPanelOnly] <= 255) ([MarkedUpHardCopy] >= 0.0 and [MarkedUpHardCopy] <= 255) ([MergeMailLists] >= 0.0 and [MergeMailLists] <= 255) ([NCOA] >= 0.0 and [NCOA] <= 255) ([NumOfDataFiles] >= 0.0 and [NumOfDataFiles] <= 999999) ([NumOfRecordsForProof] >= 0.0 and [NumOfRecordsForProof] <= 999999) ([NumOfTotalRecords] >= 0.0 and [NumOfTotalRecords] <= 999999) ([PadBound] >= 0.0 and [PadBound] <= 255) ([Part1PressRun] >= 0.0 and [Part1PressRun] <= 999999) ([Part2PressRun] >= 0.0 and [Part2PressRun] <= 999999) ([Part3PressRun] >= 0.0 and [Part3PressRun] <= 999999) ([pdfProof] >= 0.0 and [pdfProof] <= 255) ([Perf] >= 0.0 and [Perf] <= 255) ([PreviousJobN] >= 0.0 and [PreviousJobN] <= 999999) ([QtyPerPackage] >= 0.0 and [QtyPerPackage] <= 999999) ([Score] >= 0.0 and [Score] <= 255)
JohnsonGroup
Page 134

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CT_RLD
Custom R L D ([SheetPerPad] >= 0.0 and [SheetPerPad] <= 999999) ([Sheets] >= 0.0 and [Sheets] <= 999999) ([ShrinkWrap] >= 0.0 and [ShrinkWrap] <= 255) ([Spiral] >= 0.0 and [Spiral] <= 255) ([Stitch] >= 0.0 and [Stitch] <= 255) ([Tab] >= 0.0 and [Tab] <= 255) ([VDPFields] >= 0.0 and [VDPFields] <= 999999) ([VDPYesNo] >= 0.0 and [VDPYesNo] <= 255)
(Cont'd)
SheetPerPad Sheets ShrinkWrap Spiral Stitch Tab VDPFields VDPYesNo
JohnsonGroup
Page 135

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CT_RLDJobDetail
Custom R L D Job Detail
Custom table that extends CT_RLD

Indexes on JobN, LineN Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
JobN
int
A unique number that identifies the job. Used to cross-reference the job to other tables. Relates to: CT_RLD table
LineN Qty PageCount Bleed FlatSize FinishedSize Coat HighGlossFinish Colors Stock StockOther Comments numPages FinishedCoat
Field Constraints Column Bleed Coat FinishedCoat HighGlossFinish JobN numPages PageCount Qty
int int int tinyint varchar (25) varchar (25) tinyint tinyint varchar (50) varchar (50) varchar (50) varchar (255) int tinyint
Constraint ([Bleed] >= 0.0 and [Bleed] <= 255) ([Coat] >= 0.0 and [Coat] <= 255) ([FinishedCoat] >= 0.0 and [FinishedCoat] <= 255) ([HighGlossFinish] >= 0.0 and [HighGlossFinish] <= 255) ([JobN] >= 0 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([numPages] >= 0.0 and [numPages] <= 999999) ([PageCount] >= 0.0 and [PageCount] <= 999999) ([Qty] >= 0.0 and [Qty] <= 999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 136

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CT_RLM_Job
RLM_Job
Table that holds a list of Monthly Jobs for customers.

Indexes on RLM_JobN Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
RLM_JobN JobN JobMonth CustomerN creationDate

Field Constraints Column CustomerN JobN RLM_JobN
int int
A unique number that identifies a record in this table. Relates to: OpenJob table
datetime int
Month that the job is for. Relates to: Customer table
datetime
Constraint ([CustomerN] >= 0.0 and [CustomerN] <= 999999999) ([JobN] >= 0.0 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([RLM_JobN] >= 0 and [RLM_JobN] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 137

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CT_SoftwareTracker
Custom Software Tracker

Indexes on FileID Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
JobN
int
FileType Version Platform FileID date Location

Field Constraints Column FileID JobN
varchar (50) varchar (10) varchar (20) int identity datetime varchar (50)
Constraint ([FileID] >= 0.0 and [FileID] <= 999999) ([JobN] >= 0 and [JobN] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 138

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CT_stock
Custom stock
Custom root table

Indexes on stockN Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
stockN stock_desc
Field Constraints Column stockN
int varchar (100)
Constraint ([stockN] >= 0 and [stockN] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 139

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CT_YearWeeks
Custom Year Weeks
Custom root table

Indexes on YearWeeksN Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
YearWeeksN qNum
Field Constraints Column qNum YearWeeksN
int int
Constraint ([qNum] >= 0.0 and [qNum] <= 999999) ([YearWeeksN] >= 0 and [YearWeeksN] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 140

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CurrencyExchg
Currency Exchange
Currently in use only for printing of a custom invoice. The database is never written based on this table. The multiplier is only applied when a custom invoice is printed.
Indexes on ExchangeKey Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
ExchangeKey ExchangeDes Multiplier
int varchar (40) decimal (11,4)
Unique key to identify each record Text to describe each record Multiplier to be applied to the original value stored in the database. The database is never updated based on this table. The multiplier is only applied when a custom invoice is printed. May be used to identify a currency symboll for printing of custom invoice. Relates to: Symbol_ID table First use of this conversion rate. In use a particular conversion should get a new record in this table each time the exchange rate changes. This will make it possible to reprint an invoice using the exchange rate that was in effect at the time. Last date this conversion rate was used. In use a particular conversion should get a new record in this table each time the exchange rate changes. This will make it possible to reprint an invoice using the exchange rate that was in effect at the time.
SymbolID StartDate
int datetime
EndDate
datetime
Field Constraints Column ExchangeKey Multiplier SymbolID Constraint ([ExchangeKey] >= 0 and [ExchangeKey] <= 999999) ([Multiplier] >= 0 and [Multiplier] <= 999999) ([SymbolID] >= 0 and [SymbolID] <= 99)
JohnsonGroup
Page 141

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CustCodes
Custom Codes List
The Custom Codes List table stores codes for custom tables. Custom Codes can be added in both the Schema Designer and Table Maintenance applications. See the Appl1CodesFile for more details
Indexes on CodeKey Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
CodeKey
int
For CodeKey values <= 999, the CodeKey is the Code base that links the code to a field in the codes index tables. For CodeKey values > 999 the CodeKey is in the format iiinnn, where iii is the Code Base above and nnn is the numeric value the literal is mapped to in the database. A literal, or choice, for the field. The default choice should always be listed first
Description
varchar (50)
Field Constraints Column CodeKey Constraint ([CodeKey] >= 0 and [CodeKey] <= 999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 142

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CustCodesIndex
Custom Codes Index
The Codes Index table serves as an index to codes for custom tables. Custom tables may use codes in either the standard (Appl1CodesFile) or custom (CustCodes) codes tables. A field in a custom table can be linked to a code using the Schema Designer application
Indexes on SQLFileName, SQLFieldName Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
CodeBase
int
The leading digits of the keys in the Codes List table or Custom Codes List table for the given set of literals. Each set of literals has a Code Key in the format iiinnn, where iii is the Code Base and nnn is the sequence of the literal (literals are displayed in sequence order), making a unique key for each literal. Table name for related table. The SQL Field name related to this code. 0 = FALSE 1 = TRUE The value of this field determines whether to look in the standard (Appl1CodesFile) or custom (CustCodes) table for the code value for this field.
SQLFileName SQLFieldName IsCustCode
varchar (20) varchar (20) smallint
Field Constraints Column CodeBase Constraint ([CodeBase] >= 0 and [CodeBase] <= 9999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 143

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CustInvNotes
Customer Invoice Notes
Table to store notes relevent to a specific customer invoice. Allows one record per invoice.
Indexes on CustomerN, InvoiceN Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
CustomerN InvoiceN NoteDate Notes ReminderDate ChangedBy ReminderEmailAddr Division
int int datetime varchar (500) datetime varchar (128) varchar (128) int
The customer for whom this invoice note was created. Relates to: Customer table The invoice number to which this note refers. Date this note was added or edited. Text entered by user. If you want to be reminded of the note, this is the day you want the reminder e-mailed. If the date is on the weekend, the reminder will be sent on Friday. User who last entered, or edited, this record E-mail address of person to whom the note should be sent on the reminder date. Division for this Invoice Relates to: AcctDivisions table
Field Constraints Column CustomerN InvoiceN Constraint ([CustomerN] >= 1 and [CustomerN] <= 999999999) ([InvoiceN] >= 0 and [InvoiceN] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 144

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Customer
Customer
The Customer table contains information about each of your company's customers, including their name, address, industry classification, and salesperson. Records are created, maintained, and deleted through Table Maintenance; however, you cannot delete a customer if there are sales or invoice information listed in the accounting tables.
Indexes on CustomerN Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables ARTransaction CustomerExpenseCode CustomerIntegration CustShipAddr Related Tables AccountngInput ACRunProducts ARBatch CRCDBatch CT_Customer CT_CustomerInfo CT_RLM_Job CustInvNotes CustomerNotes DieInventory Estimates FGInvMaster FGIOrderMast JobLog MatlCostCntr OpenJob PCafeCustomer PrintcafeProj QQOrder Shipments WebOrderMaster WinInvoice Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
CustomerN CustomerN CustomerN CustomerN CustomerN Customer Customer Customer CustomerN CustomerNumber CustomerN CustomerN CustomerN ForCustomer CustomerN CustomerN CustomerN CustomerN CustomerN CustomerN CustomerN LogicCustomerN CustomerN CustomerN CustomerN CustomerN
CustomerN CustomerName IndustryClass
int varchar (24) tinyint
A unique number used to identify the individual customer, entered with Table Maintenance program. Either the customer's name or the first line of the customer's address, entered with Table Maintenance. The Industry Classification numbers are specified by the Industry Classes (11110) parameter. The industry classification number is used by the Product Report to provide a breakdown of sales by industry. EFI Logic set up your industry classification numbers to your specifications when you installed the system. The number of days within which payment can be expected from the customer, to predict cash receipts. Not used at this time. Indicates the category of service charge class (rate and number of days allowed before the fee is applied). Rates and periods are set in the ServiceCharge table.. Page 145
TermsCode
smallint
SvcChgClass
tinyint
JohnsonGroup

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Customer
Customer Relates to: ServiceCharge table
(Cont'd)
SalespersonN
int
The salesperson number for this customer. The number must be the identifier of an entry in the Salesperson table. If more than one salesperson is assigned to the customer, enter 0. Relates to: Salesperson table Street address 2nd part of street address. The customer's city. The customer's state or province abbreviation. The customer's Postal Code. This will be printed/displayed exactly as entered in the table including hypens, spaces, etc. The customer's telephone number will be printed/displayed exactly as entered in the table including hypens, spaces, (), etc. Attention The date on which the customer ordered their first job. Used to determine how long they have been a customer. Appears on the credit report. The maximum amount of credit you will extend to this customer. When adding a new customer, you should always set this to 999999 or the actual credit limit. If you leave it at zero, the customer will be overdrawn immediately. Appears on the credit report. Comments on the credit-worthiness of this customer. Appears in the header of the credit report. Further comments on the credit-worthiness of this customer. Appears in the header of the credit report. The default product planner for jobs that are opened for this customer. Relates to: ProdPlanner table Indicates where jobs for this customer should be shipped, either the Billing Address or one of several alternative addresses.. This is a default value copied to each new Open Job record, where it can be accepted or changed. 0 = none 1 = Bill To 2 = Ship To 3 = See List
AddrLine1 AddrLine2 City StateProv PostalCode TelephoneN Attention CustStartDate CreditLimit
varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (30) varchar (4) varchar (15) varchar (25) varchar (35) datetime int
CommentN1 CommentN2 DfProdPlanner ShipToCode
varchar (60) varchar (70) smallint tinyint
SalesAcctN
int
The number of a sales account listed in the Tax Calculation table. It determines where sales dollars for this customer are applied and which, if any, taxes are applied. Relates to: GLAccounts table Default commission percentage for jobs that are opened for this customer. The commission report will get the percentage from the Open Job if it exists. For billings with no job the percent in the customer table will be used to calculate the commission.
DfCommission
decimal (9,2)
JohnsonGroup
Page 146

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Customer varchar (25)
Customer Optional. The customer's fax number. Informational only. Does not print on any reports. The Standard Industry Classification Code published by the federal gov't. Optional field for customer use via RPT. Relates to: SICCodes table An optional field for users who wish to define their own set of sales areas to classify their customers. Not used in EFI Logic reports at this time. Relates to: SalesAreaCode table Intended for the Dun & Bradstreet Rating, but can be used for any customer-defined string. Optional; appears on Credit Report. Intended for the D&B credit risk, but can be used for any customer-defined string. Optional; appears on Credit Report. Intended for D&B PAYDEX code. Optional; appears on Credit Report. Tax exempt certification #. Can be printed on invoices to this customer. Standard markup for estimates and quotes created for this customer. This value should be entered as a percent value, ie. 4 = 4%, .5 = .5% A setting that controls whether this customer will be available as a selection in other parts of the Logic system. If it has been marked Inactive, it will not be available. Is this customer currently inactive? 0 = No 1 = Yes
(Cont'd)
FaxTelephoneN
SICCode
int
SalesAreaCode
smallint
CreditRating CreditRisk PAYDEX TaxExemptCert StdMarkup InactivePurge
varchar (3) varchar (1) smallint varchar (20) decimal (9,2) tinyint
RequiresPON
tinyint
0 = PO not required; 1 = PO required. Indicates whether or not you may open a job without assigning a PO#. For use in a future release 0 = No 1 = Yes
CustRateSched LongName Email CountryCode RequireStatmnt
int varchar (50) varchar (128) varchar (3) tinyint
Default QuickQuote Rate schedule for customer. Relates to: QQRate table Longer customer name used by some applications Email address Three letter country code. Relates to: Country table A setting that controls whether the customer requires a statement: 0 = No 1 = Yes
CreditStatus
tinyint
Credit status of customer. 0 = Normal
JohnsonGroup
Page 147

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Customer
Customer 1 = Credit Hold 2 = C.O.D. 3 = To Collections
(Cont'd)
ParentCompany
int
Foreign key to ParentCompany table. Currently not used by EFI Logic software. Relates to: ParentCompany table Foreign key to TaxCode table. Contains the default tax code for the customer. Relates to: TaxCode table Third line of street address. Telephone extension. Related to Symbol_ID table. Contains the customer default ID to be used when printing an Invoice (report) using the currency exchange multiplier currently in effect for this ID. Relates to: Symbol_ID table Overall markup to use as a default markup for this customer in Estimating 3. If entered, this default markup table will replace the system default specified in the Estimating 3 standards. Relates to: Markups table Default Alterations Rate schedule for customer. Relates to: QQRate table Assigns default FOB code to customer to be used in shipping. 1 = Our Plant 2 = Customer
SalesTaxCode AddrLine3 PhoneExt DefaultSymbolID
int varchar (40) varchar (6) int
DefOverallMarkup
varchar (15)
AltRateSchedule DfFOBCode
int tinyint
DefShipAddr
int
Indicates default shipping address for this customer. The value is an integer >= 0. value = 0 = the Billing Address on the customer record value > 0 = the AddressNumber of one of the alternative addresses
JohnsonGroup
Page 148

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Customer
Customer
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column AltRateSchedule CreditLimit CreditStatus CustomerN CustRateSched DefaultSymbolID DefShipAddr DfCommission DfFOBCode DfProdPlanner InactivePurge IndustryClass ParentCompany PAYDEX RequiresPON RequireStatmnt SalesAcctN SalesAreaCode SalespersonN SalesTaxCode ShipToCode SICCode StdMarkup SvcChgClass TermsCode Constraint ([AltRateSchedule] >= 0 and [AltRateSchedule] <= 9999999) ([CreditLimit] >= 0 and [CreditLimit] <= 999999999) ([creditstatus] >= 0 and [creditstatus] <= 3) ([CustomerN] >= 1 and [CustomerN] <= 999999999) ([CustRateSched] >= 0 and [CustRateSched] <= 999999) ([defaultSymbolID] >= 0 and [defaultSymbolID] <= 99) ([DefShipAddr] >= 0 and [DefShipAddr] <= 9999999) ([DfCommission] >= 0 and [DfCommission] <= 100) ([DfFOBCode] >= 0 and [DfFOBCode] <= 2) ([DfProdPlanner] >= 0 and [DfProdPlanner] <= 9999) ([InactivePurge] >= 0 and [InactivePurge] <= 1) ([IndustryClass] >= 0 and [IndustryClass] <= 5) ([ParentCompany] >= 0 and [ParentCompany] <= 9999999) ([PAYDEX] >= 0 and [PAYDEX] <= 99) ([RequiresPON] >= 0 and [RequiresPON] <= 1) ([RequireStatmnt] >= 0 and [RequireStatmnt] <= 1) ([SalesAcctN] >= 0 and [SalesAcctN] <= 999999999) ([SalesAreaCode] >= 0 and [SalesAreaCode] <= 99) ([SalespersonN] >= 0 and [SalespersonN] <= 9999999) ([salestaxcode] >= 0 and [salestaxcode] <= 9999999) ([ShipToCode] >= 0 and [ShipToCode] <= 3) ([SICCode]>=(0) AND [SICCode]<=(999999)) ([StdMarkup] >= (-100) and [StdMarkup] <= 1000) ([SvcChgClass] >= 0 and [SvcChgClass] <= 9) ([TermsCode] >= 0 and [TermsCode] <= 365)
JohnsonGroup
Page 149

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CustomerExpenseCode
Customer Expense Code
Stores expense codes, known as cost centers in PrinterSite Fulfillment

Indexes on CustomerN, KeyN Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
CustomerN KeyN CustExpenseCodeID ExpenseCodeName Inactive
int int varchar (24) varchar (255) tinyint
FK to Customer table Relates to: Customer table Unique key field for internal usage. Composite PK for table with CustomerN field. Name of expense code (cost center in PrinterSite Fulfillment) Determines whether the expense code is inactive . Only active cost centers are available to integrated apps. Values: 0 = No 1 = Yes 0 = No 1 = Yes
Field Constraints Column CustomerN KeyN Constraint ([CustomerN] >= 1 and [CustomerN] <= 999999999) ([KeyN] >= 1 and [KeyN] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 150

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CustomerIntegration
Customer Integration
This table allows customers to be associated with applications that are integrated and registered with Logic SQL, for example, PrinterSite Exchange and Printer Site Fulfillment. When a customer is associated with an integrated application, information about the customer will be included in any mass updates and/or individual, real-time updates that are sent to the integrated application.
Indexes on CustomerN, PCafeBrandKey Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
CustomerN PCafeBrandKey
int int
The unique ID of a customer as defined in the Customer table. Relates to: Customer table The unique id of an integrated application (such as PrinterSite Exchange) as defined in the PCafeBrand table. Relates to: PCafeBrand table
JohnsonGroup
Page 151

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CustomerNotes
Customer Notes
Allow entry of notes for each customer by date. Primarily used for collections.
Indexes on CustomerN, SeqNbr Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
CustomerN NoteDate Notes ChangedBy SeqNbr

Field Constraints Column CustomerN
int datetime varchar (1,000) varchar (128) int
The customer for whom this note was created. Relates to: Customer table Most recent date this entry was made or edited. Information about this customer as entered by the user. User ID of last user to add or edit this record. Internal field used by EFI Logic software.
Constraint ([CustomerN] >= 1 and [CustomerN] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 152

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CustParms
Customer Parameter
The Customer Parameter table contains values of all the parameters that customers maintain using System Maintenance. The descriptions of the parameters and their uses are in the Master Parameter (MasterParams) table.
Indexes on ParameterN Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
ParameterN ParameterValue DateChanged WhoChangedIt

Field Constraints Column ParameterN
int varchar (500) datetime varchar (128)
Parameter number The current value of this parameter. Date parameter was last changed. User name of the user who last changed the value of the parameter.
Constraint ([ParameterN] >= 0 and [ParameterN] <= 999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 153

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CustShipAddr
Customer Ship Address
This table is used to store shipping addresses and contacts for your customers. They can be specified in the Table Maintenance application. A customer can have several shipping addresses/contacts, each identified by the Address number.
Indexes on CustomerN, AddressNumber GlobalID Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables Estimates FGIOrderMast OpenJob QQOrder Shipments Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Nonclustered Column
PrintBuyer PrintBuyer PrintBuyer PrintBuyer CustomerAddressN
CustomerN AddressNumber AddressDescr Addressee AddrLine1 AddrLine2 City StateProv PostalCode Attention
int int varchar (30) varchar (50) varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (30) varchar (4) varchar (15) varchar (35)
A unique number used to identify the individual customer. Relates to: Customer table A numeric key assigned by the user to reference this shipping address/contact for this customer. A description to go along with the key so that users can search for a particular address/contact. Line 1 of address (should be the company name). First line of street address Second line of street address City in shipping/contact address. State abbreviation for this address. The Zip code for the contact/shipping address; do not enter a hyphen in zip+4. The name of the contact person. For print buyers, this is the name that will be displayed in other applications. For accounting contacts, this is the name that will be listed when you do a customer inquiry in Accounting. For alternate shipping addresses, if the link to accounting is turned on and if distribution is turned on, this is the General Ledger sales account number to be used in distributing sales for items shipped to this address. Used by Finished Good Inventory. Relates to: GLAccounts table The voice telephone number for this contact/address. Provides an on-line reference for person(s) responsible for coordinating deliveries to the ship-to site. The fax telephone number (if any) for this contact or ship-to address. Provides an on-line reference for person(s) at your plant communicating with personnel at shipping destinations. A text field to make notes about delivery to this ship-to site. For example, notes about hours an institution is open for business or unusual delivery locations in a building can be recorded here.
SalesAcct
int
TelephoneN FaxPhoneN
DeliveryNotes
varchar (40)
JohnsonGroup
Page 154

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CustShipAddr int
Customer Ship Address For alternate shipping addresses, identifies the preferred method of delivery to this shipping destination. Relates to: ShipMethods table The default sales tax code for this address. If you specify a tax code, and the alternate address is used in a planned shipment, the tax associated with the address will carry through to the invoice. Relates to: TaxCode table Third line of street address. The three letter code of the country. Relates to: Country table Telephone extension. E-mail address. Unique address identifier. Another name or description that you want to provide for the contact, for example, Periodicals Contact. A setting that controls whether this address or contact will be available as a selection in other parts of the Logic system. If it has been marked Inactive, it will not be available. Is this contact/address currently inactive? 0 = No 1 = Yes
(Cont'd)
PreferredMethd
TaxCode
int
AddrLine3 CountryCode PhoneExt Email GlobalID ContactName InactivePurge
varchar (40) varchar (3) varchar (6) varchar (128) int identity varchar (60) bit
IsPrintBuyerContact
bit
Indicates whether the contact described by this entry is a Print Buyer. 0 = No 1 = Yes
DefPrintBuyerContact
bit
Indicates whether this contact is the default print buyer for the customer. The default print buyer is automatically selected in other parts of the Logic system when you select this customer, but you can always select a different print buyer instead. 0 = No 1 = Yes
IsAcctContact
bit
Indicates whether the contact described by this entry is an Accounting Contact. Accounting contacts can be viewed in the Customer Inquiry portion of the Accounting application. 0 = No 1 = Yes
DefAcctContact
bit
Indicates whether this contact is the default accounting contact for this customer.The default accounting contact is identified with an asterisk when you do a customer inquiry in Accounting. 0 = No 1 = Yes
JohnsonGroup
Page 155

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
CustShipAddr bit
Customer Ship Address Indicates whether the record is an additional shipping address for the customer. You can specify a default shipping address in the customer record. A default shipping address applies only if you are using PrinterSite Exchange or PrinterSite Fulfillment. 0 = No 1 = Yes
(Cont'd)
IsShipAddr
Field Constraints Column AddressNumber CustomerN PreferredMethd SalesAcct TaxCode Constraint ([AddressNumber]>(0) AND [AddressNumber]<=(9999999)) ([CustomerN] >= 1 and [CustomerN] <= 999999999) ([PreferredMethd] >= 0 and [PreferredMethd] <= 9999999) ([SalesAcct] >= 0 and [SalesAcct] <= 999999999) ([TaxCode] >= 0 and [TaxCode] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 156

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
D1099TaxTypes
1099 Tax Types
The D1099TaxTypes table contains a list of all 1099 categories in which invoices paid to 1099 vendors can be classed. The 1099 Type field is displayed by Accounting for each A/P transaction for a 1099 vendor. The '1099 Default Tax Type' (11351) parameter specifies the default 1099 tax type for 1099 vendors. The table is set up by EFI Logic and should not be altered.
Indexes on D1099TypeKey Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables AccountngInput APBatch APTransaction RecurringTrans Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
D1099Type D1099Type D1099Type D1099Type
D1099TypeKey D1099TypeName
Field Constraints Column D1099TypeKey
A unique number to identify each 1099 type. The keys (after subtracting 100) correspond to the boxes on the IRS Form 1099-MISC. The description of the 1099 type.
Constraint ([D1099TypeKey] >= 0 and [D1099TypeKey] <= 999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 157

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
DCConfiguration
Data Collection Configuration
This table holds Data Collection configuration information.

Indexes on ServiceN, ConfigID, IDOffset Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
ServiceN Enabled ConfigID IDOffset ConfigValue

Field Constraints Column IDOffset ServiceN
int bit varchar (20) tinyint varchar (100)
The number of the service to which the option applies. A flag indicating that this configuration option is enabled. 0=disabled, 1=enabled. Keyword for the configuration option. An integer used to make multiple options with the same ID unique. Configuration option value.
Constraint ([IDOffset] >= 0 and [IDOffset] <= 99) ([ServiceN] >= 0 and [ServiceN] <= 99)
JohnsonGroup
Page 158

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
DCDMIAdjust
DC DMI Adjust
A table used by the DataCollection keypad client DCPoll to maintain information about AC100 DMI devices that must by scaled manually.
Indexes on Machine Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
Machine GrossAdj NetAdj RemainAdj OrigQty GrossScale NetScale RemainScale RateScale

int bigint bigint bigint bigint float float float float
The machine to which the DMI device is attached. The amount that is added to each reading from the DMI gross counter. The amount that is added to each reading from the DMI net counter. The amount that is added to each reading from the DMI remaining counter. The original quantity to do. The scaling factor applied to each gross count from the DMI device. The scaling factor applied to each net count from the DMI device. The scaling factor applied to each remaining count from the DMI device. The scaling factor applied to each calculated rate.
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 159

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
DCDMIConfig
DC DMI Configuration
This table holds Data Collection DMI configuration information. Most of the data in this table in used to build the initialization string that is sent to the AC500 DMI device when a job is started. The fields in this table are maintained by Data Collection Manager.
Indexes on DMIConfig Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
DMIConfig Description GrossDisp
tinyint varchar (50) varchar (10)
The DMI Configuration number. A decription of this DMIConfiguration. Gross display part of DUCODE 1 = form gross 4 = shift gross
GrossUnits
varchar (10)
Gross units part of DUCODE 1 = impressions 2 = pieces, 3 = inches 4 = feet
RemainDisp
varchar (10)
Remaining display part of DUCODE 8 = remaining gross 3 = remaining net
RemainUnits
varchar (10)
Remaining units part of DUCODE 1 = impressions 2 = pieces 3 = inches 4 = feet
NetDisp
varchar (10)
Net display part of DUCODE 2 = form net 5 = shift net
NetUnits
varchar (10)
Net units part of DUCODE 1 = impressions 2 = pieces 3 = inches 4 = feet
RateDisp
varchar (10)
Rate display part of DUCODE always 7
JohnsonGroup
Page 160

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
DCDMIConfig varchar (10)
DC DMI Configuration Rate units part of DUCODE 1 = imps/hr 2 = pieces/hr 3 = in/min 4 = ft/min
(Cont'd)
RateUnits
Setcgs
varchar (10)
When count good switch is set: NU RF RFS RFSG Never RED at end of form RED at end of form and STOPS RED at end of form and GREEN on RUN.
GateGross
varchar (10)
Gate gross count with sensor/switch into input #1. Values are: NO OPEN CLOSED (default) Count only when open Count only when closed
StopNet
varchar (10)
Stop counting net when remaining count reaches 0: Values are : YES or NO
Z37Speed
varchar (10)
Either: SLOW FAST
Minimum 600/hr Miminum 2000/hr
DelaySecs DelayOut1 Ducode
int varchar (20) varchar (10)
Number of seconds to hold the signal on output 1. The code used by the AC500 to implement the value in the DelaySecs field. The ducode ( display/units code ) is an 8 digit number that represents what is being displayed on the DMI device and in what units for the gross, net, rate and remaining respectively. It's use by PlantVista. The format is: GD GU ND NU RD RU RMD RMU Where: GD gross display: 1 = form gross, 4 = shift gross GU gross units: 1 = impressions, 2 = pieces, 3 = inches, 4 = feet ND NU RD RU net display: net units: 2 = form net, 5 = shift net 1 = impressions, 2 = pieces, 3 = inches, 4 = feet
rate display: always 7 rate units: 1 = imps/hr, 2 = pieces/hr, 3 = in/min, 4 = ft/min
RMD remaining display: 8 = remaining gross 3 = remaining net RMU remaining units: 1 = impressions, 2 = pieces, 3 = inches, 4 = feet
JohnsonGroup
Page 161

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
DCDMIConfig char
DC DMI Configuration The alphanumeric string that is generated from the data in the other fields in this table. The string is used to initialize the AC500 at the start of a new job.
(Cont'd)
DMIInit
JohnsonGroup
Page 162

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
DCLog
DC Log
A table used to contain messages from the DataCollection keypad client DCPoll. This table is similar to the 'error' files maintained on the LMS UNIX server.
Indexes on SeqNo, Service, LogTime Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
SeqNo LogTime Service Text

bigint identity datetime int varchar (200)
A sequence number reflecting the order in which the messages are added to the table. The date and time that the message was added. An ID that specifies which of the multiple DCPoll clients sent the message. The text of the message.
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 163

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
DCMachConfig
DC Machine Configuration
This table holds Data Collection machine configuration information.

Column
Type
Machine Enabled
int bit
The number of the machine. Must be a machine number from the DeptSchedule table. A code indicating whether or not this machine configuration is enabled. If the configuration is disabled, DCPoll will ignore the machine. Values are: 0 = disabled 1 = enabled
PromptSuffix DMIAddress KeypadAddress DMItype
char smallint smallint tinyint
A suffix that can be used to customize the prompting at the keypad for this machine. The address on the DMI device connected to the machine. The address of the keypad at which the machine operator will enter operation code and stop reasons. A code that indicates the type of DMI device attached to the machine. Values are: 5 = AC500 7 = AC100
SampleSeconds WriteSeconds DMIConfigs
The number of seconds between reads of the DMI counters connected to the machine. NOT USED. The DMI configurations allowed on this machine. This is a text string containing the DMI configuration numbers separated by commas. Ex: 1,2,4
AutoPaper
bit
Indicates that Auto-Paper is enabled in this machine. Auto-paper measures the amount of paper used based on the value of the gross counter. Values are: 0 = not enabled 1 = enabled
ServiceN
int
The service number with which this machine is associated.
JohnsonGroup
Page 164

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
DCMachConfig bit
DC Machine Configuration The prefix . Possible values are: 0 to 8. See the description of the Prefixes table for more details.
(Cont'd)
DMIPrefix
DMIJStat
bit
Indicates whether a status code is requested when the operator enters an end of form operation. Values are: 0 = don't ask for a job status code 1 = ask fro a job status code.
Field Constraints Column DMIAddress DMItype KeypadAddress SampleSeconds WriteSeconds Constraint ([DMIAddress]>=(1) AND [DMIAddress]<=(299)) ([DMIType] >= 1 and [DMIType] <= 99) ([KeypadAddress]>=(1) AND [KeypadAddress]<=(299)) ([SampleSeconds] >= 0 and [SampleSeconds] <= 1800) ([WriteSeconds] >= 0 and [WriteSeconds] <= 1800)
JohnsonGroup
Page 165

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
DCMessages
DC Messages
Table of messages used by the DataCollection keypad client DCPoll.

Indexes on MsgID Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
MsgID Message
A keyword used to identify the message. The text of the message.
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 166

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
DCParameters
DC Parameters
Parameters used by DataCollection clients.

Indexes on ParamID, IDOffset Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
ParamID IDOffset ParamValue

Field Constraints Column IDOffset
varchar (30) smallint varchar (100)
A keyword used to identify the parameter. An integer used to allow multiple instances of the same parameter. Provided incase parameter needs to be continued on another row. A string containing the parameter.
Constraint ([IDOffset] >= 0 and [IDOffset] <= 99)
JohnsonGroup
Page 167

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
DCPrompts
DC Prompts
This table holds Data Collection keypad prompts.

Indexes on PromptID, Suffix Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
PromptID Suffix Prompt Repeat PromptDefault Minimum Maximum

varchar (20) varchar (20) varchar (30) bit varchar (20) varchar (20) varchar (20)
A keyword used to identify the prompt. A string used to customize prompts for different pieces of equipment. The text of the prompt. A flag indicating that the previous value entered for this prompt can be re-entered using the REPEAT key. A defualt value for the prompt (optional) Optional minimum value acceptable for this prompt. Optional maximum value acceptable for this prompt.
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 168

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
DCReportQ
DC Report Q
Contains transactions that are used to print time cards when employees log out of the Data Collection system.
Indexes on Sequence Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
Sequence ShiftDate Employee Shift PrinterName PrintTime Remarks
bigint identity datetime int int varchar (50) datetime varchar (200)
A number that reflects the order in which transactions are added to the table. The shiftdate on which the employee worked. It is used to select transactions from the JobLabor, JobMaterial, JobStatus1, and WSRollInventory tables. The employee who timecard is to be printed. The employee's shift. Filled in by DCReport with the name of the printed to which the repport was sent. Date and time that the report was processed. A field that indicates whether the report was printed successfully. If so, the word 'OK' is placed in this field, Otherwise, the reason that the rpeort failed is placed here. The date and time that the transaction was added to the table. The type of End transaction that created this entry. 0 = A Labor end of day 1 = A DMI end of shift
InsertTime EndOfType
datetime int
Field Constraints Column EndOfType Constraint ([EndOfType] >= 0 and [EndOfType] <= 9)
JohnsonGroup
Page 169

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
DCReportSetup
DC Report Setup
Used by Data Collect report printer (DCReport) to determine which printer to send a report to.
Indexes on Description
Column
Type
ReportType
varchar (30)
The name of the report to be printed. Current list consisits of: Employee Timecard The criteria used to select the printer to use. The range of values of the 'SelectBy' type used to determine if the employee is included in the type. The name of the printer to send the report to.
SelectBy SelectRange SendTo

Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 170

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
DCServiceStatus
DC Service Status
Used by DCManager to display the status (Running or Stopped) of various DC services.

Indexes on ServiceN Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
ServiceN Status TimeUpdated

smallint varchar (30) datetime
The number of the DC service whose status is represented by this record. The status (Running or Stopped) of this DC service. The date and time that the status of this service was last updated.
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 171

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
DCTerminalMap
DC Terminal Map
Maps the terminal numbers of networked keypads to their network addresses. Example: Terminal 201 mapped to IP address 10.40.4.54
Indexes on ServiceN, TerminalN Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
ServiceN Enabled
int bit
Service number. A flag that indicates that this entry is enabled. 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled. If a terminal is flagged as disabled, DCPoll will not attempt to use it.
TerminalN NetworkAddress
int char
The terminal number assigned to the netwrok enabled keypad. Numbers must be from 201 to 299. The network address assigned to the keypad. Ex: 10.40.4.54
JohnsonGroup
Page 172

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
DCXKeypads
DCX Keypads
Extended Keypad translation table.

Indexes on Service, KeypadAddr, XKeyNumber Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
Service KeypadAddr XKeyNumber ReplaceString Legend QuestionType
smallint smallint smallint varchar (24) varchar (60) varchar (5)
Data Collection service number Address of keypad to which the extended keypad is attached. Extended keypad key number ( 1 to 72 ) Character string that will be used when this key is pressed. Text that describes this key on the extended keypads legend. A code that specifies what type of input this key is for. Ex: If code is EMP, this response is valid only for the Employee? prompt.
JohnsonGroup
Page 173

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
DeptNames
Department Names
The DeptNames table lists the numbers and names of accounting departments in your company. Department numbers can be assigned to accounts in the GLAccounts table. The department names and numbers are used for headings on the Departmental Income Statement. See the section on accounting departments in the Implementation Manual. (Note: Do not confuse these accounting departments with your job costing departments in the LaborCostCntr table or with your scheduling, DMI, and VOC departments in the DeptSchedule table.)
Indexes on DeptNo Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables AccountngInput AcctBudget APOffsets ApprovedItems AROffsets CRCDBatch CRCDInvoices FGInvMaster FixedAssets GJTransactions GLAccountData GLAccounts LaborCostCntr MatlCostCntr POItem QQProdPrices RecurringEntry SupplyList Vendor WinInvDist Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
Department AcctDepartment Department DepartmentNumb Department Department Department DepartmentN DeprExpDeptN Department DepartmentN DefaultDept DefaultAcctgDpt DepartmentN DepartmentN DeptNo DeptN DepartmentN DefaultDeptN Department
DeptNo DeptName ProfitCenterN LastChanged ChangedBy InactiveRemove
int varchar (30) int datetime varchar (128) tinyint
The unique number assigned to the department. The name of the department, as it should appear on reports. Not currently used. Relates to: ProfitCenter table Date on which this department was last changed. The "Login ID" of the person who last changed this department. A setting that controls whether this department will be available as a selection in other parts of the Logic system. If it has been marked Inactive, it will not be available. (Accounting will not allow an inactive department to be used in a transaction.) Is this department currently inactive? 0 = No 1 = Yes
JohnsonGroup
Page 174

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
DeptNames
Department Names
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column DeptNo InactiveRemove ProfitCenterN Constraint ([DeptNo] >= 1 and [DeptNo] <= 9999999) ([InactiveRemove] >= 0 and [InactiveRemove] <= 1) ([ProfitCenterN] >= 0 and [ProfitCenterN] <= 999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 175

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
DeptSchedule
Department Schedule
The Department Schedule table contains the list of departments used for recording Shop Floor transactions. If you are using Logic Scheduling or Planning, this table is populated automatically as you set up your work centers. If you are not using Scheduling, the table should be populated using Table Maintenance. The table is also used to list VOC departments (for hazardous waste tracking) and machines tracked via DMI. Machines to be listed in the Equipment table must have an associated department in the Department Schedule file.
Indexes on SchedulingDept Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables Employee Equipment JobMaterial MachineInfo Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
DepartmentN MainEquipN UsedInDept MainEquipNum
SchedulingDept
smallint
The Department Number is the key to the table. This number is usually directly related to the LCC Number in Job Costing, main equipment numbers in the DMI Equipment table and Scheduling work centers if you are using Scheduling. The title of the Department. For Scheduling, DMI, and VOC. Used by DMI. Indicates the type of machine. 0 = not defined 5 = Perfect Binder 10 = Cutter 15 = Ink Jet Press 20 = Folder 25 = Inserter 30 = Collator 35 = Labeler 40 = Sheet Fed Press 50 = Single Web Press 60 = Multi Web Press 70 = Gather/Stitch 75 = Rewinder 80 = Xerox: DocuTech 85 = Slitter 90 = Xerox: 5090
DeptName EquipmentType
Field Constraints Column EquipmentType SchedulingDept Constraint ([EquipmentType] >= 0 and [EquipmentType] <= 99) ([SchedulingDept] >= 1 and [SchedulingDept] <= 999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 176

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
DieInventory
Die Inventory
The DieInventory table was created to assist our customers who do die cutting. This table will enable the customer to know the whereabouts of their dies and to keep track of many common parameters describing a die. We will also make some of the fields available to estimating (for pricing purposes) and to the job form file (for sequencing purposes). You may reference a die from this table in a job form record.
Indexes on DieInventoryN Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables Components JobComponent JobFormSpecs Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
DieInventoryN DieInventoryN DieNumber
DieInventoryN DieName DieType PitchUnit
int varchar (40) varchar (14) tinyint
This number is assigned by the user and used by the EFI Logic system. Descriptive name for the die that you provide. Another form of description available to classify dies. Some examples would be Flexo, carton, screen. Generally referred to as 1/8 Circumferential Pitch or 32 Diametrical Pitch. Written as 1/8CP or 32DP. 0 = 1/8CP 1 = 32DP
Pitch
decimal (9,5)
Pitch when multiplied by the number of teeth will give you the repeat dimension. For a 1/8CP, the pitch is .125. So if you have a gear with 48 teeth, the repeat will be 6 inches. Number of teeth on the gear expressed as a number, such as 172 teeth. If it is a 1/8CP die, it will have 8 teeth to the inch on the gear. The width of the die cavity. The length of the die cavity The space across is the horizontal dimension between 2 cavities. Space around is the vertical space between two cavities. This is the width of the stock. The number of inches before the cut repeats. Formula for a 32dp is #of teeth times .09817, for 1/8cp #of teeth times .125. The number of cavities across the form. The number of cavities around the cylinder. The corner radius on a rectangular die. This indictes the shape of the die. Is it oval? Is it round or perhaps rectangular? 0 = Rectangle 1 = Oval 2 = Circle
DieTeeth CavityAcross CavityAround SpaceAcross SpaceAround StockWidth RepeatAround NumberAcross NumberAround RndCrnrRadius Shape
smallint decimal (9,5) decimal (9,5) decimal (9,5) decimal (9,5) decimal (10,5) decimal (9,5) smallint smallint decimal (9,5) smallint
JohnsonGroup
Page 177

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
DieInventory
Die Inventory 3 = Special 4 = Butt cutter 5 = Sheeter 6 = Other
(Cont'd)
CostOfDie ForCustomer PurchasedFrom Availability
decimal (9,2) int int tinyint
What is the cost of the die? Which customer was the die made for? Relates to: Customer table Which vendor did you purchase the die from? Relates to: Vendor table Is the die inhouse ready for use? Is it out for retooling? Is it on order? 0 = Available 1 = Out for retooling 2 = On order
DieLocation Comment1 Comment2

Field Constraints Column Availability CavityAcross CavityAround CostOfDie DieInventoryN DieTeeth ForCustomer NumberAcross NumberAround Pitch PitchUnit PurchasedFrom RepeatAround RndCrnrRadius Shape SpaceAcross SpaceAround StockWidth
Where the die located within the shop. This is a comment field available for any additional information about a die. This is a comment field available for any additional information about a die.
Constraint ([Availability] >= 0 and [Availability] <= 9) ([CavityAcross] >= 0 and [CavityAcross] <= 99) ([CavityAround] >= 0 and [CavityAround] <= 99) ([CostOfDie] >= 0 and [CostOfDie] <= 999999) ([DieInventoryN] >= 0 and [DieInventoryN] <= 999999) ([DieTeeth] >= 0 and [DieTeeth] <= 999) ([ForCustomer] >= 0 and [ForCustomer] <= 999999999) ([NumberAcross] >= 0 and [NumberAcross] <= 99) ([NumberAround] >= 0 and [NumberAround] <= 99) ([Pitch] >= 0 and [Pitch] <= 99) ([PitchUnit] >= 0 and [PitchUnit] <= 1) ([PurchasedFrom] >= 0 and [PurchasedFrom] <= 999999999) ([RepeatAround] >= 0 and [RepeatAround] <= 99) ([RndCrnrRadius] >= 0 and [RndCrnrRadius] <= 99) ([Shape] >= 0 and [Shape] <= 99) ([SpaceAcross] >= 0 and [SpaceAcross] <= 99) ([SpaceAround] >= 0 and [SpaceAround] <= 99) ([StockWidth] >= 0 and [StockWidth] <= 99999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 178

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
DirectPurchase
Direct Purchase
The DirectPurchase table contains the records of the direct purchases posted for each job. The records are posted to the table from the POItem table when the purchase order is issued. The records may be edited by Jobvista to make corrections or to assign prices to items (rather than wait for the vendor's invoice). The close process also writes to the DirectPurchase table, both when a vendor invoice for a PO is posted via the approve-acct-close-post process, and when the job for the direct purchase is closed.
Indexes on JobN, LLRecNum Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
JobN PurchaseOrderN POItemN TextInfo DateUpdated
int int smallint varchar (45) datetime
A unique number that identifies the job. Relates to: OpenJob table The PO number on which the direct purchase was made. Relates to: PurchaseOrder table The item number of the direct purchase item on the original PO. The description of the direct purchase item that was originally entered on the purchase order. The date on which the price for this item was passed through to job costing. If there is no date, it indicates that it has not been passed through. Prices can be passed through on issue, via Jobvista or via close after the vendor's invoice is approved and posted to A/P. The quantity ordered. The date on which the job was closed. The sub-job for which the item is used. Sub-job tracking is optional. Key from an entry in the prefix table. Could indicate if the item was ordered as a normal component of a job, for an author's alteration, or because of rework. Indicates which program last updated this direct purchase item. 0 = NONE 1 = ORDER 2 = POPRICE 3 = ACCT 4 = CANCEL 5 = JOBVISTA 6 = DISTRCOMBO 7 = RECEIVE
QtyUpdated DateClosed SubJobNumber JobCostPrefix SourceOfJC
decimal (9,2) datetime int tinyint tinyint
MaterialCCN VendorNumber DateOrdered
int int datetime
The MCC number of the item. Relates to: MatlCostCntr table The vendor number on the original PO. Relates to: Vendor table The date of creation of the original PO.
JohnsonGroup
Page 179

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
DirectPurchase varchar (12) decimal (15,2) tinyint
Direct Purchase The invoice number from the vendor. Entered by close when the invoice is posted to A/P. The price passed through from either issue, jobvista or close. Indicates if this item has been transferred from a different job. 0 = No 1 = Yes
(Cont'd)
InvoiceN DollarAmount TransferFlag
ProductionJobN
int
If this record had been distributed from a combo job, this would be the number of the job from which it was distributed. Relates to: OpenJob table Unique key.
LLRecNum
Field Constraints Column DollarAmount JobCostPrefix JobN MaterialCCN POItemN ProductionJobN PurchaseOrderN QtyUpdated SourceOfJC SubJobNumber TransferFlag VendorNumber
int identity
Constraint ([DollarAmount] >= (-999999) and [DollarAmount] <= 9999999) ([JobCostPrefix] >= 0 and [JobCostPrefix] <= 2) ([JobN] >= 1 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([MaterialCCN] >= 0 and [MaterialCCN] <= 9999999) ([POItemN] >= 0 and [POItemN] <= 9999) ([ProductionJobN] >= 0 and [ProductionJobN] <= 999999999) ([PurchaseOrderN] >= 0 and [PurchaseOrderN] <= 999999999) ([QtyUpdated] >= (-9999999) and [QtyUpdated] <= 9999999) ([SourceofJC] >= 0 and [SourceofJC] <= 7) ([SubJobNumber] >= 0 and [SubJobNumber] <= 9999) ([TransferFlag] >= 0 and [TransferFlag] <= 1) ([VendorNumber] >= 0 and [VendorNumber] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 180

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
DMIMaterial
DMI Material
Description Primary key, clustered
Indexes on MachineN, LLRecNum
Column
Type
MachineN MaterialCode Prefix ReasonCode VOCDept Distibution
smallint int tinyint int int decimal (9,2)
The machine on with the material is being used. The material being used. Relates to: MatlCostCntr table Prefix code. Reason code that indicates the reason for rework. Relates to: ReasonCodes table Dept in which the VOC material was used. Only used if VOC tracking is enabled. The muliplier that specifieds how much of the final gross count is allocated to this material Ex: If Distribution is .40 then forty percent of the gross is allocated to this entry. Not used in SQL. Not used in SQL. Not used in SQL. The gross count on the machine at the time the material was entered. Unique key
MaterialForced ReasonForced VOCForced Gross LLRecNum

Field Constraints Column Distibution Gross MachineN MaterialCode MaterialForced Prefix ReasonCode ReasonForced VOCDept VOCForced
tinyint tinyint tinyint int int identity
Constraint ([Distibution] >= 0 and [Distibution] <= 999) ([Gross] >= 0 and [Gross] <= 9999999) ([MachineN] >= 0 and [MachineN] <= 999999) ([MaterialCode] >= 0 and [MaterialCode] <= 9999999) ([MaterialForced] >= 0 and [MaterialForced] <= 1) ([Prefix] >= 0 and [Prefix] <= 2) ([ReasonCode] >= 0 and [ReasonCode] <= 99999) ([ReasonForced] >= 0 and [ReasonForced] <= 1) ([VOCDept] >= 0 and [VOCDept] <= 999999) ([VOCForced] >= 0 and [VOCForced] <= 1)
JohnsonGroup
Page 181

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
DSFFeature
DSF Feature
System table of standard system features provided by PrinterSite Exchange (DSF).

Indexes on FeatureCatId, FeatureId Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
FeatureCatId FeatureCategoryDesc FeatureId FeatureDesc Abbrev PerformsFeature

int varchar (255) int varchar (255) varchar (8) int
Category ID (from PrinterSite Exchange) mapped to QuickQuote product. Category Description (from PrinterSite Exchange) becomes QuickQuote product description. Feature ID (from PrinterSite Exchange) mapped to QuickQuote option. Feature description (from PrinterSite Exchange) becomes QuickQuote option. Abbreviation used as Product abbreviation in QuickQuote. Not currently used.
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 182

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
EJT
EJT
Indexes on JobN
Column
Type
JobN OrdQty1 OrdQty2 OrdQty3 OrdQty4 OrdQty5 OrdFinSz1 OrdFinSz2 OrdFinSz3 OrdFinSz4 OrdFinSz5 OrdFltSz1 OrdFltSz2 OrdFltSz3 OrdFltSz4 OrdFltSz5 OrdPgs1 OrdPgs2 OrdPgs3 OrdPgs4 OrdPgs5 OrdDsc1 OrdDsc2 OrdDsc3 OrdDsc4 OrdDsc5 OrdDes1 NoShts1 NoShts2 NoShts3 NoShts4 JohnsonGroup
int varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (50) varchar (60) varchar (60) varchar (60) varchar (60) varchar (60) int int int int Page 183

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
EJT int decimal (9,3) decimal (9,3) decimal (9,3) decimal (9,3) decimal (9,3) decimal (9,3) decimal (9,3) decimal (9,3) decimal (9,3) decimal (9,3) varchar (50) varchar (50) varchar (50) varchar (50) varchar (50) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10)
EJT
(Cont'd)
NoShts5 ShtsSzW1 ShtsSzW2 ShtsSzW3 ShtsSzW4 ShtsSzW5 ShtSzL1 ShtsSzL2 ShtSzL3 ShtSzL4 ShtSzL5 PapKnd1 PapKnd2 PapKnd3 PapKnd4 PapKnd5 MCC1 MCC2 MCC3
Field Constraints Column JobN NoShts1 NoShts2 NoShts3 NoShts4 NoShts5 ShtsSzL2 ShtsSzW1 ShtsSzW2 ShtsSzW3 ShtsSzW4 ShtsSzW5 ShtSzL1 ShtSzL3 ShtSzL4 ShtSzL5
Constraint ([JobN] >= 0 and [JobN] <= 999999) ([NoShts1] >= 0 and [NoShts1] <= 999999) ([NoShts2] >= 0 and [NoShts2] <= 999999) ([NoShts3] >= 0 and [NoShts3] <= 999999) ([NoShts4] >= 0 and [NoShts4] <= 999999) ([NoShts5] >= 0 and [NoShts5] <= 999999) ([ShtsSzL2] >= 0 and [ShtsSzL2] <= 999999) ([ShtsSzW1] >= 0 and [ShtsSzW1] <= 999999) ([ShtsSzW2] >= 0 and [ShtsSzW2] <= 999999) ([ShtsSzW3] >= 0 and [ShtsSzW3] <= 999999) ([ShtsSzW4] >= 0 and [ShtsSzW4] <= 999999) ([ShtsSzW5] >= 0 and [ShtsSzW5] <= 999999) ([ShtSzL1] >= 0 and [ShtSzL1] <= 999999) ([ShtSzL3] >= 0 and [ShtSzL3] <= 999999) ([ShtSzL4] >= 0 and [ShtSzL4] <= 999999) ([ShtSzL5] >= 0 and [ShtSzL5] <= 999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 184

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
EJTbindery
EJTbindery
Indexes on JobN
Column
Type
JobN CutPrePrint CutPostPrint Fold HandFold HandGather Multibind Saddlebind PerfectBind PlasticBind WireBind Padding RoundCorner Drill Band Shrink Carton Tube Skids Comments ShrnkPerPkg CtnPerCtn ShtsPerPad HoleCount DrillSize Samp1Qty Samp2Qty Samp3Qty Samp4Qty
int Relates to: OpenJob table varchar (3) varchar (3) varchar (3) varchar (3) varchar (3) varchar (3) varchar (3) varchar (3) varchar (3) varchar (3) varchar (3) varchar (3) varchar (3) varchar (3) varchar (3) varchar (3) varchar (3) varchar (3) varchar (3,000) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (5) varchar (5) varchar (6) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) Cut before Printing Cut Before Printing Fold Hand Fold Hand Gather Multibind Saddlebind Perfect Bind Plastic Bind Wire Bind Pad Round Corner Drill Band Shrink Wrap Carton Tubing Skids Comments Shrink Per Pkg Carton Per Carton Shts per Pad No. of Holes Drill Size Samples Samples Samples Samples
JohnsonGroup
Page 185

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
EJTbindery varchar (50) varchar (50) varchar (50) varchar (50) varchar (100) varchar (100) varchar (100) varchar (100) varchar (25) varchar (10) varchar (12) varchar (3)
EJTbindery To To To To Address Address Address Address Band Type Final Ship Date Wire Choice
(Cont'd)
Samp1To Samp2To Samp3To Samp4To Samp1Addr Samp2Addr Samp3Addr Samp4Addr BandType FinalShipDate WireChoice InkJet
JohnsonGroup
Page 186

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
EJTcustsup
EJTcustsup
Indexes on JobN
Column
Type
JobN KeyStrks LsrCpy ColPrfs Fotos Negs Flats Disc Seps ColCpr CamRdyArt FTP Other OtherT
int Relates to: OpenJob table varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (100)
JohnsonGroup
Page 187

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
EJTheader
EJTheader
Indexes on JobN
Column
Type
JobN FHSItemN1 Comments OnTimeYN CostedYN FastQuoteID QREligible

Field Constraints Column CostedYN FastQuoteID JobN OnTimeYN
int Relates to: OpenJob table varchar (450) varchar (150) tinyint tinyint int varchar (100) FHS Item Numbers Comments
Constraint ([CostedYN] >= 0.0 and [CostedYN] <= 255) ([FastQuoteID] >= 0.0 and [FastQuoteID] <= 999999) ([JobN] >= 0 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([OnTimeYN] >= 0.0 and [OnTimeYN] <= 255)
JohnsonGroup
Page 188

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
EJTletterpress
EJTletterpress
Indexes on JobN
Column
Type
JobN DieCut Emboss BlindEmboss FoilStamp FoilEmboss Number Score NumPos FoilN FoilColor InkClr FirstNum Perf BsCdSlits Comments PktLR dieNum
int Relates to: OpenJob table varchar (3) varchar (3) varchar (3) varchar (3) varchar (3) varchar (3) varchar (3) varchar (50) varchar (50) varchar (50) varchar (50) varchar (12) varchar (3) varchar (3) varchar (400) varchar (6) varchar (4) Emboss Blind Emboss Foil Stamp Foil Emboss Number Score Number Position Foil Number Foil Color Ink Color First Number Perforate Business Card Slits Comments Pocket Left/Right
JohnsonGroup
Page 189

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
EJToffset1
EJToffset1
Indexes on JobN
Column
Type
JobN InkColors
int Relates to: OpenJob table varchar (150) Ink Colors
JohnsonGroup
Page 190

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
EJTprepress
EJTprepress
Indexes on JobN
Column
Type
JobN Design Typset SepCnt Imgset Lrule Stndg MastNo Layout TkOffBrs Strip ReStrp FilmFileT SepCntT LruleT MastNoT PrepComments MedFurn1 MedFurn2 MedFurn3 BWLaser Dylux ColCpr RealApprvl Name Address City ST Zip Other JohnsonGroup
int Relates to: OpenJob table varchar (3) varchar (3) varchar (10) varchar (3) varchar (10) varchar (3) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (3) varchar (3) varchar (3) varchar (10) varchar (5) int varchar (10) varchar (1,000) varchar (20) varchar (20) varchar (20) varchar (3) varchar (3) varchar (3) varchar (3) varchar (50) varchar (100) varchar (50) varchar (50) varchar (50) varchar (100) Prepress Comments Med Furn 1 Med Furn 2 Med Furn 3 B/W Laser Dylux Color Copier Veris Name Address City State Zip Code Other Furnished Page 191

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
EJTprepress varchar (4) varchar (3) varchar (9) varchar (3) varchar (20) varchar (50) varchar (3) varchar (3) varchar (100) varchar (3) varchar (100) varchar (3) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (25) varchar (10) varchar (40) tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint
EJTprepress None Required Stochastic Cut-Back Curve PDFProof Phone E-Mail Internal Proof Only SalesRep to Deliver Create Guides Scan Address2 Round Date Out Date Returned Status Date ok to Plate
(Cont'd)
NoProof Stochastic CutBack PDF Phone EMail IntOnly SalesDel Guides Scan Address2 Round DateOut DateRet Status DateOKtoPlate ProofDelMethod ContractColorIE DigitalDyluxIE PDFIE Bleeds
Field Constraints Column Bleeds ContractColorIE DigitalDyluxIE JobN LruleT PDFIE
Constraint ([Bleeds] >= 0.0 and [Bleeds] <= 255) ([ContractColorIE] >= 0.0 and [ContractColorIE] <= 255) ([DigitalDyluxIE] >= 0.0 and [DigitalDyluxIE] <= 255) ([JobN] >= 0 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([LruleT] >= 0 and [LruleT] <= 999999) ([PDFIE] >= 0.0 and [PDFIE] <= 255)
JohnsonGroup
Page 192

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Employee
Employee
The Employee table contains information about each of your company's employees, including their number, name, and shift. Records are created, maintained, and deleted through Table Maintenance; however, you cannot delete an employee that is still being referenced in other tables.
Indexes on EmployeeN MailAlias Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables Employee EmployeeStatus JDFDevice JDFDeviceWorkCenter JobLabor JobMaterial JobStatus1 MachineCards MstatData RollTransactions Salesperson UserCredentials WSRollInventory Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Nonclustered Column
SupervisorN Employee EmployeeN EmployeeN EmployeeN Employee EmployeeN Employee Emp Employee EmployeeN EmployeeN Employee
EmployeeN EmployeeName Shift
A unique number used to identify the individual employee. The employee's name. It is recommended that the names be entered last name first (see the Implementation Manual for details). The employee's shift number. In the past, this was limited to 4 shifts, with shifts 1, 2, and 3 being the normal shifts and used by the Verify option of the Input program to assign an employee's time to a his or her normal shift. Shift 4 indicated that the employee was a floater who did not work a regular shift, so the person responsible for entering labor and material charges with the Input program must enter the appropriate shift number each time he or she enters the employee's transactions. This system still in use at many customers; newer customers can pick any shift number to indicate a floater. The department in which the employee normally works. SFDC reports can be selected and sorted by department. Note that this is the department as defined in the Scheduled Department file. Relates to: DeptSchedule table The supervisor field is used in the INPUT program to identify a set of employees for whom to select their timecards for validation and updating. Relates to: Employee table Inactive employees will not be listed with the Non-used Employees produced by the Verify option of input. They are deleted by zero at the end of the year. 0 = Active 1 = Inactive
DepartmentN
smallint
SupervisorN
int
InactiveFlag
tinyint
CostingRate
decimal (9,2)
The out-of-pocket rate for this employee. This is an hourly rate to charge in addition to the OOP Rate for the employee's cost center whenever the OOP Rate is used in direct costing. Page 193
JohnsonGroup

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Employee varchar (50) int varchar (128) int
Employee The employee's mail alias. The name by which the employee receives electronic mail. Default cost center for employee. Only used by ShopStation. Relates to: LaborCostCntr table The login id used to log in to the EFI Logic SQL database. Code for the "printCafe user type". PrinterSite Internal classifies users by type, e.g. SalesAgent, CSR, etc. 0 = General 1 = Salesperson
(Cont'd)
MailAlias HomeCostCenter LoginID PCafeUserType
WebConfigID
int
For PrinterSite Internal document management. Decides which web configuration (in table: WebConfiguration) the user has been assigned to. Relates to: WebConfiguration table
Field Constraints Column CostingRate DepartmentN EmployeeN HomeCostCenter InactiveFlag PCafeUserType Shift SupervisorN WebConfigID Constraint ([CostingRate] >= 0 and [CostingRate] <= 999) ([DepartmentN] >= 0 and [DepartmentN] <= 999) ([EmployeeN] >= 1 and [EmployeeN] <= 999999) ([HomeCostCenter] >= 0 and [HomeCostCenter] <= 99999) ([InactiveFlag] >= 0 and [InactiveFlag] <= 1) ([PCafeUserType] >= 0 and [PCafeUserType] <= 999) ([Shift] >= 0 and [Shift] <= 9) ([SupervisorN] >= 0 and [SupervisorN] <= 999999) ([WebConfigID] >= 0 and [WebConfigID] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 194

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
EmployeeStatus
Employee Status
Table used to record the current status of each employee.

Indexes on Employee, ProcessIndex Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
Employee Shift DefaultShift Department Supervisor LogDate StartDate StartTime PreviousDate PreviousTime NumberJobs Job1 Job2 Job3 Job4 Job5 Job6 Job7 Job8 Job9 Job10 SubJob1 Subjob2 Subjob3 Subjob4 Subjob5 Subjob6 Subjob7 Subjob8 JohnsonGroup
int tinyint tinyint int int datetime datetime int datetime int tinyint int int int int int int int int int int int int int int int int int int
Employee number. Must be in the Employee table. Relates to: Employee table The employee's shift. The default shift for this employee from the Employee table. The department that the employee is assigned to. The employee's supervisor. Must be a entry in Employee table. The shiftdate assigned to the employee when he/she logged in. The date the employee logged in. The time the employee logged in. The date that the current transaction began. The time that the current transaction began. The number of jobs entered. Range is 1 to 10. The job being worked on, or the first of a set of ganged jobs. The 2nd job of a set a ganged jobs. The 3rd job of a set a ganged jobs. The 4th job of a set a ganged jobs. The 5th job of a set a ganged jobs. The 6th job of a set a ganged jobs. The 7th job of a set a ganged jobs. The 8th job of a set a ganged jobs. The 9th job of a set a ganged jobs. The 10th job of a set a ganged jobs. The subjob being worked on, or the first subjob for a set of ganged jobs. The 2nd subjob for a set of ganged jobs. The 3rd subjob for a set of ganged jobs. The 4th subjob for a set of ganged jobs. The 5th subjob for a set of ganged jobs. The 6th subjob for a set of ganged jobs. The 7th subjob for a set of ganged jobs. The 8th subjob for a set of ganged jobs. Page 195

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
EmployeeStatus int int int int tinyint tinyint int int int decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) int datetime int int int int int smallint int decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) varchar (18) int int smallint int tinyint
Employee Status The 9th subjob for a set of ganged jobs. The 10th subjob for a set of ganged jobs. Labor cost center number. Material code. Labor prefix: 0-8 Material prefix: 0-2 See prefixes table. See prefixes table.
(Cont'd)
Subjob9 Subjob10 LCCN MCCN LaborPfx MaterialPfx VOCDepartment ReasonCode JobStatusCode LaborCount MaterialQty PageN CountDate CountTime CountLCC CountJob CountSubjob StatusBits Signature Impressions StartingWeight EndingWeight RollID MachineN ConfigurationN DMIConfigN Operation PREMPrefix
For material entry, the VOC dept if the material being used is hazardous and VOC tracking is enabled. The reasoncode entered if the prefix was non-0. Job status code Count associated with a labor code that has a standard. If entering material, this is the material quantity. Page number. If the current labor cost center requires a count, this is the date of the start of the transaction. If the current labor cost center requires a count, this is the time of the start of the transaction. If the current labor cost center requires a count, this is the lcc of the of the transaction. If the current labor cost center requires a count, this is the job for the transaction. If the current labor cost center requires a count, this is the subjob (if any) for the transaction. Not used. For jobstatus, the signature. For Webstock input, the number of impressions produced from a roll of paper. For Webstock, the starting weight of the roll of paper. If entering Webstock, this is the ending weight of the roll of paper. For Webstock, the ID of the roll of paper. Machine number. For DMI input, the machine configuration number. The DMI configuration number currently used if entering DMI transactions. For DMI, the last machine operation. DMI prefix: 0-8 See prefixes table.
JohnsonGroup
Page 196

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
EmployeeStatus smallint
Employee Status The PREM catagory. A older method of catagorizing the operation codes. This is not the same as the DMI catagory. The DMI catagory of the last operation entered at a DMI device by this employee. For DMI, the number of webs. For DMI, the number of parts. For DMI, the number wide. For DMI, the number out. Not used in SQL Not used in SQL For DMI input, the form number. For DMI input, the length of the form. For DMI input, the width of the form. Optional location code for a STOP. The home labor cost center assigned to the employee. Relates to: LaborCostCntr table Employee's name The type of the last transaction sent to the server. 10 = login 11 = labor 12 = labor count 13 = labor charge 30 = material 40 = webstock 50 = job status 60 = DMI scaling 61 = DMI operation 63 = DMI information 90 = DMI count
(Cont'd)
PREMCatagory
DMICatagory NWebs NParts NWide NOut SSEndActivity SSStartGang FormN FormLength FormWidth StopLocation HomeCC EmployeeName InputType
smallint smallint smallint smallint smallint tinyint tinyint smallint decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) int int varchar (40) smallint
Form1 Form2 Form3 Form4 Form5
smallint smallint smallint smallint smallint
If tracking by form, this is the form number for the job or for the first job in a set of ganged jobs. If tracking by form, this is the form number for the 2nd job in a set of ganged jobs. If tracking by form, this is the form number for the 3rd job in a set of ganged jobs. If tracking by form, this is the form number for the 4th job in a set of ganged jobs. If tracking by form, this is the form number for the 5th job in a set of ganged jobs.
JohnsonGroup
Page 197

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
EmployeeStatus smallint smallint smallint smallint smallint int int int int int int int int int int int
Employee Status If tracking by form, this is the form number for the 6th job in a set of ganged jobs. If tracking by form, this is the form number for the 7th job in a set of ganged jobs. If tracking by form, this is the form number for the 8th job in a set of ganged jobs. If tracking by form, this is the form number for the 9th job in a set of ganged jobs. If tracking by form, this is the form number for the 10th job in a set of ganged jobs. The job being worked on, or the first of a set of ganged jobs. The 2nd job of a set of jobs being worked on. The 3rd job of a set of jobs being worked on. The 4th job of a set of jobs being worked on. The 5th job of a set of jobs being worked on. The 6th job of a set of jobs being worked on. The 7th job of a set of jobs being worked on. The 8th job of a set of jobs being worked on. The 9th job of a set of jobs being worked on. The 10th job of a set of jobs being worked on. A number from 0 to 99 which refers to a concurrent process started using MyDC 4.0. Processes with processindex of 0 are started by older sfdc client programs such as WinTrak and serial data collection (keypads). A number that indicates the status of one of the concurrent processes from MyDC 4.0. 0 = process started 1 = process suspended 2 = process on break 3 = process ended
(Cont'd)
Form6 Form7 Form8 Form9 Form10 JobInUse1 JobInUse2 JobInUse3 JobInUse4 JobInUse5 JobInUse6 JobInUse7 JobInUse8 JobInUse9 JobInUse10 ProcessIndex
ProcessStatus
int
EndDate EndTime StartCounter EndCounter GrossCount
datetime int int int int
Date on which labor transaction ended. Time of day (hhmm) that labor transaction ended. Value of machine counter at start of task. Value of machine counter at end of task. Number of pieces produced including any waste. Should equal the difference between the endcounter and the startcounter if they are non-zero.
JohnsonGroup
Page 198

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
EmployeeStatus
Employee Status
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column ConfigurationN CountJob CountLCC CountSubjob CountTime DefaultShift Department DMICatagory DMIConfigN Employee EndCounter EndingWeight EndTime Form1 Form10 Form2 Form3 Form4 Form5 Form6 Form7 Form8 Form9 FormLength FormN FormWidth GrossCount HomeCC Impressions Job1 Job10 Job2 Job3 Job4 Job5 Job6 Job7 Job8 Job9 JobInUse1 JobInUse10 JobInUse2 JobInUse3 JobInUse4 JobInUse5 JobInUse6 JobInUse7 JobInUse8 JobInUse9 JobStatusCode LaborCount LaborPfx Constraint ([ConfigurationN] >= 0 and [ConfigurationN] <= 999999) ([CountJob] >= 0 and [CountJob] <= 999999999) ([CountLCC] >= 0 and [CountLCC] <= 99999) ([CountSubjob] >= 0 and [CountSubjob] <= 999999) ([CountTime] >= 0 and [CountTime] <= 999999) ([DefaultShift] >= 0 and [DefaultShift] <= 9) ([Department] >= 0 and [Department] <= 9999) ([DMICatagory] >= 0 and [DMICatagory] <= 99) ([DMIConfigN] >= 0 and [DMIConfigN] <= 99) ([Employee] >= 0 and [Employee] <= 999999) ([EndCounter]>=(0) AND [EndCounter]<=(999999999)) ([EndingWeight] >= 0 and [EndingWeight] <= 9999) ([EndTime]>=(0) AND [EndTime]<=(999999)) ([Form1] >= 0 and [Form1] <= 9999) ([Form10] >= 0 and [Form10] <= 9999) ([Form2] >= 0 and [Form2] <= 9999) ([Form3] >= 0 and [Form3] <= 9999) ([Form4] >= 0 and [Form4] <= 9999) ([Form5] >= 0 and [Form5] <= 9999) ([Form6] >= 0 and [Form6] <= 9999) ([Form7] >= 0 and [Form7] <= 9999) ([Form8] >= 0 and [Form8] <= 9999) ([Form9] >= 0 and [Form9] <= 9999) ([FormLength] >= 0 and [FormLength] <= 99999) ([formn] >= 0 and [formn] <= 9999) ([FormWidth] >= 0 and [FormWidth] <= 99999) ([GrossCount]>=(0) AND [GrossCount]<=(999999999)) ([HomeCC] >= 0 and [HomeCC] <= 99999) ([Impressions] >= 0 and [Impressions] <= 999999999) ([Job1] >= 0 and [Job1] <= 999999999) ([Job10] >= 0 and [Job10] <= 999999999) ([Job2] >= 0 and [Job2] <= 999999999) ([Job3] >= 0 and [Job3] <= 999999999) ([Job4] >= 0 and [Job4] <= 999999999) ([Job5] >= 0 and [Job5] <= 999999999) ([Job6] >= 0 and [Job6] <= 999999999) ([Job7] >= 0 and [Job7] <= 999999999) ([Job8] >= 0 and [Job8] <= 999999999) ([Job9] >= 0 and [Job9] <= 999999999) ([JobInUse1] >= 0 and [JobInUse1] <= 999999999) ([JobInUse10] >= 0 and [JobInUse10] <= 999999999) ([JobInUse2] >= 0 and [JobInUse2] <= 999999999) ([JobInUse3] >= 0 and [JobInUse3] <= 999999999) ([JobInUse4] >= 0 and [JobInUse4] <= 999999999) ([JobInUse5] >= 0 and [JobInUse5] <= 999999999) ([JobInUse6] >= 0 and [JobInUse6] <= 999999999) ([JobInUse7] >= 0 and [JobInUse7] <= 999999999) ([JobInUse8] >= 0 and [JobInUse8] <= 999999999) ([JobInUse9] >= 0 and [JobInUse9] <= 999999999) ([JobStatusCode] >= 0 and [JobStatusCode] <= 99999) ([LaborCount] >= 0 and [LaborCount] <= 9999999) ([LaborPfx] >= 0 and [LaborPfx] <= 8)
JohnsonGroup
Page 199

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
EmployeeStatus
Employee Status ([LCCN] >= 0 and [LCCN] <= 99999) ([MachineN] >= 0 and [MachineN] <= 99999) ([MaterialPfx] >= 0 and [MaterialPfx] <= 2) ([MaterialQty] >= 0 and [MaterialQty] <= 9999999) ([MCCN] >= 0 and [MCCN] <= 9999999) ([NOut] >= 0 and [NOut] <= 999) ([NParts] >= 0 and [NParts] <= 99) ([NumberJobs] >= 0 and [NumberJobs] <= 10) ([NWebs] >= 0 and [NWebs] <= 99) ([NWide] >= 0 and [NWide] <= 99) ([Operation] >= 0 and [Operation] <= 9999) ([PageN] >= 0 and [PageN] <= 999999) ([PREMCatagory] >= 0 and [PREMCatagory] <= 99) ([PREMPrefix] >= 0 and [PREMPrefix] <= 2) ([PreviousTime] >= 0 and [PreviousTime] <= 999999) ([ProcessIndex]>=(0) AND [ProcessIndex]<=(99)) ([ProcessStatus]>=(0) AND [ProcessStatus]<=(3)) ([ReasonCode] >= 0 and [ReasonCode] <= 99999) ([Shift] >= 0 and [Shift] <= 9) ([Signature] >= 0 and [Signature] <= 999) ([SSEndActivity] >= 0 and [SSEndActivity] <= 1) ([SSStartGang] >= 0 and [SSStartGang] <= 1) ([StartCounter]>=(0) AND [StartCounter]<=(999999999)) ([StartingWeight] >= 0 and [StartingWeight] <= 9999) ([StartTime] >= 0 and [StartTime] <= 999999) ([StatusBits] >= 0 and [StatusBits] <= 9999999) ([StopLocation] >= 0 and [StopLocation] <= 999999) ([SubJob1] >= 0 and [SubJob1] <= 999999) ([Subjob10] >= 0 and [Subjob10] <= 999999) ([Subjob2] >= 0 and [Subjob2] <= 999999) ([Subjob3] >= 0 and [Subjob3] <= 999999) ([Subjob4] >= 0 and [Subjob4] <= 999999) ([Subjob5] >= 0 and [Subjob5] <= 999999) ([Subjob6] >= 0 and [Subjob6] <= 999999) ([Subjob7] >= 0 and [Subjob7] <= 999999) ([Subjob8] >= 0 and [Subjob8] <= 999999) ([Subjob9] >= 0 and [Subjob9] <= 999999) ([Supervisor] >= 0 and [Supervisor] <= 999999) ([VOCDepartment] >= 0 and [VOCDepartment] <= 999999)
(Cont'd)
LCCN MachineN MaterialPfx MaterialQty MCCN NOut NParts NumberJobs NWebs NWide Operation PageN PREMCatagory PREMPrefix PreviousTime ProcessIndex ProcessStatus ReasonCode Shift Signature SSEndActivity SSStartGang StartCounter StartingWeight StartTime StatusBits StopLocation SubJob1 Subjob10 Subjob2 Subjob3 Subjob4 Subjob5 Subjob6 Subjob7 Subjob8 Subjob9 Supervisor VOCDepartment
JohnsonGroup
Page 200

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Equipment
Equipment
The Equipment table defines each machine and machine configuration tracked through DMI. Through the Main Equip #, it relates each machine to the Department Schedule table.
Indexes on Equipnumber Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables ACRunlist Components FormTotalizer JobComponent JobFormSpecs MachineCards RollTransactions WSRollInventory Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
MachConfig EquipmentNum MachineN EquipmentNum MachineN ConfigurationN Press Press
Equipnumber
int
Identifies the machine and, if there is more than one, the configuration. The leading digits of this number must match the Main Equip #, which is also the Scheduling Department Number. The final digit of this number identifies a specific machine configuration. Description of the machine and configuration. The Scheduling Department Number of this machine. Relates to: DeptSchedule table The circumference, in inches, of the cylinder whose turning is counted by the sensor. In other words, the sensor must count once for each turn of this cylinder. If the sensor is not counting the turn of a cylinder (e.g., a stitcher), this should be 1. Used for scaling and in premrep to determine output in feet. If a web press can have different cylinder circumferences, there must be a configuration record for each one. The number of webs that will be run in this configuration. In the main record, this should be the maximum number that can be run through the press. For a stitcher, this should be the number of pockets. For a sheetfed press or folder, it should be 1. Indicates how this configuration's output will be measured: 1 = impressions per hour 2 = impressions per minute 3 = feet per minute
Description MainEquipN CylinCircu
varchar (40) smallint decimal (9,2)
NumberOfWebs
smallint
Revolutiontype
tinyint
ObjMRmins
decimal (9,2)
The number of minutes in which you expect the operator to complete makeready (the operator's performance objective). Compared to actual makeready minutes on the Press Status display. Not required. The percent waste you expect the operator to achieve [calculated as (Gross minus Net)/Gross * 100]. Compared to actual percent waste on the Press Status display. Not required. Page 201
ObjWaste
decimal (9,2)
JohnsonGroup

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Equipment int
Equipment The average speed that you expect the operator to maintain. Compared to actual speed on the Press status display. Not required. The number of inches per revolution of the cutoff cylinder. This is used with the Cylin Circu to calculate a scaling factor that gives the number out per click of the sensor. If the sensor is not counting the turn of a cylinder, this should be 1. Used for scaling and in premrep to determine output in feet. Number of deliveries on this machine. The AIC Rate for this machine's cost center The Out-of-Pocket Rate for this machine's cost center. Used to calculate costs for the Machine Time section of the Job Report. From the LCC list: the Work-in-Process Summary number for this machine's cost center. Used to group this machine's hours and costs on the WIP Summary section of the Job Report. Relates to: WIPSummaryNs table From the LCC list: the Billing Summary number for this machine's cost center. Used to group this machine's costs on the Billing Worksheet section of the Job Report. Relates to: JOBREPSummaryN table From the LCC list: the Production Summary number for this machine's cost center. Used to group this machine's hours and costs on the Production Summary section of the Job Report. Relates to: JOBREPSummaryN table For web presses that can have different cylinder circumferences. If form fit is yes, the form must fit onto the press exactly. This is not used in SQL. 0 = No 1 = Yes
(Cont'd)
ObjRate
InchesRev
decimal (9,2)
NoDeliveries AICRate OOPRate WIPSummaryN
tinyint decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) smallint
BillSumN
int
ProductionSumN
int
FormFityn
tinyint
MachClass PayrollLcc
tinyint int
Not used in SQL. The cost center assigned to this machine for payroll. Not currently used. Relates to: LaborCostCntr table The operation code to use for Breaks. Relates to: OperationCodes table The number of seconds the machine must be stopped before a STOP transaction is sent to the server. The rate, in impressions/hour which the machine must attain while in MR1 before MR2 begins. If this field is zero, MR2 begins as soon as the GROSS counter is greater than 0.
BreakOperation StopSeconds MR2impshour
int int int
JohnsonGroup
Page 202

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Equipment int
Equipment Used for Automatic State Detection: the operation code that DMI should automatically enter when MRI begins (when form# is first entered ). Relates to: OperationCodes table Used for Automatic State Detection: the operation code that DMI should automatically enter when MRII begins (when gross count starts going up). Relates to: OperationCodes table Used for Automatic State Detection: the operation code that DMI should automatically enter when a run begins (when count good switch is pressed). Relates to: OperationCodes table Used for Automatic State Detection: the operation code that DMI should automatically enter when a stop occurs (when net count stops going up). Relates to: OperationCodes table
(Cont'd)
DMImr1
DMImr2
int
DMIrun
int
DMIstop
int
Field Constraints Column AICRate BillSumN BreakOperation CylinCircu DMImr1 DMImr2 DMIrun DMIstop Equipnumber FormFityn InchesRev MachClass MainEquipN MR2impshour NoDeliveries NumberOfWebs ObjMRmins ObjRate ObjWaste OOPRate PayrollLcc ProductionSumN Revolutiontype StopSeconds WIPSummaryN Constraint ([AICRate] >= 0 and [AICRate] <= 99999) ([BillSumN] >= 0 and [BillSumN] <= 99999) ([BreakOperation] >= 0 and [BreakOperation] <= 99999) ([CylinCircu] >= 0 and [CylinCircu] <= 9999) ([DMImr1] >= 0 and [DMImr1] <= 9999) ([DMImr2] >= 0 and [DMImr2] <= 9999) ([DMIrun] >= 0 and [DMIrun] <= 9999) ([DMIstop] >= 0 and [DMIstop] <= 9999) ([Equipnumber] >= 1 and [Equipnumber] <= 999999) ([FormFityn] >= 0 and [FormFityn] <= 1) ([InchesRev] >= 0 and [InchesRev] <= 999) ([MachClass] >= 0 and [MachClass] <= 2) ([MainEquipN] >= 0 and [MainEquipN] <= 999) ([MR2impshour] >= 0 and [MR2impshour] <= 999999) ([NoDeliveries] >= 0 and [NoDeliveries] <= 8) ([NumberOfWebs] >= 0 and [NumberOfWebs] <= 99) ([ObjMRmins] >= 0 and [ObjMRmins] <= 9999) ([ObjRate] >= 0 and [ObjRate] <= 999999) ([ObjWaste] >= 0 and [ObjWaste] <= 100) ([OOPRate] >= 0 and [OOPRate] <= 99999) ([PayrollLcc] >= 0 and [PayrollLcc] <= 99999) ([ProductionSumN] >= 0 and [ProductionSumN] <= 9999) ([Revolutiontype] >= 0 and [Revolutiontype] <= 9) ([StopSeconds] >= 0 and [StopSeconds] <= 999999) ([WIPSummaryN] >= 0 and [WIPSummaryN] <= 999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 203

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
EstCalc
Est Calc
Contains the totals for each configuration of an Estimating 3 estimate. Also contains any Quote value overrides provided by the user in the Overall Markups calculation.
Indexes on IssNum, ConfigNum Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
IssNum
int
Issued Estimate number. This is the number used to track the particular version of an estimate. If an estimate is Opened for Edit and reissued, it will receive a new Issue Number. These are assigned sequentially. Relates to: Estimates table Configuration section for this set of total values. Estimate number - EEESSSS where EEE = Estimator number and SSSS = Sequence number Estimated Raw Cost - Qty1 Estimated Raw Cost - Qty2 Estimated Raw Cost - Qty3 Estimated Raw Cost - Qty4 Estimated Raw Cost - Qty5 All Inclusive Cost - Qty1 All Inclusive Cost - Qty2 All Inclusive Cost - Qty3 All Inclusive Cost - Qty4 All Inclusive Cost - Qty5 Targeted Selling Price - Qty1 Targeted Selling Price - Qty2 Targeted Selling Price - Qty3 Targeted Selling Price - Qty4 Targeted Selling Price - Qty5 Target Selling Price for Addls - Qty 1. The quantity that this amount is based on is in the AddlQty field in the corresponding Estimates record. Target Selling Price for Addls - Qty 2 Target Selling Price for Addls - Qty 3 Target Selling Price for Addls - Qty 4 Target Selling Price for Addls - Qty 5 Quoted price - Qty 1 Quoted price - Qty 2 Page 204
ConfigNum EstNum Cost1 Cost2 Cost3 Cost4 Cost5 AICCost1 AICCost2 AICCost3 AICCost4 AICCost5 EstTSP1 EstTSP2 EstTSP3 EstTSP4 EstTSP5 TSPAddl1 TSPAddl2 TSPAddl3 TSPAddl4 TSPAddl5 Quote1 Quote2 JohnsonGroup
int decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2)

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
EstCalc decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2)
Est Calc Quoted price - Qty 3 Quoted price - Qty 4 Quoted price - Qty 5
(Cont'd)
Quote3 Quote4 Quote5

Field Constraints Column AICCost1 AICCost2 AICCost3 AICCost4 AICCost5 ConfigNum Cost1 Cost2 Cost3 Cost4 Cost5 EstNum EstTSP1 EstTSP2 EstTSP3 EstTSP4 EstTSP5 IssNum Quote1 Quote2 Quote3 Quote4 Quote5 TSPAddl1 TSPAddl2 TSPAddl3 TSPAddl4 TSPAddl5
Constraint ([AICCost1] >= (-999999999) and [AICCost1] <= 999999999) ([AICCost2] >= (-999999999) and [AICCost2] <= 999999999) ([AICCost3] >= (-999999999) and [AICCost3] <= 999999999) ([AICCost4] >= (-999999999) and [AICCost4] <= 999999999) ([AICCost5] >= (-999999999) and [AICCost5] <= 999999999) ([ConfigNum] >= 0 and [ConfigNum] <= 999999) ([Cost1] >= (-999999999) and [Cost1] <= 999999999) ([Cost2] >= (-999999999) and [Cost2] <= 999999999) ([Cost3] >= (-999999999) and [Cost3] <= 999999999) ([Cost4] >= (-999999999) and [Cost4] <= 999999999) ([Cost5] >= (-999999999) and [Cost5] <= 999999999) ([EstNum] >= 0 and [EstNum] <= 99999999) ([EstTSP1] >= (-999999999) and [EstTSP1] <= 999999999) ([EstTSP2] >= (-999999999) and [EstTSP2] <= 999999999) ([EstTSP3] >= (-999999999) and [EstTSP3] <= 999999999) ([EstTSP4] >= (-999999999) and [EstTSP4] <= 999999999) ([EstTSP5] >= (-999999999) and [EstTSP5] <= 999999999) ([IssNum] >= 1 and [IssNum] <= 999999999) ([Quote1] >= (-999999999) and [Quote1] <= 999999999) ([Quote2] >= (-999999999) and [Quote2] <= 999999999) ([Quote3] >= (-999999999) and [Quote3] <= 999999999) ([Quote4] >= (-999999999) and [Quote4] <= 999999999) ([Quote5] >= (-999999999) and [Quote5] <= 999999999) ([TSPAddl1] >= (-999999999) and [TSPAddl1] <= 999999999) ([TSPAddl2] >= (-999999999) and [TSPAddl2] <= 999999999) ([TSPAddl3] >= (-999999999) and [TSPAddl3] <= 999999999) ([TSPAddl4] >= (-999999999) and [TSPAddl4] <= 999999999) ([TSPAddl5] >= (-999999999) and [TSPAddl5] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 205

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
EstCompCalc
Est Comp Calc
This table contains the total quantities and other shared attributes for components within a configuration for an Estimating 3 estimate.
Indexes on IssNum, ConfigNum, CompNum Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
IssNum EstNum ConfigNum CompNum QuantityC1 QuantityC2 QuantityC3 QuantityC4 QuantityC5 CompRunOrder CompCnt
Field Constraints Column CompCnt CompNum CompRunOrder ConfigNum EstNum IssNum QuantityC1 QuantityC2 QuantityC3 QuantityC4 QuantityC5
int decimal (15,2) int int int int int int int int int
Issue number Relates to: Estimates table Estimate number Configuration number. Component number. Total quantity for given component number to be produced for quantity 1 in this configuration and estimate. Total quantity for given component number to be produced for quantity 2 in this configuration and estimate. Total quantity for given component number to be produced for quantity 3 in this configuration and estimate. Total quantity for given component number to be produced for quantity 4 in this configuration and estimate. Total quantity for given component number to be produced for quantity 5 in this configuration and estimate. Production run order of components (forms) within this configuration of this estimate. Number of component multiples produced for this component.
Constraint ([CompCnt]>=(0) AND [CompCnt]<=(999)) ([CompNum]>=(0) AND [CompNum]<=(99999)) ([CompRunOrder]>=(0) AND [CompRunOrder]<=(999999)) ([ConfigNum]>=(-1) AND [ConfigNum]<=(99999)) ([EstNum]>=(0) AND [EstNum]<=(99999999)) ([IssNum]>=(1) AND [IssNum]<=(999999999)) ([QuantityC1]>=(-1) AND [QuantityC1]<=(999999999)) ([QuantityC2]>=(-1) AND [QuantityC2]<=(999999999)) ([QuantityC3]>=(-1) AND [QuantityC3]<=(999999999)) ([QuantityC4]>=(-1) AND [QuantityC4]<=(999999999)) ([QuantityC5]>=(-1) AND [QuantityC5]<=(999999999))
JohnsonGroup
Page 206

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
EstContentDocs
Est Content Docs
Associates a content document via its path or URL to a particular part of an Estimating 3 estimate.
Indexes on IssNum, CompNum, DocInstance Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
EstNum IssNum CompNum DocInstance CompMultiple WebNum ContentDocumentPath Notes

int int smallint int smallint smallint nvarchar nvarchar
The estimate number. Issue number Relates to: Estimates table Component number with which document is associated. Document instance - a unique key to allow list of documents not necessarily tied to specific forms within the component. The specific multiple of the component that this document is associated with, if desired. Web number - the choice of web that this document is associated with, if desired. The path or URL to the document. Notes concerning the document
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 207

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
EstimateCode
Estimate Codes
Allows customers to create their own status codes for estimates. They are typically used to assign reasons for not having won an estimate, but they can also be used for other purposes. These codes are assigned to the EstimateCode field in the Estimates table using the Manage Issued Estimates activity in Estimating 3. The code values are maintained using Table Maintenance.
Indexes on CodeKey Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables Estimates QQOrder Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
EstimateCode EstimateCode
CodeKey Description
Field Constraints Column CodeKey
int varchar (30)
Key for Estimate Code Description of estimate code status.
Constraint ([CodeKey] >= 1 and [CodeKey] <= 999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 208

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Estimates
Estimates
Header file containing all header specific information for Estimating 3 estimates.
Indexes on IssNum pCafeID Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables Answers Calculations Components ConfigProduct ConfigProductComp Configuration EstCalc EstCompCalc EstContentDocs EstProduct EstProductComp InkCalc InkOptions LayoutImages Notes Operations OverallMarkups SpecInstruct SpoilAddlTab Spoilage StockCalc StockOptions Stocks Related Tables JobEstHeader Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Nonclustered Column
IssNum IssNum IssNum IssNum IssNum IssNum IssNum IssNum IssNum IssNum IssNum IssNum IssNum IssNum IssNum IssNum IssNum IssNum IssNum IssNum IssNum IssNum IssNum IssueNum
IssNum
int
Issued Estimate Number This is the number used to track the particular version of an estimate. If an estimate is Opened for Edit and reissued, it will receive a new Issue Number. These are assigned sequentially. Estimate Number This reflects the original estimate number made up of the estimator's number (1-3 digits) and a sequence number (EEESSSS). If an estimate is edited and reissued, the estimate number remains the same. Description of Estimate. When an estimate is associated, the job description defaults to the beginning of this description. Detailed description. During association, this field is written to the ExtraJobInfo field in the Open Job table. Original Date on which the Estimate was created. Due Date of job - picked up from printCafe RFQ or entered manually in Estimating 3
EstNum
int
Description DetDesc EstDate DueDate
varchar (50) varchar (5,000) datetime datetime
JohnsonGroup
Page 209

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Estimates varchar (50)
Estimates Customer Name This is either a current customer name or typed in by the estimator for new customers. Customer number. Will be 0 if not a current customer. Relates to: Customer table Contact name at customer for estimate. Address fields are taken from the Customer table for current customers or they can be typed in by the Estimator for new customers or to override the default address. . . . . . . Standard Markup from Customer table. This markup is used on top of the Overall Markups to adjust the final Targeted Selling Price and may be overridden in Estimating 3. (It is stored as a decimal value, ie. .04 = 4%) System-assigned ID of a Request for estimate from the PrintCafeProj table. Not used in EFI Logic SQL. Not used in EFI Logic SQL. Product Code of this estimate from Product table. Relates to: ProductCode table Sales Representative's Name from Salesperson table. Sales person number from Salesperson table. Relates to: Salesperson table Estimator Name as entered when Estimating 3 is installed on client machine Estimator number as entered when Estimating 3 is installed on the client. Date of this modification of an estimate Estimator number of estimator who issued this version of the estimate. 1st Quantity used in the estimate. 2nd Quantity (if any) 3rd Quantity (if any) 4th Quantity (if any) 5th Quantity (if any) Additional quantity (500, 1000) - This field determines the quantity used for the calculation of the Additional Quantity Price. It is set in standards as an a0head parameter question.
(Cont'd)
CustomerName
CustomerN CustContact AddrLine1
AddrLine2 City StateProv PostalCode TelephoneN FaxTelephoneN StdMarkup
varchar (40) varchar (30) varchar (4) varchar (15) varchar (25) varchar (25) decimal (9,4)
pCafeID pcVersionName pcVersionID ProductCode SalesRepName SalesRepN Estimator EstorN ModDate ModEstorN Quantity1 Quantity2 Quantity3 Quantity4 Quantity5 Addlqty
int varchar (40) int int varchar (40) int varchar (35) int datetime int int int int int int int
JohnsonGroup
Page 210

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Estimates decimal (10,4) decimal (10,4) varchar (25)
Estimates Finished size, width of the estimated product Finished size, length (spine) of the estimated product. Status of the estimate: Working: should only occur in the local Estimating 3 database Issued: the estimate is ready for association, Replaced: if an estimate is reissued, the original version has this status Copied:should only occur in the local database when an estimate has been issued Won: the estimate has been associated with a job Lost: the estimate will not be used. This status is set using the Manage Issued Estimates activity in Estimating 3. Template: for estimates used only as templates for other estimates. A field to allow an additional status or informative category to be associated with an estimate. When an estimate is Lost, this code should reflect the reason that this estimate was Lost and not entered for Production. These codes appear on the Won/Lost report. The values are under customer control, and are set up in the EstimateCodes table in Table Maintenance. Relates to: EstimateCode table Whether a local estimate has been Edited from original. Not important for issued estimates Estimator name of user with Lock when an issued estimate is Opened for Edit (EStatus = Locked) Date/Time when an estimate was Opend for Edit (Locked). FOB Point for this estimate Job Number with which the estimate is associated Assigned when an estimate is associated in JobVista. Relates to: OpenJob table Not used in EFI Logic SQL. Relates to: InternetDocs table The Qty Index chosen when the estimate is used for association in JobVista. Configuration section used when associating the estimate using JobVista. If an estimate is marked Permanent, it will not be purged regardless of other characteristics of the estimate. This field is maintained using the Manage Issued Estimates activity in Estimating 3. 0 = No 1 = Yes
(Cont'd)
Width Length EStatus
EstimateCode
int
Edited LockedBy LockedOn FOBPoint JobNumber
tinyint varchar (50) datetime varchar (40) int
RFEDocumentN QtyIndex ConfigNum Permanent
int tinyint int tinyint
Closed
tinyint
Represents the state of the estimate. If the estimate has been Closed, all details have been deleted and only the header information has been preserved. If the estimate has been Cleared, all calculations have been deleted, to associate the estimate, an estimator must reopen the estimate using Estimating 3 and reissue it. 0 = Complete 1 = Closed
JohnsonGroup
Page 211

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Estimates
Estimates 2 = Cleared
(Cont'd)
StdsID
varchar (20)
Standards ID of standards database used to create this estimate (reflects identity of company) Must match identity of local standards to allow the Standards Editor to upload standards that match this estimate. Version of Standards (Reflects updates by Company Head Estimator of standards) If the standards have been updated and have a different version number since this estimate was calculated, JobVista will provide a warning to a user who tries to associate the estimate with a job. Associated Estimated Cost of the particular configuration and quantity chosen when an estimate is associated in JobVista. Associated All Inclusive Cost. This is the cost of the specific quantity and configuration and is assigned when an estimate is associated in JobVista. Associated Targeted Selling Price from the particular configuration and quantity chosen when an estimate is associated in JobVista. Target Selling Price for Additional Qty. The quantity used in this calcuation is reflected in the Addlqty field. Associated Quoted price of the specific configuration and quantity used when the estimate is associated in JobVista. . Three letter country code. Relates to: Country table Telephone extension. Email address The default overall markup used for this estimate. Will come from either the Customer or the Estimating 3 standards. Identifies the order for which you are producing this job. This data will be passed into the job when associated with an estimate. Refer to the corresponding field in the Open Job table for details. The time the job is due. This data will be passed into the job when associated with an estimate. This field indicates that each component of the estimate has independent finished dimensions so no header dimensions are used as a default. Designates whether the estimate is intended for use as a quote only, a plan only or both. This will determine whether costing data is put into Labor/Material Quote tables, Planned Labor/Material tables, or both. 0 = Quote and Plan 1 = Quote Only 2 = Plan Only
StdsVers
varchar (10)
Cost AICCost EstTSP TSPAddl Quote AddrLine3 CountryCode PhoneExt Email DefOverallMarkup CustomerOrderN
decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) varchar (40) varchar (3) varchar (6) varchar (128) varchar (15) varchar (30)
DueTime VaryingSizes EstimateType
datetime bit tinyint
PrintBuyer
int
The print buyer chosen for this estimate. Relates to: CustShipAddr table
JohnsonGroup
Page 212

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Estimates
Estimates
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column Addlqty AICCost Closed ConfigNum Cost CustomerN Edited EstimateCode EstimateType EstorN EstTSP IssNum JobNumber Length ModEstorN pCafeID pcVersionID Permanent PrintBuyer ProductCode QtyIndex Quantity1 Quantity2 Quantity3 Quantity4 Quantity5 Quote RFEDocumentN SalesRepN StdMarkup TSPAddl Width Constraint ([Addlqty] >= 0 and [Addlqty] <= 9999999) ([AICCost] >= (-999999999) and [AICCost] <= 999999999) ([Closed] >= 0 and [Closed] <= 2) ([ConfigNum] >= 0 and [ConfigNum] <= 99999) ([Cost] >= (-999999999) and [Cost] <= 999999999) ([CustomerN] >= 0 and [CustomerN] <= 999999999) ([Edited] >= 0 and [Edited] <= 1) ([EstimateCode] >= 0 and [EstimateCode] <= 999999) ([EstimateType]>=(0) AND [EstimateType]<=(2)) ([EstorN] >= 0 and [EstorN] <= 9999) ([EstTSP] >= (-999999999) and [EstTSP] <= 999999999) ([IssNum] >= 1 and [IssNum] <= 999999999) ([JobNumber] >= 0 and [JobNumber] <= 999999999) ([Length] >= 0 and [Length] <= 99999) ([ModEstorN] >= 0 and [ModEstorN] <= 9999) ([pCafeID] >= 0 and [pCafeID] <= 999999999) ([pcVersionID] >= 0 and [pcVersionID] <= 999999) ([Permanent] >= 0 and [Permanent] <= 1) ([PrintBuyer]>=(0) AND [PrintBuyer]<=(9999999)) ([ProductCode] >= 0 and [ProductCode] <= 9999999) ([QtyIndex] >= 0 and [QtyIndex] <= 5) ([Quantity1]>=(-1) AND [Quantity1]<=(999999999)) ([Quantity2]>=(-1) AND [Quantity2]<=(999999999)) ([Quantity3]>=(-1) AND [Quantity3]<=(999999999)) ([Quantity4]>=(-1) AND [Quantity4]<=(999999999)) ([Quantity5]>=(-1) AND [Quantity5]<=(999999999)) ([Quote] >= (-999999999) and [Quote] <= 999999999) ([RFEDocumentN] >= 0 and [RFEDocumentN] <= 9999999) ([SalesRepN] >= 0 and [SalesRepN] <= 999999) ([StdMarkup] >= (-100) and [StdMarkup] <= 1000) ([TSPAddl] >= (-999999999) and [TSPAddl] <= 999999999) ([Width] >= 0 and [Width] <= 99999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 213

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
EstProduct
Est Product
This table contains the list of products available within an Estimating 3 estimate.
Indexes on IssNum, ProductNum Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
EstNum IssNum ProductNum Description Width Length VaryingSizes CustomerPartN

Field Constraints Column EstNum IssNum Length ProductNum Width
int int int nvarchar decimal (10,4) decimal (10,4) bit varchar (20)
Estimate number. Issue number. Relates to: Estimates table Product number. Description of product. Width of finished product. Length of finished product. Whether components used in product have varying dimensions. The customer's assigned part number, if any, for this product.
Constraint ([EstNum]>=(0) AND [EstNum]<=(99999999)) ([IssNum]>=(1) AND [IssNum]<=(999999999)) ([Length]>=(0) AND [Length]<=(99999)) ([ProductNum]>=(-1) AND [ProductNum]<=(99999)) ([Width]>=(0) AND [Width]<=(99999))
JohnsonGroup
Page 214

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
EstProductComp
Est Product Comp
This table lists the components to be included in a particular product for an estimate.
Indexes on IssNum, ProductNum, CompNum Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
EstNum IssNum ProductNum CompNum CompCnt

Field Constraints Column CompCnt CompNum EstNum IssNum ProductNum
int int int int smallint
Estimate number. Issue number. Relates to: Estimates table Product number. Component number. Multiple for this component in the product
Constraint ([CompCnt]>=(0) AND [CompCnt]<=(999)) ([CompNum]>=(0) AND [CompNum]<=(99999)) ([EstNum]>=(0) AND [EstNum]<=(99999999)) ([IssNum]>=(1) AND [IssNum]<=(999999999)) ([ProductNum]>=(0) AND [ProductNum]<=(99999))
JohnsonGroup
Page 215

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
EstVersion
Est Version
Provides the current version of Estimating 3 installed on this server/client. Allows for verification that the local working database is synchronized with the standards and the server.
Column
Type
LogicID Est3Vers DateLastMod

Field Constraints Column LogicID
int varchar (10) datetime
Unique ID for internal use. Current Estimating version ( for compatiblity with the application) Date the standards were last modified.
Constraint ([LogicID] >= 0 and [LogicID] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 216

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
FGIAsmblyHdr
FGI Assembly Hdr
This table records work orders for an assembly for a finished goods "kit". Once the assembly has been done and the work order "posted", records are deleted from this file and the corresponding table FGIAsmDetail.
Indexes on AssemblyNumber Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables FGIAsmDetail Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
AssemblyNumber
AssemblyNumber
int
Assembly/work order number. This number will be recorded in the finished goods transaction file under reference number whenever an assembly is posted. Finished Goods item number for the "lead item" for a kit. Relates to: FGInvMaster table Date you want the material added or subtracted from inventory asof. Date the work order is entered. Quantity of kits to be assembled This value is either 0 (no) or 1 (yes) depending on whether or not you want the finished goods item header updated with the assembled cost of the item. If the finished goods item header is updated, and you want some portion of the costs to be recorded as labor costs you would input a value for this field. Otherwise the entire cost of the item will be recorded as a material cost. The date on which this entry was entered or last edited. The "UserID" of the person who last edited this entry.
KitItemNumber
int
AssemblyDate WorkOrderDate Quantity UpdateHeader
datetime datetime int tinyint
LaborCostUnit
decimal (15,3)
LastChanged ChangedBy
Field Constraints Column AssemblyNumber KitItemNumber LaborCostUnit Quantity UpdateHeader
Constraint ([AssemblyNumber] >= 1 and [AssemblyNumber] <= 9999999) ([KitItemNumber] >= 0 and [KitItemNumber] <= 9999999) ([LaborCostUnit] >= 0 and [LaborCostUnit] <= 999999) ([Quantity] >= 0 and [Quantity] <= 9999999) ([UpdateHeader] >= 0 and [UpdateHeader] <= 1)
JohnsonGroup
Page 217

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
FGIAsmDetail
FGI Asm Detail
This file records detail lines for a work order for assembly of a finished goods kit.
Indexes on AssemblyNumber, LLRecNum ItemNumber Description Primary key, clustered
Nonclustered
Column
Type
AssemblyNumber
int
Assembly/work order number. This number will be recorded in the finished goods transaction file under reference number whenever an assembly is posted. Relates to: FGIAsmblyHdr table Finished goods item number of a component of a kit Relates to: FGInvMaster table Quantity of a component of a kit Unique key The date on which this entry was entered or last edited. The "UserID" of the person who last edited this entry.
ItemNumber Quantity LLRecNum LastChanged ChangedBy

Field Constraints Column AssemblyNumber ItemNumber Quantity
int int int identity datetime varchar (128)
Constraint ([AssemblyNumber] >= 0 and [AssemblyNumber] <= 9999999) ([ItemNumber] >= 0 and [ItemNumber] <= 9999999) ([Quantity] >= 0 and [Quantity] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 218

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
FGInvDetail
FG Inv Detail
The FGInvDetail table contains all additions and withdrawals posted against inventory items in the FGInvMaster. Additions and adjustments and withdrawals are recorded by fgpost and can be viewed through FinishedGoodsInventory.
Indexes on ItemN, LLRecNum Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
ItemN TransacDate TransacType
int datetime tinyint
A unique number identifying each item. Required. Relates to: FGInvMaster table Date the transaction occurred. For withdrawals, this is the date on the packing list. Type of transaction this record represents. 0=Balance Frwd, 1=Addition, 2=Positive Adj., 3=Withdrawal, 4=Negative Adj. Reference number of this transaction. Meaning varies according to the source of the transaction (see value of :src field) if source = fginv, ref# is user-defined if source = receive, ref# is po number if source = close/post, ref# is job number if source = fgpl, ref# is order number if source = fgasb, ref# is assembly number if source=fgdist, ref# is distribuiton number if source=fgpurge , ref# is zero if source=fgirec, ref# is blank Quantity that was added or withdrawn. Cost per unit for this transaction. Only valid for additions. Price per unit for this transaction. Only valid for withdrawals. Packing list number for this transaction. Meaning varies according to the source of the transaction (see value of sourceoftrans field) if source = fginv, value is user-defined if source = receive, value is po line item number if source = close/post, value is zero if source = fgpl, value is shipment number if source = fgasb, value is assembled item number if source = fgdist, ref# is item number if item distributed if source = fgpurge , ref# is zero
RefN
int
Quantity ORCostUnit ORPriceUnit PackingListN
int decimal (15,4) decimal (15,4) int
JohnsonGroup
Page 219

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
FGInvDetail smallint
FG Inv Detail Indicates the program that wrote this transaction to the file. Legal values are: 1 = fginv 2 = receive 3 = close/post 4 = fgpl 5 = fgpurge 6 = fgasb 7 = fgdist 8 = manhat 9 = fgirec Unique key 100 character user comments field if source = fgirec (reconciliation), comment contains reconciliation comment.
(Cont'd)
SourceOfTrans
LLRecNum UserText
int identity varchar (100)
Field Constraints Column ItemN ORCostUnit ORPriceUnit PackingListN Quantity RefN SourceOfTrans TransacType
The date on which this entry was entered or last edited. The "UserID" of the person who last edited this entry.
Constraint ([ItemN] >= 0 and [ItemN] <= 9999999) ([orcostunit] >= 0 and [orcostunit] <= 999999999) ([ORPriceUnit] >= 0 and [ORPriceUnit] <= 999999) ([packinglistn] >= 0 and [packinglistn] <= 999999999) ([Quantity] >= (-99999999) and [Quantity] <= 99999999) ([refn] >= (-999999999) and [refn] <= 999999999) ([SourceOfTrans] >= 0 and [SourceOfTrans] <= 99) ([TransacType] >= 0 and [TransacType] <= 4)
JohnsonGroup
Page 220

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
FGInvMaster
FG Inv Master
The FGInvMaster table lists all of the finished goods items maintained in stock or produced for resale by your company. Use fginv to add and edit records and to add quantities. Additions to inventory quantities and withdrawals from inventory are listed in the FGInvDetail table. Order templates are maintained in the KitTemplate table.
Indexes on ItemN ItemID Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables FGInvDetail FGItemDetailedImages FGPricing KitTemplate Related Tables AccountngInput FGIAsmblyHdr FGIAsmDetail FGIOrderDetl KitTemplate OpenJob POItem ShipmentItems WinInvJobDetail Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Nonclustered Column
ItemN FGItemN ItemN ItemN FGIItemN KitItemNumber ItemNumber ItemN ItemNumber FGIItemNumber FGIItemN FGItemNum FGItemNumber
ItemN ItemID
int varchar (20)
A unique number identifying each item. Required. An alphanumeric identifier for the item. There is a Finished Good system parameter, "FG Unique Item ID" (11338) that, when set, requires new values for ItemID to be unique. Note, this field is marked * (required) when the param is set. When the parameter is set the field is read-only after the save; and item ID (in place of item number) is used as the primary lookup for items. The name of the finished goods item. For example: Small Carton Line Film 20 x 24 Warm Red B13703 Same as product codes given in table ProductCode Relates to: ProductCode table Inventory quantity at which item should be reordered. The unit cost of the item. If the parameter FG to Job Costing is turned on, this value is the sum of MatCostUnit (material cost/unit) and LabCostUnit (labor cost/unit) Default price per unit. Costed and priced in units of: (0=each, 1= 10, 2=100, 3=1000)
ItemDescr
varchar (40)
ProductClass ReorderPoint CostUnit
int int decimal (15,4)
PriceUnit Units
decimal (15,4) tinyint
JohnsonGroup
Page 221

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
FGInvMaster
FG Inv Master 0 = ea 1 = tens 2 = hundreds 3 = thousands
(Cont'd)
UnitsPkg WeightPkg PkgType PkgDimensions
int decimal (11,4) varchar (15) varchar (30)
Number of items in a standard package. Weight of a standard package. Type of package (carton, shrink-wrap etc). Package dimensions. If the Manhattan module is in use format this field as length X width X height. Spaces are optional. Upper or lower case X is optional. Example 14 x 8 x 6 If the stock (usually paper) was ordered for a specific customer, the number of the customer for whom it was ordered. This applies to items in the detailed inventory system only. Relates to: Customer table The storage location of the item: warehouse, shelf, bin, etc. Flag indicating if this item is permanent or temporary. Temporary items are deleted during a purge if the quantity on hand is zero. (0=no, 1=yes) Quantity on hand (calculated by programs). Flag indicating if the stock is actually owned by the customer. (0=no, 1=yes) 0 = No 1 = Yes
CustomerN
int
StorageLoc PermanentItem
QuanOnHand CustomerOwned
int tinyint
MatCostUnit
decimal (15,4)
Material component of the cost/unit. Is only 'activated' if the parameter FG to Job Costing is turned on. Can be updated automatically by close/post if the parameter FG Matl Labor Cost Update is turned on. Labor component of the cost/unit. Is only 'activated' if the parameter FG to Job Costing is turned on. Can be updated automatically by close/post if the parameter FG Matl Labor Cost Update is turned on. This value is used as the default for job number for the sales analysis data in ARTransaction when a finished goods item is invoiced. It can be filled in by the user, but is filled in automatically when a finished goods item is created from the JobVista program, or when a job is closed or 'partialled' out to finished goods. Relates to: OpenJob table
LabCostUnit
decimal (15,4)
LastJobN
int
JohnsonGroup
Page 222

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
FGInvMaster tinyint
FG Inv Master Flag indicating whether this item should be posted to the account used for freight for finished goods shipments (FG Default Freight Acct) or to the customer's default sales account when shipping material out of finished goods. If there is a template for this item, this field indicates the type. Valid values are: 0=assembly template 1=distribution template Note that you cannot have both types valid at once This is a 0 or 1 flag to indicate whether to post this item to the website. 0=No, 1=Yes A 1000 chr description for use on the website. A one time charge applied once per line item on an order. Make to order estimate number for an FG inventory item. The Item number of an alternate that can be used if the original is discontinued or out of stock. The date the Inventory item record was created. It can be set by the user. It is for user reference only. New items and Item imports default to the current day. This is the date the inventory item record was last changed. It updates automatically when the user saves. Adding a transaction does not update this date. This can take the value if A,I or D in the table and indicates the item is Active, Inactive or Discontinued. It is intended to indicate the item status which impacts the ability to order and/or sell an item. This status operates in conjuction with DateDiscon (discontinued date) and/or DateInactive (inactive date). This column is used as part of cycle counting. It is the date on which this item was last counted. This date, along with the CycleABC code, can be used to determine when the next physical count should take place. The ABC code in cycle counting indicates the activity level of the item and the number of times it should be counted in a given period. The code assignment is user maintained and defaults to C. The last date and time that header information about this inventory item was sent to Manhattan. This applies only to header information such as the description, not transaction detail. This can preserve the date the item was discontinued. It works in conjunction with the item status (Active field). It is read-only when the Item status (Active field = 'I') is 'inactive.' It is today or a date in the past when the Item status (Active field = 'D') is 'discontinued.' This specifies whether the value in the MTOEstNo column is from Estimating 3 or QuickQuote. Valid values are: 3 = Est3 4 = QQ
(Cont'd)
FreightItem
TemplateType
tinyint
WebItem LongDescr Handling MTOEstNo Replacement DateCreated DateChanged
smallint varchar (1,000) decimal (15,4) int int datetime datetime
Active
varchar (1)
DLCC
datetime
CycleABC
varchar (1)
DateSentToManhattan
datetime
DateDiscon
datetime
SourceofQuote
tinyint
JohnsonGroup
Page 223

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
FGInvMaster bit bit bit decimal (14,5)
FG Inv Master This field determines for given finished good item user can add USAData mailing list or not in Printersite Fullfillment. Thsi field determines for given finished good item user can upload file or not in Printersite Fullfillment. This field determines for finished good item user can place back order or not in Printersite Fullfillment. Field is decimal (14,5). Null is not allowed; default is 0. It will be used (by Manhattan) in conjunction with other unit fields (UnitWidth and UnitHeight) to determine package size. Field is decimal (14,5). Null is not allowed; default is 0. It will be used (by Manhattan) in conjunction with other unit fields (UnitLength and UnitHeight) to determine package size. Field is decimal (14,5). Null is not allowed; default is 0. It will be used (by Manhattan) in conjunction with other unit fields (UnitLength and UnitWidth) to determine package size. This can preserve the date the item was made inactive. It works in conjunction with the item status (Active field). It is read-only when the Item status (Active field = 'I') is 'inactive.' It is today or a date in the past when the Item status (Active field = 'I') is 'inactive.' The default G/L account number to use when you record a vendor purchase order invoice for this FG item. This is the GLAccounts AccountN. Relates to: GLAccounts table The default department to use when you record a vendor purchase order invoice for this FG item. This is the DeptNames DeptNo. Relates to: DeptNames table The default G/L sales account number for this FG item; used for automatic distribution. This is the GLAccounts AccountN. Relates to: GLAccounts table The default sales department for this FG item; used for automatic distribution. This is the DeptNames DeptNo. Relates to: DeptNames table The date on which this entry was entered or last edited. The "UserID" of the person who last edited this entry.
(Cont'd)
AllowUSAData AllowFileUpload AllowWebBackOrder UnitLength
UnitWidth
decimal (14,5)
UnitHeight
decimal (14,5)
DateInactive
datetime
GLAcctN
int
DepartmentN
int
DefaultGLSalesAcct
int
DefaultAcctgDpt
int
JohnsonGroup
Page 224

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
FGInvMaster
FG Inv Master
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column CostUnit CustomerN CustomerOwned DefaultAcctgDpt DefaultGLSalesAcct DepartmentN FreightItem GLAcctN Handling ItemN LabCostUnit LastJobN MatCostUnit PermanentItem PriceUnit ProductClass QuanOnHand ReorderPoint SourceofQuote TemplateType UnitHeight UnitLength Units UnitsPkg UnitWidth WeightPkg Constraint ([CostUnit] >= 0 and [CostUnit] <= 999999) ([CustomerN] >= 0 and [CustomerN] <= 999999999) ([CustomerOwned] >= 0 and [CustomerOwned] <= 1) ([DefaultAcctgDpt]>=(0) AND [DefaultAcctgDpt]<=(9999999)) ([DefaultGLSalesAcct]>=(0) AND [DefaultGLSalesAcct]<=(999999999)) ([DepartmentN]>=(0) AND [DepartmentN]<=(9999999)) ([FreightItem] >= 0 and [FreightItem] <= 1) ([GLAcctN]>=(0) AND [GLAcctN]<=(999999999)) ([Handling] >= 0 and [Handling] <= 999999) ([ItemN] >= 1 and [ItemN] <= 9999999) ([LabCostUnit] >= 0 and [LabCostUnit] <= 1000000) ([LastJobN] >= 0 and [LastJobN] <= 999999999) ([MatCostUnit] >= 0 and [MatCostUnit] <= 1000000) ([PermanentItem] >= 0 and [PermanentItem] <= 1) ([PriceUnit] >= 0 and [PriceUnit] <= 1000000) ([ProductClass] >= 0 and [ProductClass] <= 9999999) ([QuanOnHand] >= (-99999999) and [QuanOnHand] <= 99999999) ([ReorderPoint] >= 0 and [ReorderPoint] <= 9999999) ([SourceofQuote] >= 0 and [SourceofQuote] <= 4) ([TemplateType] >= 0 and [TemplateType] <= 1) ([UnitHeight] >= 0 and [UnitHeight] <= 999999999) ([UnitLength] >= 0 and [UnitLength] <= 999999999) ([Units] >= 0 and [Units] <= 3) ([UnitsPkg] >= 0 and [UnitsPkg] <= 99999) ([UnitWidth] >= 0 and [UnitWidth] <= 999999999) ([WeightPkg] >= 0 and [WeightPkg] <= 999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 225

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
FGInvReport
FG Inv Report
FGInvReport is used to hold temporary data for the reports/logs that are run after the user does finished goods inventory reconciliation or purge. The data is transient, and unless someone is actually in the process of running a reconciliation report or a purge, the table could be completely empty. However, data is normally retained for several days so that the data can be reviewed if there is a question about the reconcilation or the purge.
Indexes on Seqno Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
Seqno ReportDate ReportNum ItemN
int identity datetime int int
Primary key Date that the reconciliation or purge is run (current date). number of the current report being run, used to determine which records to pull for the reconciliation reports or purge log Used for FG reconciliation reports and FG purge log. For FG reconciliation reports, this field contains the actual ItemN. For FG purge, this field contains the identifier for items (ItemN), shipments (ShipmentNumber), and/or orders (OrderN) Used for FG reconciliation reports and purge log. For FG reconciliation reports this field contains the FG Item ID. For FG purge log, this field contains the type of purge record stored: "O" - orders "S" - shipments "Z" - items that have had negative balances adjusted to zero "T" - temporary items "N" - inactive items "I" - items that have had their detail records up to and including the purge date deleted after each qty is rolled into one balance forward record "WI" - image for the item. ItemDesc column has image name. "WP" - pricing for the item "WK" - kit template "WKI" - kit template detail item description (used for reconciliation reports). For ItemType "WI" records (created by purge), the name of the image. Used for both reconciliation reports and the purge log. For reconciliation reports, shows quantity on hand (according to the system) from FGInvmaster. For the purge, this field could contain the adjustment to make negative balances zero or the quantity for the balance forward when item detail transactions are rolled up and purged. actual quantity per count (used for reconciliation reports) difference between reported and actual qtys (used by reconciliation reports) unit cost of FG item (used for reconciliation reports) unit price of FG item (not used for anything at this time) units from FGInvMaster (used by reconciliation reports) Page 226
ItemID
varchar (20)
ItemDesc RepQty
varchar (50) int
ActQty Variance Cost Price Units JohnsonGroup
int int decimal (15,4) decimal (15,4) varchar (10)

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
FGInvReport datetime varchar (128)
FG Inv Report The date on which this entry was entered or last edited. The "UserID" of the person who last edited this entry.
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column ActQty Cost Price RepQty Variance
Constraint ([ActQty]>=(-99999999) AND [ActQty]<=(99999999)) ([Cost]>=(-999999) AND [Cost]<=(999999)) ([Price]>=(-999999) AND [Price]<=(999999)) ([RepQty]>=(-99999999) AND [RepQty]<=(99999999)) ([Variance]>=(-99999999) AND [Variance]<=(99999999))
JohnsonGroup
Page 227

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
FGIOrderDetl
FGI OrderDetl
The FG Order Detail file contains the lists of inventory items included on each order. Order header records are stored in table FGIOrderMast. Orders are created with Finished Goods Inventory, shipped with Shipping.
Indexes on OrderN, OrderSeqN ItemN Description Primary key, clustered Nonclustered
Column
Type
OrderN
int
Order number; assigned manually or by fgorder. Relates to: FGIOrderMast table Sequence number to indicate the order of the items. Item number you are ordering. This must be an item in the Inventory Master File. Relates to: FGInvMaster table Last packing list that was shipped for this order A unique number associated with this line item on the order. Assigned by the order program. Quantity originally ordered. Quantity remaining to ship. Comments about this item. Due date for this item. Selling price for this item. Flag indicating if the customer should be billed for the item (0=no, 1=yes) Flag indicating whether there is a final shipment for this order (0=no, 1=yes) A one time charge applied once per line item on an order. Originates in the FGInvmaster except when there are price break tables and then it comes from there. ID of the first shipment made on this line item. Used for billing handling charges. The whole charge is billed on the first shipment and is omitted from successive partials if any. Estimate issue number for print on demand item Discount percent to apply to this line item The code number for an entry in the FGPromotionCode table. This allows you to identify the promotion to which the order of a Finished Goods item can be attributed. Relates to: FGPromotionCode table
OrderSeqN ItemN
smallint int
LastPLN OrderAuditN QtyOrdered QtyRemaining Comments DateDue ORPriceUnit BillCustyn Finalyn Handling
int int int int varchar (300) datetime decimal (15,4) tinyint tinyint decimal (15,4)
FirstShipmentN
int
EstIssueN FGDiscount PromotionCode
int decimal (12,2) int
JohnsonGroup
Page 228

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
FGIOrderDetl tinyint
FGI OrderDetl This specifies whether the value in the EstIssueN column is from Estimating 3 or QuickQuote. Valid values are: 3 = Est3 4 = QQ
(Cont'd)
SourceofQuote
TimeDue
datetime
Field holds the time component of an order item due date and time. To obtain the due date and time together, use the DateDue field (also in the FGIOrderDetl table) plus this field. A description of the product entered by the user on the PrinterSite Fulfillment Web site. This description is identified as the additional description for the order item in Finished Goods Inventory and JobVista. It is also available on shipping labels and invoices The URL for the file attached to an item in a PrinterSite Fulfillment order. This URL is available in Finished Goods Inventory and Shipping. Referencing column "CustExpenseCodeID" in CustomerExpenseCode table. This field shows, a USADATA mailing list is attached to given finished good order line item or not. The date on which this entry was entered or last edited. The "UserID" of the person who last edited this entry.
UserItemDesc
varchar (500)
AttachedFileUrl CustExpenseCodeID USADataAttached LastChanged ChangedBy

Field Constraints Column BillCustyn EstIssueN FGDiscount Finalyn Handling ItemN LastPLN OrderAuditN OrderN OrderSeqN ORPriceUnit PromotionCode QtyOrdered QtyRemaining SourceofQuote
varchar (500) varchar (24) bit datetime varchar (128)
Constraint ([BillCustyn] >= 0 and [BillCustyn] <= 1) ([EstIssueN] >= 0 and [EstIssueN] <= 999999999) ([FGDiscount] >= 0 and [FGDiscount] <= 100) ([Finalyn] >= 0 and [Finalyn] <= 1) ([Handling] >= 0 and [Handling] <= 999999) ([ItemN] >= 0 and [ItemN] <= 9999999) ([LastPLN] >= 0 and [LastPLN] <= 999999999) ([OrderAuditN] >= 0 and [OrderAuditN] <= 9999999) ([OrderN] >= 1 and [OrderN] <= 999999999) ([OrderSeqN] >= 0 and [OrderSeqN] <= 9999) ([ORPriceUnit] >= 0 and [ORPriceUnit] <= 999999) ([PromotionCode] >= 0 and [PromotionCode] <= 9999999) ([QtyOrdered] >= 0 and [QtyOrdered] <= 9999999) ([QtyRemaining] >= 0 and [QtyRemaining] <= 9999999) ([SourceofQuote] >= 0 and [SourceofQuote] <= 4)
JohnsonGroup
Page 229

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
FGIOrderMast
FGI Order Mast
The FG Order Master file contains one header record for each order for finished goods. Orders are created and maintained through the fgorder program; they are shipped with the fgpl program. The list of items on the order is contained in FGIOrderDetl table.
Indexes on OrderN CustomerN Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables FGIOrderDetl Related Tables Shipments WebOrderDetail Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Nonclustered Column
OrderN FGOrder OrderN
OrderN CustomerN PON ShipMethodN
int int varchar (14) int
Order number; assigned manually or by Finished Goods Inventory. Customer Number from table Customer. Relates to: Customer table Customer's purchase order number. Key number for ship method. If this field is left blank, you may enter data into the Ship Via field directly. Otherwise, the Ship Via information is taken from the Ship Methods table . Relates to: ShipMethods table Text for shipping method. May be entered directly or by entering a key from table ShipMethods in the Ship Method # field. Salesperson number from table Salesperson. Relates to: Salesperson table Order Date. Flag indicating if the ship $ should be added to the invoice (0=no,1=yes) Flag indicating order status. (0=open(pending) , 1=closed(shipped), 2=cancelled) 0 = Pending 1 = Shipped 2 = Cancelled
ShipVia SalesmanN DateEntered BillForShip OrderStatus
varchar (30) int datetime tinyint tinyint
Comments WebOrderID WebContact WebPmtType
varchar (60) int int varchar (12)
General comments about the order. The number assigned to the order by the web site by which the web site user references it. Not Used Designates how payment is to be made should contain "po" or "creditcard"
JohnsonGroup
Page 230

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
FGIOrderMast int
FGI Order Mast User controlled field using alternate table for list of types. It could indicate the order is free samples or replacements for defective items or any other partioning the user might require. This is an important key field if Manhattan warehousing is installed. Each entry is associated to different procedures in Manhattan so no new ones should be added without coordination. Relates to: FGOrderType table Flag indicating if Partials are allowed on this order 0 = Partials allowed 1= Partials prohibited User controlled field using alternate table for list of sources. This could be used to indicate whether an order was received via the web or entered manually. Relates to: FGOrderSource table Stores the number of the PrintBuyer designated for this order. This number corresponds to the CustShipAddr.GlobalID. When a customer number is entered/changed on an FG order, this value is defaulted to the default print buyer, if one has been designated; otherwise, the default is zero. If multiple print buyers exist and the order is not read-only, the user is able to choose another print buyer from a dropdown list on the FG order. Relates to: CustShipAddr table The date on which this entry was entered or last edited. The "UserID" of the person who last edited this entry.
(Cont'd)
OrderType
NoPartials
tinyint
OrderSource
int
PrintBuyer
int
Field Constraints Column BillForShip CustomerN OrderN OrderSource OrderStatus OrderType PrintBuyer SalesmanN ShipMethodN
Constraint ([BillForShip] >= 0 and [BillForShip] <= 1) ([CustomerN] >= 0 and [CustomerN] <= 999999999) ([OrderN] >= 1 and [OrderN] <= 999999999) ([OrderSource] >= 0 and [OrderSource] <= 9999999) ([OrderStatus] >= 0 and [OrderStatus] <= 2) ([OrderType] >= 0 and [OrderType] <= 9999999) ([PrintBuyer]>=(0) AND [PrintBuyer]<=(9999999)) ([SalesmanN] >= 0 and [SalesmanN] <= 9999999) ([ShipMethodN] >= 0 and [ShipMethodN] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 231

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
FGItemDetailedImages
FG Item Detailed Images
Stores status information for detailed images for finished goods items
Indexes on FGItemN, ImageName Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
FGItemN ImageName Enabled Deleted SentToPSFDate UpdatedDate ImageDesc LastChanged ChangedBy

int varchar (50) bit bit datetime datetime varchar (255) datetime varchar (128)
Item number of finished good item. Relates to: FGInvMaster table Unique name of image for the finished goods item. Enabled status of image. Delete status of image. Date when image was last sent to PrinterSite Fulfillment Date on which the image was last updated. he description of the detailed image. If provided, it is displayed on the Web site along with the image. The date on which this entry was entered or last edited. The "UserID" of the person who last edited this entry.
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 232

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
FGOrderSource
FG Order Source
This table can be used to list the sources for Finished Goods orders. Examples include Web and Manual Entry.
Indexes on SourceN Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables FGIOrderMast Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
OrderSource
SourceN Description LastChanged ChangedBy

Field Constraints Column SourceN
A unique number used to identify a Finished Goods Order source. The description of a Finished Goods Order source. The date on which this entry was entered or last edited. The "UserID" of the person who last edited this entry.
Constraint ([SourceN] >= 0 and [SourceN] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 233

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
FGOrderType
FG Order Type
FG Order Type User defined set of codes that can be used when selecting orders. Ex: 1 = Standard
Indexes on KeyN Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables FGIOrderMast Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
OrderType
KeyN Description LastChanged ChangedBy

Field Constraints Column KeyN
Order type key Order type description The date on which this entry was entered or last edited. The "UserID" of the person who last edited this entry.
Constraint ([KeyN] >= 0 and [KeyN] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 234

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
FGPricing
FG Pricing
Finished Goods price break tables contains 1 record per quantity range
Indexes on ItemN, Level Description Nonclustered
Column
Type
ItemN Level BreakQty
int int int
links into FginvMaster to field ItemN Relates to: FGInvMaster table Internal unique sequence number - sequences within an ItemN Minimum amount for current price bracket range. Range ends on BreakQty of next record minus 1. If there is no next record the prices apply for all all quantities greather than or equal BreakQty The percent of the PriceUnit in FgInvMaster for this break level. The extended price is Quantity ordered times PricePct times PriceUnit. A handling charge percentage based on the Handling field in FGInvMaster. It is a one time charge per line item but not multiplied by the quantity. The date on which this entry was entered or last edited. The "UserID" of the person who last edited this entry.
PricePct HandlingPct LastChanged ChangedBy

Field Constraints Column BreakQty HandlingPct PricePct
decimal (12,4) decimal (12,2) datetime varchar (128)
Constraint ([BreakQty] >= 0 and [BreakQty] <= 9999999) ([HandlingPct] >= 0 and [HandlingPct] <= 9999999) ([PricePct] >= 0 and [PricePct] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 235

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
FGPromotionCode
FG Promotion Code
This table can be used to list Promotional Codes to which orders of Finished Goods items can be tied.
Indexes on PCNum Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables FGIOrderDetl Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
PromotionCode
PCNum PCDesc LastChanged ChangedBy

Field Constraints Column PCNum
A unique number assigned to a promotional code. The description of a Finished Goods Order promotional code. The date on which this entry was entered or last edited. The "UserID" of the person who last edited this entry.
Constraint ([PCNum] >= 0 and [PCNum] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 236

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
FileMaintDefs
File Maint Defs
This table determines the categories for table maintenance

Indexes on KeyN Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables MaintFiles Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
KeyN
KeyN CategoryDesc
int varchar (25)
numeric key for the table description of the categories (e.g. Job Costing)
JohnsonGroup
Page 237

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
FinancialFormat
Financial Format
This table defines the items and some of the formatting of the Balance Sheet and Income Statement that your system provides. The records in this table define both literals, totalling ranges, totalling lines, and detail lines for both the Balance Sheet and Income Statement. Detail lines are made up of the sum of balances of one or more "Supporting Schedule" items having a reference to the same Financial Format record. "Supporting Schedule" items in turn are the sum of transactions for each General Ledger Account having the same "Supporting Schedule".
Indexes on FinancialsLine Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables GLAccounts SupportingSchd Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
CashFlowFrmt Financialsline
FinancialsLine ReportLiteral TypeOfAction
The identifier of this entry on your Balance Sheet or Income Statement. The literal to be printed on the Balance Sheet or Income Statement for this Financial Format line. Indicates the type of action to be taken. 0 = Print item 1 = Start a total range 2 = Print a total 3 = Print Descrip-Header 4 = Print Desc-Rt Indent 5 = Skip a line 6 = Draw single line 7 = Draw double line 8 = Start new page
DebitCredit
tinyint
Indicates if the expected balance for this entry is a debit or a credit. Used to control the numerical sign on the financial reports. 0 = Debit 1 = Credit
WhichStatement
tinyint
Indicates on which financial report this line appears. 0 = Balance sheet 1 = Income statement 2 = Cash Flow
Field Constraints Column DebitCredit FinancialsLine TypeOfAction WhichStatement Constraint ([DebitCredit] >= 0 and [DebitCredit] <= 1) ([FinancialsLine] >= 0 and [FinancialsLine] <= 29999) ([TypeOfAction] >= 0 and [TypeOfAction] <= 99) ([WhichStatement] >= 0 and [WhichStatement] <= 2)
JohnsonGroup
Page 238

Johnson Group
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JohnsonGroup
Page 239

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
FiscalYears
Fiscal Years
If you use accounting periods other than calendar months, you must define the fiscal year start date and the period end dates in this table. You also must set the parameter 'Use Non-Calendar Periods' (10675) to indicate that this table should be used for determining accounting period dates. Note that if your fiscal year starts on a date other than January 1 and your accounting periods are calendar months, you do NOT need to use this table. It is not necessary to use all thirteen periods for a fiscal year.
Indexes on YearStartDate Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
YearStartDate Period01End Period02End Period03End Period04End Period05End Period06End Period07End Period08End Period09End Period10End Period11End Period12End Period13End
datetime datetime datetime datetime datetime datetime datetime datetime datetime datetime datetime datetime datetime datetime
The date marking the beginning of the fiscal year. The date marking the end of the first accounting period for this fiscal year. The date marking the end of the second accounting period of this fiscal year. The date marking the end of the third accounting period of this fiscal year. The date marking the end of the fourth accounting period of this fiscal year. The date marking the end of the fifth accounting period of this fiscal year. The date marking the end of the sixth accounting period of this fiscal year. The date marking the end of the seventh accounting period of this fiscal year. The date marking the end of the eighth accounting period of this fiscal year. The date marking the end of the ninth accounting period of this fiscal year. The date marking the end of the tenth accounting period of this fiscal year. The date marking the end of the eleventh accounting period of this fiscal year. The date marking the end of the twelfth accounting period of this fiscal year. The date marking the end of the thirteenth accounting period of this fiscal year.
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 240

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
FixedAssets
Fixed Assets
The Fixed Asset File (134) contains a list of your company's fixed assets. All fields are entered through acctmnt. The file is used by dprecs to print the Depreciation Schedule and to create Group 7 transactions. The transactions are checked and loaded into the Accounting Input File (114), ready for posting.
Indexes on AssetN Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
AssetN Description SerialN Cost SalvageValue UsefulLife BookMethod
int varchar (20) varchar (10) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) smallint tinyint
Unique number identifing the fixed asset. Description of the fixed asset. Serial number of the asset. Original cost of the asset, used as the basis for depreciation. Salvage value of the asset. The useful life of the asset, in years. The depreciation method to use for assets depreciated by the Book Method. NOTE: The MACRS method ONLY applies to the Tax Method. @CODES=35 1 = Straight Line 2 = Double Declining Bal 3 = Sum of Year's Digits 4 = 150% Declining Bal. 5 = ACRS Method 6 = MACRS Method
DeprecStart
datetime
The year and month to start depreciating, in the format YYMM. This will be converted internally to YYYMM according to the century conversion algorithm. General ledger asset account number for the asset, against which depreciation is applied. Relates to: GLAccounts table Additional first year depreciation amount at 20%. Year and month the asset was acquired, in the format YYMM. This will be converted internally to YYYMM according to the century conversion algorithm. The Depreciation Expense Account Number against which to apply depreciation expense. Relates to: GLAccounts table
AssetACN
int
AddtlDeprecn AcquiredDate
decimal (15,2) datetime
DeprExpACN
int
JohnsonGroup
Page 241

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
FixedAssets int
Fixed Assets The Accumulated Depreciation Account Number against which to apply accumulated depreciation. Relates to: GLAccounts table The location of the asset. The Labor Cost Center Number in which department the asset is located. Used to report depreciation by department. Relates to: LaborCostCntr table The number of the division in which the asset is located. Used to report depreciation by division. Relates to: AcctDivisions table The depreciation method to use for assets depreciated by the Tax Method. @CODES=35 1 = Straight Line 2 = Double Declining Bal 3 = Sum of Year's Digits 4 = 150% Declining Bal. 5 = ACRS Method 6 = MACRS Method
(Cont'd)
AccumDeprACN
Location LCCN
varchar (10) int
DivisionN
int
TaxMethod
tinyint
Status
tinyint
Indicates if the asset has been retired. 0=active; 1=retired. Retired assets do not appear on the Depreciation Report and do not have transactions created for them. 0 = Active 1 = Retired
TaxUsefulLife DeprExpDeptN
smallint int
The useful life for tax purposes, in years. The department number (associated with the Depreciation Expense Account number) to which depreciation expense will be applied. Departments are defined in file 122. Relates to: DeptNames table
JohnsonGroup
Page 242

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
FixedAssets
Fixed Assets
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column AccumDeprACN AddtlDeprecn AssetACN AssetN BookMethod Cost DeprExpACN DeprExpDeptN DivisionN LCCN SalvageValue Status TaxMethod TaxUsefulLife UsefulLife Constraint ([AccumDeprACN] >= 0 and [AccumDeprACN] <= 999999999) ([AddtlDeprecn] >= 0 and [AddtlDeprecn] <= 999999) ([AssetACN] >= 0 and [AssetACN] <= 999999999) ([AssetN] >= 1 and [AssetN] <= 999999) ([BookMethod] >= 0 and [BookMethod] <= 6) ([Cost] >= 0 and [Cost] <= 9999999) ([DeprExpACN] >= 0 and [DeprExpACN] <= 999999999) ([DeprExpDeptN] >= 0 and [DeprExpDeptN] <= 9999999) ([DivisionN] >= 0 and [DivisionN] <= 9999) ([LCCN] >= 0 and [LCCN] <= 9999999) ([SalvageValue] >= 0 and [SalvageValue] <= 999999) ([Status] >= 0 and [Status] <= 1) ([TaxMethod] >= 0 and [TaxMethod] <= 6) ([TaxUsefulLife] >= 0 and [TaxUsefulLife] <= 999) ([UsefulLife] >= 0 and [UsefulLife] <= 999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 243

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
FormList
Form List
Header table for lists of forms that are used by the Job Ticket or Logic Customization. For example, one list might be job ticket forms, another might be customer forms, a third could be prospect forms. Some lists are predefined and known to Logic applications, others are custom to each site.
Indexes on ListID Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables FormListContent Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
ListID
ListID Name IsCustom
Unique identifier of list. Should be a short, meaningful string as it may be used to specify startup arguments to the job ticket. Name of list. This will be displayed to end users. Indicates whether this list is standard or custom. Standard lists can't be deleted. The ListID of standard lists is known to one or more Logic applications. Values: 0: custom (site-specific) 1: standard Logic list
RootTable
varchar (20)
Name of the "root table" of forms on this list. For standard lists (IsCustom = 0) all forms on the list must have this table as the root. For example, all job ticket forms must be rooted in OpenJob. Custom lists can contain tables rooted in any permitted table, although it may be useful to organize by root table (e.g. one list for prospect forms, another for customer forms, etc). Type of form (job ticket, job vista custom tab, exploded form, etc). See define.h in formlib VC++ project for definitions of types. Although the type is really a property of the individual form, it is in the FormList header because all forms on the same list must have the same type. We need the type in order to relate entries on the form list to TextFile entries because TextFileName isn't unique. You can have the same name for both a job ticket form and a job vista custom tab.
Type
varchar (10)
MaximumListEntries
int
Maximum number of entries (forms / designs) that can appear in this list. This refers to unique designs: the development and production versions of the same design count as one design.
JohnsonGroup
Page 244

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
FormListContent
Form List Content
List of "job ticket" or other custom forms. Each row relates a form in the TextFile table to a list in the FormList table.
Indexes on ListID, TextFileName Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
ListID TextFileName Sequence

Foreign key to FormList header table. Relates to: FormList table Name of form. LInks to the TextFile table. Sequence in which forms on the list will be displayed to the end user.
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 245

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
FormTotalizer
Form Totalizer
Used by PlantVista to display total gross and net for a job/form.

Indexes on Job, LLRecNum Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
Job FormN MachineN EquipmentType
int smallint int smallint
Job Number Relates to: OpenJob table Form number Press department Relates to: Equipment table Equipment type: 10 = Cutter 20 = Folder 30 = CollatorSheetfed Press 45 = Flexo 50 = Singleweb Press 60 = Multiweb Press 70 = Stitcher Date the job/form started. Time the job/form started. Total gross accumulated on the current shift. Total net accumulated on the current shift. Total gross accumulated on the form. Total net accumulated on the form. Total seconds in run mode accumulated on the form. Quantity to print. Not used. Unique key
StartDate StartTime TotShiftGross TotShiftNet TotFormGross TotFormNet TotRunSecs PrintQty SequenceN LLRecNum
Field Constraints Column EquipmentType FormN Job MachineN StartTime
datetime int varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (9) int identity
Constraint ([EquipmentType] >= 0 and [EquipmentType] <= 99) ([formn] >= 0 and [formn] <= 9999) ([Job] >= 0 and [Job] <= 999999999) ([MachineN] >= 0 and [MachineN] <= 999999) ([StartTime] >= 0 and [StartTime] <= 999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 246

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
GJBatch
GJ Batch
General Journal batch table for Accounting input. Contains header information for a single double-entry accounting transaction. Detail of GL accounts to be posted is contained in the GJtransactions table. This table is also used for the entry of non-invoiced checks. Data in this table will be posted to the GLAccountData table and will be deleted when its associated batch is deleted by the system (after the batch has been posted).
Indexes on GJKey BatchNumber, GJKey Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables GJTransactions Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Nonclustered Column
GJKey
GJKey BatchNumber ReversalDate Description TransactionAmt DocumentRef Address1 Address2 Address3 Address4 CheckNumber Status CheckImageN
int int datetime varchar (60) decimal (15,2) varchar (14) varchar (50) varchar (50) varchar (50) varchar (50) int tinyint int
Unique key assigned by the system The number of the batch to which this transaction belongs. Relates to: WinAcctBatch table Date to automatically reverse a general journal transaction. Text that will be posted to the GLAccountData table for transactions that comprise the complete double entry posting of this transaction. Amount of the check when used for non-invoiced checks. The identification of the document that you want to use as a reference. First line of the address when a non-invoiced check is written. Second line of the address when a non-invoiced check is written. Third line of the address when a non-invoiced check is written. Fourth line of the address when a non-invoiced check is written. Check number input by the user when a non-invoiced check is written. Used by the system when this batch contains a non-invoiced check. Indicates if the check has been printed. The number used to locate the check image information that is stored in the AcctCheckHeader and AcctCheckDetail tables. This number corresponds to CheckHeaderN in the AcctCheckHeader table. Relates to: AcctCheckHeader table
Field Constraints Column BatchNumber CheckImageN CheckNumber GJKey Status TransactionAmt Constraint ([BatchNumber] >= 0 and [BatchNumber] <= 999999) ([CheckImageN]>=(0) AND [CheckImageN]<=(999999999)) ([CheckNumber] >= 0 and [CheckNumber] <= 999999999) ([GJKey] >= 1 and [GJKey] <= 999999) ([Status] >= 0 and [Status] <= 9) ([TransactionAmt] >= (-999999999) and [TransactionAmt] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 247

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
GJTransactions
GJ Transactions
Contains detail of accounts and amounts to comprise a GJ accounting entry. Header information is contained in the associated table GJbatch. Data in this table will be posted to the GLAccountData table and will be deleted when its associated batch is deleted by the system (after the batch has been posted).
Indexes on GJKey, LLRecNum Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
GJKey
int
Assigned internally by EFI Logic software. This relates the offset entries in this table to the header entry in GJbatch table. Relates to: GJBatch table Account number from GLAccounts table. Relates to: GLAccounts table Department number to charge for this transaction. A department number may only be entered here when the GL Account for this transaction requires a department. Relates to: DeptNames table Amount of this line item in the double entry transaction Used internally when building a batch of general journal recurring transactions. Unique key for internal use. A description of or comment about a line item in a transaction. Line item comments can be defined for general journal, non-invoiced cash receipt, non-invoiced cash disbursement, and non-invoice check transactions.
GLAccountNo Department
int int
Amount PercentV LLRecNum Comment
decimal (15,2) decimal (9,2) int identity varchar (60)
Field Constraints Column Amount Department GJKey GLAccountNo PercentV Constraint ([Amount] >= (-999999999) and [Amount] <= 999999999) ([Department] >= 0 and [Department] <= 9999999) ([GJKey] >= 0 and [GJKey] <= 999999) ([GLAccountNo] >= 1 and [GLAccountNo] <= 999999999) ([PercentV] >= 0 and [PercentV] <= 999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 248

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
GLAccountData
GL Account Data
The GLAccountData table contains the accounting transactions for the General Ledger accounts. Records are entered into this table by post using data from the AccountngInput table. GLAccountData has two record types: 1. Transactions created by post. These may be the double entry offsets for either AR or AP transactions which are stored in ARTransaction or APTransaction tables respectively and are tied together by a common audit trail number. All records for a GJ entry are recorded in this table and are also tied into a single double entry transaction by the audit trail. 2. Summary, or balance forward, records created by the purge process. Some columns in this table can be modified with the Adjust process or the Date Change process.
Indexes on AccountN, LLRecNum AuditTrail Description Primary key, clustered Nonclustered
Column
Type
AccountN
int
A unique number which identifies the account. This account must exist in GLAccounts table. Relates to: GLAccounts table For detailed transactions, the batch date. For summary records, the date the record was created by purge. The contents of this column depend on the AcctgGroup number: for Group 1, 2, 3, and 7 transactions, this column is always 0; for Group 4 transactions, this column contains either the check number, if it is for the cash account, or 0. This check number, not the check number in the Accounts Payable table, is the source for the Check Register report. The division number to which the transaction applies. The division must be in AcctDivisions table. Relates to: AcctDivisions table For detailed records, this is the amount of the transaction as loaded by post. For summary records, this is the balance forward amount as summarized by the purge process. The accounting group to which the transaction or summary record applies. 1 = Accounts Receivable; 2 = Cash Receipt; 3 = AP Invoices; 4= Cash Disbursements and Checks; 7 = General Journal Relates to: AccountingGrps table
PostingDate CheckN
datetime int
Division
int
Transactions
decimal (15,2)
AcctgGroup
tinyint
JohnsonGroup
Page 249

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
GLAccountData varchar (13)
GL Account Data For a detailed record, an audit trail number is generated by the post process for each transaction. It has the format yyyymmddsssss, where: yyyy = year numbers mm = month numbers dd = day numbers sssss = sequence number, starts at 00001 each day. For summary records, the audit trail number is 0. Each double entry accounting transaction is tied together by the audit trail. This table contains both sides of GJ transactions and the sales or expense offsets for AR and AP. The customer side of AR transactions are in the ARTransaction table and vendor side of AP transactions are in the APtransaction table. The date of the bank statement on which this transaction appears (as a check or a deposit). Entered through 'Reconcile Checking Account' process. Indicates that this double entry accounting transaction has a description. 0 = does not have description; 1 = has a description . 0 = transaction has not been adjusted. 1 = transaction has been adjusted with adjust or date change. In summary record, will be zero. Identifies the vendor to whom this transaction applies. Relates to: Vendor table The department number charged in this transaction. Entered by the user via Accounting. Default comes from 'DefaultDept' in GLAccounts table. Relates to: DeptNames table The posting update number of the batch when this transaction was added to the table. This number allows you to reconstruct the transactions that composed any particular batch. Each double entry accounting transaction is tied together by the audit trail. This table contains both sides of GJ transactions and the sales or expense offsets for AR and AP. The customer side of AR transactions are in the ARTransaction table and vendor side of AP transactions are in the APtransaction table. The identification of the document that you want to use as a reference. Text entered by the user at the time of data entry and displayed via Account Inquiry screens and some reports. Date this record was written by post or modified by adjust or date change Login ID of the user who ran post for this record or edited with adjust or date change. Tax code for an AR transaction or an AP transaction (if the parameter 'Record AP Tax' is on). The tax code must exist in the TaxCode table. Relates to: TaxCode table Unique key for internal use. Batch number from which this transaction was posted. This is available as a column on the transaction detail screen in Inquiry. The number used to locate the check image information that is stored in the AcctCheckHeader and AcctCheckDetail tables. This number corresponds to CheckHeaderN in the AcctCheckHeader table.
(Cont'd)
AuditTrail
BankStmntDate HasDescyn
datetime tinyint
AdjustedFlag VendorN DepartmentN
tinyint int int
PostingUpdateN
int
DocumentRefN Description LastChanged ChangedBy TaxCode
varchar (14) varchar (60) datetime varchar (128) int
LLRecNum BatchN CheckImageN
int identity int int
JohnsonGroup
Page 250

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
GLAccountData
GL Account Data Relates to: AcctCheckHeader table
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column AccountN AcctgGroup AdjustedFlag BatchN CheckImageN CheckN DepartmentN Division HasDescyn PostingUpdateN TaxCode Transactions VendorN Constraint ([AccountN] >= 1 and [AccountN] <= 999999999) ([AcctgGroup] >= 0 and [AcctgGroup] <= 9) ([AdjustedFlag] >= 0 and [AdjustedFlag] <= 1) ([BatchN] >= 0 and [BatchN] <= 999999) ([CheckImageN]>=(0) AND [CheckImageN]<=(999999999)) ([CheckN] >= 0 and [CheckN] <= 999999999) ([DepartmentN] >= 0 and [DepartmentN] <= 9999999) ([Division] >= 0 and [Division] <= 9999) ([HasDescyn] >= 0 and [HasDescyn] <= 1) ([PostingUpdateN] >= 0 and [PostingUpdateN] <= 999999999) ([TaxCode] >= 0 and [TaxCode] <= 9999999) ([Transactions] >= (-99999999999) and [Transactions] <= 99999999999) ([VendorN] >= 0 and [VendorN] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 251

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
GLAccounts
GL Accounts
The GLAccounts table lists your company's chart of accounts. Each account is one record. Records are added, maintained, and deleted through the Table Maintenance program; however, an account can be deleted only if it has no entries in the GLAccountData table. See the write-up in the Implementation Manual and in the overview of the Accounting Reference Manual for details on how the chart of accounts should be arranged.
Indexes on AccountN Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables AcctBudget GLAccountData Related Tables AccountngInput AcctDivisions APOffsets ApprovedItems AROffsets CRCDBatch CRCDInvoices Customer CustShipAddr FGInvMaster FixedAssets GJTransactions LaborCostCntr MatlCostCntr OpenJob POItem QQProdPrices RecurringEntry SupplyList SupportingSchd TaxMethod Vendor WinInvDist WinInvTax Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
AccountN AccountN AccountN DefCashAcctAR AccountNo GLAccountN AccountNo CashAccount AccountNo SalesAcctN SalesAcct GLAcctN DeprExpACN GLAccountNo DefaultGLSalesAcct GLAcctN SalesAcctN GLAccountN SalesAcctN AccountN GLAcctN SupSchdAcctN TaxAccountN DefaultAccount SalesAcct TaxAcct
AccountN AccountName DefaultDept
A unique number which identifies the account. The name of the account. If the "Require Dept?" column is set to "Yes," this DefaultDept column can be used to indicate the department that is most frequently used with this account. An account's default department number will be displayed automatically in the department column when entering accounting transactions. Relates to: DeptNames table This column is used by the accounting system to determine whether you are allowed to post "Group 1" transactions to this General Ledger Account. These transactions include Accounts/Receivable invoices and related transactions. 0 = No
AllowARGrp1
tinyint
JohnsonGroup
Page 252

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
GLAccounts
GL Accounts 1 = Yes
(Cont'd)
AllowARGrp2
tinyint
This column is used by the accounting system to determine whether you are allowed to post "Group 2" transactions to this General Ledger Account. These transactions include cash receipts and related transactions. 0 = No 1 = Yes
AllowAPGrp3
tinyint
This column is used by the accounting system to determine whether you are allowed to post "Group 3" transactions to this General Ledger Account. These transactions include Accounts/Payable invoices and related transactions. 0 = No 1 = Yes
AllowAPGrp4
tinyint
This column is used by the accounting system to determine whether you are allowed to post "Group 4" transactions to this General Ledger Account. These transactions include Cash Disbursements and related transactions. 0 = No 1 = Yes
AllowJnlGrp7
tinyint
This column is used by the accounting system to determine whether you are allowed to post "Group 7" transactions to this General Ledger Account. These transactions are General Ledger Journal Adjustments. 0 = No 1 = Yes
SupSchdAcctN
int
Defines the Supporting Schedule line where transactions for this General Ledger Account will be summarized. Relates to: SupportingSchd table Indicates to the accounting system whether or not transactions for this General Ledger Account require a non-zero department number. 0 = No 1 = Yes
RequireDept
tinyint
TypeOfAccount
tinyint
Indicates the type of General Ledger account. 0 = Asset 1 = Liability 2 = Equity 3 = Sales 4 = Expense
SpecialAccount
tinyint
There are a few General Ledger accounts which require special processing by the accounting system. This column indicates if this account is one of them. 0 = No-Standard account 1 = Yes-a cash account 2 = Yes-Accounts/Rcvble 3 = Yes-Accounts/Payable 4 = Yes-Retained Earning
JohnsonGroup
Page 253

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
GLAccounts varchar (50)
GL Accounts Provides space for an extended description for this account. One of two fields provided for this purpose. You may use it to describe to your staff and auditors the types of entries to be made to this account. You may also note the special nature of this account, such as the payment of a particular note, insurance policy, or other pertinent information. Provides space for an extended description for this account. One of two fields provided for this purpose. A setting that controls whether this General Ledger account will be available as a selection in other parts of the Logic system. If it has been marked Inactive, it will not be available. Is this General Ledger account currently inactive? 0 = No 1 = Yes
(Cont'd)
Description1
Description2 InactivePurge
CashFlowFrmt SalesAnalysis
int tinyint
Not used in EFI Logic SQL. Relates to: FinancialFormat table A setting that controls whether the account is a sales account and if amounts posted to this account are considered sales amounts. 0 = No 1 = Yes
LastChanged ChangedBy ReportMapper1 ReportMapper2 ReportMapper3
datetime varchar (128) int
The date on which this entry was entered or last edited. The "UserID" of the person who last edited this entry. Relates to: ReportMapper table
int Relates to: ReportMapper table int Relates to: ReportMapper table
JohnsonGroup
Page 254

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
GLAccounts
GL Accounts
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column AccountN AllowAPGrp3 AllowAPGrp4 AllowARGrp1 AllowARGrp2 AllowJnlGrp7 CashFlowFrmt DefaultDept InactivePurge ReportMapper1 ReportMapper2 ReportMapper3 RequireDept SalesAnalysis SpecialAccount SupSchdAcctN TypeOfAccount Constraint ([AccountN] >= 1 and [AccountN] <= 999999999) ([AllowAPGrp3] >= 0 and [AllowAPGrp3] <= 1) ([AllowAPGrp4] >= 0 and [AllowAPGrp4] <= 1) ([AllowARGrp1] >= 0 and [AllowARGrp1] <= 1) ([AllowARGrp2] >= 0 and [AllowARGrp2] <= 1) ([AllowJnlGrp7] >= 0 and [AllowJnlGrp7] <= 1) ([CashFlowFrmt] >= 0 and [CashFlowFrmt] <= 999999) ([DefaultDept] >= 0 and [DefaultDept] <= 9999999) ([InactivePurge] >= 0 and [InactivePurge] <= 1) ([ReportMapper1] >= 0 and [ReportMapper1] <= 999999) ([ReportMapper2] >= 0 and [ReportMapper2] <= 999999) ([ReportMapper3] >= 0 and [ReportMapper3] <= 999999) ([RequireDept] >= 0 and [RequireDept] <= 1) ([SalesAnalysis] >= 0 and [SalesAnalysis] <= 1) ([SpecialAccount] >= 0 and [SpecialAccount] <= 9) ([SupSchdAcctN] >= 0 and [SupSchdAcctN] <= 999999999) ([TypeOfAccount] >= 0 and [TypeOfAccount] <= 9)
JohnsonGroup
Page 255

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Groups
Groups
Estimating 3 Standards: referred to as Departments. Groups or Departments are used to organize Operations.
Column
Type
LogicID GroupID GrpSeq
Unique ID for internal use (used on the server only). ID for this department; used for link in OpList table. Order of departments. Controls the order in which the departments will be processed by Estimating 3 (in which order they will be calculated). It is also the order in which the operations will appear to the user in Estimating 3 and on reports. Full Department Name
GroupName
Field Constraints Column GrpSeq LogicID
varchar (50)
Constraint ([GrpSeq] >= 0 and [GrpSeq] <= 999) ([LogicID] >= 0 and [LogicID] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 256

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ImportDef
Import Def
Contains information used in imports for some applications

Indexes on KeyN Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables TranslationTabs Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
KeyN
KeyN ImportType Lowrange HighRange
Numeric key At present, three application imports use this table. Valid values are "Job Import", "Purchasing" and "Finished Goods". When importing a purchase order or job, you can specify a range of POs or jobs to import into. This is the bottom of the range. When importing a purchase order or job, you can specify a range of POs or jobs to import into. This is the top of the range.
Field Constraints Column HighRange KeyN Lowrange Constraint ([HighRange]>=(0) AND [HighRange]<=(999999999)) ([KeyN] >= 0 and [KeyN] <= 999999) ([LowRange]>=(0) AND [LowRange]<=(999999999))
JohnsonGroup
Page 257

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
InkCalc
Ink Calc
File containing raw calculations for inks used in Estimating 3 estimates.

Indexes on IssNum, ConfigNum, CompNum, WebNum, InkNum, InkTypID Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
IssNum
int
Issued Estimate number. This is the number used to track the particular version of an estimate. If an estimate is Opened for Edit and reissued, it will receive a new Issue Number. These are assigned sequentially. Relates to: Estimates table Component Number Estimate number Ink Classification ID (from Ink Types table in standards) Ink Type Description (from InkTypes standards table) Price Method Unit Desc (eg. $/lb) Amount of ink (weight) - qty 1 Amount of ink (weight) - qty 2 Amount of ink (weight) - qty 3 Amount of ink (weight) - qty 4 Amount of ink (weight) - qty 5 Unit description for count (usually lbs) Flag whether this cost should be included in Additional qty's Cost for quantity 1 Cost for quantity 2 Cost for quantity 3 Cost for quantity 4 Cost for quantity 5 Markup for quantity 1 (eg .1 = 10% markup) Markup for quantity 2 Markup for quantity 3 Markup for quantity 4 Markup for quantity 5 Description line Material Cost Center number Relates to: MatlCostCntr table
CompNum EstNum InkTypID InkTypDesc PriceMethDesc Count1Q1 Count1Q2 Count1Q3 Count1Q4 Count1Q5 Unit1 Add1000 Cost1 Cost2 Cost3 Cost4 Cost5 Mkup1 Mkup2 Mkup3 Mkup4 Mkup5 Description CCnum
int decimal (15,2) int varchar (50) varchar (14) decimal (12,2) decimal (12,2) decimal (12,2) decimal (12,2) decimal (12,2) varchar (10) int decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4) varchar (50) int
JohnsonGroup
Page 258

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
InkCalc tinyint int int int int
Ink Calc Multiple flag (if = 1 multiply the cost by component multiplier, = 0 cost computed once) The web number for this ink record A sequence number identifying the individual ink record. The multiple of this component in this configuration. The configuration for this calculation.
(Cont'd)
Multflag1 WebNum InkNum CompCnt ConfigNum

Field Constraints Column Add1000 CCnum CompCnt CompNum ConfigNum Cost1 Cost2 Cost3 Cost4 Cost5 Count1Q1 Count1Q2 Count1Q3 Count1Q4 Count1Q5 EstNum InkNum InkTypID IssNum Mkup1 Mkup2 Mkup3 Mkup4 Mkup5 Multflag1 WebNum
Constraint ([Add1000] >= 0 and [Add1000] <= 1) ([CCnum] >= 0 and [CCnum] <= 9999999) ([CompCnt]>=(0) AND [CompCnt]<=(999)) ([CompNum] >= 0 and [CompNum] <= 99999) ([ConfigNum]>=(-1) AND [ConfigNum]<=(99999)) ([Cost1] >= (-999999999) and [Cost1] <= 999999999) ([Cost2] >= (-999999999) and [Cost2] <= 999999999) ([Cost3] >= (-999999999) and [Cost3] <= 999999999) ([Cost4] >= (-999999999) and [Cost4] <= 999999999) ([Cost5] >= (-999999999) and [Cost5] <= 999999999) ([Count1Q1] >= (-99999999) and [Count1Q1] <= 99999999) ([Count1Q2] >= (-99999999) and [Count1Q2] <= 99999999) ([Count1Q3] >= (-99999999) and [Count1Q3] <= 99999999) ([Count1Q4] >= (-999999999) and [Count1Q4] <= 999999999) ([Count1Q5] >= (-99999999) and [Count1Q5] <= 99999999) ([EstNum] >= 0 and [EstNum] <= 99999999) ([InkNum] >= 0 and [InkNum] <= 9999) ([InkTypID] >= 0 and [InkTypID] <= 99999) ([IssNum] >= 1 and [IssNum] <= 999999999) ([Mkup1] >= (-999) and [Mkup1] <= 999) ([Mkup2] >= (-999) and [Mkup2] <= 999) ([Mkup3] >= (-999) and [Mkup3] <= 999) ([Mkup4] >= (-999) and [Mkup4] <= 999) ([Mkup5] >= (-999) and [Mkup5] <= 999) ([Multflag1] >= 0 and [Multflag1] <= 1) ([WebNum] >= 0 and [WebNum] <= 9999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 259

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
InkOptions
Ink Options
The inks used in each component of an Estimating 3 estimate.

Indexes on IssNum, CompNum, WebNum, InkNum Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
IssNum
int
Issued Estimate number. This is the number used to track the particular version of an estimate. If an estimate is Opened for Edit and reissued, it will receive a new Issue Number. These are assigned sequentially. Relates to: Estimates table Component number Estimate number Web or Bin number associated with this ink description. Ink Number- a sequence number used for this component Ink Type ID - from Standards Description of ink choice (eg, PMS number) (Typed in by estimator) Number of inks on Side 1 Percent coverage on Side 1 (eg. .20 = 20%) Number of inks on Side 2 Percent coverage on Side2 Price from InkTypes table or override price - Qty1 Price or override price- Qty2 Price or override price- Qty3 Price or override price- Qty4 Price or override price- Qty5 Internal Markup for quantity 1 (eg. .10 = 10%) Markup for quantity 2 Markup for quantity 3 Markup for quantity 4 Markup for quantity 5
CompNum EstNum WebNum InkNum InkTypID Description NumS1 CovS1 NumS2 CovS2 Price1 Price2 Price3 Price4 Price5 Mkup1 Mkup2 Mkup3 Mkup4 Mkup5
int decimal (15,2) int int int varchar (50) int decimal (9,4) int decimal (9,4) decimal (15,4) decimal (15,4) decimal (15,4) decimal (15,4) decimal (15,4) decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4)
JohnsonGroup
Page 260

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
InkOptions
Ink Options
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column CompNum CovS1 CovS2 EstNum InkNum InkTypID IssNum Mkup1 Mkup2 Mkup3 Mkup4 Mkup5 NumS1 NumS2 Price1 Price2 Price3 Price4 Price5 WebNum Constraint ([CompNum] >= 0 and [CompNum] <= 99999) ([CovS1] >= 0 and [CovS1] <= 99999) ([CovS2] >= 0 and [CovS2] <= 99999) ([EstNum] >= 0 and [EstNum] <= 99999999) ([InkNum] >= 0 and [InkNum] <= 9999) ([InkTypID] >= 0 and [InkTypID] <= 99999) ([IssNum] >= 1 and [IssNum] <= 999999999) ([Mkup1] >= (-999) and [Mkup1] <= 999) ([Mkup2] >= (-999) and [Mkup2] <= 999) ([Mkup3] >= (-999) and [Mkup3] <= 999) ([Mkup4] >= (-999) and [Mkup4] <= 999) ([Mkup5] >= (-999) and [Mkup5] <= 999) ([NumS1] >= 0 and [NumS1] <= 9999) ([NumS2] >= 0 and [NumS2] <= 9999) ([Price1] >= 0 and [Price1] <= 999999) ([Price2] >= 0 and [Price2] <= 999999) ([Price3] >= 0 and [Price3] <= 999999) ([Price4] >= 0 and [Price4] <= 999999) ([Price5] >= 0 and [Price5] <= 999999) ([WebNum] >= 0 and [WebNum] <= 9999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 261

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
InkTypes
Ink Types
Estimating 3 Standards: Ink Types file Specifies Ink Types and their characateristics.
Column
Type
LogicID InkTypID InkDesc TextMapID
Unique ID for internal use (used on the server only). ID number Description of this type (eg., Black, PMS, or process) Text Map ID used for mapping to Job Ticket and summarizing output on quote reports. The fields in JobFormSpecs BlackInkyn, NOfPMSInks,D4ColorProcess,Varnishyn are populated based on inks that have a Text Map ID value of 'black', 'pms', 'proc4c', and 'varn' respectively. The Ink Description field is also populated only by inks identified in this way. Price by unit - the cost-price of ink (normally /lb) Coverage Adjustment Factor coated. The area (in 1000's) covered (solid) by one unit of ink, eg., a value of 360 may mean that 1lb of ink will cover 360,000 sq.inches of coated paper with solid ink. (Note that this forms the base for the ink calculation, the actual amount needed is also determined by a coverage modifier associated with the paper, and the % coverage the user enters) Coverage Adjustment Factor for uncoated stock (see Cov F Coated, for more details) Flag for whether plates are needed for this ink 0 = Never 1 = Always 2 = Spot coverage only (i.e., coverage < 100%) Needs Washup (0=no, 1=Yes) Default Coverage Value. Will show on the screen as the coverage when the user selects this ink. Default Ink count for side 1 only. Will show on the screen as the number of inks when the user selects this ink (eg., often set to 4 for process colors) Function used for pricing 0 = multiply 1 = divide 2 = by weight (most common) 3 = by area Price Factor used to calculate the price of this ink. Normally set to 1. The price is divided by this factor except when price func is 0=multiply, in which case the price is multiplied. Price Lit (eg. lbs, cwt, etc) Minimum Ink Amount. If the amount of ink calculated is less than this, the amount will be set to this minimum.
Price CovFCoat
decimal (15,4) decimal (9,2)
CovFUncoat Plate
decimal (9,2) int
WU DefCov DefNum PriceFunc
int decimal (9,4) int int
PriceFact
int
PriceLit MinAmt
varchar (10) decimal (9,2)
JohnsonGroup
Page 262

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
InkTypes int varchar (8) int
Ink Types MCC number used for Ink Type Relates to: MatlCostCntr table Code for importing from Printellect - Not used in EFI Logic SQL. Default number of inks for second side.
(Cont'd)
CCNum pCInkCode DefNumS2

Field Constraints Column CCNum CovFCoat CovFUncoat DefCov DefNum InkTypID LogicID MinAmt Plate Price PriceFact PriceFunc WU
Constraint ([CCNum] >= 0 and [CCNum] <= 9999999) ([CovFCoat] >= (-9999999) and [CovFCoat] <= 9999999) ([CovFUnCoat] >= (-9999999) and [CovFUnCoat] <= 9999999) ([DefCov] >= 0 and [DefCov] <= 999) ([DefNum] >= 0 and [DefNum] <= 9999) ([InkTypID] >= 0 and [InkTypID] <= 99999) ([LogicID] >= 0 and [LogicID] <= 9999999) ([MinAmt] >= 0 and [MinAmt] <= 99999) ([Plate] >= 0 and [Plate] <= 9) ([Price] >= (-999999) and [Price] <= 999999) ([PriceFact] >= (-9999999) and [PriceFact] <= 9999999) ([PriceFunc] >= (-99) and [PriceFunc] <= 99) ([WU] >= 0 and [WU] <= 1)
JohnsonGroup
Page 263

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
InternetDocs
Internet Docs
Information about documents received via the Internet that are used as the basis for EFI Logic data. At this time this table is not being used.
Indexes on KeyN Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables Estimates QQOrder Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
RFEDocumentN RFEDocumentN
KeyN DocumentType ExternalRef Path DateLastUsed
int int varchar (30) varchar (100) datetime
Unique key field. Type of document. Initially the only document type is "request for estimate". Values for this field are not yet defined. A reference identifier that is used by the person submitting the Internet document to EFI Logic. The identifier has no significance to the EFI Logic system. The file path to the Internet document. The date that this document was last "used". This field exists to help purge this file. Some documents may end up not being connected to any existing data in the EFI Logic system. A purge program may be able to use this field to purge documents that are clearly out of date.
Field Constraints Column DocumentType KeyN Constraint ([DocumentType] >= 0 and [DocumentType] <= 9999999) ([KeyN] >= 0 and [KeyN] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 264

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
InvRecReport
Inv Rec Report
InvRecReport is used to hold temporary data for the report that is run after the user does inventory reconciliation. The data is transient, and unless someone is actually in the process of running a reconciliation report, the table can be completely emptied. However, data is normally retained for several days so that the data can be reviewed if there is a question about the reconcilation. The table is essentially the equivalent of the data text file that is created on UNIX as part of the reconciliation process.
Indexes on Seqno Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
Seqno ReportDate MCCN Descript RemainingQty Value Quantity ReportNum
int identity smalldatetime int varchar (50) decimal (12,2) decimal (13,3) decimal (12,2) int
Unique key (identity) Date on which report was run Material Cost Center number MCC Description The change to the inventory quantity Value of the adjustment The new inventory quantity after the adjustment Number assigned to all records for the same run of this report. This way we can retain data for multiple runs. All rows that belong to the same set of adjustments have the same value for ReportNum. Unit Cost Difference between the quantity in inventory and the actual quantity. Holds the label for the usage units used in the inventory reconciliation. Holds the label for the reconciliation units used for inventory reconciliation. These may be the usage units or the order units depending on the material class selection.
Price Variance UsageLit RecLit
decimal (15,4) decimal (12,2) varchar (10) varchar (10)
Field Constraints Column Price Constraint ([Price] >= (-999999) and [Price] <= 999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 265

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JDFAudit
JDF Audit
Internal table used to keep track of JDF audit elements received during job execution. One new row is created for each audit element processed. The main purpose of this table is to make sure each audit element is processed only once, since the same element may be transmitted several times in successive JDF snapshots, and again in the final returned JDF ticket. This table may also be needed to handle audit corrections. The rows in this table are only used during the processing of a single JDF request, and once the request is completed or aborted, they may be deleted. However, it is not harmful to leave rows for old requests in the table and it may be useful for analysis.
Indexes on AuditKey RequestID, JobPartID, AuditID Description Primary key, clustered Nonclustered
Column
Type
AuditKey RequestID
int identity int
Unique key for row. Not used in any of the code. Key for request, points to the row in JDFRequest. Part of the secondary key for the table. Relates to: JDFRequest table JobPartID associated with the audit. Part of the secondary key for the table. Used in case the audit ID is not unique across the whole job. Identifier for the audit. Should be unique within the JDF ticket, which is associated with the request, but we only require it to be unique within a particular value of JobPartID. If this audit corrected a previous audit, then this field contains the ID (AuditID) for the audit that was corrected. If this is not a correction then this field contains an empty string. Name of the audit element. Not used in the code, but may be useful for analysis. Value of the TimeStamp attribute from the audit element. Good amount from a PhaseTime audit. Waste amount from a PhaseTime audit.
JobPartID AuditID
AuditRefID
varchar (80)
AuditName AuditTimeStamp Amount Waste

varchar (20) datetime int int
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 266

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JDFDevice
JDF Device
Table of devices for which we generate JDF job tickets. Joined to JDFWorkCenterDevice. Contains attributes that pertain only to JDF. There are several parts to send to the device, and there is a column for each part (among other columns). This table is likely to change in future releases: A device type column in this table would allow generating partial tickets. There may be other device characteristics specific to JDF that should be tracked in this table.
Indexes on JDFDeviceKey Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables JDFRequest Related Tables JDFWorkCenterDevice Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
JDFDeviceKey JDFDeviceKey
JDFDeviceKey DeviceID Description
Unique key for device, used only to join other tables. External identifier for device used in JMF. Default empty value is for Table Maintenance and should never be saved in the table. Text description of device used in the JDF job ticket. If this is left blank, then the name of the associated work center from the WorkCtrName column in the SchWorkCenter table will be used. The associated work center is the one mapped to this device by the JDFWorkCenterDevice table. Whether or not the device supports MIME. 0 = Device does not support MIME 1 = Device supports MIME
MIME
int
JMF
int
Disposition of JMF part. 0 = Do not send 1 = Send
JDF
int
Disposition of JDF part. 1 = Send 2 = Publish
JobTicketForDisplay
int
Disposition of human-readable job ticket part. 0 = Do not send 1 = Send 2 = Publish
SubscriptionLocation
int
Where to emit the JMF status query subscriptions. 0 = Do not set up subscriptions 1 = Set up subscriptions using JMF 2 = Set up subscriptions using JDF NodeInfo
BriefStatusInterval
int
For JMF status query subscriptions, the number of seconds requested between brief status signals.
JohnsonGroup
Page 267

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JDFDevice int int
JDF Device For JMF status query subscriptions, the number of seconds requested between detailed status signals. Default employee to use for Open DMI transactions. This is a temporary workaround for the problem that DMI transactions require an employee, but some JDF devices don't send usable employee information. If needed, it might be filled in with a dummy employee number, one for each device, or it can be changed each time the employee changes. Ideally, the device will send usable employee information and this field will not need to be used. We hope to be able to remove this column in a future release. Relates to: Employee table Disposition of content parts. 0 = Do not send 1 = Send 2 = Publish
(Cont'd)
FullStatusInterval EmployeeN
Content
int
JDFTemplateKey
int
If a value is given here, the device will appear in then list of those available for a JDF ticket independent of any scheduled tasks. If the device is selected, a ticket of this template type will be sent. Relates to: JDFTemplate table If this field contains a string, it is expected to be the path to a hotfolder where the XML will be placed when generated. The PNI will not be used and no status return will be expected or handled.
XMLFolderPath
varchar (512)
Field Constraints Column BriefStatusInterval Content FullStatusInterval JDF JDFDeviceKey JMF JobTicketForDisplay MIME SubscriptionLocation Constraint ([BriefStatusInterval] >= 0 and [BriefStatusInterval] <= 999999999) ([Content] = 2 or ([Content] = 1 or [Content] = 0)) ([FullStatusInterval] >= 0 and [FullStatusInterval] <= 999999999) ([JDF] = 2 or [JDF] = 1) ([JDFDeviceKey] >= 0 and [JDFDeviceKey] <= 999999999) ([JMF] = 1 or [JMF] = 0) ([JobTicketForDisplay] = 2 or ([JobTicketForDisplay] = 1 or [JobTicketForDisplay] = 0)) ([MIME] = 1 or [MIME] = 0) ([SubscriptionLocation] = 2 or ([SubscriptionLocation] = 1 or [SubscriptionLocation] = 0))
JohnsonGroup
Page 268

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JDFDeviceWorkCenter
JDF Device Work Center
Table to map incoming DeviceIDs in JMF messages to work centers. This table only needs to be populated with rows where we expect incoming DeviceIDs to differ from the outgoing DeviceID in JDFDevice.
Indexes on DeviceID Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
DeviceID WorkCtrID
varchar (60) int
DeviceID we expect to find in an incoming JMF message. ID of the work center to which to DeviceID should be mapped. Uniquely identifies a row in SchWorkCenter. Relates to: SchWorkCenter table 1=Change scheduling work center based on DeviceID in incoming JMF message. 0=Leave scheduling work center unchanged. Default employee to use for Open DMI transactions. This is a temporary workaround for the problem that DMI transactions require an employee, but some JDF devices don't send usable employee information. If needed, it might be filled in with a dummy employee number, one for each device, or it can be changed each time the employee changes. Ideally, the device will send usable employee information and this field will not need to be used. We hope to be able to remove this column in a future release. Note that this value will be used instead of the one in JDFDevice only if it is not zero and the incoming DeviceID matches this row. Relates to: Employee table
ChangeSchedule EmployeeN
int int
Field Constraints Column ChangeSchedule Constraint ([ChangeSchedule] = 1 or [ChangeSchedule] = 0)
JohnsonGroup
Page 269

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JDFFoldCatalog
JDF Fold Catalog
JDF Fold Catalog, about 85 standard folding schemes. This table is incomplete: In a future release, we plan to fill in the description and provide images for each folding scheme.
Indexes on FoldCatalog FoldCatalogCode Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables JobFormSpecs Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Nonclustered Column
FoldCatalog
FoldCatalog FoldCatalogCode Description PageCount

Unique key for the entry. Code for this entry, used in JDF. Text description for this entry. Number of finished pages resulting from this folding scheme.
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 270

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JDFHoleType
JDF Hole Type
Hole types as specified by JDF Spec 1.2 - used in Media Catalog transaction.
Indexes on HoleType Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables MatlCostCntr Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
HoleType
HoleType NumberHoles JdfEdge JdfHolePatternName Description

Field Constraints Column HoleType NumberHoles
int smallint varchar (20) varchar (30) varchar (255)
Key field Number of holes in this pattern Edge of the paper for holes - specified by JDF Spec 1.2 JDF Pattern Name - unique id used to identify in a JDF ticket. Explanatory description of the hole pattern
Constraint ([HoleType] > 0 and [HoleType] <= 999999) ([NumberHoles] >= 0 and [NumberHoles] <= 999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 271

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JDFMediaColor
JDF Media Color
JDF dictated descriptions for MediaColor - exported as part of Media Catalog transaction.
Indexes on MediaColor Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables MatlCostCntr Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
MediaColor
MediaColor ColorName
Field Constraints Column MediaColor
int varchar (30)
Key field for Color names - specified by JDF, may be added to in the future. Colors of media - specified by JDF spec 1.2
Constraint ([MediaColor] > 0 and [MediaColor] <= 9999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 272

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JDFNode
JDF Node
Defines the structure of a JDF node to be generated from scheduling tasks. A full description of how this works would require an understanding of the CIP4 JDF specification and the Logic SQL JDF implementation, and would be too long for this space. Several of the columns contain JDF reserved words. Only someone with access to the source code should change this table.
Indexes on JDFNodeKey Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables JDFTemplateNode Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
JDFNodeKey
JDFNodeKey JDFGeneralCategory JDFGrayBox JDF_Type JDF_Category JDF_Types JDF_PrintingType ProgramName

int varchar (30) varchar (30) varchar (30) varchar (30) varchar (80) varchar (30) varchar (10)
Unique key for node. Used only in joins. Used for several purposes. May be used in licensing. Currently must be "PrePress", "Printing", or "DigitalPrinting". If the node is a JDF Gray Box, this is its name. Otherwise, null. Value of Type attribute for the JDF node. Value of Category attribute for the JDF node, null if no Category. Value of Types attribute for the JDF Node, null if no Types. Value of PrintingType attribute for the JDF Node, null if not a printing node. Equal to ProgramName in ApplProgramDesc if needed
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 273

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JDFOperationCode
JDF Operation Code
Maps JMF DeviceStatus, JobPhase Status, and/or StatusDetails to Open DMI Protocol operation codes. To facilitate table maintenance, this table is populated in advance with all or most of the rows that will be needed, based on Appendix C.1 of the JDF Specification, Release 1.3. Most of the time, only operation codes will need to be changed. If an operation code is changed, it should be changed to an operation code with the same DMI category as the previous code. Rows should be added or deleted from this table only with great care after consultation with someone very knowledgable about JDF.
Indexes on JDFOperationCodeID Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
JobPhase_Status DeviceStatus StatusDetails OperationCode Description JDFOperationCodeID

Field Constraints Column JDFOperationCodeID
varchar (30) varchar (30) varchar (30) int varchar (850) int
JMF job phase status being mapped, if any. JMF DeviceStatus being mapped, if any. JMF StatusDetails being mapped, if any. Open DMI Protocol Operation Code for this status. Relates to: OperationCodes table Text description for this entry. Unique key for this table. Used only for ordering.
Constraint ([JDFOperationCodeID] >= 0 and [JDFOperationCodeID] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 274

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JDFPublishRequest
JDF Publish Request
Used internally by JDF to track eNetwork CMS publish requests.

Indexes on RequestID Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
RequestID FileName RequestDate URL ContentStatus Status

int identity varchar (80) datetime varchar (100) varchar (50) int
Unique key for the request. Name of file being published. Date and time of request. URL of published file returned by PNI. Content Status returned by PNI. -1=Old row, archived request. 0=pending request. 1=completed request.
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 275

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JDFRequest
JDF Request
Internal table used to keep track of JDF requests. One new row is created for each request.
Indexes on RequestID Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables JDFAudit JDFRequestMessage Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
RequestID RequestID
RequestID JobN Type JDFDeviceKey
int identity int int int
Unique key for request. Each request gets a new number. Never changed. Number of associated job. Never changed. Relates to: OpenJob table Type of request, an index into JDFRequestType. Never changed. Relates to: JDFRequestType table Index into JDFDevice for the device associated with this request. Null if no associated device. Never changed. Relates to: JDFDevice table The date and time of the request. Never changed. The current status of the request, an index into JDFRequestStatus. Updated as the job progresses. Relates to: JDFRequestStatus table The date and time the status was last updated. Changed whenever the status is updated. For a normal request, this is updated with the QueueEntryID when one is assigned to the request by the remote device. For an abort request, this is the RequestID of the original request being aborted. In both cases, the value is assigned once and never change thereafter.
RequestDate Status
datetime int
StatusDate RefID
JohnsonGroup
Page 276

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JDFRequestMessage
JDF Request Msg
Internal table used to store messages associated with JDF requests. The number of messages per request varies. Once a message is added to this table, it is not subsequently changed, although it will be deleted when and it the request is deleted.
Indexes on RequestID, Line Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
RequestID Line Text MessageDate

int int identity text datetime
ID of associated request. Relates to: JDFRequest table Unique key for this message, in order of addition. Text of message. The date and time of the message was added.
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 277

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JDFRequestStatus
JDF Request Status
Internal table defining statuses for requests in the JDFRequest table.

Indexes on Status Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables JDFRequest Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
Status
Status DisplayText JDF_Status Description Stable
int varchar (40) varchar (30) varchar (850) int
Unique key, a numeric code for the status. Text to display on screen for this status. JDF Status that corrresponds to this status. Null if none. This may be the QueueEntry Status, or a JobPhase Status Description of status, mainly for internal documentation. Flag indicated whether the status of this request is expected to change after this status without intervention. 1=Status is stable, will not change without intervention. 0=Status is unstable, expected to change. Flag indicating whether the user should be asked to confirm if they press the refresh button. 1=Refresh operation need not be confirmed. 0=Refresh operation should be confirmed. Flag indicating whether the request can be aborted or not. 1=May abort. 0=May not abort.
RefreshOK
int
AbortOK
int
Field Constraints Column AbortOK RefreshOK Stable Constraint ([AbortOK] = 1 or [AbortOK] = 0) ([RefreshOK] = 1 or [RefreshOK] = 0) ([Stable] = 1 or [Stable] = 0)
JohnsonGroup
Page 278

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JDFRequestType
JDF Request Type
Internal table defining types of requests for the JDFRequest table.

Indexes on Type Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables JDFRequest Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
Type
Type
int
Unique key, a numeric code for the type of request. These codes are hard-wired in the code, so must not be changed without corresponding code changes. Description of request, for internal documentation only.
Description
varchar (850)
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 279

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JDFTask
JDF Task
Specifies a JDF template for a TaskID from SchTask. The template is used to generate the JDF node or nodes for the task. There may be zero, one, or more rows in JDFTemplateNode for each row in SchTask.
Indexes on TaskID Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
TaskID JDFTemplateKey
int int
Unique key to the SchTask table, also unique in this table. Relates to: SchTask table Key to the JDFTemplate table. The template to use for this task. Relates to: JDFTemplate table
Field Constraints Column TaskID Constraint ([TaskID] >= 0 and [TaskID] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 280

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JDFTemplate
JDF Template
Defines a set of JDF nodes to which scheduling tasks may be mapped. This table is not used by the JDF code itself. It is used mainly to provide a descriptive name for the template, e.g., in Table Maintenance.
Indexes on JDFTemplateKey Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables JDFDevice JDFTask JDFTemplateNode Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
JDFTemplateKey JDFTemplateKey JDFTemplateKey
JDFTemplateKey Name Description

Unique key for template. Used only for display when maintaining this table. Description of how the template is used.
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 281

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JDFTemplateNode
JDF Template Node
Specifies which JDF nodes are generated by each template, and the order in which they should be generated.
Indexes on JDFTemplateKey, JDFNodeKey, JobPartIDsuffix Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
JDFTemplateKey
int
Unique key for the JDFTemplate table. A single value will appear multiple times if one template generates multiple JDF nodes. Relates to: JDFTemplate table Unique key for the JDFNode table. Points to one or more JDF nodes associated with this template. Relates to: JDFNode table This column is used to distinguish and order the JDF nodes associated with a template, but in an unusual way. If there is only one JDF node associated with a template, then this field should be an empty string. If there is more than one node associated with a template, then this field should be set to a different value for each node, in the proper order, e.g., 1, 2, 3...., except the value for the last node generated by the template should be set to the empty string. In other words, every template should have exactly one node with an empty string in this field, and if there is more than one node for one template, the empty string should be associated with the last one, and the others should sort in the proper order, alphabetically.
JDFNodeKey
int
JobPartIDsuffix
varchar (10)
JohnsonGroup
Page 282

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JDFWorkCenterDevice
JDF Work Center Device
Map from work centers from SchWorkCenter to JDF devices. This allows having two different work centers mapped to the same JDF device.
Indexes on WorkCtrID Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
WorkCtrID JDFDeviceKey Resource_DeviceID
Unique key for SchWorkCenter table. Relates to: SchWorkCenter table Key for device in JDFDevice table. Relates to: JDFDevice table DeviceID for the JDF Resource if a Resource is created for this Work Center. Resources are created for presses, but not prepress devices. If this is null, then the DeviceID in the JDFDevice table is used. It is often sufficient to leave this null and use the DeviceID from JDFDevice.
Field Constraints Column WorkCtrID Constraint ([WorkCtrID] >= 0 and [WorkCtrID] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 283

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JDFWorkStyle
Work Style
Work Style, e.g. Work & Turn, Work & Tumble, etc.
Indexes on WorkStyle WorkStyleName Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables JobFormSpecs Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Nonclustered Column
WorkStyle
WorkStyle WorkStyleName Description CustomName
Unique key for the entry. Value of this entry, used in JDF. Text description of this entry. A field which can be modified for the customer's preferred description of the JDF work style.
JohnsonGroup
Page 284

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JGroupJTicket
JGroupJTicket
Indexes on JobN
Column
Type
JobN DropDownJobType OverrunPercent ShipMethod Del1Qty Del1PO Del1To1 Del1To2 Del1To3 Del1Phone Del1Via Del2Qty Del2PO Del2To1 Del2To2 Del2To3 Del2Phone Del2Via Del3Qty Del3PO Del3To1 Del3To2 Del3To3 Del3Phone Del3Via PrepDesign PrepPFlight PrepImgMan PrepElecAsmbl PrepTypeset
int Relates to: OpenJob table varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (12) int varchar (10) varchar (20) varchar (20) varchar (20) varchar (13) varchar (20) int varchar (10) varchar (20) varchar (20) varchar (20) varchar (13) varchar (20) int varchar (10) varchar (20) varchar (20) varchar (20) varchar (13) varchar (20) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10)
JohnsonGroup
Page 285

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JGroupJTicket varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) varchar (10) datetime varchar (10) varchar (1) varchar (1) varchar (50) varchar (50) varchar (50) varchar (175) varchar (40) varchar (50) varchar (50) varchar (150) varchar (6) varchar (25) varchar (25) varchar (35) varchar (25) varchar (35) varchar (255) varchar (150) tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint
JGroupJTicket
(Cont'd)
PrepLoRes PrepImageset PrepStand PrepSeeLayout PrepBars PrepStrip PrepRestrip PrepSepsCount PrepLineRuling PrepMasterNo PrepComments billeddate billedchoice Code RunCode FlatSize FoldSize Pages StkComments TrackN rldPaper rldPrint rldFinishing Plant RLMOrderN RLMOrderDetailN PaperDD rldArtFurn OutServ FileLoc rldOps CreatePDF FirstOffProof RLDComplete securityShred JohnsonGroup
Comments Tracking Number
Plant
rel leaf operations to be performed for job
Page 286

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JGroupJTicket tinyint int int varchar (2,000) varchar (2,000)
JGroupJTicket
(Cont'd)
securityStore RegEQtyChk RegEBookedChk rldAddlComments2 rldAddlComments

Field Constraints Column CreatePDF Del1Qty Del2Qty Del3Qty FirstOffProof JobN RLDComplete securityShred securityStore
Constraint ([CreatePDF] >= 0.0 and [CreatePDF] <= 255) ([Del1Qty] >= 0 and [Del1Qty] <= 999999) ([Del2Qty] >= 0 and [Del2Qty] <= 999999) ([Del3Qty] >= 0 and [Del3Qty] <= 999999) ([FirstOffProof] >= 0.0 and [FirstOffProof] <= 255) ([JobN] >= 0 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([RLDComplete] >= 0.0 and [RLDComplete] <= 255) ([securityShred] >= 0.0 and [securityShred] <= 1) ([securityStore] >= 0.0 and [securityStore] <= 1)
JohnsonGroup
Page 287

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JobComponent
Job Component
Estimating 3 Job Ticket Info; Information to be moved to the Job Ticket for Components.
Indexes on JobN, FormN, EstComponentN Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
JobN FormN CompMultiple ComponentType CompTypeDesc CompSubType ComDescription DetailedCDesc QuantityC Pages NumToFold WorkAndTurn GrainCritical PressName MaxWebsBins WebsBinsUsed RunOutOfOrder
int smallint int int varchar (20) varchar (20) varchar (50) varchar (150) int decimal (9,2) int varchar (4) varchar (3) varchar (50) smallint smallint int
Job number Relates to: JobEstHeader table Form number for this record. Number of forms generated from this same component Component Type (Default types: 1=Sheetfed, 2=Web, 3=Prep Only, 4=Binding Only, 5=DPS) Description of type of component: Config, Sheetfed, etc. List comes from CompType table. Description of component subtype: Cover, Text, etc. List comes from CompSubType table according to current Component Type Description Detailed Description Quantity for this form. Number of pages for this form Number up to Fold Production method for this form. Typical values are "SW" or "W/T" Is this form Grain Critical? 0=No, 1=Yes Name of the primary Press Operation/Process associated with this form. Maximum number of Webs/Bins on this press or 0 for sheetfed Actual Number of webs used in this form. Run Sheets Out Of Order Sheets - valid for single stream forms. For multiple streams (webs or bins), this value will be for the first one. See JobLayout for multiple values if different. Die Inventory Number for this form. Relates to: DieInventory table Name from Die Inventory table. Number from Equipment table Relates to: Equipment table Description of machine configuration if chosen by estimator. Estimating Component number for this form.
DieInventoryN DieName EquipmentNum EquipmentDesc EstComponentN
int varchar (20) int varchar (20) smallint
JohnsonGroup
Page 288

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JobComponent decimal (6,4) decimal (6,4)
Job Component Depth necessary for the side guide on the press for this component. Depth necessary for the gripper on the press for this component.
(Cont'd)
SideGuideDepth GripperDepth
Field Constraints Column CompMultiple DieInventoryN EquipmentNum EstComponentN FormN JobN MaxWebsBins NumToFold Pages QuantityC RunOutOfOrder WebsBinsUsed
Constraint ([CompMultiple] >= 0 and [CompMultiple] <= 999) ([DieInventoryN] >= 0 and [DieInventoryN] <= 999999) ([EquipmentNum] >= 0 and [EquipmentNum] <= 999999) ([EstComponentN] >= 0 and [EstComponentN] <= 9999) ([formn] >= 0 and [formn] <= 9999) ([JobN] >= 0 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([MaxWebsBins] >= 0 and [MaxWebsBins] <= 999) ([NumToFold] >= 0 and [NumToFold] <= 99999) ([Pages] >= 0 and [Pages] <= 9999999) ([QuantityC] >= (-1) and [QuantityC] <= 999999999) ([RunOutOfOrder] >= 0 and [RunOutOfOrder] <= 999999) ([WebsBinsUsed] >= 0 and [WebsBinsUsed] <= 999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 289

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JobContactInfo
Job Contact Info
Holds customer contact information from associated estimate or quote.

Column
Type
JobN CustContact AddrLine1
Job number for this contact information. Relates to: OpenJob table Contact name at customer from estimate or quote. Address fields are taken from the estimate or quote which came from the Customer table for current customers or typed in by the Estimator for new customers or to override the default address. . . . . . Three letter country code. . Telephone extension. . Email address
AddrLine2 AddrLine3 City StateProv PostalCode CountryCode TelephoneN PhoneExt FaxTelephoneN Email
varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (30) varchar (4) varchar (15) varchar (3) varchar (25) varchar (6) varchar (25) varchar (128)
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 290

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JobContentDocs
Job Content Docs
A list of documents that has been associated with production of the job.
Indexes on JobN, EstComponentN, DocInstance Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
JobN FormN EstComponentN CompMultiple DocInstance WebNum ContentDocumentPath Notes

int smallint int smallint int smallint nvarchar nvarchar
Job number. Relates to: JobEstHeader table Form number for this document Number of estimating component - used if form number not generated. The component multiple assigned to this document. Unique instance to identify document within the component. Web number associated with the document. Path or URL to document. Notes concerning document.
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 291

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JobDSFItem
Job DSF Item
Stores the Digital Storefront job tickets for the individual items associated with a job
Indexes on JobN, DSFItemID Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
JobN DSFItemID Description Ticket

int varchar (50) varchar (100) text
The job number. Relates to: OpenJob table The Digital Storefront id for this individual item. An item generally corresponds to a Logic SQL component, such as a cover. The description from of this item. The actual xml job ticket from Digital Storefront.
JohnsonGroup
Page 292

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JobEstGeneralNotes
Job Est General Notes
Contains estimated general note detail from Estimating 3 operations following association of a planning estimate.
Indexes on JobN, FormN, OperationID, OpInstance, CostFuncInst Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
JobN FormN ComponentNum OperationID OperationDesc OpInstance GeneralNote CostFuncInst

Field Constraints Column ComponentNum FormN JobN
int int int varchar (8) varchar (50) smallint varchar (120) varchar (8)
Job number. Relates to: JobEstHeader table Form for this operation. Estimating 3 component number associated with this operation. ID of the operation. Description of the operation. Instance of the operation - only relevant if more than one instance of the operation is added to a component. General note concerning this operation. Cost function and instance generating this note, usually GEN.
Constraint ([ComponentNum]>=(0) AND [ComponentNum]<=(9999)) ([FormN]>=(0) AND [FormN]<=(9999)) ([JobN]>=(0) AND [JobN]<=(999999999))
JohnsonGroup
Page 293

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JobEstHeader
Job Est Header
Est 3 Job Ticket Info; Information to be moved to the Job Ticket for the main estimate info.
Indexes on JobN Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables ConfigInstrs JobComponent JobContentDocs JobEstGeneralNotes JobEstLabor JobEstMaterial JobEstOutsidePurch JobInk JobLayout JobLayoutImages JobSpecInstrs JobStockCalc Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
JobN JobN JobN JobN JobN JobN JobN JobN JobN JobN JobN JobN
JobN IssueNum
int int
Job number. Relates to: OpenJob table Issued Estimate number This is the number used to track the particular version of an estimate. If an estimate is Opened for Edit and reissued, it will receive a new Issue Number. These are assigned sequentially. Relates to: Estimates table Estimate number. If an estimate is edited and reissued, the estimate number remains the same and it receives a new issue number. Description of Estimate Detailed description Original Date on which the Estimate was created. Product Code of this job from Product table. Relates to: ProductCode table Sales Representative's Name from Salesperson table. Sales Representative's number from Salesperson table. Relates to: Salesperson table Estimator Name as entered when Estimating 3 is installed on client machine Estimator number as entered when Estimating 3 is installed on the client. Date of this modification of an estimate Estimator number of estimator who issued this version of the estimate. May be different from EstimatorN if the estimate was reissued. Quantity of finished pieces Finished size, width Finished size, length (spine) Page 294
EstimateNum Description DetailedDesc EstimateDate ProductCode SalesRepName SalesRepNum EstimatorName EstimatorNum ModifiedDate ModifEstimator Quantity Width Length JohnsonGroup
int varchar (50) varchar (250) datetime int varchar (40) int varchar (40) int datetime int int decimal (10,4) decimal (10,4)

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JobEstHeader varchar (40) tinyint int varchar (50) varchar (200) int int varchar (20) varchar (10)
Job Est Header FOB Point for this estimate The Qty Index from estimate used for this job Configuration section used for this job. Description of Configuration section Detailed Description of Configuration section Finished Quantity from Configuration section Number to Fold from Configuration section ID of standards database used to create the estimate for this job. Version of Standards used to create the estimate for this job.
(Cont'd)
FOBPoint QtyIndex ConfigurationN ConfigDescript ConfigDetDesc ConfigQuantity ConfigNumFold StandardsID StandardsVers

Field Constraints Column ConfigNumFold ConfigQuantity ConfigurationN EstimateNum EstimatorNum IssueNum JobN Length ModifEstimator ProductCode QtyIndex Quantity SalesRepNum Width
Constraint ([ConfigNumFold] >= 0 and [ConfigNumFold] <= 99999) ([ConfigQuantity] >= (-1) and [ConfigQuantity] <= 999999999) ([ConfigurationN] >= 0 and [ConfigurationN] <= 99999) ([EstimateNum] >= 0 and [EstimateNum] <= 99999999) ([EstimatorNum] >= 0 and [EstimatorNum] <= 9999999) ([IssueNum] >= 0 and [IssueNum] <= 999999999) ([JobN] >= 0 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([Length] >= 0 and [Length] <= 99999) ([ModifEstimator] >= 0 and [ModifEstimator] <= 9999999) ([ProductCode] >= 0 and [ProductCode] <= 9999999) ([QtyIndex] >= 0 and [QtyIndex] <= 5) ([Quantity] >= (-1) and [Quantity] <= 999999999) ([SalesRepNum] >= 0 and [SalesRepNum] <= 9999999) ([Width] >= 0 and [Width] <= 99999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 295

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JobEstLabor
Job Est Labor
Contains estimated labor detail from Estimating 3 operations following association of a planning estimate.
Column
Type
JobN FormN ComponentNum OperationID OperationDesc OpInstance Count1 Count1Fixed Unit1 Count2 Count2Fixed Unit2 Hours HoursFixed DetDescription LCCNum ScheduleDept RunNote CostFuncInst
int int int varchar (8) varchar (50) smallint decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) varchar (30) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) varchar (30) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) varchar (120) int int varchar (30) varchar (8)
Job number. Relates to: JobEstHeader table Form for this operation. Estimating 3 component number associated with this operation. ID of the operation. Description of the operation. Instance of the operation - only relevant if more than one instance of the operation is added to a component. First count generated for this labor transaction. Any fixed portion (usually setup) of the count associated with this labor operation. Description of units for Count 1. Second count generated for this labor transaction. (not always useful) Any fixed portion (usually setup) of the second count2 associated with this labor operation. Description of units for Count 2. Hours generated for this cost function of the operation. Any fixed portion of the hours generated for this cost function of the operation. Detailed description of the cost function. Labor Cost Center for this labor record. The scheduling task, if any, associated with this labor. Any note generated for the cost function. Usually only relevant for a RUN cost function record. Cost function generating this labor record, eg(SU, RUN, MR, HRS, SU-10, RUN-40, etc)
JohnsonGroup
Page 296

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JobEstLabor
Job Est Labor
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column ComponentNum FormN JobN Constraint ([ComponentNum]>=(0) AND [ComponentNum]<=(9999)) ([FormN]>=(0) AND [FormN]<=(9999)) ([JobN]>=(0) AND [JobN]<=(999999999))
JohnsonGroup
Page 297

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JobEstMaterial
Job Est Material
Contains estimated material detail from Estimating 3 operations following association of a planning estimate.
Column
Type
JobN FormN ComponentNum OperationID OperationDesc OpInstance Count1 Count1Fixed Unit1 Count2 Count2Fixed Unit2 DetDescription MCCNum ScheduleDept VendorN CostFuncInst
int int int varchar (8) varchar (50) smallint decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) varchar (30) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) varchar (30) varchar (120) int int int varchar (8)
Job number. Relates to: JobEstHeader table Form for this operation. Estimating 3 component number associated with this operation. ID of the operation. Description of the operation. Instance of the operation - only relevant if more than one instance of the operation is added to a component. First count generated for this material transaction. Any fixed portion (usually setup) of the count associated with this material operation. Description of units for Count 1. Second count generated for this material transaction. (not always useful) Any fixed portion (usually setup) of the second count2 associated with this material operation. Description of units for Count 2. Detailed description of the cost function. Material Cost Center assigned to this material. The scheduling task, if any, associated with this material. Vendor number associated with this material. Relates to: Vendor table Cost function and instance generating this material record, eg(SU, RUN, MR, HRS, SU-1, RUN-40, etc)
Field Constraints Column ComponentNum FormN JobN VendorN Constraint ([ComponentNum]>=(0) AND [ComponentNum]<=(9999)) ([FormN]>=(0) AND [FormN]<=(9999)) ([JobN]>=(0) AND [JobN]<=(999999999)) ([VendorN]>=(0) AND [VendorN]<=(999999999))
JohnsonGroup
Page 298

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JobEstOutsidePurch
Job Est Outside Purch
Contains estimated outside purchase detail from Estimating 3 operations following association of a planning estimate.
Column
Type
JobN FormN ComponentNum OperationID OperationDesc OpInstance Count1 Count1Fixed Unit1 Count2 Count2Fixed Unit2 DetDescription MCCNum ScheduleDept VendorN CostFuncInst
int int int varchar (8) varchar (50) smallint decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) varchar (30) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) varchar (30) varchar (120) int int int varchar (8)
Job number. Relates to: JobEstHeader table Form for this operation. Estimating 3 component number associated with this operation. ID of the operation. Description of the operation. Instance of the operation - only relevant if more than one instance of the operation is added to a component. First count generated for this outside purchase transaction. Any fixed portion (usually setup) of the count associated with this outside purchase operation. Description of units for Count 1. Second count generated for this outside purchase transaction. (not always useful) Any fixed portion (usually setup) of the second count2 associated with this outside purchase operation. Description of units for Count 2. Detailed description of the cost function. Material Cost Center number assigned to this outside purchase. The scheduling task, if any, associated with this outside purchase. Vendor number associated with this outside purchase. Relates to: Vendor table Cost function generating this outside purchase record, eg(SU, RUN, MR, HRS, SU-1, RUN-40, etc)
Field Constraints Column ComponentNum FormN JobN VendorN Constraint ([ComponentNum]>=(0) AND [ComponentNum]<=(9999)) ([FormN]>=(0) AND [FormN]<=(9999)) ([JobN]>=(0) AND [JobN]<=(999999999)) ([VendorN]>=(0) AND [VendorN]<=(999999999))
JohnsonGroup
Page 299

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JobFormSpecs
Job Form Specs
The Job-Form Specs table contains information about the press forms to be created as part of the job. This information is used in the following ways: - to aid in the calculation of paper commitments - to display on the SFDC press status report - to display on the Job Ticket - to display on the Job Report - to display in the work center schedule and use in sorting tasks by job-form specifications
Indexes on JobN, FormorPartN Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
JobN
int
A unique number that identifies the job, as entered with JobVista. Used to cross-reference the job to other tables. Relates to: OpenJob table Identifier of press form. The number of final pieces to produce, based on the customer's order. The number of pieces to produce in order to yield customer's order, plus allowances for bindery spoilage and billable overs. The number of webs on which this form is to be run. The number of finished pieces that are printed across the press sheet. This factor is used to calculate the number of press sheets required from the number of Print Order pieces. This is done for press-forms printed on presses whose press form must fit the press. The length of the finished piece. The width of the finished piece. A short description of the finished piece produced by this press form. All text information about the paper, except the description. The number up or, in the case of a web component, the number up (across) * number around. Indicates if press form is printed as sheetwise, work-and-turn or work-and-tumble. 0 = Sheetwise 1 = Work and Turn 2 = Work and Tumble 3 = Perfecting
FormorPartN CustOrderPcs PrntOrderPcs NumberOfWebs PiecesWide
smallint int int tinyint smallint
LengthOfPiece WidthOfPiece Description PaperCodeInfo Nup WTorWTmbl
decimal (10,4) decimal (10,4) varchar (50) varchar (50) smallint tinyint
NGanged
smallint
The number of jobs ganged.
JohnsonGroup
Page 300

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JobFormSpecs int
Job Form Specs The number of pages per impression. This field is computed by estimating and will be filled in if you have enabled the option to update the job-form table when associating an estimate with a job. Note: a 16-page impression estimate 2-up has 32 pages on the form. This field will have a value of 16. A form of 32 pages, printed 1 up will have a value of 32.
(Cont'd)
NumberOfPages
MachineN PaperMCCN PressShtWidth PressShtLenth NOfPressShts
int int decimal (9,3) decimal (9,3) smallint
The number of the machine being used. Relates to: Equipment table The material cost center number for the paper being used. Relates to: MatlCostCntr table The width of the press sheet. The length of the press sheet. The number of press sheets that you will get from each sheet of stock. (For example, you might cut a 22 x 34 sheet into quarters to get four 11 x 17 press sheets.) The estimated hours for Makeready 1. The estimated hours for Makeready 2. The estimated hours for running the press form. The number of press sheets allowed for waste during the printing process. This includes makeready, setup, plate changes, additional makeready and run spoilage. Indicates the die inventory number of the die to be used to manufacture this form. This field can be associated from an estimate component or editted via JobVista. The die number in the Job-Form Specs table may be referenced in the scheduling system to help to sequence efficiently jobs to be run on a particular machine. Relates to: DieInventory table Allows you to record notes or codes indicating the type of finishing needed to be done on this form. If you enter codes or specifications in a consistent format, you may use this field to help sequence work efficiently in the scheduling system. This field is editted in JobVista or in Scheduling. A description of the inks to be used on the press-form. Is the press-form printed with a 4-color process? A 4 color process ink is defined as an ink whose ink type has 'proc4c' as its Job Ticket ID (TextMapID) value. 0 = No 1 = Yes
MR1Esthrs MR2Esthrs RunEsthrs NWasteSheets
decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) int
DieNumber
int
FinishingNotes
varchar (30)
InkDescription D4ColorProcess
NOfPMSInks Varnishyn
smallint tinyint
The number of PMS inks to be used on this press form. PMS inks are defined as inks whose ink type has 'pms' as its Job Ticket ID (TextMapID) value. Is the press-form to be varnished? A varnish is defined as an ink whose ink type has 'varn' as its Job Ticket ID (TextMapID) value.
JohnsonGroup
Page 301

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JobFormSpecs
Job Form Specs 0 = No 1 = Yes
(Cont'd)
BlackInkyn
tinyint
Is the press-form to be printed with black ink? A black ink is defined as an ink whose ink type has 'black' as its Job Ticket ID (TextMapID) value. 0 = No 1 = Yes
CustomField1 CustomField2 CustomField3 EstComponentN
varchar (120) varchar (120) varchar (120) smallint
This is a string field intended to be available for customized use. This is a string field intended to be available for customized use. This is a string field intended to be available for customized use. If this record was created during the process of associating an estimate with a job, this field indicates the component number of the estimate from which the information for this record was derived. A non-zero number indicates the record was created by associating an estimate; The value of 0 indicates the record was created via JobVista. If this record was created during the process of associating an estimate with a job, this field indicates which multiple of the estimate component this record represents. For example, an estimate having two components, one having a "multiple" of 1 and one having a "multiple" of 3, will have 4 records created in this table. One component will generate one job-form record with its component number and a multiple of 1. The second component will have 3 records, each with the second component's number and multiple numbers of 1, 2, and 3 to trace the source of each of the form records. Indicates the "type" of component. This field updated this record is created by associating an estimate with a job. The values are taken from the SubInd field of the CompSubType table. Earliest date on which tasks for this form should start being scheduled. Due date for tasks for this form. Type of form 0 = Printing 1 = PrePress 2 = Finishing 3 = Supplied
EstMultipleN
smallint
ComponentType
smallint
EarliestStartDate DueDate FormType
datetime datetime tinyint
FoldCatalog
int
Unique key to FoldCatalog table. There are more than 80 different fold catalog codes, too many to list here. Relates to: JDFFoldCatalog table Unique key to JDFWorkStyle table. 0 = Simplex 1 = WorkAndTurn 2 = WorkAndTumble 3 = Perfecting 4 = WorkAndBack 5 = WorkAndTwist Relates to: JDFWorkStyle table
WorkStyle
int
JohnsonGroup
Page 302

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JobFormSpecs int int varchar (512)
Job Form Specs Sum of number of inks assigned to Side 1 on this form. When created from an Estimating 3 estimate, this field is filled in automatically. See detail in JobInk. Total number of inks assigned to Side 2 on this form. When created from an Estimating 3 estimate, this field is filled in automatically. See detail in JobInk. Path to or URL for the document containing the content for this form. Used by JDF to obtain content sent with the JDF ticket. May also be used in custom reports. Note: if you use mapped drives, they must be mapped on the client you are running on.
(Cont'd)
NumColorsS1 NumColorsS2 ContentDocumentPath
Field Constraints Column BlackInkyn ComponentType CustOrderPcs D4ColorProcess DieNumber EstComponentN EstMultipleN FormorPartN FormType JobN LengthOfPiece MachineN MR1Esthrs MR2Esthrs NGanged NOfPMSInks NOfPressShts NumberOfPages NumberOfWebs NumColorsS1 NumColorsS2 Nup NWasteSheets PaperMCCN PiecesWide PressShtLenth PressShtWidth PrntOrderPcs RunEsthrs Varnishyn WidthOfPiece WTorWTmbl Constraint ([BlackInkyn] >= 0 and [BlackInkyn] <= 1) ([ComponentType]>=(0) AND [ComponentType]<=(9999)) ([CustOrderPcs] >= 0 and [CustOrderPcs] <= 999999999) ([D4ColorProcess] >= 0 and [D4ColorProcess] <= 1) ([DieNumber] >= 0 and [DieNumber] <= 9999999) ([EstComponentN] >= 0 and [EstComponentN] <= 9999) ([EstMultipleN] >= 0 and [EstMultipleN] <= 999) ([formorpartn] >= 0 and [formorpartn] <= 9999) ([FormType] >= 0 and [FormType] <= 9) ([JobN] >= 1 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([LengthOfPiece] >= 0 and [LengthOfPiece] <= 99999) ([MachineN] >= 0 and [MachineN] <= 999999) ([MR1Esthrs] >= 0 and [MR1Esthrs] <= 999999) ([MR2Esthrs] >= 0 and [MR2Esthrs] <= 999999) ([NGanged] >= 0 and [NGanged] <= 999) ([NOfPMSInks] >= 0 and [NOfPMSInks] <= 999) ([NOfPressShts] >= 0 and [NOfPressShts] <= 999) ([NumberOfPages] >= 0 and [NumberOfPages] <= 99999) ([NumberOfWebs] >= 0 and [NumberOfWebs] <= 99) ([NumColorsS1] >= 0 and [NumColorsS1] <= 9999) ([NumColorsS2] >= 0 and [NumColorsS2] <= 9999) ([Nup]>=(0) AND [Nup]<=(9999)) ([NWasteSheets] >= 0 and [NWasteSheets] <= 999999999) ([PaperMCCN] >= 0 and [PaperMCCN] <= 9999999) ([PiecesWide] >= 0 and [PiecesWide] <= 99999) ([PressShtLenth] >= 0 and [PressShtLenth] <= 99999) ([PressShtWidth] >= 0 and [PressShtWidth] <= 99999) ([PrntOrderPcs] >= 0 and [PrntOrderPcs] <= 999999999) ([RunEsthrs] >= 0 and [RunEsthrs] <= 999999) ([Varnishyn] >= 0 and [Varnishyn] <= 1) ([WidthOfPiece] >= 0 and [WidthOfPiece] <= 99999) ([WTorWTmbl]>=(0) AND [WTorWTmbl]<=(3))
JohnsonGroup
Page 303

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JobInk
Job Ink
Estimating 3 Job Ticket Info; Information to be moved to the Job Ticket for Ink Calculations
Indexes on JobN, FormN, WebNum, InkNum, InkTypeID Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
JobN FormN InkNum InkTypeID InkTypeDesc PriceUnits Count1 Unit1 Price Description MCCNum WebNum NumS1 NumS2 CovS1 CovS2
Field Constraints Column Count1 FormN InkNum InkTypeID JobN MCCNum Price WebNum
int smallint int int varchar (50) varchar (14) decimal (12,2) varchar (10) decimal (15,4) varchar (50) int int int int decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4)
Job number. Relates to: JobEstHeader table Form number Ink Number- a sequence number used for this form Ink Type ID - from Estimating 3 Standards Type Description, eg. PMS, Black Units for Price Multiplied Count of this Ink Type for form in Units (lbs, kg, etc) Unit for Count1 Price of Ink in Units. Description (eg. PMS number) (Typed in by estimator) MCC Number for this Ink Type Relates to: MatlCostCntr table Number of web with which this ink is associated Number of inks of this type on side 1 of form. Number of inks of this type on side 2 of form. % of ink coverage for this ink on side 1 of form % of ink coverage for this ink on side 2 of form
Constraint ([Count1] >= (-99999999) and [Count1] <= 99999999) ([formn] >= 0 and [formn] <= 9999) ([InkNum] >= 0 and [InkNum] <= 999999) ([InkTypeID] >= 0 and [InkTypeID] <= 99999) ([JobN] >= 0 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([MCCNum] >= 0 and [MCCNum] <= 9999999) ([Price] >= (-999999) and [Price] <= 999999) ([WebNum] >= 0 and [WebNum] <= 9999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 304

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JobLabor
Job Labor
Labor transactions are entered by data collection to the Job Labor table. They can be partially editted with Transaction Editor and editcost. They are marked as closed by post and removed by zero. They are used for costing and productivity reports.
Indexes on JobN, LLRecNum UpdateDate Description Primary key, clustered Nonclustered
Column
Type
JobN
int
A unique number that identifies the job, as entered with the JobVista program. Used to cross-reference the job to other tables. Relates to: OpenJob table The number of hours that have been charged to the cost center during this transaction. The total quantity charged to the labor cost center during this transaction. This is also referred to as the gross count. Also referred to as the "shift date." This is the date to which the current shift belongs. Employee number entered in a labor transaction. Relates to: Employee table Employee's shift number as entered with the employee's number in a labor transaction. Date on which labor transaction began. Time of day (hhmm) that labor transaction began. Optional subjob number entered with the job number during input. The LCC Number for this entry. Relates to: LaborCostCntr table The prefix for this transaction which indicates if the labor is reported as an AA, overtime, etc. Prefix values are maintained in the Prefixes table. A code from the ReasonCode table indicating the cause of rework. Relates to: ReasonCodes table The dollar value of the transaction, calculated by mulitplying hours worked by the AIC Rate in the LaborCostCntr table. Can be changed manually with editcost. The out-of-pocket value of the transaction, calculated by multiplying hours worked by the OOP Rate in the Labor Cost Center table and by including the Costing Rate in the Employee table if there is one. Can be changed manually with editcost. Date the job was closed, written to the associated transaction by the post program. If the job is re-opened, subsequent transactions do not have a close date until the job is closed again.
Hours LaborQuantity UpdateDate EmployeeN Shift StartDate StartTime SubJobNumber LccN Prefix
decimal (12,4) decimal (9,2) datetime int tinyint datetime smallint int int tinyint
ReasonCode AICCost
int decimal (9,2)
DirectCost
decimal (9,2)
CloseDate
datetime
JohnsonGroup
Page 305

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JobLabor int tinyint
Job Labor Not used in SQL. Indicates if the transaction has been changed since it was first entered. 0 = Not edited 1 = Transferred 2 = Edited 3 = NOT USED 4 = Distributed from combo job
(Cont'd)
UpdateNumber EdittedFlag
ProductionJobN
int
The original combo-job job number if the job was part of a combo-job and has been distributed into it's component jobs. Relates to: OpenJob table A code indicating which program generated the transaction. 0: DCPoll 20: MacTrak 30: AC3000 40: WinTrak 45: MyDC 100: JDF
TransSource
smallint
TransType TransErrors Updater LastChanged ChangedBy LLRecNum Note Form LaborCharge
tinyint tinyint tinyint datetime varchar (128) int identity varchar (200) smallint tinyint
Not currently used. A flag that indicates that a problem was encountered by the real-time updating system when this transaction was created. Not currently used. Date that this transaction was last changed. User name of the user editing the transaction. Unique key A note that can be entered from data collection when the transaction is created. Form being worked on if tracking of job forms in labor is enabled. Flag indicating whether the transaction is a labor charge or not. Set to 1 if a labor charge, else set to 0. A labor charge is a transaction that specifies the hours work on a cost center. Date on which labor transaction ended. Time of day (hhmm) that labor transaction ended. Value of machine counter at start of task. Value of machine counter at end of task. Number of pieces produced minus any waste. For a set a of ganged labor transactions, this is the index of the transaction in the set of ganged transactions. The number of ganged transactions is in the GangCount field. The number of ganged transactions is in the set of ganged transactions. Index of a concurrent process used by MyDC 4.0. Page 306
EndDate EndTime StartCounter EndCounter NetCount GangIndex
datetime int int int decimal (9,2) smallint
GangCount ProcessIndex JohnsonGroup
smallint smallint

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JobLabor
Job Labor
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column AICCost DirectCost EdittedFlag EmployeeN EndCounter EndTime Form GangCount GangIndex Hours JobN LaborCharge LaborQuantity LccN NetCount Prefix ProcessIndex ProductionJobN ReasonCode Shift StartCounter StartTime SubJobNumber TransErrors TransSource TransType UpdateNumber Updater
Constraint ([AICCost] >= (-999999999) and [AICCost] <= 999999999) ([DirectCost] >= (-999999999) and [DirectCost] <= 999999999) ([EdittedFlag] >= 0 and [EdittedFlag] <= 4) ([EmployeeN] >= 0 and [EmployeeN] <= 999999) ([EndCounter]>=(0) AND [EndCounter]<=(999999999)) ([EndTime]>=(0) AND [EndTime]<(2400)) ([Form] >= 0 and [Form] <= 9999) ([GangCount]>=(0) AND [GangCount]<=(99)) ([GangIndex]>=(0) AND [GangIndex]<=(99)) ([Hours] >= (-9999) and [Hours] <= 9999) ([JobN] >= 0 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([LaborCharge] >= 0 and [LaborCharge] <= 1) ([LaborQuantity] >= (-9999999) and [LaborQuantity] <= 9999999) ([LCCN] >= 0 and [LCCN] <= 2 or [LCCN] >= 900 and [LCCN] <= 910 or [LCCN] >= 1000 and [LCCN] <= 99999 ([NetCount]>=(0) AND [NetCount]<=(9999999)) ([Prefix] >= 0 and [Prefix] <= 8) ([ProcessIndex]>=(0) AND [ProcessIndex]<=(99)) ([ProductionJobN] >= 0 and [ProductionJobN] <= 999999999) ([ReasonCode] >= 0 and [ReasonCode] <= 99999) ([Shift] >= 0 and [Shift] <= 9) ([StartCounter]>=(0) AND [StartCounter]<=(999999999)) ([StartTime] >= 0 and [StartTime] <= 4800) ([SubJobNumber] >= 0 and [SubJobNumber] <= 9999) ([TransErrors] >= 0 and [TransErrors] <= 1) ([TransSource] >= 0 and [TransSource] <= 999) ([TransType] >= 0 and [TransType] <= 9) ([UpdateNumber] >= 0 and [UpdateNumber] <= 9999999) ([Updater] >= 0 and [Updater] <= 9)
JohnsonGroup
Page 307

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JobLayout
Job Layout
Estimating 3 Job Ticket Info; Information to be moved to the Job Ticket from Est3 that is web/bin specific for each component. For a web press, this may contain stock information for each web. For a digital press, this may contain stock information for each paper bin, e.g. a heavy stock in one bin for covers and a different stock in another bin for pages.
Indexes on JobN, FormN, WebBinNum Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
JobN FormN WebBinNum StockNum RunWidth RunLength FinishWidth FinishLength FlatWidth FlatLength PageCount NumberUp NumberOut NumAround Bleed Ganged LayoutDocument InkSide1 InkSide2 StockType StockMCCN StockMccDesc StockWidth
int smallint int int decimal (9,3) decimal (9,3) decimal (10,4) decimal (10,4) decimal (10,4) decimal (10,4) int int int int varchar (3) smallint varchar (255) varchar (200) varchar (200) varchar (50) int varchar (60) decimal (9,3)
Job number. Relates to: JobEstHeader table Form number. Web or Bin number for this layout information. Stock Choice number - Index into stocks table Run dimensions for form (web/bin) (Width) Run Length Finish dimensions for form (web/bin) (Width) Finish Length Flat dimensions for form (web/bin) (Width) Flat Length Total number of pages for this bin/web (DPS/Web comp) Number Up/Across Number Out Number Around Type of bleed for this form Is this form Ganged? 0=Yes, 1=No Path of Layout Document from originating estimator's client machine. Description of Inks for Side 1 of this Web/Bin or form. Includes Coverage, count and description. Description of Inks for Side 2 of this Web/Bin or form. Includes Coverage, count and description. Stock Type MCC number of stock Relates to: MatlCostCntr table Description of stock from estimate Width of stock
JohnsonGroup
Page 308

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JobLayout decimal (9,3) decimal (9,2) int decimal (10,5) varchar (10) varchar (3) varchar (15) decimal (15,4) varchar (10) int decimal (6,4) decimal (6,4) decimal (6,4) decimal (6,4) int int int
Job Layout Length of stock Basis weight or Gram/sq meter of Stock MWT Caliper Whether stock is coated. Typical values are "Coat 2Side", "Uncoated", and "Coat 1Side" Whether stock is High Bulk Typical values are "Yes" and "No" Color of stock. Entered by estimator or defaulted from MCC entry. Price of stock Unit of stock price Sheets per Carton Depth required for bleed on this component or web/bin Depth required for head color registration bar on this component or web/bin Depth required for side color registration bar on this component or web/bin Depth of the edge margin for wide format layouts. For DPS, the number of leaves from this bin for each piece output. It may have a multiple page layout on the leaf. For other press types, it will always be 1. Number of run sheets cut out of parent sheet for this web or bin of the form. Number of pages (must be even) in the imposition. For all except DPS, this will be the same as PageCount.
(Cont'd)
StockLength StckBWTorGSM StockMWT StockCaliper StockCoated StockHiBulk StockColor StockPrice StockPriceLit SheetsperCart BleedDepth HeadBarDepth SideBarDepth MarginDepth PageMultiple RunOutOfOrder PagesInLayout
JohnsonGroup
Page 309

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JobLayout
Job Layout
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column FinishLength FinishWidth FlatLength FlatWidth FormN Ganged JobN NumAround NumberOut NumberUp PageCount PagesInLayout RunLength RunOutOfOrder RunWidth SheetsperCart StckBWTorGSM StockCaliper StockLength StockMCCN StockMWT StockNum StockPrice StockWidth WebBinNum Constraint ([FinishLength] >= 0 and [FinishLength] <= 99999) ([FinishWidth] >= 0 and [FinishWidth] <= 99999) ([FlatLength] >= 0 and [FlatLength] <= 99999) ([FlatWidth] >= 0 and [FlatWidth] <= 99999) ([formn] >= 0 and [formn] <= 9999) ([Ganged] >= 0 and [Ganged] <= 999) ([JobN] >= 0 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([NumAround] >= 0 and [NumAround] <= 999999) ([NumberOut] >= 0 and [NumberOut] <= 999999) ([NumberUp] >= 0 and [NumberUp] <= 99999) ([PageCount] >= 0 and [PageCount] <= 10000) ([PagesInLayout]>=(0) AND [PagesInLayout]<=(9999)) ([RunLength] >= 0 and [RunLength] <= 99999) ([RunOutOfOrder]>=(0) AND [RunOutOfOrder]<=(999)) ([RunWidth] >= 0 and [RunWidth] <= 99999) ([SheetsperCart] >= 0 and [SheetsperCart] <= 999999) ([StckBWTorGSM] >= 0 and [StckBWTorGSM] <= 99999) ([StockCaliper] >= 0 and [StockCaliper] <= 99999) ([StockLength] >= 0 and [StockLength] <= 99999) ([StockMCCN] >= 0 and [StockMCCN] <= 9999999) ([StockMWT] >= 0 and [StockMWT] <= 9999) ([StockNum] >= 0 and [StockNum] <= 9999999) ([StockPrice] >= 0 and [StockPrice] <= 999999) ([StockWidth] >= 0 and [StockWidth] <= 99999) ([WebBinNum] >= 0 and [WebBinNum] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 310

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JobLayoutImages
Job Layout Images
This table includes the detailed specifications for images from wide format components from Estimating 3.
Indexes on JobN, FormN, WebNum, ImageNum Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
JobN FormN WebNum ImageNum ImageDesc ImageCnt ImageWidth ImageLength

Field Constraints Column FormN ImageCnt ImageLength ImageNum ImageWidth JobN WebNum
int int int int varchar (30) int decimal (10,4) decimal (10,4)
The job number associated with this record. Relates to: JobEstHeader table The form number associated with this record. The web/bin/substrate number associated with this record. The sequential image number associated with this individual image. Description of individual image Number of times this image is reproduced on layout. Width of this individual image. Length of this individual image.
Constraint ([FormN] >= 0 and [FormN] <= 9999) ([ImageCnt] >= 0 and [ImageCnt] <= 9999) ([ImageLength] >= 0 and [ImageLength] <= 99999) ([ImageNum] >= 0 and [ImageNum] <= 99999) ([ImageWidth] >= 0 and [ImageWidth] <= 99999) ([JobN] >= 0 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([WebNum] >= 0 and [WebNum] <= 9999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 311

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JobLog
Job Log
Not implemented in EFI Logic SQL. Databases converted from UNIX may have historical data in the following form. The Job Log Table contains summary data about billed jobs. The data are loaded by the Close program (called by Post). The table must be periodically purged by running joblogpg. Some of the data are listed on the Job Log report; the rest is included so it can be used by customers for custom reporting.
Indexes on TransactionN BookedDate PostingDate Description Primary key, clustered Nonclustered Nonclustered
Column
Type
TransactionN CustomerN JobDescription InvoiceN PostingDate JobN SalesAnalysis
int int varchar (30) int datetime int decimal (9,2)
Sequential transaction number assigned by the Post program Close operation. The customer number of the closed job, copied from the Open Job table. Relates to: Customer table The job description of the closed job, copied from the Open Job table The invoice number of the final bill, copied from the Accounting Input table The date the job was closed (when Close ran). The job number of the billed job, copied from the Open Job table For detailed records, AR transactions only. The value in this field is computed and written here by the Close operation, which adds up all the accounting dollars for the General Ledger sales accounts (i.e., it is the sum of all offsetting transactions to General Ledger sales accounts). The invoice amount, from the accounting input table The quantity ordered. The customer's PO number. The date on which the job was booked. The date on which the job was shipped. The product code assigned to the job. Relates to: ProductCode table The salesperson assigned to the job. Relates to: Salesperson table Flag indicating whether or not the job was quoted. 0 = no; 1 = yes. The price per thousand quoted on the job. 0 = new job. 1 = exact reprint. 2 = Reprint with changes. 3 = reprint due to PE.
Transactions Quantity CustomersPON BookedDate ShippedDate ProductCode SalesmanN QuoteFlag PricePerM ReprintCode
decimal (15,2) int varchar (14) datetime datetime int int tinyint decimal (9,2) tinyint
JohnsonGroup
Page 312

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JobLog tinyint
Job Log Entered by close. Indicates the type of bill posted to create this record. 0 = Close. Transaction closed the job for the first time (final bill on new job). 1 = Reclose. Transaction closed a job that had been reopened (final bill on reprint). 2 = Partial bill. 3 = Adjustment.
(Cont'd)
TypeOfBilling
Field Constraints Column CustomerN InvoiceN JobN PricePerM ProductCode Quantity QuoteFlag ReprintCode SalesAnalysis SalesmanN TransactionN Transactions TypeOfBilling Constraint ([CustomerN] >= 0 and [CustomerN] <= 999999999) ([InvoiceN] >= 0 and [InvoiceN] <= 999999) ([JobN] >= 0 and [JobN] <= 999999) ([PricePerM] >= 0 and [PricePerM] <= 99999) ([ProductCode] >= 0 and [ProductCode] <= 9999999) ([Quantity] >= 0 and [Quantity] <= 99999999) ([QuoteFlag] >= 0 and [QuoteFlag] <= 2) ([ReprintCode] >= 0 and [ReprintCode] <= 5) ([SalesAnalysis] >= (-9999999) and [SalesAnalysis] <= 9999999) ([SalesmanN] >= 0 and [SalesmanN] <= 9999999) ([TransactionN] >= 0 and [TransactionN] <= 999999) ([Transactions] >= (-99999999) and [Transactions] <= 99999999) ([TypeOfBilling] >= 0 and [TypeOfBilling] <= 3)
JohnsonGroup
Page 313

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JobMaterial
Job Material
Material transactions to the Job Material table by data collection. They can be editted with Transaction Editor and partially editted with editcost. They are marked as closed by post (close) and are deleted by zero. They are used for costing and productivity reports.
Indexes on JobN, LLRecNum UpdateDate Description Primary key, clustered Nonclustered
Column
Type
JobN
int
A unique number that identifies the job, as entered with the JobVista program. Used to cross-reference the job to other tables. Relates to: OpenJob table The MCC number from the MatlCostCntr table. Relates to: MatlCostCntr table The prefix for this transaction. The values for the prefixes are maintained in the Prefixes table. A code from the ReasonCode table indicating the cause of rework. Relates to: ReasonCodes table The subjob number entered with the job number during input. An optional feature. The total quantity charged to this cost center for this transaction. The number of the employee who created the transaction. Relates to: Employee table Employee's shift number. The date on which the transaction occurred. The time at which the transaction occurred. The dollars per unit entered in a transaction as an override of AIC rate in the Material Cost Center table. This value will be used to compute the cost of the transaction. Can be changed manually with editcost. The computed cost of the transaction (quantity X AIC Rate from Material Cost Center (MatlCostCntr) table or quantity X $/Unit, if $/Unit is not zero). Can be changed manually through editcost. Indicates which price was used to calculate the cost of the transaction, the AIC rate in the Material Cost Center (MatlCostCntr) table (0) or the $/Unit in this table (1). 0 = No 1 = Yes
MccN Prefix ReasonCode Subjobnumber MatlQuantity Employee Shift TransDate TransTime Unit
int tinyint int int decimal (9,2) int tinyint datetime int decimal (15,4)
AICCost
decimal (11,2)
UsedOverride
tinyint
UpdateDate UpdateNumber CloseDate
datetime int datetime
Date the transaction was written to this table. Not used in SQL. The date the transaction was closed, written here by close when the final bill is posted. Page 314
JohnsonGroup

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JobMaterial tinyint
Job Material Indicates if the transaction has been changed with editcost: 0 = Not edited 1 = Transferred 2 = Edited 3 = NOT USED 4 = Distributed from combo job
(Cont'd)
EdittedFlag
UsedInDept
smallint
The VOC department number, required for hazardous materials (Hazardous Waste flag in Material Cost Center (MatlCostCntr) table is 1 = yes). The department must be listed in the Dept Schedule table. Relates to: DeptSchedule table The original combo-job job number if the job was part of a combo-job and has been distributed into it's component jobs. Relates to: OpenJob table A code indicating which program generate the transaction. 0: DCPoll 20: MacTrak 30: AC3000 40: WinTrak 45: MyDC 100: JDF
ProductionJobN
int
TransSource
smallint
TransErrors Updater LastChanged ChangedBy LLRecNum Note Form
tinyint tinyint datetime varchar (128) int identity varchar (200) smallint
A flag that indicates that a problem was encountered by the real-time updating system when this transaction was created. Not currently used. The date and time this transaction was last changed. The user name of the operator who last changed this transaction. Unique key A note entered by the employee with WinTrak or MyDC that provides additional information about this transaction. Form being worked on if tracking of job forms in material is enabled.
JohnsonGroup
Page 315

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JobMaterial
Job Material
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column AICCost EdittedFlag Employee Form JobN MatlQuantity MccN Prefix ProductionJobN ReasonCode Shift Subjobnumber TransErrors TransSource TransTime Unit UpdateNumber Updater UsedInDept UsedOverride Constraint ([AICCost] >= (-999999999) and [AICCost] <= 999999999) ([EdittedFlag] >= 0 and [EdittedFlag] <= 4) ([Employee] >= 0 and [Employee] <= 999999) ([Form] >= 0 and [Form] <= 9999) ([JobN] >= 1 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([MatlQuantity] >= (-9999999) and [MatlQuantity] <= 9999999) ([MccN] >= 1 and [MccN] <= 9999999) ([Prefix] >= 0 and [Prefix] <= 2) ([ProductionJobN] >= 0 and [ProductionJobN] <= 999999999) ([ReasonCode] >= 0 and [ReasonCode] <= 99999) ([Shift] >= 0 and [Shift] <= 9) ([Subjobnumber] >= 0 and [Subjobnumber] <= 9999) ([TransErrors] >= 0 and [TransErrors] <= 1) ([TransSource] >= 0 and [TransSource] <= 999) ([TransTime] >= 0 and [TransTime] <= 9999) ([Unit] >= (-9999999) and [Unit] <= 9999999) ([UpdateNumber] >= 0 and [UpdateNumber] <= 9999999) ([Updater] >= 0 and [Updater] <= 9) ([UsedInDept] >= 0 and [UsedInDept] <= 999) ([UsedOverride] >= 0 and [UsedOverride] <= 1)
JohnsonGroup
Page 316

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JOBREPSummaryN
JOBREP Summary#
The Job Report Summary table lists the Production summary numbers and Billing summary numbers assigned to each material and labor cost center in the Material and Labor Cost Center tables. These summary numbers are used to summarize and print the costs on the Production Summary and Billing Worksheet sections of the Job Report. This table controls the category descriptions, sub-totals, and mark up percentages on the Production Summary and Billing Worksheet. See the Implementation Manual for details and samples. Maintained through Table Maintenance. Numbers 1 to 999 are reserved for Production summary numbers and numbers 1000 to 32000 are reserved for Billing summary numbers.
Indexes on JOBREPSummaryN Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables Equipment LaborCostCntr MatlCostCntr ShipMethods Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
ProductionSumN ProductionSumN ProdnSummaryN ProductionSumN
JOBREPSummaryN JSDescription MarkupMultplr
A unique number to identify this summary category. Production summary numbers are 1 to 999. Billing summary numbers are 1000 to 32000. Description of the summary category, as it should appear on the Job Report. A mark up factor for the cost centers summarized to this summary number. For example, a value of 1.25 marks up costs by 25%. A value of 1 does not mark up costs at all. The summary number to which the totals for this summary number should be added. For example, if this is Billing Summary Number 2000, and if the total for 2000 should be totaled into Billing Summary Number 2001, this field should be 2001. Note that the sub-total number must be greater than the summary number. Enter 0 if this summary number does not sub-total into another summary number.
SubTotalN
int
Field Constraints Column JOBREPSummaryN MarkupMultplr SubTotalN Constraint ([JOBREPSummaryN] >= 1 and [JOBREPSummaryN] <= 9999) ([MarkupMultplr] >= 0 and [MarkupMultplr] <= 100) ([SubTotalN] >= 0 and [SubTotalN] <= 9999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 317

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JobShipIndex
Job Ship Index
The JobShipIndex tables relates the OpenJob table and the Shipments table. For each job number it lists the numbers of the shipments for that job.
Indexes on JobN, ShipmentN Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
JobN
int
A unique number that identifies the job, as entered with the Open program add options. Relates to: OpenJob table The shipment number of a shipment having shipment items for this job. Relates to: Shipments table
ShipmentN
int
Field Constraints Column JobN ShipmentN Constraint ([JobN] >= 1 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([ShipmentN] >= 1 and [ShipmentN] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 318

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JobShipments
Job Shipments
The JobShipments table contains information about each planned shipment for the goods produced for a job. Planned shipments are optional.
Indexes on JobN, JobShipmentN Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables ShipmentItems Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
JobShipmentN
JobN JobShipmentN ShippingMethod
int int int
The number of the job in the OpenJob table. Relates to: OpenJob table Identifier of a planned shipment within a particular job. The combination of the JobN and JobShipmentN refers to a specific planned shipment. Identifies the method of shipment. This field references a method defined in the ShippingMethods table. The information in that table controls a variety of functions provided by the shipping system. Relates to: ShipMethods table Indicates the quantity of pieces to be shipped for this job-shipment. Name, usually the company, portion of the address Address line 1. Address line 2 The city to which this shipment should be sent. The state to which this shipment should be sent. The ZIP code to which this shipment should be sent. The attention-line portion of the address to which this shipment should be sent. The telephone number of the person or company to whom this shipment should be sent. Indicates the date that the customer requested delivery for this job shipment. Contains notes about this shipment, such as special instructions or a description of this shipment. For example, you could indicate this shipment is for a sales sample. Notes about packing for this shipment, such as palletizing, special boxing or labeling. Notes and specifications about the inner packaging, for example, "banded in 100s" or "shrink-wrapped." This information is included as part of the shipment items when the product is shipped. Indicates the number of pieces packaged in each shipping carton. Third line of the address 3 letter Country Code. Related to the Country table. Relates to: Country table Telephone extension
QtyToShip Addressee AddrLine1 AddrLine2 City StateProv PostalCode Attention TelephoneN DeliveryReqstd ShippingNotes
int varchar (50) varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (30) varchar (4) varchar (15) varchar (35) varchar (25) datetime varchar (250)
PackingNotes InnerPacking
QuantityCarton AddrLine3 CountryCode PhoneExt
JohnsonGroup
Page 319

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JobShipments varchar (25) varchar (128) int varchar (45) varchar (45) varchar (45) varchar (45) int
Job Shipments Fax phone number Email address Form being shipped. Zero if entire job is being shipped. Line 1 of the item description. This flows into the shipment item description. Line 2 of the item description. This flows into the shipment item description. Line 3 of the item description. This flows into the shipment item description. Line 4 of the item description. This flows into the shipment item description. Tax Code for this shipment. If it exists, it is used as the default in shipping when bringing in a planned shipment Relates to: TaxCode table The delivery time field is used to store the planned delivery time. The number of the location address from which the shipment is being sent. Relates to: LocationAddres table Indicates the type of shipment and controls how other programs in the shipping, costing, and accounting systems will process the information associated with this shipment item. 0 = Product 1 = Job-related
(Cont'd)
FaxTelephoneN Email FormN ItemDescLine1 ItemDescLine2 ItemDescLine3 ItemDescLine4 TaxCode
DeliveryTime LocationN ShipmentType
datetime int tinyint
SubjobNumber DeliveryInside
int tinyint
The number of the subjob, if appropriate, to be shipped on this planned shipment. This delivery note field is used to tell the person delivering the shipment whether the goods need to be delivered inside. This will carry over to the actual shipment when it is created. Legal values: 0 = Inside delivery not necessary 1 = Deliver inside This delivery note field is used to indicate whether the person delivering the shipment should call the recipient prior to the actual delivery. This will carry over to the actual shipment when it is created. Legal values: 0 = Do not call first 1 = Call before delivery
DelCallFirst
tinyint
JohnsonGroup
Page 320

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JobShipments
Job Shipments
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column FormN JobN JobShipmentN LocationN QtyToShip QuantityCarton ShipmentType ShippingMethod SubjobNumber TaxCode Constraint ([FormN] >= 0 and [FormN] <= 9999) ([JobN] >= 1 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([JobShipmentN] >= 0 and [JobShipmentN] <= 9999999) ([LocationN]>=(0) AND [LocationN]<=(9999999)) ([QtyToShip] >= 0 and [QtyToShip] <= 999999999) ([QuantityCarton] >= 0 and [QuantityCarton] <= 999999) ([ShipmentType]>=(0) AND [ShipmentType]<=(9)) ([ShippingMethod] >= 0 and [ShippingMethod] <= 9999999) ([SubjobNumber]>=(0) AND [SubjobNumber]<=(9999)) ([TaxCode] >= 0 and [TaxCode] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 321

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JobSpecInstrs
Job Spec Instrs
Estimating 3 Job Ticket Information; Information to be moved to the Job Ticket from the Estimating 3 Special Instructions.
Indexes on JobN, FormN, LineNum Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
JobN FormN LineNum Instructions

Field Constraints Column FormN JobN LineNum
int smallint int varchar (5,000)
Job number Relates to: JobEstHeader table Form Number Line number of text - used to order lines for this component. Special Instructions Line - actual text of special instructions.
Constraint ([formn] >= 0 and [formn] <= 9999) ([JobN] >= 0 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([LineNum] >= 0 and [LineNum] <= 9999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 322

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JobStatus1
Job Status 1
The Job Status table contains the list of status transactions posted to each open job through SFDC. These transactions indicate the status of each job in its production schedule. Status transactions are defined in the Status Code table.
Indexes on JobN, TransactionN Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
JobN
int
The Job Number of the open job to which the transaction was posted. Relates to: OpenJob table The key to the field. Generated by the system as a unique identifier within each job number. The date on which the status code was entered. The status code entered with the transaction, indicating where the job is in the production schedule. Relates to: StatusCode table The time at which the transaction was recorded. Set by the computer clock. Format is hhmm. The Employee Number entered with the transaction. Must match an Employee Number in the Employee File. Relates to: Employee table A quantity entered with the transaction. The Status Code determines if a quantity is required or not. Indicates which program was used to enter the transaction. 0 = SF 1 = SC
TransactionN Date StatusCode
int datetime int
Time
int
EmployeeN
int
Quantity
decimal (9,2)
SRCOfTx
tinyint
DiD
tinyint
A flag indicating if work on the job in this department is completed. The Status Code indicates which transaction means done in department. 0 = Not Done 1 = Done WC 2 = Done Task 3 = Done Dept 4 = Done Job 5 = Partial Task
JohnsonGroup
Page 323

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JobStatus1 int smallint
Job Status 1 The number of the subjob, if this is for a subjob. Otherwise, zero. The number identifying the signature that was worked on. The Status Code determines whether or not the user must enter a signature number. The number identifying the form that was worked on. The Status Code determines whether or not the user must enter a form number. A note that can be entered from data collection when the transaction is created. Employee's shift number as entered with the employee's number The shift date associated with this transaction. All of the transactions produced on a shift will have the same shift date.
(Cont'd)
SubJobN SignatureN
FormN
smallint
Note Shift UpdateDate
varchar (200) tinyint datetime
Field Constraints Column DiD EmployeeN FormN JobN Quantity Shift SignatureN SRCOfTx StatusCode SubJobN Time TransactionN Constraint ([DID] >= 0 and [DID] <= 5) ([EmployeeN] >= 0 and [EmployeeN] <= 999999) ([formn] >= 0 and [formn] <= 9999) ([JobN] >= 0 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([Quantity] >= 0 and [Quantity] <= 9999999) ([Shift] >= 0 and [Shift] <= 9) ([SignatureN] >= 0 and [SignatureN] <= 99) ([SRCOfTx] >= 0 and [SRCOfTx] <= 1) ([StatusCode] >= 0 and [StatusCode] <= 99999) ([SubJobN] >= 0 and [SubJobN] <= 9999) ([Time] >= 0 and [Time] <= 2359) ([TransactionN] >= 0 and [TransactionN] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 324

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JobStockCalc
Job Stock Calc
Estimating 3 Job Ticket Information ; Information to be moved to the Job Ticket for Stock Calculation values.
Indexes on JobN, FormN, StockNum Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
JobN FormN StockNum OrderShts NetSheets RunSpoil BindSpoil MRSpoil SetupSpoil BindSUSpl CWSpoil PltChgSpl AddlMRSpl MiscSpoil ShtCutoffUnit TotalWgt WeightUnit TotalLen LengthUnit WebList
int smallint int decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) varchar (10) decimal (15,2) varchar (10) decimal (15,2) varchar (10) varchar (30)
Job number. Relates to: JobEstHeader table Form number. Stock number, listed in Layout Info Multiplied Order sheets for this stock for this form. Multiplied Net Press Sheets for this stock for this component. (No spoilage) Multiplied Run Spoilage; Press Sheets Multiplied Bindery Spoilage; Press Sheets Multiplied Makeready Spoilage; Press Sheets per MR Multiplied Setup Spoilage; Press Sheets Multiplied Bindery Setup Spoilage; Press Sheets Multiplied Core & Wrap Spoilage; Press Sheets Multiplied Plate Change Spoilage; Press Sheets Multiplied Additional Makeready Spoilage; Press Sheets Multiplied Miscellaneous Spoilage; Press Sheets Units for Sheets/Cutoffs Multiplied Weight for this stock Units for Weight field 0 for sheet or Multiplied Total Length for Web Units for Length List of Webs for which this stock is used
JohnsonGroup
Page 325

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JobStockCalc
Job Stock Calc
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column AddlMRSpl BindSpoil BindSUSpl CWSpoil FormN JobN MiscSpoil MRSpoil NetSheets OrderShts PltChgSpl RunSpoil SetupSpoil StockNum TotalLen TotalWgt Constraint ([AddlMRSpl] >= (-99999999) and [AddlMRSpl] <= 99999999) ([BindSpoil] >= (-99999999) and [BindSpoil] <= 99999999) ([BindSUSpl] >= (-99999999) and [BindSUSpl] <= 99999999) ([CWSpoil] >= (-99999999) and [CWSpoil] <= 99999999) ([formn] >= 0 and [formn] <= 9999) ([JobN] >= 0 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([MiscSpoil] >= (-99999999) and [MiscSpoil] <= 99999999) ([MRSpoil] >= (-99999999) and [MRSpoil] <= 99999999) ([NetSheets] >= (-999999999) and [NetSheets] <= 999999999) ([OrderShts] >= (-999999999) and [OrderShts] <= 999999999) ([PltChgSpl] >= (-99999999) and [PltChgSpl] <= 99999999) ([RunSpoil] >= (-99999999) and [RunSpoil] <= 99999999) ([SetupSpoil] >= (-99999999) and [SetupSpoil] <= 99999999) ([StockNum] >= 0 and [StockNum] <= 9999) ([TotalLen] >= (-999999999) and [TotalLen] <= 999999999) ([TotalWgt] >= (-99999999) and [TotalWgt] <= 99999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 326

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JWOpenJobExt
JWOpenJobExt
Indexes on JobN
Column
Type
JobN
int Relates to: OpenJob table
Field Constraints Column JobN Constraint ([JobN] >= 0 and [JobN] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 327

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
KitTemplate
Kit Template
The KitTemplate table contains a list of items that should usually be shipped with other items. This allows you to set up standard packages of items that normally get ordered and shipped together. See the description in the overview of the Finished Goods Inventory Manual for details. Templates are created via a quick menu option in Finished Goods Inventory. Template orders are created via a menu option in Finished Goods Inventory.
Indexes on ItemN, LLRecNum Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
ItemN ItemNumber Quantity PercentOfCost
int int int decimal (9,3)
A unique number identifying each item. Required. Relates to: FGInvMaster table Item number of item on template. Relates to: FGInvMaster table Quantity of above item to be shipped with each parent item. For a "distribution" template only, this number is the percentage of the cost of the job going to this item. Note that this percentage refers to the total cost getting transferred into this item, not the cost of one piece of one component. Unique key
LLRecNum
Field Constraints Column ItemN ItemNumber PercentOfCost Quantity
int identity
Constraint ([ItemN] >= 0 and [ItemN] <= 9999999) ([ItemNumber] >= 0 and [ItemNumber] <= 9999999) ([PercentOfCost] >= 0 and [PercentOfCost] <= 100) ([Quantity] >= 0 and [Quantity] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 328

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
LaborCostCntr
Labor Cost Center
A labor cost center is an area in your plant where a specific production activity is performed and costs are accumulated; for example, the typesetting area within the Art/Composition department. Departments like Art/Composition are broken down into specific labor cost centers; e.g., Creative Art, Retouching, Typesetting, and Proofing. Within each labor cost center are listed the specific operations or activities performed. For example, listed under cost center Press #1 are the operations called Makeready, Run, and Washup. `Refer to the Implementation Manual for a complete description of how labor cost centers can be arranged.
Indexes on LCCN Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables Calculations Employee EmployeeStatus Equipment FixedAssets JobLabor LaborQuote PlannedLabor QQProdLabor Questions Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
LCCNum HomeCostCenter HomeCC PayrollLcc LCCN LccN LccNumber LccNumber LCC LCCNum
LCCN LCCDescription AICCostRate
The number of the department, cost center, and operation. See the Implementation Manual. The name of the labor cost center. For example, CREATIVE ART, PRESS, or HELPER. The All Inclusive Cost Rate. This is an hourly rate used by the update program to calculate the cost for this operation (in optional cases, the OOP Rate is used). For cost centers, where 'oo' in the LCC number is equal to 00, the value in this field is the percentage of chargeable time budgeted for the cost center. The percent of chargeable time is used by the Labor and Productivity reports.
OOPCostRate
decimal (9,2)
The Out-of-pocket cost rate. This rate is used to calculate the OOP cost, which can be shown as an option on some reports. See the Implementation Manual for details. The Production Summary number from the Job Report Summary table to which costs to this cost center are added for the Job Report. During installation a series of Production Summary Numbers was developed and entered in the Job Report Summary table. The sub-totals and total costs for these logical categories are printed on the Production Summary section of the Job Report. Relates to: JOBREPSummaryN table
ProductionSumN
int
JohnsonGroup
Page 329

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
LaborCostCntr int
Labor Cost Center The Billing Summary Number (usually 1000, 2000, 3000, etc.) from the Job Report Summary table to which costs to this cost center are added for the Job Report Billing Worksheet. During installation you developed a series of Billing Summary Numbers and entered them in the Job Report Summary table. The sub-totals and total costs for these logical categories are printed on the Billing Worksheet section of the Job Report. Relates to: JOBREPSummaryN table The production standard for this labor cost center operation. This number is compared to the actual time or quantity for an operation to see whether it is in the range where you expect it to be. Standards take two formats: units/hr is a positive number from 1 to 99999; minutes/operation is a negative number from -1 to -600.00. A standard of 0 is ignored. The minimum percent of standard that will be allowed during input or SFDC entry. In other words, if the count or time entered is less than this percent of the standard, the entry will not be allowed. The default is 5 percent. The maximum percent of standard that will be allowed during input or SFDC entry. In other words, if the count or time entered is greater than this percent of the standard, the entry will not be allowed. The default is 1000 percent. No longer used. Number that is used by the Work-in-Process Report to total work-in-process amounts into departmental summaries. All charges to labor cost centers with the same WIP summary number are added together. The total for each WIP summary number is listed on the Work-in-Process Report. Relates to: WIPSummaryNs table Allows you to make an LCC number no longer active for Labor entries via Shop Floor Data Collection. A value of 1 (yes) in this field makes an LCC number inactive. 0 = No 1 = Yes
(Cont'd)
BillingSumN
Standard
decimal (9,2)
MinimumStd
int
MaximumStd
int
OperationSumN WIPSummaryN
smallint smallint
InactiveFlag
tinyint
TaskID
int
Schedule Task type created by labor in this LCC. If this field is left zero, hours for this LCC in the Labor Quote table will not be loaded into the schedule. Relates to: SchTask table Used for mapping LCC's to GL Sales accounts for automatic distribution from E3 to Invoicing. Relates to: GLAccounts table Used for mapping LCC's to GL Sales accounts and Accounting Department for automatic distribution from E3 to Invoicing. Relates to: DeptNames table Bit field that indicates whether or not the start and end machine counters need to be supplied when this lcc is used. 0 = not needed 1 = counters are needed 0 = No 1 = Yes
DefaultGLSalesAcct
int
DefaultAcctgDpt
int
NeedsCounters
bit
JohnsonGroup
Page 330

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
LaborCostCntr bit
Labor Cost Center A bit field that indicates whether or not the net count needs to be supplied when this lcc is used. The net count is the count of all of the pieces produced minus any waste. 0 = No 1 = Yes
(Cont'd)
NeedsNet
Field Constraints Column AICCostRate BillingSumN DefaultAcctgDpt DefaultGLSalesAcct InactiveFlag LCCN MaximumStd MinimumStd OOPCostRate OperationSumN ProductionSumN Standard TaskID WIPSummaryN Constraint ([AICCostRate] >= 0 and [AICCostRate] <= 999999) ([BillingSumN] >= 0 and [BillingSumN] <= 9999) ([DefaultAcctgDpt] >= 0 and [DefaultAcctgDpt] <= 999999999) ([DefaultGLSalesAcct] >= 0 and [DefaultGLSalesAcct] <= 999999999) ([InactiveFlag] >= 0 and [InactiveFlag] <= 1) ([LCCN] >= 1000 and [LCCN] <= 99999 or [LCCN] >= 900 and [LCCN] <= 910) ([MaximumStd] >= 0 and [MaximumStd] <= 99999) ([MinimumStd] >= 0 and [MinimumStd] <= 99999) ([OOPCostRate] >= 0 and [OOPCostRate] <= 9999) ([OperationSumN] >= 0 and [OperationSumN] <= 99) ([ProductionSumN] >= 0 and [ProductionSumN] <= 9999) ([Standard] >= (-600) and [Standard] <= 99999) ([TaskID] >= 0 and [TaskID] <= 99999) ([WIPSummaryN] >= 0 and [WIPSummaryN] <= 999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 331

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
LaborQuote
Labor Quote
The Labor Quote table stores labor estimate data tranferred from the Estimating system or entered manually in JobVista. If the data is from the Estimating system, it is computed from the estimate tables, based on the LCC and the estimate standards, and written to this table during the association in JobVista. Zero purges the data for closed jobs. The data is used for estimate/planning to actuals comparisons. EFI Logic Scheduling also uses this data to load a preliminary schedule for a job.
Column
Type
JobN
int
A unique number that identifies the job, as entered with JobVista. Used to cross-reference the job to other tables. Relates to: OpenJob table The labor cost center number of the operation in the estimate (each component in an estimate is made up of a number of operations. The scheduling program combines all operations for the same task type into a single task for the form.) Relates to: LaborCostCntr table The subjob number, if any, that this part of the estimate is for. Must be entered manually in JobVista. The dollar value of the estimated cost of the operation. Not used by scheduling. The number of hours the operation will take to complete. The quantity to be produced or processed by the operation. For operations loaded from an estimate: if the component is to be repeated, this is the number of repetitions, or multiples. Indicates the type of operation. Used by the scheduling program. Helper operations are not loaded into the schedule. 0 = Running operation 1 = Setup operation 2 = Helper operation 3 = Waiting for customer
LccNumber
int
SubJobNumber Value Hours Quantity CompMultiplier SetupFlag
int decimal (12,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (12,2) smallint tinyint
LLRecNum EstComponentN FormorPartN EstimatedSales
int identity smallint smallint decimal (12,2)
Unique key for this transaction record. Estimate component number (for reference). Form number for this cost estimate. When component multiples are specified, the labor hours are entered in this table by individual form number. Written by Estimating, and editable from JobVista, this field is used for automatic distribution of sales to Invoicing from Estimating3.
JohnsonGroup
Page 332

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
LaborQuote
Labor Quote
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column CompMultiplier EstComponentN EstimatedSales FormorPartN Hours JobN LccNumber Quantity SetupFlag SubJobNumber Value Constraint ([CompMultiplier] >= 0 and [CompMultiplier] <= 999) ([EstComponentN] >= 0 and [EstComponentN] <= 9999) ([EstimatedSales] >= 0 and [EstimatedSales] <= 999999999) ([FormorPartN] >= 0 and [FormorPartN] <= 9999) ([Hours] >= 0 and [Hours] <= 99999) ([JobN] >= 1 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([LccNumber] >= 0 and [LccNumber] <= 99999) ([Quantity] >= 0 and [Quantity] <= 999999999) ([SetupFlag] >= 0 and [SetupFlag] <= 3) ([SubJobNumber] >= 0 and [SubJobNumber] <= 9999) ([Value] >= 0 and [Value] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 333

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
LayoutImages
Layout Images
This table includes the detailed information about the layout of images for wide format components in Estimating 3.
Indexes on IssNum, CompNum, WebNum, ImageNum Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
IssNum CompNum EstNum WebNum ImageNum ImageDesc ImageCnt ImageWidth ImageLength ImageLocations
Field Constraints Column CompNum EstNum ImageCnt ImageLength ImageNum ImageWidth IssNum WebNum
int int decimal (15,2) int int varchar (30) int decimal (10,4) decimal (10,4) varchar (5,000)
The issue number associated with this record. Relates to: Estimates table The component number associated with this record. The estimate number associated with this record. The web/bin/substrate number associated with this record. The sequential image number associated with this individual image. Description of individual image Number of times this image is reproduced on layout. Width of this individual image. Length of this individual image. Delimited list of positions of individual instances of this image on layout.
Constraint ([CompNum] >= 0 and [CompNum] <= 99999) ([EstNum] >= 0 and [EstNum] <= 99999999) ([ImageCnt] >= 0 and [ImageCnt] <= 9999) ([ImageLength] >= 0 and [ImageLength] <= 99999) ([ImageNum] >= 0 and [ImageNum] <= 99999) ([ImageWidth] >= 0 and [ImageWidth] <= 99999) ([IssNum] >= 1 and [IssNum] <= 999999999) ([WebNum] >= 0 and [WebNum] <= 9999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 334

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
LocalityTypeList
Locality Type List
LocalityType
Indexes on LocalityType Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables Contacts Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
LocalityName
LocalityType Active
LocalityType Active
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 335

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
LocationAddres
Location Address
The Location Address file contains information about each location from which you will be shipping. This information is used by the shipping system. The bill-to address (the address to which carriers should send shipping bills) and the ship-from address (the "FROM" address printed on the bills of lading) are stored here.
Indexes on LocationN Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables JobShipments Shipments Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
LocationN DivisionN
LocationN LocationName BillToAddrLine1 BillToAddrLine2 BilltoCity BillToStateProv BillToPostalCode ARtelephoneN BillToFaxPhone ShipAddrLine1 ShipCity ShipStateProv ShipPostalCode ShipAddrLine2 BillToAddrLine3 ShipAddrLine3 BillToCountryCode ShipCountryCode
int varchar (50) varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (30) varchar (4) varchar (15) varchar (25) varchar (25) varchar (40) varchar (30) varchar (4) varchar (15) varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (3) varchar (3)
The number associated with this location. The name of the location. The second line of address for the bill-to address for this location. The third line of address for the bill-to address for this location. The city portion of the bill-to address for this location. The state portion of the bill-to address for this location. The postal or zip code portion of the bill-to address for this location. The telephone number to be used by customers to call this location to reconcile their invoices. The telephone number of the fax for this location. The street address from which goods are shipped for this location. The city portion of the address from which goods are shipped for this location. The state portion of the address from which goods are shipped for this location. The zip code portion of the address from which goods are shipped for this location. Second line of "ship from" street address Third line of "bill to" street address. Third line of "ship from" street address Three letter code of the "bill to" country. Relates to: Country table Three letter code of the "ship from" country. Relates to: Country table Page 336
JohnsonGroup

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
LocationAddres varchar (6) varchar (128) varchar (25) varchar (6) varchar (25) varchar (128)
Location Address Phone extension for ARTelephoneN The email address for the shipping location. The telephone number for the shipping location. The phone extension for the shipping address. The fax telephone number of the shipping address. The email address for the billing address
(Cont'd)
ARPhoneExt ShipEmail ShipTelephoneN ShipPhoneExt ShipFaxPhone BillToEmail

Field Constraints Column LocationN
Constraint ([LocationN] >= 0 and [LocationN] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 337

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
LogicApplMessages
Logic Appl Messages
Table to store message templates used to construct confirmation emails

Column
Type
KeyN MsgType MainTable MsgText MsgSubject
int identity varchar (20) varchar (50) text varchar (256)
numeric key (identity) Type of message; eg jobvista_confirm The root table where the data will come from The formatted text of the message What the user would like to see show up on the subject line in the email message, eg "Job Opened"
JohnsonGroup
Page 338

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
LogicLookups
Logic Lookups
Table for storing lookup definitions. Lookups stored in this table can be customized using the LookupBuilder utility.
Indexes on LkupKey, IsCustom Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
LkupKey IsCustom
A (key) field indicating the type of lookup. There can be multiple lkupkey entries for a single table. A flag that indicates if this is the logic supplied lookup or it has been customized. 0 = Logic supplied 1= Custom The "main table" this lookup is looking up on. A description of how/where this lookup will be used, e.g., OpenJob lookup for order entry. An XML string which contains the lookup definition.
MainTable Description LookupDef

Field Constraints Column IsCustom
varchar (256) varchar (50) varchar (7,000)
Constraint ([IsCustom]>=(0) AND [IsCustom]<=(1))
JohnsonGroup
Page 339

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Logos
Logos
Contains jpg or bmp images of Company Logos to be used on Crystal Reports. NOTE: Tifs may be used but they cannot be previewed from Table Maintenance
Column
Type
KeyN Description SourceFileName LastChanged ChangedBy LogoImage

int varchar (40) varchar (256) datetime varchar (128) image
Numeric key for table Description of this Logo. Users who wish to store logos for multiple divisions should note the division in this field. Path and file name used to load the image into Table Maintenance. This field can not be edited by the user. Date this record was added or edited. User who added or edited this record. Image stored for this logo. Image may not be edited.
JohnsonGroup
Page 340

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Lookup
Lookup
Estimating 3 Standards: Provides the criteria used when the user is given field lookups in the Operation editing dialogs.
Column
Type
LogicID LookupID Description TabName DisplayFlds SearchFlds InitSelect AllowExpand KeyN KeyDesc
Field Constraints Column AllowExpand LogicID LookupID
int int varchar (30) varchar (40) varchar (250) varchar (250) varchar (250) tinyint varchar (45) varchar (45)
Unique ID for internal use (used on the server only). Key field for this lookup. Description of this lookup. Name of table to use, must be available in the info database and the server. List of fields to display for selection. Fields available in the search of this lookup. An initial selection applied to the records during the lookup. Not used in EFI Logic SQL. The key field of the lookup table. The field used as the description of the key in the lookup table.
Constraint ([AllowExpand] >= 0 and [AllowExpand] <= 1) ([LogicID] >= 0 and [LogicID] <= 9999999) ([LookupID] >= 0 and [LookupID] <= 9999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 341

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
MachineCards
Machine Cards
The Machine Cards table stores information about work performed on a particular machine. DMI transactions from Auto-Count and serial DMI devices are entered into the table via the real-time updating system. They may be edited by Transaction Editor.
Indexes on PPPYDDD, LLRecNum JobN Press Description Primary key, clustered Nonclustered Nonclustered
Column
Type
Press UpdateDate PPPYDDD
smallint datetime int
The department to which the machine belongs. The shift date associated with this transaction. All of the transactions produced on the machine for a shift will have the save shift date. Key of Machine Journal file. This field is composed of the following values: PPP = Press# or Machine # (1 is the lowest possible machine #) Last digit of year (3=2003) DDD = Julian day of year (e.g., January 1=001) The lowest possible number is 10001. Y=
RunNumber GangIndex NumberGanged JobN FormN SubjobNumber GrossCounter NetCounter OperationCode NOfWebsParts Employee Shift StartDate
int smallint tinyint int smallint int int int int smallint int tinyint datetime
A number associated with a group of products (job/forms) produced at the same time on the machine. If multiple products were produced during a single run, this identifies one of the set of products that were run. If multiple products were produced during a single run, this is the number or products that were run. Job # on which work was performed. Relates to: OpenJob table Form # on which work was performed. The subjob number related to the job number on which the work was performed. Value of the gross counter at the start of this operation. Value of the net counter at the start of this operation. Operation code identifying the work or process. Relates to: OperationCodes table Number of webs running during this operation. Employee # of person operating the machine. Relates to: Employee table Shift on which this work is done. Date that the operation started.
JohnsonGroup
Page 342

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
MachineCards smallint datetime decimal (9,2) decimal (12,4) int int tinyint smallint
Machine Cards Time of day on which work was started. Date transaction closed. Set by the Job Close process. Costs associated with operation. Amount of time spent performing the operation. Time is hours and hundredths of hours. Gross count of items produced during the current operation. Net count of items produced during the current operation. The prefix. Values can be 0-8. A code that indicates which catagory the operation code belongs to: 1 = MR1 2 = MR2 3 = RUN 4 = STOP
(Cont'd)
TimeOfDay CloseDate AICCost ElapsedHours GrossCount NetCount Prefix DMICategory
NumberOut DirectCost
smallint decimal (9,2)
The number of pieces that come out of one impression on a machine. This is the cost for running the machine for the job. It is calculated by adding the Out Of Pocket expense for the machine, from the Equipment table and the costing rate from the Employee table multiplied by the number of hours run. The configuration number of the machine performing the work. Relates to: Equipment table Not currently used. The original combo-job job number if the job was part of a combo-job and has been distributed into it's component jobs. Relates to: OpenJob table The source of the transaction. 0: DCPoll 20: MacTrak 30: AC3000 40: WinTrak 45: MyDC 100: JDF
ConfigurationN EdittedFlag ProductionJobN
int tinyint int
TransSource
smallint
TransType TransErrors Updater Reason LastChanged
tinyint tinyint tinyint tinyint datetime
Used as a flag by Auto-Count. A flag indicating whether or not any errors where detected in the transaction by the real-time updating system. A code indicating which program changed the transaction. Not currently used. A code used to describe why the job is being reworked. Can be non-0 if prefix in not 0. The date the transaction was last changed. Not currently used.
JohnsonGroup
Page 343

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
MachineCards varchar (128) int identity varchar (200)
Machine Cards Who last changed the transaction. Not currently used. Unique key Any notes or remarks associated with the transaction.
(Cont'd)
ChangedBy LLRecNum Note

Field Constraints Column AICCost ConfigurationN DirectCost DMICategory EdittedFlag ElapsedHours Employee FormN GangIndex GrossCount GrossCounter JobN NetCount NetCounter NOfWebsParts NumberGanged NumberOut OperationCode PPPYDDD Prefix ProductionJobN Reason RunNumber Shift SubjobNumber TimeOfDay TransErrors TransSource TransType Updater
Constraint ([AICCost] >= (-9999999) and [AICCost] <= 999999) ([ConfigurationN] >= 0 and [ConfigurationN] <= 999999) ([DirectCost] >= (-9999999) and [DirectCost] <= 9999999) ([DMICategory] >= 0 and [DMICategory] <= 99) ([EdittedFlag] >= 0 and [EdittedFlag] <= 1) ([ElapsedHours] >= 0 and [ElapsedHours] <= 999999) ([Employee] >= 0 and [Employee] <= 999999) ([formn] >= 0 and [formn] <= 9999) ([GangIndex] >= 0 and [GangIndex] <= 99) ([GrossCount] >= 0 and [GrossCount] <= 999999999) ([GrossCounter] >= 0 and [GrossCounter] <= 999999999) ([JobN] >= 0 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([NetCount] >= (-999999999) and [NetCount] <= 999999999) ([NetCounter] >= 0 and [NetCounter] <= 999999999) ([NOfWebsParts] >= 0 and [NOfWebsParts] <= 99) ([NumberGanged] >= 0 and [NumberGanged] <= 8) ([NumberOut] >= 0 and [NumberOut] <= 99) ([OperationCode] >= 0 and [OperationCode] <= 9999) ([PPPYDDD] >= 10000 and [PPPYDDD] <= 9999366) ([Prefix] >= 0 and [Prefix] <= 8) ([ProductionJobN] >= 0 and [ProductionJobN] <= 999999999) ([Reason] >= 0 and [Reason] <= 1) ([RunNumber] >= 0 and [RunNumber] <= 999999) ([Shift] >= 0 and [Shift] <= 9) ([SubjobNumber] >= 0 and [SubjobNumber] <= 9999) ([TimeOfDay] >= 0 and [TimeOfDay] <= 8000) ([TransErrors] >= 0 and [TransErrors] <= 1) ([TransSource] >= 0 and [TransSource] <= 999) ([TransType] >= 0 and [TransType] <= 9) ([Updater] >= 0 and [Updater] <= 9)
JohnsonGroup
Page 344

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
MachineInfo
Machine Info
Estimating 3 Standards: Machine Information table. Contains specifications for all machines in the Estimating 3 operations, including presses, folders, cutters, bindery machines, etc.
Column
Type
LogicID OperID MchType
int varchar (8) int
Unique ID for internal use (used on server only). Operation ID of operation using this machine Indicates what type of machine this is: 0 = other 1 = sheet offset 2 = web offset 3 = letter press 4 = bind type Perfector Type 0 = not a perfecting press 1 = perfecting on 2C: straight or 1/1 on 3C: straight or 2/1 on 4C: straight or 2/2 - 3/1 on 5C: straight or 3/2 - 4/1 on 6C: straight or 3/3 - 4/2 2 = perfecting on 4C: straight or 2/2 only on 6C: straight or 4/2 only 3 = perfecting on 4C: straight or 3/1 only on 5C: straight or 4/1 only 4 = perfecting on 5C: straight or 3/2 only 5 = perfecting on 6C: straight or 4/2 - 5/1 only 6=perfect in one position on 6C and up Number of press Units (same as number colors for now) Number of Web stands (web feeders) i.e., maximum number of webs that can be printed on this press Indicates whether this machine allows varying dimensions (cutoffs) 0=No, 1=Yes Minimum width of stock handled by machine Minimum length of stock handled by machine Maximum width of stock handled by machine Maximum length of stock handled by machine Default Spoilage Table identifier Max difficulty factor
PerfType
int
NumUnits NumWebs VaryingDim MinWidth MinLength MaxWidth MaxLength SpoilID MaxDiff
int int int decimal (9,3) decimal (9,3) decimal (9,3) decimal (9,3) int decimal (9,2)
JohnsonGroup
Page 345

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
MachineInfo int
Machine Info Indicates whether this machine requires washup. 0 = no washup 1 = WU all colors 2 = WU side with most colors Number of feeders (pockets for bindery equipment) Minimum thickness for this press Max thickness for this press Used for mapping to the Equipment table. Can be used to provide the estimator with a selection of machine configurations. Relates to: DeptSchedule table This field records the depth needed for the head color registration bar, if any, on this press. This field records the depth needed for the side color registration bar, if any, on this press. This field records the depth needed for the gripper, if any, on this press. This field records the depth needed for the side guide, if any, on this press. Default gap used to provide length of repeat when single image is used in a wide format component.
(Cont'd)
WUFlag
NumFdr MinThick MaxThick MainEquipNum
int decimal (9,3) decimal (9,3) smallint
HeadBarDepth SideBarDepth GripperDepth SideGuideDepth DefaultGap
decimal (6,4) decimal (6,4) decimal (6,4) decimal (6,4) decimal (9,3)
Field Constraints Column LogicID MainEquipNum MaxDiff MaxLength MaxThick MaxWidth MchType MinLength MinThick MinWidth NumFdr NumUnits NumWebs PerfType SpoilID VaryingDim WUFlag Constraint ([LogicID] >= 0 and [LogicID] <= 9999999) ([MainEquipNum] >= 0 and [MainEquipNum] <= 999) ([MaxDiff] >= (-9999) and [MaxDiff] <= 9999) ([MaxLength] >= 0 and [MaxLength] <= 99999) ([MaxThick] >= 0 and [MaxThick] <= 99999) ([MaxWidth] >= 0 and [MaxWidth] <= 99999) ([MchType] >= 0 and [MchType] <= 99999) ([MinLength] >= 0 and [MinLength] <= 99999) ([MinThick] >= 0 and [MinThick] <= 99999) ([MinWidth] >= 0 and [MinWidth] <= 99999) ([NumFdr] >= 0 and [NumFdr] <= 9999) ([NumUnits] >= 0 and [NumUnits] <= 9999) ([NumWebs] >= 0 and [NumWebs] <= 999) ([PerfType] >= 0 and [PerfType] <= 9) ([SpoilID] >= 0 and [SpoilID] <= 99999) ([VaryingDim] >= 0 and [VaryingDim] <= 1) ([WUFlag] >= 0 and [WUFlag] <= 9)
JohnsonGroup
Page 346

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
MaintFiles
Maint Files
This contains a list of files for each category in table maintenace

Indexes on KeyN, FileNumber Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
KeyN FileNumber SequenceN
int int int
category number Relates to: FileMaintDefs table file number for the table The sequence number indicates the order the table will show up in its category in the Table Maintenance application.
Field Constraints Column FileNumber KeyN Constraint ([FileNumber] >= 0 and [FileNumber] <= 9999999) ([KeyN] >= 0 and [KeyN] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 347

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Markups
Markups
Estimating 3 Standards: Markup options. Lists internal markups and names of Overall Markup tables available in Estimating 3.
Indexes on MkUpID Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables Customer Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
DefOverallMarkup
LogicID MkUpID Pct Description MUTab BreakType IntervalType LabDef MatDef OPDef StkDef
Field Constraints Column IntervalType LabDef LogicID MatDef MUTab OPDef Pct StkDef
int varchar (15) decimal (9,2) varchar (30) int varchar (1) tinyint tinyint int tinyint tinyint
Unique ID for internal use (used on the server only). ID For Markup (referenced in standards by markup questions) % Markup (eg. 10 = 10%) Description of markup Indicates whether this is a markup value or table. 0 = Markup value used in standards, 1 = Markup table, details are in MarkupTab Q = Quantity C = Cost (Not yet implemented) Type of interval used when calculating this markup. 0 = Discrete intervals, 1 = Prorated between breaks Not yet implemented Not yet implemented. Not yet implemented. Not yet implemented.
Constraint ([IntervalType] >= 0 and [IntervalType] <= 4) ([LabDef] >= 0 and [LabDef] <= 4) ([LogicID] >= 0 and [LogicID] <= 9999999) ([MatDef] >= (-99999) and [MatDef] <= 99999) ([MUTab] >= 0 and [MUTab] <= 99999) ([OPDef] >= 0 and [OPDef] <= 4) ([Pct] >= (-9999) and [Pct] <= 9999) ([StkDef] >= 0 and [StkDef] <= 4)
JohnsonGroup
Page 348

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
MarkupTab
Markup Tab
Estimating 3 Standards: Markup Table - Contains details of Overall Markup options.

Column
Type
LogicID MkUpID BrkPt Labor Material OutsidePurch Stock

Field Constraints Column BrkPt Labor LogicID Material OutsidePurch Stock
int varchar (15) decimal (12,2) decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4)
Unique ID for internal use (used on the server only). ID For Markup - Markup options available to user for Overall Markups Quantity Break Point Markup for this interval (eg. 10 = 10%) Markup for this interval (eg. 10 = 10%) Markup for this interval (eg. 10 = 10%) Markup for this interval (eg. 10 = 10%)
Constraint ([BrkPt] >= 0 and [BrkPt] <= 999999999) ([Labor] >= (-999) and [Labor] <= 999) ([LogicID] >= 0 and [LogicID] <= 9999999) ([Material] >= (-999) and [Material] <= 999) ([OutsidePurch] >= (-999) and [OutsidePurch] <= 999) ([Stock] >= (-999) and [Stock] <= 999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 349

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
MasterFieldSchema
Master Field Schema
Contains documentation on columns in EFI Logic tables and how they are used.
Indexes on FileName, FieldName Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
FileName FieldName LLFieldName TextDesc ColType ColPrec ColScale ColConstraint OmitCodes
varchar (20) varchar (20) varchar (5) varchar (850) smallint smallint tinyint varchar (200) bit
Name of table Name of column <obsolete> Description of column usage The SQL column type for checking the schema (maintained automatically by EFI Logic SQL build process). The SQL column precision for checking the schema (maintained automatically by EFI Logic SQL build process). The SQL column scale for checking the schema (maintained automatically by EFI Logic SQL build process). The SQL column constraint for checking the schema (maintained automatically by EFI Logic SQL build process). This flag allows complete documentation for codes entries to be entered into the field description and not have the Table Documentation report include the codes list entries. Used internally to designate time fields. Presently a value of 1 indicates a time. Suggested prompt or column header for this field
LogicType Prompt
int varchar (25)
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 350

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
MasterForeignKey
Master Foreign Key
This table is generated and used internally to simplify detection of table relationships.
Indexes on FKConstraintName, ReferencingTable, ReferencingColumn Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
RelatedTable RelatedKeyColumn KeySeq ReferencingTable ReferencingColumn FKConstraintName PKConstraintName
varchar (50) varchar (50) int varchar (50) varchar (50) varchar (120) varchar (120)
This is the table of the primary key. eg. Customer table is the related table for the OpenJob CustomerN field relationship. The column in the related table that is the key of the relationship. The sequence of the column in the key relationship. Normally will be 1 unless multiple columns are included in the relationship. The table holding the referencing column - eg. The OpenJob table holds the CustomerN field. The column containing the foreign key relationship. The constraint that defines the relationship. The constraint for the key of the related table. Normally this will be the primary key of that table. CustShipAddr is one table which has relationships based on a second key, GlobalID. Whether the key is enabled (0)as for header/detail relationships or disabled(1) as for related references. Whether the referencing column is also the key of its own table, as in JobEstHeader's relationship to OpenJob.
IsDisabled ReferencedFromKey
bit bit
JohnsonGroup
Page 351

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
MasterParams
Master Parameter
The Master Parameter table describes the function of each system parameter. System parameters allow the system to be tailored to the needs and preferences of each customer.
Indexes on ParameterN Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables ApplProgramDesc Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
CtrlParameter
ParameterN ParameterName Description1 ParameterType LOGICMaintains ApplicationN MinimumValue MaxorStrLen DefaultValue ArchiveName
Field Constraints Column ApplicationN LOGICMaintains MaxorStrLen MinimumValue ParameterN ParameterType
int varchar (40) varchar (850) tinyint tinyint tinyint int int varchar (60) varchar (20)
The identifying number of the parameter. Name of parameter Description of the parameter's use and meanings of valid values. Type of the parameter- 0=numeric, 1=string Whether parameter can be edited from System Maintenance. Indicates the application category used for this parameter. Minimum value for a numeric parameter or 0 for a string parameter. Maximum value for a numeric parameter or the maximum character length for a string parameter. Default value of parameter when created. The old name for this parameter. Preserved for a transitional period.
Constraint ([ApplicationN] >= 0 and [ApplicationN] <= 255) ([LOGICMaintains] >= 0 and [LOGICMaintains] <= 1) ([maxorstrlen] >= (-999999999) and [maxorstrlen] <= 999999999) ([MinimumValue] >= (-999999) and [MinimumValue] <= 9999999) ([ParameterN] >= 0 and [ParameterN] <= 99999) ([ParameterType] >= 0 and [ParameterType] <= 2)
JohnsonGroup
Page 352

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
MasterSchema
Master Schema
Table to contain all table names and documentation. Used by Job Works to access custom tables.
Indexes on FileName Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
FileName FileNum ApplNum NiceName KeyTag FileLevel
varchar (20) int int varchar (30) varchar (30) int
Name of table No longer used, except by Table maintenance. If table is going to be edited by Table Maintenance, a number needs to be assigned. Used to indicate a custom table (5), one that is accessible from JobWorks custom forms(1) and others (0). Text name of table Descriptive field to accompany key for header type table 1 = header, 2 = detail Used by Table Maintenance to restrict editable custom tables to only header tables. Description of table's use Indicates that this table can be used with the System Maintenance import function. Indicates that this table can be renumbered using System Maintenance. Application category for this table. All tables are assigned to a particular application category, even though many are accessed and, perhaps, updated by several applications. Indicates that table can be used as a root table when creating custom forms in Form Designer or Table Maintenance.
TextDesc AllowImport AllowRenum ApplicationN
varchar (850) bit bit tinyint
AllowExtension
bit
JohnsonGroup
Page 353

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
MaterialClass
Material Class
The MaterialClass table contains definitions and conversion factors for different classes of material. It specifies functions, factors and literals for pricing, ordering, using, and estimating material. It also contains specifications for up to two lines of text to be printed on the purchase order.
Indexes on MatClassN Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables MatlCostCntr Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
MaterialClass
MatClassN MatClassDesc PricingFunc
Key into the MaterialClass table. Description of this material class. For example: Ink - ordered by the drum, used by the pound. This function is used to calculate the extended price on a purchase order. Valid choices are 1 = divide by a factor extended price = (quantity*unit price)/factor 2 = Cwt (price per hundred weight) extended price = (quantity*unit price*Mwt)/100000 (NOTE: Mwt is MWT column from the MatlCostCntr table) (NOTE: the factor is ignored for this function) This is the factor used with the pricing function to calculate extended price on a purchase order. Valid choices are 1, 100, 1000. This is the abbreviation that will be printed on the purchase order. A '/' will be pre-pended. Examples are ea, Ms, box, kg. and is the unit the the purchase price. This is the literal that is used by Purchasing to describe the units that were ordered and therefore will be received. Examples are "sheets" (of paper) or "cartons" (of film). This function is used to convert quantities in "order units" to "usage units." For example, film may be ordered by the box, but used by the foot. Valid choices are: 0=multiply usage quan = order quan * factor 1=divide usage quan = order quan / factor 3=area usage quan = order quan * factor / width (NOTE: width is the Width column from MatlCostCntr table.) (NOTE: often used for webstock) This is the factor used with the Order function to convert quantities from "order units" to "usage units." This is the literal used to designate the units in which a material is consumed or used. This literal is used for headings on reports and by Inventory.
PricingFactor PriceUnitAbbr OrderLiteral
decimal (15,3) varchar (5) varchar (10)
OrderFunction
smallint
OrderFactor UsageLiteral
decimal (15,3) varchar (10)
JohnsonGroup
Page 354

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
MaterialClass smallint
Material Class This is the function used to value inventory. It is mostly used for paper that is used by the sheet, but priced by Cwt. Valid choice are: 0=multiply by a factor value = quantity*unit cost*factor 1=divide by a factor value = quantity*unit cost/factor 2 = Cwt (price per hundred weight) value = (quantity*unit cost*Mwt)/100000 (NOTE: Mwt is MWT column from the MatlCostCntr table.) (NOTE: the factor is ignored for this function) This is the factor used with the usage function for inventory valuation. The unit of measure to which the AIC rate refers. This unit is included in the Inventory report as the MCCs unit. This is the literal that is used by Estimating 3 to describe the units of the price used by Estimating. This function is used to apply the Estimating 3 price to the estimated quantities. This is the factor used with the Est Function to convert quantities from estimated units to the units needed to apply the price. This is the type for estimating 3; 1 = stock, 2 = ink or 0 for other. Descriptive information to determine the lines on a printed purchase order. See documentation. Descriptive information to determine the lines on a printed purchase order. See documentation. Descriptive information to determine the lines on a printed purchase order. See documentation. Descriptive information to determine the lines on a printed purchase order. See documentation. Descriptive information to determine the lines on a printed purchase order. See documentation. Descriptive information to determine the lines on a printed purchase order. See documentation. Descriptive information to determine the lines on a printed purchase order. See documentation. Descriptive information to determine the lines on a printed purchase order. See documentation. Descriptive information to determine the lines on a printed purchase order. See documentation. Descriptive information to determine the lines on a printed purchase order. See documentation.
(Cont'd)
UsageFunction
UsageFactor UsageAbbr EstLiteral EstFunction EstFactor EstMatType PoField1 PoField2 PoField3 PoField4 PoField5 PoField6 PoField7 PoField8 PoField9 PoField10
decimal (15,3) varchar (5) varchar (10) smallint decimal (15,3) smallint varchar (52) varchar (52) varchar (52) varchar (52) varchar (52) varchar (52) varchar (52) varchar (52) varchar (52) varchar (52)
JohnsonGroup
Page 355

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
MaterialClass int
Material Class This fields indicates what units are to be used in inventory for usage and commitments. It allows an estimate association to commit the right type of units. The actual units are determined within the estimating system. Current values are: 0 = sheets 1 = weight 2= length 3 = area This class separates material classes to be used for different inventory types. Current values are 0 = Standard, 1 = Webstock. Inventory will only allow WebStock MCCs (using InventoryType = 3) to be assigned a material class of class type 1. These MCCs are handled somewhat differently from other standard MCCs. For web stock the material class is primarily used for literals and factors.
(Cont'd)
UsageType
ClassType
int
UseOrderInventRec
bit
If set to 1, this field indicates that the order units rather than the usage units are to be entered into the inventory reconciliation form. The order units are then converted to usage units before calculating the variance. If set to 1, this field indicates that the OrderFactor field in the material class will be ignored in conversion calculations and the MaterialFactor field from the MCC record will be used in its place. If set to 1, this field indicates that the UsageFactor field in the material class will be ignored in conversion calculations and the MaterialFactor field from the MCC record will be used in its place. This column is not yet implemented
UseMCCOrdFactor
bit
UseMCCUsgFactor
bit
UseMCCEstFactor
Field Constraints Column ClassType EstFactor EstFunction EstMatType MatClassN OrderFactor OrderFunction PricingFactor PricingFunc UsageFactor UsageFunction UsageType
bit
Constraint ([ClassType] >= 0 and [ClassType] <= 1) ([EstFactor] >= 0 and [EstFactor] <= 9999999) ([EstFunction] >= 0 and [EstFunction] <= 99) ([EstMatType] >= 0 and [EstMatType] <= 99) ([MatClassN] >= 1 and [MatClassN] <= 999999) ([OrderFactor] >= 0 and [OrderFactor] <= 9999999) ([OrderFunction] >= 0 and [OrderFunction] <= 99) ([PricingFactor] >= 0 and [PricingFactor] <= 9999999) ([PricingFunc] >= 0 and [PricingFunc] <= 99) ([UsageFactor] >= 0 and [UsageFactor] <= 9999999) ([UsageFunction] >= 0 and [UsageFunction] <= 99) ([UsageType] >= 0 and [UsageType] <= 3)
JohnsonGroup
Page 356

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
MaterialPlan
Material Plan
The Material Plan table lists material commitments entered through JobVista, calculated when associating an estimate or created when an inventory item is passed through to job costing (optional function).
Indexes on JobN, LLRecNum MccNumber, SchedDate Description Primary key, clustered Nonclustered
Column
Type
JobN MccNumber PurchaseOrderN Quantity SchedDate LastRevised FormOrPartN Notes HowCommitDone
int int int decimal (12,2) datetime datetime smallint varchar (40) tinyint
A unique number that identifies the job. Relates to: OpenJob table The material cost center number for which materials are committed. Relates to: MatlCostCntr table The PO number on which the material was ordered. Relates to: PurchaseOrder table The quantity of the material committed to the job. The date the committed material is expected to be used. The date on which this material commitment was last changed. The form or part number in which the material will be used. Space for notes or comments concerning the material. For example, cutting instructions could be given here. Indicates how this commitment record was created: 0 = Editted in OPEN 1 = When issued P.O. 2 = Calculated commit 3 = Associated from est. 4 = Edited in JobVista
LLRecNum EstComponentN
Field Constraints Column EstComponentN FormOrPartN HowCommitDone JobN MccNumber PurchaseOrderN Quantity
int identity smallint
Unique key Estimating component number
Constraint ([EstComponentN] >= 0 and [EstComponentN] <= 9999) ([formorpartn] >= 0 and [formorpartn] <= 9999) ([HowCommitDone] >= 0 and [HowCommitDone] <= 9) ([JobN] >= 1 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([MccNumber] >= 0 and [MccNumber] <= 9999999) ([PurchaseOrderN] >= 0 and [PurchaseOrderN] <= 999999999) ([Quantity] >= 0 and [Quantity] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 357

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
MaterialQuote
Material Quote
The Material Quote table stores material estimate data tranferred from the Estimating system or entered manually using JobVista. If the data is from the Estimating system, it is computed from the estimate tables, based on the MCC# and the estimate standards, and written to this table during the estimate assocation. Zero purges the data for closed jobs. The data is used primarily for estimate/planning to actuals comparisons.
Column
Type
JobN
int
A unique number that identifies the job, as entered with JobVista. Used to cross-reference the job to other tables. Relates to: OpenJob table The material cost center number of the item that was included on the estimate. Relates to: MatlCostCntr table The subjob number, if any, for which the estimate was made. The estimated dollar value of the material to be used. The estimated quantity to be used for the job. Vendor number passed from Estimating to be used in a Purchase Order. Relates to: Vendor table The number of the scheduling work center in which this item will be used. Note that this is only for buyout operations, in which the estimator is prompted for the department number and item description. The scheduling program loads these items as schedulable tasks for each buyout item. Not intended for paper; use for color seps, dies, outside finishing, etc. Relates to: SchTask table A description of the buyout item that will be scheduled as a task in the Sched Work Center (SchedDept field). Prompted for in the buyout operation, loaded into scheduling when the job is loaded. Unique key for this transaction record. Estimate component number (for reference). Form number for this cost estimate Notes that will be passed through to the purchase order. Can be filled in from the general notes in Estimating 3 operations. Written by Estimating, and editable from JobVista, this field is used for automatic distribution of sales to Invoicing from Estimating.
MccNumber SubJobNumber Value Quantity VendorN SchedDept
int int decimal (12,2) decimal (12,2) int int
ItemDescr
varchar (45)
LLRecNum EstComponentN FormorPartN Notes EstimatedSales
int identity smallint smallint varchar (1,000) decimal (12,2)
JohnsonGroup
Page 358

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
MaterialQuote
Material Quote
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column EstComponentN EstimatedSales FormorPartN JobN MccNumber Quantity SchedDept SubJobNumber Value VendorN Constraint ([EstComponentN] >= 0 and [EstComponentN] <= 9999) ([EstimatedSales] >= 0 and [EstimatedSales] <= 999999999) ([FormorPartN] >= 0 and [FormorPartN] <= 9999) ([JobN] >= 1 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([MccNumber] >= 0 and [MccNumber] <= 9999999) ([Quantity] >= 0 and [Quantity] <= 999999999) ([SchedDept] >= 0 and [SchedDept] <= 99999) ([SubJobNumber] >= 0 and [SubJobNumber] <= 9999) ([Value] >= 0 and [Value] <= 999999999) ([VendorN] >= 0 and [VendorN] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 359

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
MaterialTrans
Material Trans.
The MaterialTrans table contains all of the transactions for the detailed material cost centers. Two of those types of records -- receipts and cancels -- are also maintained for non-detailed material cost centers. See the description of the RecordType column for more information.
Indexes on MCCN, LLRecNum Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
MCCN
int
The number of the material cost center. Numbers 1000 to 99999 are generally assigned to non-paper stock. Outside contractors are usually listed first in the file. Numbers 100000 to 999999 are usually assigned to paper stock. See the Job Costing Implementation Manual for details. Relates to: MatlCostCntr table The 'as of' date for the transaction This is the date ordered for a receipt, the actual day on which the transaction was made for an adjustment or a usage. For a receipt, this is the job number for which the material was ordered. For a usage, this is the job number for which the item was used. Relates to: OpenJob table If this is a receipt, this is the purchase order number against which the material was received. Relates to: PurchaseOrder table The vendor number for the material, as copied from the corresponding entry in the PurchaseOrder table. Relates to: Vendor table The quantity ordered, copied from the corresponding entry in the POItem table by Purchasing. For an adjustment, this is the new balance entered with Inventory. Update number, indicating which run of update posted this transaction to the table. The cost per unit for the material. For a receipt record, the quantity received as entered via Purchasing. For an adjustment, the amount of the adjustment as entered with Inventory. The quantity received in "usage units." For an adjustment, it will be zero. The item number of the item being received.
TransDate DateOrdered JobN
datetime datetime int
PurchaseOrderN
int
VendorN
int
QtyOrdered
decimal (9,2)
LastChanged Priceunit RemainingQty QtyRecUUnits POItemN
datetime decimal (10,4) decimal (15,2) decimal (9,2) smallint
JohnsonGroup
Page 360

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
MaterialTrans tinyint
Material Trans. The type of transaction. Legal values are: 1="putback" (minus update) 2=receipt 3=reverse PE (minus update) 4=positive adjustment 5=balance forward 6=usage 7=P(rinter's) E(rror) 8=negative adjustment The name of the program that entered this transaction. Legal values are: 0=Conversion 1=Purchasing/Receive 2=Real Time Update 3=Inventory 4=Inventory Purge 5=Inventory Reconciliation This code is a key into the ReasonCodes table. It points to a reason for the transaction. Relates to: ReasonCodes table This is either text loaded from the ReasonCodes table or entered by the user. This is the logname of the user who was running the program that made the transaction. This is a flag that indicates whether or not anything in the record has been changed by Inventory. This is the quantity received in "order units." It is used for determining order status. Price in order units. Unique key
(Cont'd)
RecordType
SourceOfTran
smallint
ReasonCode
int
ReasonText Whodunnit Changed QtyRecOUnits PriceOUnits LLRecNum
varchar (50) varchar (128) tinyint decimal (9,2) decimal (10,4) int identity
JohnsonGroup
Page 361

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
MaterialTrans
Material Trans.
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column Changed JobN MCCN POItemN PriceOUnits Priceunit PurchaseOrderN QtyOrdered QtyRecOUnits QtyRecUUnits ReasonCode RecordType RemainingQty SourceOfTran VendorN Constraint ([Changed] >= 0 and [Changed] <= 1) ([JobN] >= 0 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([MCCN] >= 1 and [MCCN] <= 9999999) ([POItemN] >= 0 and [POItemN] <= 9999) ([priceOunits] >= 0 and [priceOunits] <= 999999) ([priceunit] >= 0 and [priceunit] <= 999999) ([purchaseordern] >= 0 and [purchaseordern] <= 999999999) ([QtyOrdered] >= (-9999999) and [QtyOrdered] <= 9999999) ([qtyrecounits] >= 0 and [qtyrecounits] <= 9999999) ([qtyrecuunits] >= 0 and [qtyrecuunits] <= 9999999) ([ReasonCode] >= 0 and [ReasonCode] <= 99999) ([RecordType] >= 0 and [RecordType] <= 8) ([RemainingQty] >= (-9999999) and [RemainingQty] <= 9999999) ([SourceOfTran] >= 0 and [SourceOfTran] <= 999) ([VendorN] >= 0 and [VendorN] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 362

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
MatlCostCntr
Material Cost Center
A material cost center is a cost incurred by using materials or outside services. Stock items such as ink, film, plates, and paper are examples of material cost centers. The MatlCostCntr table lists all of the material cost centers in your plant. See the Job Costing Implementation Manual for an extensive description of how this table is set up and used.
Indexes on MCCN Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables MaterialTrans RollStock WSRollInventory Related Tables ACRunDeliveries ACRunWebs Calculations DirectPurchase DMIMaterial InkCalc InkTypes JobFormSpecs JobInk JobLayout JobMaterial MaterialPlan MaterialQuote MatlSaftyData PlannedMaterial POItem QQProdMatl QQSize Questions RollTransactions Stocks StockTypes Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
MCCN MCC MCC MaterialCode MaterialCode6 MCCNum MaterialCCN MaterialCode CCnum CCNum PaperMCCN MCCNum StockMCCN MccN MccNumber MccNumber MatlCostCntrN MccNumber MaterialCCN MCC MCCN MCCNum ChangedMCC MCCN DefaultMCC
MCCN
int
The number of the material cost center. Numbers 1000 to 99999 are generally assigned to non-paper stock. Outside contractors are usually listed first in the file. Numbers 100000 to 999999 are usually assigned to paper stock. See the Job Costing Implementation Manual for details. The description of the MCC. The All-Inclusive-Cost Rate. This rate is used by the Work-in-Process Report, the Job Report, and when closing jobs to calculate the all-inclusive-cost for this material cost center. See the description of the M Weight (MWT below) and the chapter on Material Cost Centers in the Job Costing Implementation Manual. The work-in-process (WIP) summary number for the MCC. All charges to MCCs with the same WIP summary number are totaled in the summary section of WIP reports. Relates to: WIPSummaryNs table
MCCDescription AICRate
WIPSummaryN
smallint
JohnsonGroup
Page 363

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
MatlCostCntr int
Material Cost Center The Production Summary Number from the JOBREPSummaryN table to which costs for this cost center are added for the Job Report. During installation, a series of Production Summary Numbers was developed and entered into the JOBREPSummaryN table. The sub-totals and total costs for these logical categories are printed on the Production Summary section of the Job Report. Relates to: JOBREPSummaryN table The Billing Summary Number (usually 1000, 2000, 3000, etc.) from the JOBREPSummaryN table to which costs for this cost center are added for the Job Report Billing Worksheet. During installation, a series of Billing Summary Numbers was developed and entered into the JOBREPSummaryN table. The sub-totals and total costs for these logical categories are printed on the Billing Worksheet section of the Job Report. Relates to: JOBREPSummaryN table Controls the type of items for which transactions are deleted when you use the Purge option of Inventory. The MCCs themselves are not deleted during a purge. You can delete MCCs for which the Purge type is set to Temporary with Table Maintenance when their balance is zero and there are no outstanding commitments, material transactions, orders, or receipts against them. Note: This only affects the material cost centers used in the Detailed Inventory Control System. Valid values are: 0 = Undefined 1 = Permanent 2 = Temporary
(Cont'd)
ProdnSummaryN
BillingSummary
int
PurgeType
tinyint
PassThruflag
tinyint
Indicates whether or not costs from this cost center should be included in the total cost of the job when the job is closed. This is used for shipping charges, postage, and similar expenses passed through to the customer when a job is invoiced. You might want to see the passed-through costs on your Job Report, but not on your Sales Report. Valid values are: 0 = Include in Job Cost 1 = Exclude from Job Cost 2 = Exclude if FOB-Manf
MWT
int
(See the Implementation Manual.) The M weight, or weight per thousand sheets, used to convert sheets into weight for extension with a cost/unit, that is cost per hundred weight (cost/Cwt). Use these values: 0 = If the material is not paper and the AIC rate is cost/unit. 0 = If the material is paper and the AIC rate is cost/1000 sheets. MWT = If the material is paper and the AIC rate is cost/CWT. 1000 = If the material is roll stock, the AIC rate is cost/CWT, and you specify weight of paper for quantity used when entering transactions. The color of the item. The width of the item. Parameter 10425 is used to determine whether this is in english or metric units. If english units, this is normally in inches. If metric, this is normally in millimeters.
Color Width
JohnsonGroup
Page 364

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
MatlCostCntr decimal (9,3)
Material Cost Center The length of the item. Parameter 10425 is used to determine whether this is in english or metric units. If english units, this is normally in inches. If metric, this is normally in millimeters. For paper items, the standard basis weight or grams per square meter of the paper. For U.S. customers, the standard number of square inches for paper of this stock type. If you use the metric system, enter 0. The quantity (in usage units) at which the item should be re-ordered. Used to produce the Reorder Report. (This applies to detailed items only.) An optional value, either alphabetic or numeric, that you can use to group related material codes. The meanings of these codes are not stored on line; they are your responsibility. The MCC's storage location. For webstock items, the weight of the core. For customer-owned stock, the number from the Customer table of the customer who owns the inventory item (or for whom it has been ordered). Relates to: Customer table Set via Inventory. 0 = Detailed 1 = Non Detailed 2 = Direct Purchase 3 = Roll Stock 4 = Special
(Cont'd)
Length
BWTorGSM BasisSize ReorderPoint SelectCode
decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) varchar (1)
LocationWhere CoreWeight CustomerN
varchar (40) decimal (9,2) int
InventoryType
tinyint
PrimaryVendor HazardousWaste
int tinyint
The primary vendor from whom you order this item. Relates to: Vendor table Indicates whether this material is a Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) to be tracked for federal environmental reporting. If so, employees must enter a VOC department number with any material usage transaction to indicate where the material was used. The VOC department must be listed in the DeptSchedule table. 0 = No 1 = Yes
Caliper Depth SecondryVendor GLAcctN
decimal (10,5) decimal (9,3) int int
The thickness of the material (usually paper). The depth dimension of boxes and other three-dimensional materials. A secondary vendor from whom you might order this material. Relates to: Vendor table The default G/L account number to use when you record a vendor purchase order invoice for this MCC. Relates to: GLAccounts table Default department number for the account specified in the GLAcctN field. This is an Accounting department from the DeptNames table. Page 365
DepartmentN
int
JohnsonGroup

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
MatlCostCntr
Material Cost Center Relates to: DeptNames table
(Cont'd)
MaterialClass QuanOnHand
int decimal (15,2)
Key into MaterialClass table. Relates to: MaterialClass table Quantity on hand as of today. NOTE: If you have transactions postdated, they will not be included in this value. Updated any time a record is written to the MaterialTrans table. Indicates whether the material is coated. Possible values are: 0 = Uncoated 1 = 1 Side 2 = 2 Sides
Coated
tinyint
StockType ExtraInfo
For paper MCCs, the stock type number from the StockTypes table. Relates to: StockTypes table A text field which can be any extra information you would like to include about a material. This could be used to hold specific ordering information, and then could be printed on the PO as the 'second line of text.' A flag indicating whether the MCC is inactive. If this flag is set to 1, no usages can be posted against the material. Valid values are: 0 = No 1 = Yes
InactiveFlag
tinyint
Paper
tinyint
Indicates whether an item is paper. Valid values are: 0 = No 1 = Yes
AverageRollWrapper IsWrapperInRollWgt
decimal (2,0) bit
Average weight of brown wrapper on roll of this material. Indicates whether the weight of the brown wrapper is included in the weight that is printed on the role wrapper. This information is used by Paper Monitor. Values are: 0=No 1=Yes 0 = No 1 = Yes
IsCoreInRollWgt
bit
Indicates whether the weight of the fiber core is included in the weight that is printed on the roll wrapper. This information is used by Paper Monitor. Values are: 0 = No 1 = Yes 0 = No 1 = Yes
StockBrand Mill Grade JohnsonGroup
varchar (50) varchar (50) smallint
Column in which to store brand of paper, Samples: Sappi, Xpedx Column for mill designation of particular material. Set of values to specify grade of paper. Page 366

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
MatlCostCntr
Material Cost Center
(Cont'd)
0 = Unspecified 1 = Gloss-coated paper 2 = Matt-coated paper 3 = Gloss-coated web paper 4 = Uncoated, white paper 5 = Uncoated, yellowish paper TextureType OpacityLevel int decimal (5,2) Column for texture designation which customer can maintain in Texture table. Relates to: Texture table Decimal designation of opacity of paper. Percentage value. Note that a zero value means the opacity level is unknown or unspecified. Zero does not mean that the opacity level is actually zero. Choice of JDF opacity designations. 0 = Unspecified 1 = Opaque 2 = Translucent 3 = Transparent Brightness decimal (5,2) Percentage value used to describe brightness of paper. Note that a zero value means the brightness is unknown or unspecified. Zero does not mean that the brightness is actually zero. JDF designation of types of media. 0 = Unspecified 10 = Disc 20 = Endboard 30 = EmbossingFoil 40 = Film 50 = Foil 60 = LaminatingFoil 70 = Other 80 = Paper 90 = Plate 100 = ShrinkFoil 110 = Transparency HoleType MediaColor UNSPSCommCode DefaultGLSalesAcct DefaultAcctgDpt int int varchar (16) int int JDF designation of type of hole pattern. Relates to: JDFHoleType table JDF designation of media color (for stock type media) Relates to: JDFMediaColor table UNSPS commodity code. Relates to: UNSPSCommodity table The default GL Sales account number for this material. Relates to: GLAccounts table Used for mapping LCC's to GL Sales accounts and Accounting Department for automatic distribution from E3 to Invoicing. Relates to: DeptNames table
Opacity
tinyint
MediaType
smallint
JohnsonGroup
Page 367

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
MatlCostCntr decimal (12,2)
Material Cost Center If the material class associated with an MCC record has any of the fields set that indicate using this field instead of the factor fields from the material class, this field must be non zero and will be used in the conversion calculations for this MCC in place of the factor in the material class associated with that conversion.
(Cont'd)
MaterialFactor
Field Constraints Column AICRate AverageRollWrapper BasisSize BillingSummary Brightness BWTorGSM Caliper Coated CoreWeight CustomerN DefaultAcctgDpt DefaultGLSalesAcct DepartmentN Depth GLAcctN Grade HazardousWaste HoleType InactiveFlag InventoryType Length MaterialClass MaterialFactor MCCN MediaColor MediaType MWT OpacityLevel Paper PassThruflag PrimaryVendor ProdnSummaryN PurgeType QuanOnHand ReorderPoint SecondryVendor StockType TextureType Width WIPSummaryN Constraint ([aicrate] >= 0 and [aicrate] <= 999999) ([AverageRollWrapper] >= 0 and [AverageRollWrapper] <= 99) ([BasisSize] >= 0 and [BasisSize] <= 999) ([BillingSummary] >= 0 and [BillingSummary] <= 9999) ([Brightness] >= 0 and [Brightness] <= 999) ([BWTorGSM] >= 0 and [BWTorGSM] <= 99999) ([Caliper] >= 0 and [Caliper] <= 99999) ([Coated] >= 0 and [Coated] <= 2) ([CoreWeight] >= 0 and [CoreWeight] <= 99) ([CustomerN] >= 0 and [CustomerN] <= 999999999) ([DefaultAcctgDpt]>=(0) AND [DefaultAcctgDpt]<=(9999999)) ([DefaultGLSalesAcct] >= 0 and [DefaultGLSalesAcct] <= 999999999) ([DepartmentN] >= 0 and [DepartmentN] <= 9999999) ([Depth] >= 0 and [Depth] <= 999) ([GLAcctN] >= 0 and [GLAcctN] <= 999999999) ([Grade] >= 0 and [Grade] <= 10) ([HazardousWaste] >= 0 and [HazardousWaste] <= 1) ([HoleType] >= 0 and [HoleType] <= 999999) ([InactiveFlag] >= 0 and [InactiveFlag] <= 1) ([inventorytype] >= 0 and [inventorytype] <= 4) ([Length] >= 0 and [Length] <= 99999) ([MaterialClass] >= 0 and [MaterialClass] <= 9999999) ([MaterialFactor] >= 0 and [MaterialFactor] <= 9999999) ([MCCN] >= 1 and [MCCN] <= 9999999) ([MediaColor] >= 0 and [MediaColor] <= 9999) ([MediaType] >= 0 and [MediaType] <= 999) ([MWT] >= 0 and [MWT] <= 9999) ([OpacityLevel] >= 0 and [OpacityLevel] <= 999) ([Paper] >= 0 and [Paper] <= 1) ([PassThruflag] >= 0 and [PassThruflag] <= 2) ([PrimaryVendor] >= 0 and [PrimaryVendor] <= 999999999) ([ProdnSummaryN] >= 0 and [ProdnSummaryN] <= 9999) ([PurgeType] >= 0 and [PurgeType] <= 2) ([QuanOnHand]>=(-99999999) AND [QuanOnHand]<=(99999999)) ([ReorderPoint] >= 0 and [ReorderPoint] <= 99999999) ([SecondryVendor] >= 0 and [SecondryVendor] <= 999999999) ([StockType] >= 0 and [StockType] <= 999) ([TextureType] >= 0 and [TextureType] <= 999) ([Width] >= 0 and [Width] <= 99999) ([WIPSummaryN] >= 0 and [WIPSummaryN] <= 999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 368

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
MatlSaftyData
Material Safety Data
The MatlSaftyData table contains one entry for each MCC number that identifies a Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) that must be tracked to meet federal environmental regulations. Most of the data in this table will be copied from the Material Safety Data Sheet that the manufacturer or vendor must supply with the material. This table is maintained with Table Maintenance. The material item must be listed in the MatlCostCntr table prior to being defined here.
Indexes on MatlCostCntrN Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
MatlCostCntrN
int
The MCC number of this VOC. The MCC must exist in the MatlCostCntr table before you can define the Material Safety information in this table. Relates to: MatlCostCntr table The manufacturer's product code for this VOC. Do not confuse this with the EFI Logic Product Code. The brand name of the product. The name of the manufacturer of the VOC. The Vendor number of the vendor who sold you this product (from the Vendor table). The vendor must exist in the Vendor table before you can define the VOC information. Relates to: Vendor table The fire and explosion rating data from the material safety data sheet. The reactivity rating data from the material safety data sheet. The health data from the material safety data sheet. The density of the VOC in pounds per gallon. The percent of volatility of the VOC from the material safety data sheet. The name of the person at the manufacturer who you can call with questions regarding this VOC.
ProductCode ProductName Manufacturer Vendor
varchar (20) varchar (20) varchar (20) int
FireExplosion Reactivity HealthData Densitylbgal VOCOfLbs MfgContact
varchar (30) varchar (30) varchar (30) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) varchar (20)
Field Constraints Column Densitylbgal MatlCostCntrN Vendor VOCOfLbs Constraint ([Densitylbgal] >= 0 and [Densitylbgal] <= 99) ([MatlCostCntrN] >= 0 and [MatlCostCntrN] <= 9999999) ([Vendor] >= 0 and [Vendor] <= 999999999) ([VOCOfLbs] >= 0 and [VOCOfLbs] <= 99)
JohnsonGroup
Page 369

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Matrix
Matrix
This table provides pricing breakpoints and values for Estimating 3 press operations that use grid pricing by click.
Column
Type
LogicID OperID QuesID BrkPt BrkType
int varchar (12) int int smallint
Unique ID for internal use (used on server only). The ID of the operation to which this matrix entry applies. The question that identifies the run cost function to which this matrix entry applies. The quantity breakpoint based on the run quantity for the operation. Flag to indicate how price is calculated: Value greater or equal 0 (>=0) = prorate price between breakpoints Value smaller than 0 (<0) = select price in discreet intervals -1 = select down (price at previous breakpoint), -2 = select up (price at next breakpoint)) Price to be used for this breakpoint.
Rate
Field Constraints Column BrkPt BrkType LogicID QuesID
decimal (9,4)
Constraint ([BrkPt] >= 0 and [BrkPt] <= 999999999) ([BrkType] >= (-9) and [BrkType] <= 9) ([LogicID] >= 0 and [LogicID] <= 9999999) ([QuesID] >= 0 and [QuesID] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 370

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
MessageLog
Message Log
Contains a log of Logic SQL Connector messages. This log is essentially a duplicate of the log files on the connector server machine. However, if the server is handling multiple databases, MessageLog will only have the messages that apply to its database.
Indexes on Seq Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
Seq LogDate ProgramName Severity
int identity datetime varchar (10) varchar (10)
The sequence number and primary key. Identity column that is normally not specified on SQL INSERTs. Date and time message was logged. Foreign key to ApplProgramDesc of the program that is logging. Relates to: ApplProgramDesc table Severity of the message: . Info: informational . Warning: Unusual occurance that may be worth investigating. . Error: An unexpected error that indicates a problem that should be investigated. If parameter 70014 has been set, email will be sent to the address with the error message.
Message
Field Constraints Column Severity
varchar (7,500)
The actual log message.
Constraint ([Severity] = 'Info' or ([Severity] = 'Warning' or [Severity] = 'Error'))
JohnsonGroup
Page 371

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
MstatData
Mstat Data
The current status of machines connected to DMI devices. Used by PlantVista.

Column
Type
Machine Config LineN SeqN TxDate TxTime LogDate Emp Shift Job SJob Cust Form DispUnits
int int int int datetime int datetime int tinyint int int int int int
Machine number from DeptSched table. Machine configuration number from Equipment table. Number of the service that the machine is running on. Not used. Not used Not used Employee's shift date. Employee number Relates to: Employee table Employee's shift Job number Subjob (ifany) Customer number Form number The ducode ( display/units code ) is an 8 digit number that represents what is being displayed on the DMI device and in what units for the gross, net, rate and remaining respectively. It's use by PlantVista. The format is: GD GU ND NU RD RU RMD RMU Where: GD gross display: 1 = form gross, 4 = shift gross GU gross units: 1 = impressions, 2 = pieces, 3 = inches, 4 = feet ND NU RD RU net display: net units: 2 = form net, 5 = shift net 1 = impressions, 2 = pieces, 3 = inches, 4 = feet
rate display: always 7 rate units: 1 = imps/hr, 2 = pieces/hr, 3 = in/min, 4 = ft/min
RMD remaining display: 8 = remaining gross 3 = remaining net RMU remaining units: 1 = impressions, 2 = pieces, 3 = inches, 4 = feet GrossDisp GrossUnits JohnsonGroup smallint smallint See dispunits See dispunits Page 372

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
MstatData smallint smallint smallint smallint smallint int int int int int int datetime int datetime int int int int int int int smallint smallint smallint smallint int int smallint decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) tinyint smallint decimal (9,2)
Mstat Data See dispunits See dispunits See dispunits See dispunits See dispunits Gross counter reading Net counter reading. Remaining counter reading. Machine running speed. Machine speed in ft/min Max rate encounted for this machine. Date that job started. Time that job started. Date that form started. Time that form started. Not used. Starting time of current operation. Customer order quantity Quantity being printed. Not used. Not used Number wide Number out. Number of job/forms in this run. Number of webs Not used. Not used Type of machine as specified in the DeptSched table. Form length Form width Inches per each revolution of the cutoff cylinder. Not used Sensor counts per revolution of press cylinder Circumferance of cutoff cylinder.
(Cont'd)
NetDisp NetUnits RateUnits RemainDisp RemainUnits GrossCntr NetCntr RemainCntr Rate Rateftmin MaxRate JobSDate JobSTime FormSDate FormSTime MstatReads DMISTime CustOrdQty PrintQty PrintQtyTime TotParts NWide NOut NGanged NWebs QtyOnSkid WasteSheets EquipType FormLen FormWid InchesPerRev FormFit CountsPerRev CylCircum JohnsonGroup
Page 373

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
MstatData decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) int decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) int int int int smallint smallint smallint int int datetime int int int smallint
Mstat Data One of the factors used in scaling the DMI counters. One of the factors used in scaling the DMI counters. One of the factors used in scaling the DMI counters. One of the factors used in scaling the DMI counters. MR objective Objective running rate. Waste objective Estimated MR1 hours Estimated MR2 hours Estimated RUN hours Seconds in MR Number of seconds in RUN mode. Number of seconds not in MR or RUN. Number of seconds since the start of the operation. Prem catagory DMI catagory DMI catagory of the previous operation. Operation code Previous operation code. Date that the operation began. Time that the operation began. Operation in effect at end of shift. Operation code of the reason for a previous STOP. Type of DMI device; 5 = AC500 7 = AC100
(Cont'd)
ScalingFact ScaleFactA ScaleFactB ScaleFactC MRObj RateObj WasteObj EstMR1Hrs EstMR2Hrs EstRUNHrs MRSecs RunSecs OtherSecs OperSecs PremCat DMICat PrevDMICat Oper PrevOper OperSDate OperSTime EOSOper ReasonOper DMIType
ReasonDelay NeedReason EOSGross EOSNet TotEndGross TotEndNet TotEndRun
int tinyint int int int int int
Number of seconds to wait after a STOP before displaying the reason required message. The previous generic STOP operation needs a reasoncode. Gross at end of shift Net at end of shift Not used Not used Not used
JohnsonGroup
Page 374

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
MstatData int int int int int int int int int int int int int int int int decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) int int int int int int int int
Mstat Data Not used Not used Not used Not used Waste accumulated of this run. Unused Material code for 1st DMI material entry. Material code for 2nd DMI material entry. Material code for 3rd DMI material entry. Material code for 4th DMI material entry. Material code for 5th DMI material entry. Material code for 6th DMI material entry. Material code for 7th DMI material entry. Material code for 8th DMI material entry. Material code for 9th DMI material entry. Material code for 10th DMI material entry. Multiplier for 1st DMI material entry. Multiplier for 2nd DMI material entry. Multiplier for 3rd DMI material entry. Multiplier for 4th DMI material entry. Multiplier for 5th DMI material entry. Multiplier for 6th DMI material entry. Multiplier for 7th DMI material entry. Multiplier for 8th DMI material entry. Multiplier for 9th DMI material entry. Multiplier for 10th DMI material entry. Starting gross count for 1st DMI material code. Starting gross count for 2nd DMI material code. Starting gross count for 3rd DMI material code. Starting gross count for 4th DMI material code. Starting gross count for 5th DMI material code. Starting gross count for 6th DMI material code. Starting gross count for 7th DMI material code. Starting gross count for 8th DMI material code.
(Cont'd)
TotFormGross TotFormNet TotFormRem TotRunSecs Waste DMTime DMMcc1 DMMcc2 DMMcc3 DMMcc4 DMMcc5 DMMcc6 DMMcc7 DMMcc8 DMMcc9 DMMcc10 DMMult1 DMMult2 DMMult3 DMMult4 DMMult5 DMMult6 DMMult7 DMMult8 DMMult9 DMMult10 DMGross1 DMGross2 DMGross3 DMGross4 DMGross5 DMGross6 DMGross7 DMGross8 JohnsonGroup
Page 375

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
MstatData int int int int int int int int int smallint smallint smallint int int int int tinyint int int int int int varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (40)
Mstat Data Starting gross count for 9th DMI material code. Starting gross count for 10th DMI material code. Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used. Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Description of 1st DMI material code. Description of 2nd DMI material code. Description of 3rd DMI material code. Description of 4th DMI material code. Description of 5th DMI material code. Description of 6th DMI material code.
(Cont'd)
DMGross9 DMGross10 HelpTime Help1 Help2 Help3 Help4 Help5 Help6 MACHEntries MACHMaxEntry MACHSample MACHUpdTime MACHScanTIme MACHBusy MACHSeq MACHDebug MACHDMach MACHDJob MACHSortTime MACHFormStart MACHFormEnd Help1Name Help2Name Help3Name Help4Name Help5Name Help6Name DM1Desc DM2Desc DM3Desc DM4Desc DM5Desc DM6Desc JohnsonGroup
Page 376

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
MstatData varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (50) varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (30) varchar (30) varchar (30) varchar (30) varchar (1,900) int
Mstat Data Description of 7th DMI material code. Description of 8th DMI material code. Description of 9th DMI material code. Description of 10th DMI material code. Customer Name Form Name Not used Machine name Machine configuration name. Operation description. Employee Name Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used This is the ID used as the operation code when sending job schedules to PrintFlow.
(Cont'd)
DM7Desc DM8Desc DM9Desc DM10Desc CustName FormName OrderName MachName ConfName OperName EmpName FormHdr NWebsHdr NWideHdr NOutHdr AllFields JobTaskID
JohnsonGroup
Page 377

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
MstatData
Mstat Data
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column Config CountsPerRev Cust CustOrdQty CylCircum DispUnits DMGross1 DMGross10 DMGross2 DMGross3 DMGross4 DMGross5 DMGross6 DMGross7 DMGross8 DMGross9 DMICat DMISTime DMIType DMMcc1 DMMcc10 DMMcc2 DMMcc3 DMMcc4 DMMcc5 DMMcc6 DMMcc7 DMMcc8 DMMcc9 DMMult1 DMMult10 DMMult2 DMMult3 DMMult4 DMMult5 DMMult6 DMMult7 DMMult8 DMMult9 DMTime Emp EOSGross EOSNet EOSOper EquipType EstMR1Hrs EstMR2Hrs EstRUNHrs Form FormFit FormLen FormSDate Constraint ([Config] >= 0 and [Config] <= 999999) ([CountsPerRev] >= 0 and [CountsPerRev] <= 999) ([Cust] >= 0 and [Cust] <= 999999999) ([CustOrdQty] >= 0 and [CustOrdQty] <= 999999999) ([CylCircum] >= 0 and [CylCircum] <= 999999) ([DispUnits] >= 0 and [DispUnits] <= 99999999) ([DMGross1] >= 0 and [DMGross1] <= 999999999) ([DMGross10] >= 0 and [DMGross10] <= 999999999) ([DMGross2] >= 0 and [DMGross2] <= 999999999) ([DMGross3] >= 0 and [DMGross3] <= 999999999) ([DMGross4] >= 0 and [DMGross4] <= 999999999) ([DMGross5] >= 0 and [DMGross5] <= 999999999) ([DMGross6] >= 0 and [DMGross6] <= 999999999) ([DMGross7] >= 0 and [DMGross7] <= 999999999) ([DMGross8] >= 0 and [DMGross8] <= 999999999) ([DMGross9] >= 0 and [DMGross9] <= 999999999) ([DMICat] >= 0 and [DMICat] <= 999) ([DMISTime] >= 0 and [DMISTime] <= 999999) ([DMIType] >= 0 and [DMIType] <= 99) ([DMMcc1] >= 0 and [DMMcc1] <= 9999999) ([DMMcc10] >= 0 and [DMMcc10] <= 9999999) ([DMMcc2] >= 0 and [DMMcc2] <= 9999999) ([DMMcc3] >= 0 and [DMMcc3] <= 9999999) ([DMMcc4] >= 0 and [DMMcc4] <= 9999999) ([DMMcc5] >= 0 and [DMMcc5] <= 9999999) ([DMMcc6] >= 0 and [DMMcc6] <= 9999999) ([DMMcc7] >= 0 and [DMMcc7] <= 9999999) ([DMMcc8] >= 0 and [DMMcc8] <= 9999999) ([DMMcc9] >= 0 and [DMMcc9] <= 9999999) ([DMMult1] >= 0 and [DMMult1] <= 9999999) ([DMMult10] >= 0 and [DMMult10] <= 9999999) ([DMMult2] >= 0 and [DMMult2] <= 9999999) ([DMMult3] >= 0 and [DMMult3] <= 9999999) ([DMMult4] >= 0 and [DMMult4] <= 9999999) ([DMMult5] >= 0 and [DMMult5] <= 9999999) ([DMMult6] >= 0 and [DMMult6] <= 9999999) ([DMMult7] >= 0 and [DMMult7] <= 9999999) ([DMMult8] >= 0 and [DMMult8] <= 9999999) ([DMMult9] >= 0 and [DMMult9] <= 9999999) ([DMTime] >= 0 and [DMTime] <= 9999999) ([Emp] >= 0 and [Emp] <= 999999) ([EOSGross] >= 0 and [EOSGross] <= 999999999) ([EOSNet] >= 0 and [EOSNet] <= 999999999) ([EOSOper] >= 0 and [EOSOper] <= 9999) ([EquipType] >= 0 and [EquipType] <= 99) ([EstMR1Hrs] >= 0 and [EstMR1Hrs] <= 999999) ([EstMR2Hrs] >= 0 and [EstMR2Hrs] <= 999999) ([EstRUNHrs] >= 0 and [EstRUNHrs] <= 999999) ([Form] >= 0 and [Form] <= 999999) ([FormFit] >= 0 and [FormFit] <= 1) ([FormLen] >= 0 and [FormLen] <= 999999) ([FormSDate] >= 0 and [FormSDate] <= 999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 378

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
MstatData
Mstat Data ([FormSTime] >= 0 and [FormSTime] <= 999999) ([FormWid] >= 0 and [FormWid] <= 999999) ([GrossCntr] >= 0 and [GrossCntr] <= 999999999) ([GrossDisp] >= 0 and [GrossDisp] <= 99) ([GrossUnits] >= 0 and [GrossUnits] <= 99) ([Help1] >= 0 and [Help1] <= 999999) ([Help2] >= 0 and [Help2] <= 999999) ([Help3] >= 0 and [Help3] <= 999999) ([Help4] >= 0 and [Help4] <= 999999) ([Help5] >= 0 and [Help5] <= 999999) ([Help6] >= 0 and [Help6] <= 999999) ([HelpTime] >= 0 and [HelpTime] <= 999999) ([InchesPerRev] >= 0 and [InchesPerRev] <= 999999) ([Job] >= 0 and [Job] <= 999999999) ([JobSDate] >= 0 and [JobSDate] <= 999999) ([JobSTime] >= 0 and [JobSTime] <= 999999) ([LineN] >= 0 and [LineN] <= 9999) ([LogDate] >= 0 and [LogDate] <= 999999) ([MACHBusy] >= 0 and [MACHBusy] <= 9999999) ([MACHDebug] >= 0 and [MACHDebug] <= 9) ([MACHDJob] >= 0 and [MACHDJob] <= 9999999) ([MACHDMach] >= 0 and [MACHDMach] <= 99999) ([MACHEntries] >= 0 and [MACHEntries] <= 999) ([MACHFormEnd] >= 0 and [MACHFormEnd] <= 9999999) ([MACHFormStart] >= 0 and [MACHFormStart] <= 9999999) ([Machine] >= 0 and [Machine] <= 9999) ([MACHMaxEntry] >= 0 and [MACHMaxEntry] <= 999) ([MACHSample] >= 0 and [MACHSample] <= 999) ([MACHScanTIme] >= 0 and [MACHScanTIme] <= 9999999) ([MACHSeq] >= 0 and [MACHSeq] <= 9999999) ([MACHSortTime] >= 0 and [MACHSortTime] <= 9999999) ([MACHUpdTime] >= 0 and [MACHUpdTime] <= 9999999) ([MaxRate] >= 0 and [MaxRate] <= 999999) ([MRObj] >= 0 and [MRObj] <= 999999) ([MRSecs] >= 0 and [MRSecs] <= 9999999) ([MstatReads] >= 0 and [MstatReads] <= 999999) ([NeedReason] >= 0 and [NeedReason] <= 1) ([NetCntr] >= 0 and [NetCntr] <= 999999999) ([NetDisp] >= 0 and [NetDisp] <= 99) ([NetUnits] >= 0 and [NetUnits] <= 99) ([NGanged] >= 0 and [NGanged] <= 999) ([NOut] >= 0 and [NOut] <= 999) ([NWebs] >= 0 and [NWebs] <= 999) ([NWide] >= 0 and [NWide] <= 999) ([Oper] >= 0 and [Oper] <= 9999) ([OperSDate] >= 0 and [OperSDate] <= 999999) ([OperSecs] >= 0 and [OperSecs] <= 9999999) ([OperSTime] >= 0 and [OperSTime] <= 999999) ([OtherSecs] >= 0 and [OtherSecs] <= 9999999) ([PremCat] >= 0 and [PremCat] <= 999) ([PrevDMICat] >= 0 and [PrevDMICat] <= 999) ([PrevOper] >= 0 and [PrevOper] <= 9999) ([PrintQty] >= 0 and [PrintQty] <= 999999999) ([PrintQtyTime] >= 0 and [PrintQtyTime] <= 9999999) ([QtyOnSkid] >= 0 and [QtyOnSkid] <= 9999999) ([Rate] >= 0 and [Rate] <= 999999)
(Cont'd)
FormSTime FormWid GrossCntr GrossDisp GrossUnits Help1 Help2 Help3 Help4 Help5 Help6 HelpTime InchesPerRev Job JobSDate JobSTime LineN LogDate MACHBusy MACHDebug MACHDJob MACHDMach MACHEntries MACHFormEnd MACHFormStart Machine MACHMaxEntry MACHSample MACHScanTIme MACHSeq MACHSortTime MACHUpdTime MaxRate MRObj MRSecs MstatReads NeedReason NetCntr NetDisp NetUnits NGanged NOut NWebs NWide Oper OperSDate OperSecs OperSTime OtherSecs PremCat PrevDMICat PrevOper PrintQty PrintQtyTime QtyOnSkid Rate JohnsonGroup
Page 379

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
MstatData
Mstat Data ([Rateftmin] >= 0 and [Rateftmin] <= 999999) ([RateObj] >= 0 and [RateObj] <= 999999) ([RateUnits] >= 0 and [RateUnits] <= 99) ([ReasonDelay] >= 0 and [ReasonDelay] <= 99999) ([ReasonOper] >= 0 and [ReasonOper] <= 9999) ([RemainCntr] >= 0 and [RemainCntr] <= 999999999) ([RemainDisp] >= 0 and [RemainDisp] <= 99) ([RemainUnits] >= 0 and [RemainUnits] <= 99) ([RunSecs] >= 0 and [RunSecs] <= 9999999) ([ScaleFactA] >= 0 and [ScaleFactA] <= 9999999) ([ScaleFactB] >= 0 and [ScaleFactB] <= 9999999) ([ScaleFactC] >= 0 and [ScaleFactC] <= 9999999) ([ScalingFact] >= 0 and [ScalingFact] <= 9999999) ([SeqN] >= 0 and [SeqN] <= 9999999) ([Shift] >= 0 and [Shift] <= 9) ([SJob] >= 0 and [SJob] <= 999999) ([TotEndGross] >= 0 and [TotEndGross] <= 999999999) ([TotEndNet] >= 0 and [TotEndNet] <= 999999999) ([TotEndRun] >= 0 and [TotEndRun] <= 999999999) ([TotFormGross] >= 0 and [TotFormGross] <= 999999999) ([TotFormNet] >= 0 and [TotFormNet] <= 999999999) ([TotFormRem] >= 0 and [TotFormRem] <= 999999999) ([TotParts] >= 0 and [TotParts] <= 999999) ([TotRunSecs] >= 0 and [TotRunSecs] <= 999999999) ([TxDate] >= 0 and [TxDate] <= 999999) ([TxTime] >= 0 and [TxTime] <= 999999) ([Waste] >= 0 and [Waste] <= 999999999) ([WasteObj] >= 0 and [WasteObj] <= 999999) ([WasteSheets] >= 0 and [WasteSheets] <= 999999999)
(Cont'd)
Rateftmin RateObj RateUnits ReasonDelay ReasonOper RemainCntr RemainDisp RemainUnits RunSecs ScaleFactA ScaleFactB ScaleFactC ScalingFact SeqN Shift SJob TotEndGross TotEndNet TotEndRun TotFormGross TotFormNet TotFormRem TotParts TotRunSecs TxDate TxTime Waste WasteObj WasteSheets
JohnsonGroup
Page 380

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
NextEst
Next Est
Single field controlling the next Issue Number supplied to a client issuing an estimate.
Indexes on EstSeq Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
EstSeq
int
Number of Next New Estimate: In the estimators' loc work database, it is a sequence number. On the server, it is the next Issued Estimate number.
Field Constraints Column EstSeq Constraint ([EstSeq] >= 0 and [EstSeq] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 381

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Notes
Notes
Run notes provided by Estimating 3 concerning press speed and other run details unique to an operation.
Indexes on IssNum, ConfigNum, CompNum, OperID, Instance, CostID, CostIDinst Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
IssNum
int
Issued Estimate number This is the number used to track the particular version of an estimate. If an estimate is Opened for Edit and reissued, it will receive a new Issue Number. These are assigned sequentially. Relates to: Estimates table Component Number Estimate number Operation ID Sequence number (including Group ID - GGGOOOO) Instance of this operation Cost Function ID ( SU, MR, RUN) Instance of Cost ID if multiple Cost Functions (eg Makereadies) are used in a single operation. Labor, Outside Purchase or Material Flag Note about Cost ID for qty 1 These are generated by Estimating, generally contains extra information about run operations. Note about Cost ID for qty 2 Note about Cost ID for qty 3 Note about Cost ID for qty 4 Note about Cost ID for qty 5 General description of Operation Contains list of attachments and other info about an operation. Format Code for reports mult = details of multiple instances of Cost Func mach = details of multiple Cost Funcs (machines) The configuration for this note.
CompNum EstNum OperID GrpOpSeq Instance CostID CostIDinst LabMatFlag Note1 Note2 Note3 Note4 Note5 Description PrintFormat
int decimal (15,2) varchar (8) int smallint varchar (4) smallint varchar (2) varchar (30) varchar (30) varchar (30) varchar (30) varchar (30) varchar (200) varchar (10)
ConfigNum
int
JohnsonGroup
Page 382

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Notes
Notes
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column CompNum ConfigNum CostIDinst EstNum GrpOpSeq Instance IssNum Constraint ([CompNum] >= 0 and [CompNum] <= 99999) ([ConfigNum]>=(-1) AND [ConfigNum]<=(99999)) ([CostIDinst] >= 0 and [CostIDinst] <= 99) ([EstNum] >= 0 and [EstNum] <= 99999999) ([GrpOpSeq] >= 0 and [GrpOpSeq] <= 9999999) ([Instance] >= 0 and [Instance] <= 99) ([IssNum] >= 1 and [IssNum] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 383

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ODPTransactions
ODP Transactions
This table contains a log of the ODP (Open DMI Protocol) transactions sent by Shop Floor Data Collection and Auto-Count products. ODP transactions are strings containing labor, material, job status, and DMI data.
Indexes on Date, TransNo Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
TransNo Date ODPData ShiftDate TxType Employee Shift

Field Constraints Column Employee Shift
bigint identity datetime varchar (3,000) datetime smallint int smallint
A sequence number that reflects the order in which the ODP transaction was entered. The date and time on which the ODP transaction was added. The ODP data string. The shiftdate associated with the transaction. The type of the ODPTransaction Employee that created the transaction The shift.
Constraint ([Employee]>=(0) AND [Employee]<=(999999)) ([Shift]>=(0) AND [Shift]<=(9))
JohnsonGroup
Page 384

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
OpenJob
Open Job
The OpenJob table stores header information for the jobs in your system. The job number here is the key for lots of related information like Material commitments or direct purchases.
Indexes on JobN BookedDate CustomerN DueDate Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables Alterations ComboJobDef CT_AddlShipInfo CT_JobForm CT_JobGrid1 CT_JobGrid2 DirectPurchase JDFRequest JobFormSpecs JobLabor JobMaterial JobShipIndex JobShipments LaborQuote MaterialPlan MaterialQuote PartialBilling PlannedLabor PlannedMaterial Revisions SubjobDetail SubjobList Related Tables ACRunProducts ARBatch ARTransaction ComboJobDef CT_BillPoolInit CT_CostSheet CT_EJTmailing CT_EJTOffset CT_Job CT_MailingChecklist CT_MileStones CT_RLD CT_RLM_Job CT_SoftwareTracker DirectPurchase EJTbindery EJTcustsup EJTheader EJTletterpress EJToffset1 EJTprepress Estimates Description Primary key, clustered Nonclustered Nonclustered Nonclustered Column
JobN JobN JobN JobN JobN JobN JobN JobN JobN JobN JobN JobN JobN JobN JobN JobN JobN JobN JobN JobN JobN JobN JobNumber JobNumber JobN ComponentJob JobN JobN JobN JobN JobN JobN JobN JobN JobN JobN ProductionJobN JobN JobN JobN JobN JobN JobN JobNumber Page 385
JohnsonGroup

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
OpenJob FGInvMaster FormTotalizer JGroupJTicket JobContactInfo JobDSFItem JobEstHeader JobLabor JobMaterial JobStatus1 JWOpenJobExt MachineCards MaterialTrans POItem PrintcafeProj QQHeaderInfo QQOrder RollTransactions SchJob ShipmentItems WebOrderDetail WinInvJobs WSRollInventory
Open Job LastJobN Job JobN JobN JobN JobN ProductionJobN ProductionJobN JobN JobN ProductionJobN JobN JobN JobN JobN JobNumber ProductionJob JobNumber MainReference JobN Job ProductionJob
Type
(Cont'd)
Column
JobN CustomersPON JobDescription CustomerN
A unique number that identifies the job. Used to cross-reference the job to other tables. The customer's purchase order number for this job, entered with JobVista. A description of the job, entered with Jobvista. The number of the customer for this job. program.The customer number must be in the Customer table. Relates to: Customer table The product code for this job. It must be a valid number in the ProductCode table. The Sales Analysis Reports can be used to separate costs according to the product codes to determine which types of jobs are the most profitable. Relates to: ProductCode table The salesperson number for this job, as taken from the Customer table, or entered with JobVista. The salesperson number must be in the Salesperson table. Relates to: Salesperson table The date the job should be completed. The estimated final sale price of the job. This field is displayed in JobVista as the "Estimated sales" field in the General Info window. When an estimate is associated with a job, the value entered in this field is controlled by the Estimated Quoted Sales Source parameter. The current status of the job. 0 = Open 1 = Closed 2 = Re-opened
ProductCode
int
SalesmanN
int
DueDate QuotedSales
datetime decimal (12,2)
JobStatus
tinyint
JohnsonGroup
Page 386

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
OpenJob datetime smallint
Open Job The date the job was booked entered by Jobvista. The number of the production planner for the job. The number must be listed in the Production Planner table. Relates to: ProdPlanner table Code indicating whether F.O.B. is at the printer's or the customer's. This value is used with the Pass Thru Flag in an MCC record to determine how freight is charged to a particular job. 1 = Our Plant 2 = Customer
(Cont'd)
BookedDate ProdPlanner
FOBCode
tinyint
IssueNumber ShippedDate Configuration
int datetime int
Issue number from the Estimating system for the estimate used for the quote for the job. The date the job was shipped. Configuration number from the Estimating system. The Configuration number is the bindery section specified when the estimate was associated with the job as a Quote. (formerly part of BindQtyMod field) The quantity to be produced. Indicates if the job is new or is being reprinted. 0 = New Job 1 = Reprint 2 = Changes 3 = Reprint-PE 4 = New Rev 5 = Prod Launch
Quantity ReprintCode
int tinyint
PreviousJobN Commission
int decimal (9,2)
The job number assigned the last time this specific work was performed. Commission percentage assigned to the salesperson for this job. TO BE IMPLEMENTED IN A FUTURE RELEASE
CommissionCode
smallint
An optional field for which the use defines the values. Designed to track sales commissions. 1 = No Commission 2 = Commission level 1 3 = Commission level 2
TargetSell
decimal (15,2)
The targeted sales price brought over from the estimate when it was associated with the job. The value entered in this field is controlled by the Estimated Target Sales Source parameter. Can also be manually entered. The targeted value added dollar amount brought over from the estimate when it was associated with the job. Can be manually entered as well. Indicates where the job should be shipped, either the billing address or an alternative address 0 = none
TargetValue ShipCode
JohnsonGroup
Page 387

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
OpenJob
Open Job 1 = Bill To 2 = Ship To 3 = See List
(Cont'd)
SalesAcctN Priority
int tinyint
Obsolete for SQL. Converted UNIX databases may contain historical data. Relates to: GLAccounts table Indicates to the Scheduling System if this is a top priority job. 0 = Normal Priority 1 = ** TOP PRIORITY **
PriceperM OversAllowed JOBREPRunFlag
decimal (15,4) decimal (9,2) tinyint
The price per thousand units produced for this job. The pecentage of billable overs allowed on the job. Indicates whether or not the Job Report has been run for this job since the last update to it. You are not allowed to close a job if jobrep has not been run since. 0 = NOT run; 1 = run, okay to close job. A value of 0 indicates that the current job is not being produced for finished goods. If the value is non-zero, this field indicates the finished goods item # which this job is producing. Relates to: FGInvMaster table Identifies administrative jobs and determines how the zero program will deal with the job record and associated transactions: 0 = Standard job 1 = Internal admin. job
FGIItemNumber
int
ZEROType
tinyint
SourceOfJob
tinyint
Indicates how the job was entered into the database. You may not edit the Customer Order# field for jobs whose Source of job is 7 or 8; the Customer Order# contains the reference back to the original order. 0 = JobVista 1 = Job Ticket 2 = Job Import 3 = QuickQuote 4 = Estimating 3 5 = JobVista (imported) 7 = PrinterSite Internal 8 = Digital StoreFront 9 = Direct order - FG
SourceOfQuote
tinyint
Source of quote if estimate has been associated 0 = None 1 = Text file 2 = Estimating II 3 = Estimating 3 4 = QuickQuote
PagesPerPiece
int
Indicates the number of pages in each item produced.
JohnsonGroup
Page 388

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
OpenJob varchar (20)
Open Job The identifier your customer uses for the product which you are producing. For example, you may produce purchase orders, which are identified as Form #12343 at your customer. RESERVED FOR FUTURE EXPANSION. Identifies the order for which you are producing this job. Note that this supplements a purchase order number. This field identifies the agreement between the end consumer and the person taking the order. This is commonly used when: 1) you produce a job for another printer. 2) you produce goods for a distributor, such as a business forms company. 3) your product is a component of a master project which has a type of work order number. 4) you want to record a reference to a specific agreement or proposal, such as "Proposal #14." For a Printer Site Exchange order, this is the PSE order number. Text field for use by customer. Can be populated from the Estimate Detailed Description when associated from an estimate from Estimating 3. This is the path to the revision detail file, relative to the database. If recording revisions is enabled, whenever a user changes the job ticket detail is logged to this text file. Default tax code that will be used by Invoicing when you bill this job. Relates to: TaxCode table The earliest date on which this job should start being scheduled. A status field to indicate when a job is ready to be scheduled. A default value is taken from the Product Code entry when a Product Code is assigned to a job. 0 = Not ready to schedule 1 = Ready to schedule 2 = Do not schedule 3 = Automatically add to schedule
(Cont'd)
CustomerPartN
NotUsed CustomerOrderN
ExtraJobInfo RevisionFile
varchar (5,000) varchar (31)
TaxCode EarliestStartDate SchedStatus
int datetime tinyint
QtyIndex QuoteFlag
tinyint tinyint
The QtyIndex is the quantity index specified in the estimate or quote. (formerly part of the BindQtyMod field)
1 = Quoted 2 = Not Quoted FGOrderN WEBOrderN BookedTime DueTime ShippedTime FGOrderItemN int int datetime datetime datetime int Finished goods order to be filled by this job .This is a print on demand job if this field is nonzero. This is the order number of the originating printer site fulfillment order. If this is 0 the order did not originate on the web site. The time the job was booked The time the job is due. The time the job was shipped. The OrderAuditN for the order item that is mapped to this job for a direct order workflow item.
JohnsonGroup
Page 389

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
OpenJob int
Open Job If the job originated with an integrated application (for example, PrinterSite Exchange), this field holds the unique numeric ID of that integrated application. This allows real-time status updates about the job to be sent back to the application. Relates to: PCafeBrand table A flag that indicates whether or not production is allowed on the job. If set it prevents data collection clients from working on the job. 0 = No 1 = Yes
(Cont'd)
BrandKey
ProductionHold
bit
PlanIssueNumber PlanConfiguration
int int
Issue number from the Estimating system for the estimate used for planning the job. Configuration number from the Estimating system. The Configuration number is the bindery section specified when the estimate was associated with the job as a planning estimate. The index of the quantity used in the planning estimate or quote. Source of the plan used for the job. 0 = None 3 = Estimating 3 4 = QuickQuote
PlanQtyIndex SourceOfPlan
tinyint tinyint
JobCloseDate PrintBuyer
datetime int
The date as of which the job was closed. A reference to the print buyer for this job. This number corresponds to the AddressNumber column in the CustShipAddr record for the customer for this job. The PrintBuyer would be contained in the Attention field for this record Relates to: CustShipAddr table A reference to the AR Contact for this job. This number corresponds to the AddressNumber column in the CustShipAddr record for the customer for this job. The ARContact would be contained in the Attention field for this record. Relates to: CustShipAddr table
ARContact
int
JohnsonGroup
Page 390

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
OpenJob
Open Job
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column ARContact Commission CommissionCode Configuration CustomerN FGIItemNumber FGOrderItemN FGOrderN FOBCode IssueNumber JobN JOBREPRunFlag JobStatus OversAllowed PagesPerPiece PlanIssueNumber PlanQtyIndex PreviousJobN PriceperM PrintBuyer Priority ProdPlanner ProductCode QtyIndex Quantity QuotedSales ReprintCode SalesAcctN SalesmanN ShipCode SourceOfJob SourceOfPlan SourceOfQuote TargetSell TargetValue TaxCode WEBOrderN ZEROType Constraint ([ARContact]>=(0) AND [ARContact]<=(9999999)) ([Commission] >= 0 and [Commission] <= 100) ([CommissionCode] >= 0 and [CommissionCode] <= 99) ([Configuration] >= 0 and [Configuration] <= 99999) ([CustomerN] >= 0 and [CustomerN] <= 999999999) ([FGIItemNumber] >= 0 and [FGIItemNumber] <= 9999999) ([FGOrderItemN] >= 0 and [FGOrderItemN] <= 9999999) ([FGOrderN] >= 0 and [FGOrderN] <= 999999999) ([FOBCode] >= 0 and [FOBCode] <= 2) ([issuenumber] >= 0 and [issuenumber] <= 999999999) ([JobN] >= 0 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([JOBREPRunFlag] >= 0 and [JOBREPRunFlag] <= 1) ([JobStatus] >= 0 and [JobStatus] <= 2) ([OversAllowed] >= 0 and [OversAllowed] <= 99.99) ([PagesPerPiece] >= 0 and [PagesPerPiece] <= 9999) ([PlanIssueNumber]>=(0) AND [PlanIssueNumber]<=(999999999)) ([PlanQtyIndex]>=(0) AND [PlanQtyIndex]<=(5)) ([previousjobn] >= 0 and [previousjobn] <= 999999999) ([PriceperM] >= 0 and [PriceperM] <= 999999999) ([PrintBuyer]>=(0) AND [PrintBuyer]<=(9999999)) ([Priority] >= 0 and [Priority] <= 1) ([ProdPlanner] >= 0 and [ProdPlanner] <= 9999) ([ProductCode] >= 0 and [ProductCode] <= 9999999) ([QtyIndex] >= 0 and [QtyIndex] <= 5) ([Quantity] >= 0 and [Quantity] <= 999999999) ([QuotedSales] >= 0 and [QuotedSales] <= 999999999) ([ReprintCode] >= 0 and [ReprintCode] <= 5) ([SalesAcctN] >= 0 and [SalesAcctN] <= 999999999) ([SalesmanN] >= 0 and [SalesmanN] <= 9999999) ([ShipCode] >= 0 and [ShipCode] <= 3) ([SourceOfJob] >= 0 and [SourceOfJob] <= 9) ([SourceOfPlan]>=(0) AND [SourceOfPlan]<=(4)) ([SourceOfQuote] >= 0 and [SourceOfQuote] <= 4) ([TargetSell] >= 0 and [TargetSell] <= 9999999999999) ([TargetValue] >= 0 and [TargetValue] <= 9999999999999) ([TaxCode] >= 0 and [TaxCode] <= 9999999) ([WEBOrderN] >= 0 and [WEBOrderN] <= 999999999) ([ZEROType] >= 0 and [ZEROType] <= 1)
JohnsonGroup
Page 391

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
OperationCodes
Operation Codes
The Operation Code table defines the operation codes that the DMI system recognizes. The Operation Code table also defines the category of the operation, used by premops to determine the type of sequence (MRI, MRII, or RUN) the machine is in. Also used by DMI for auto state detection and by SFDC to determine which prompt to display next. Maintained by Table Maintenance.
Indexes on OperationCode Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables Equipment JDFOperationCode MachineCards Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
DMIstop OperationCode OperationCode
OperationCode Description OpcodeCategory
Unique number to identify the operation code. The description of the operation code. Used by DMI to determine how to summarize data on reports. Indicates the general category of operation into which each operation code fits. This value relates directly to the DMI Category field, and in many cases will match it. See the DMI Manual for details. 0 = none 1 = Makeready 1 2 = Makeready 2 3 = Run 4 = Completion 5 = Not Crewed 6 = Event 7 = Idle 9 = Misc 10 = Stop 11 = Stop-Plant 12 = Stop-Supplier
NonCh1Chg0 DMICategory
tinyint smallint
If this field is 0, then the operation is an operation whose time is normally chargeable to a customer; 1 means the operation is not normally chargeable. Required whether or not you will be using DMI. Used by SFDC to determine which prompt to display after the operator enters an operation code. Used by DMI for Automatic State Detection. This value relates directly to the Opcode Category field, and in many cases will match it. See the DMI Manual for details. 0 = none 1 = MR1 2 = MR2 3 = Run 4 = Stop 5 = Un Stop 6 = EOF 7 = EOJ 8 = EOS 9 = EOU
JohnsonGroup
Page 392

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
OperationCodes
Operation Codes 10 = HelpIN 11 = HelpOUT 20 = Idle time 60 = Splice 65 = Add DMI.material 66 = Replace DMI.material 67 = Delete DMI.material 68 = End DMI.material Use 69 = Clear DMI.material 70 = Mount Roll 71 = DisMount Roll 72 = Reject Roll 73 = Splice Fail 74 = Web Break 81 = GetCnt 82 = SetCnt 83 = IncCnt 84 = DecCnt 85 = IncDec 86 = DecInc 91 = Matl 92 = Prog 93 = SkidQty 94 = Scale 95 = Jstat 96 = New Skid
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column DMICategory NonCh1Chg0 OpcodeCategory OperationCode Constraint ([DMICategory] >= 0 and [DMICategory] <= 99) ([NonCh1Chg0] >= 0 and [NonCh1Chg0] <= 1) ([OpcodeCategory] >= 0 and [OpcodeCategory] <= 13) ([OperationCode] >= 0 and [OperationCode] <= 9999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 393

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Operations
Operations
The list of operations used in each component in an Estimating 3 estimate.

Indexes on IssNum, CompNum, OperID, Instance Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
IssNum
int
Issued Estimate number. This is the number used to track the particular version of an estimate. If an estimate is Opened for Edit and reissued, it will receive a new Issue Number. These are assigned sequentially. Relates to: Estimates table Component Number Estimate Number Sequence number (including Group sequence number and Operation sequence number - GGGOOOO) Used for ordering the Operation Calculations on reports. Operation ID used for the given component Instance of this operation in this component (If there are more than one of an operation this field keeps track of which one is being referenced)
CompNum EstNum GrpOpSeq OperID Instance
int decimal (15,2) int varchar (8) smallint
Field Constraints Column CompNum EstNum GrpOpSeq Instance IssNum Constraint ([CompNum] >= 0 and [CompNum] <= 99999) ([EstNum] >= 0 and [EstNum] <= 99999999) ([GrpOpSeq] >= 0 and [GrpOpSeq] <= 9999999) ([Instance] >= 0 and [Instance] <= 99) ([IssNum] >= 1 and [IssNum] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 394

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
OpList
Operation List
Estimating 3 Standards: contains operation information for all operations available in Est 3. Whether the operation or process is available in a particular component type depends on the CompOp entries.
Indexes on LogicID GroupID OperID Description Primary key, clustered Nonclustered Nonclustered
Column
Type
LogicID GroupID OperID Opseq
Unique ID for internal use (used on the server only). Department ID for display. Identifies the department to which the operation belongs. Unique Operation ID Sequence number for Operation within Department. Controls the sequence in which the opertions will be calculated as well as the order in which the operations will appear on the screen, within the departments. Description of operation Format Code for reports mult = detail for multiple Cost function instances mach = detail for multiple Cost Functions Indicates that this operation is a process ( 1 = Yes, 0 = No) OperID for link to MachineInfo file (also flags that this should appear in the Press listbox in Estimating 3). For simple operations this will be the same as the operation if this is a machine type operation. For processes, it will be the operation that represents the machine. Short Text string used for categorizing operations for Job Ticket mapping. Date Deactivated ("deleted") or 0 if still valid. Currently 'Qxxxx' for field to be added to local QuoteInfo file. This field determines in which Quote report category this operation will be placed. Spoilage ID for a spoilage table associated with the operation.
Description PrintFormat
Process MachineOperID
tinyint varchar (8)
TextMapID DeactivatedOn QuoteFormat SpoilID

Field Constraints Column LogicID Opseq Process
varchar (8) datetime varchar (10) int
Constraint ([LogicID] >= 0 and [LogicID] <= 9999999) ([Opseq] >= 0 and [Opseq] <= 9999) ([Process] >= 0 and [Process] <= 1)
JohnsonGroup
Page 395

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
OrgTypeList
Org Type List
OrgTypeList
Indexes on OrgType Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables Contacts Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
OrgType
OrgType Active
Org Type Active
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 396

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
OverallMarkups
Overall Markups
Contains the Overall Markup table overrides selected for an Estimating 3 estimate.
Indexes on IssNum, ConfigNum, Seqno Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
IssNum
int
Issued Estimate number. This is the number used to track the particular version of an estimate. If an estimate is Opened for Edit and reissued, it will receive a new Issue Number. These are assigned sequentially. Relates to: Estimates table Configuration number Estimate number ID of Markup table used as basis for this markup. Description of Option - description of markup table. Maintains the user's original order in the chosen markup options. Codes for which markups have override - Quantity 1 L=Labor, M=Material, O=Outside, S=Stock If code is not included for a class of costs, the markup is taken from the Markups table.
ConfigNum EstNum MkUpID Description Seqno OverQ1
int decimal (15,2) varchar (15) varchar (50) int varchar (4)
OverQ2 OverQ3 OverQ4 OverQ5 LaborQ1
varchar (4) varchar (4) varchar (4) varchar (4) decimal (9,4)
Codes for which markups have override - Quantity 2 Codes for which markups have override - Quantity 3 Codes for which markups have override - Quantity 4 Codes for which markups have override - Quantity 5 Overall Labor Markup - Qty1 If overrides are not signalled in Override fields, the rest of these quantities are calculated from the indicated Markup Table. If overrides are indicated, they were entered by the user. Overall Material Markup- Qty1 Overall Outside Purchases Markup- Qty1 Overall Stock Markup- Qty1 Overall Labor Markup - Qty2 Overall Material Markup- Qty2 Overall Outside Purchases Markup- Qty2 Overall Stock Markup- Qty2 Overall Labor Markup - Qty3 Overall Material Markup- Qty3 Overall Outside Purchases Markup- Qty3 Overall Stock Markup- Qty3 Page 397
MaterialQ1 OutsideQ1 StockQ1 LaborQ2 MaterialQ2 OutsideQ2 StockQ2 LaborQ3 MaterialQ3 OutsideQ3 StockQ3 JohnsonGroup
decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4)

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
OverallMarkups decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4)
Overall Markups Overall Labor Markup - Qty4 Overall Material Markup- Qty4 Overall Outside Purchases Markup- Qty4 Overall Stock Markup- Qty4 Overall Labor Markup - Qty5 Overall Material Markup- Qty5 Overall Outside Purchases Markup- Qty5 Overall Stock Markup- Qty5
(Cont'd)
LaborQ4 MaterialQ4 OutsideQ4 StockQ4 LaborQ5 MaterialQ5 OutsideQ5 StockQ5

Field Constraints Column ConfigNum EstNum IssNum LaborQ1 LaborQ2 LaborQ3 LaborQ4 LaborQ5 MaterialQ1 MaterialQ2 MaterialQ3 MaterialQ4 MaterialQ5 OutsideQ1 OutsideQ2 OutsideQ3 OutsideQ4 OutsideQ5 Seqno StockQ1 StockQ2 StockQ3 StockQ4 StockQ5
Constraint ([ConfigNum] >= 0 and [ConfigNum] <= 99999) ([EstNum] >= 0 and [EstNum] <= 99999999) ([IssNum] >= 1 and [IssNum] <= 999999999) ([LaborQ1] >= (-999) and [LaborQ1] <= 999) ([LaborQ2] >= (-999) and [LaborQ2] <= 999) ([LaborQ3] >= (-999) and [LaborQ3] <= 999) ([LaborQ4] >= (-999) and [LaborQ4] <= 999) ([LaborQ5] >= (-999) and [LaborQ5] <= 999) ([MaterialQ1] >= (-999) and [MaterialQ1] <= 999) ([MaterialQ2] >= (-999) and [MaterialQ2] <= 999) ([MaterialQ3] >= (-999) and [MaterialQ3] <= 999) ([MaterialQ4] >= (-999) and [MaterialQ4] <= 999) ([MaterialQ5] >= (-999) and [MaterialQ5] <= 999) ([OutsideQ1] >= (-999) and [OutsideQ1] <= 999) ([OutsideQ2] >= (-999) and [OutsideQ2] <= 999) ([OutsideQ3] >= (-999) and [OutsideQ3] <= 999) ([OutsideQ4] >= (-999) and [OutsideQ4] <= 999) ([OutsideQ5] >= (-999) and [OutsideQ5] <= 999) ([Seqno] >= 0 and [Seqno] <= 99999) ([StockQ1] >= (-999) and [StockQ1] <= 999) ([StockQ2] >= (-999) and [StockQ2] <= 999) ([StockQ3] >= (-999) and [StockQ3] <= 999) ([StockQ4] >= (-999) and [StockQ4] <= 999) ([StockQ5] >= (-999) and [StockQ5] <= 999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 398

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ParentCompany
Parent Company
This table has a Foreign Key relationship with the Customer table. While this table is currently not used in EFI Logic SQL reporting, the Customer column relating to this table could be used for custom reports.
Indexes on KeyN Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables Customer Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
ParentCompany
KeyN CompanyName LongName AddrLine1 AddrLine2 City StateProv PostalCode CountryCode Contact TelephoneN FaxTelephoneN Email CommentN1 CommentN2 AddrLine3 PhoneExt
int varchar (24) varchar (50) varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (30) varchar (4) varchar (15) varchar (3) varchar (35) varchar (25) varchar (25) varchar (128) varchar (70) varchar (70) varchar (40) varchar (6)
Unique key. May be used internally by EFI Logic software. Name of the Parent Company This longer version of the name field may be used for reporting. First address line Second address line City portion of the address State/Province portion of the addresss Postal Code 3 letter Country Code. Related to Country Table Relates to: Country table Main contact person for this company Telephone number Fax telephone number E-mail address May be used for any text. May be used for any text. Third line of address. Telephone extension
JohnsonGroup
Page 399

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
PartialBilling
Partial Billing
The Partial Billing Table stores records of pre-billings and associated labor and material costs and quantities. Costs are not calculated by the program; instead, you enter them into this table via ARmemos or Invoicing programs, and they are written here by the Close operation of post. This is a job costing table and does not hold accounting transactions which are posted to ARtransaction when a partial billing is entered. The Partial Billing data is used for sales analysis and WIP reporting.
Column
Type
JobN
int
A unique number that identifies the job, as entered with Job Vista. Used to cross-reference the job to other files. Relates to: OpenJob table The accounting batch date when this billing was posted. The sales amount of the transaction, computed by the Post program Close operation. This figure is the sum of all offsetting transactions to general ledger sales accounts; that is, the invoice amount minus the passed-thru charges. The labor cost, entered in the partial billing transaction using ARmemos or Invoicing. The material cost, entered in the partial billing transaction using ARmemos or Invoicing. The invoice number of the partial billing transaction, entered with ARmemos or Invoicing. The quantity invoiced, entered in the partial billing transaction using ARmemos or Invoicing. The date the job was closed, written here by the Post program Close operation using the batch date on which the job was closed. Unique key for internal use.
PostingDate SalesAmount
LaborCost MaterialCost InvoiceN QtyInvoiced CloseDate LLRecNum

Field Constraints Column InvoiceN JobN LaborCost MaterialCost QtyInvoiced SalesAmount
decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) int decimal (11,2) datetime int identity
Constraint ([InvoiceN] >= 0 and [InvoiceN] <= 999999999) ([JobN] >= 1 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([laborcost] >= (-999999999) and [laborcost] <= 999999999) ([materialcost] >= (-999999999) and [materialcost] <= 999999999) ([qtyinvoiced] >= (-9999999) and [qtyinvoiced] <= 9999999) ([SalesAmount] >= (-999999999) and [SalesAmount] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 400

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
PCafeBrand
Integrations
This table is the master table for Integrations that register with Logic, such as PrinterSite Internal or PrinterSite Exchange. The table includes identifying information about both the application (typically its Web site) and the Logic SQL database. Note that when working with this table in Table Maintenance, it is named Integrations. Any integrated application that has registered with the MIS will have a record in the Integrations table. In Table Maintenance, the user may not add records; however, the user may give the integrated application a user defined name. All other fields are system populated. This table is the parent of several tables that store images and other info about the integration.
Indexes on BrandKey Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables CustomerIntegration ShipMethIntegration Related Tables OpenJob PCafeBrandImage PCafeBrandKeyValue WebOrderDetail WebOrderMaster Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
PCafeBrandKey PCafeBrandKey BrandKey BrandKey BrandKey BrandKey BrandKey
FilePath
varchar (100)
Also known as the branded site ID, the URL of the Web site followed by the name of the "portal." Except for PrinterSite Internal, the FilePath may not uniquely identify the Web site. In some cases, it may be blank (PrinterSite Fulfillment). PrinterSite Fulfillment and PrinterSite Exchange, for example, use DeviceID instead. The integration sends this information when it registers with the MIS. A unique identifier for the Logic SQL database that is accessed via the integrated app identified by AppType. The MIS Unique ID is entered via System Maintenance. The integration sends this information when it registers with the MIS. The appID. Some possible values are: fom (represents PrinterSite Fulfillment) dsfConnector (represents PrinterSite Exchange) The integration sends this information when it registers with the MIS.
ErpCompanyToken
varchar (100)
AppType
varchar (20)
DeviceID
varchar (100)
Identifies an individual integration. DeviceID is used in combination with nodeName and appID to specify a destination when transmitting async (real-time) updates. It is theoretically possible (but unlikely) to have two integrations with the same appID but different device ids. The integrated application sends the DeviceID information when it registers with the MIS. The unique key for the table. When an integration registers with the MIS this value is the next, system-generated, consecutive number.
BrandKey
int identity
JohnsonGroup
Page 401

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
PCafeBrand varchar (30)
Integrations The user-defined name for the integrated application, entered with Table Maintenance. This is the only field that may be accessed by the user; all other fields are populated by the system when the integration registers with Logic. Note that in Table Maintenance, when associating Integrations with Customers or Ship Methods, the user-defined name is displayed on the Integration Form and in the Integration Lookup. For DSF integration only. Populated when a site registers Logic for async communication (attribute will be included in DSF 4.2 InstallRequest). Determines the licensing for this DSF site (integration). 0 - none 1 - fulfillment ONLY 2 - DSF ONLY 3 - DSF and fulfillment
(Cont'd)
IntegrationName
LicenseMode
tinyint
JohnsonGroup
Page 402

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
PCafeBrandImage
PCafe Brand Image
PCafeBrandImage stores images (e.g. logos) for PrinterSite Internal web sites. The parent table is PCafeBranf. Note that the entire xml text for the <Image> element is stored as a blob column, so attributes such as MimeType, Name, etc do not need to be stored separately. Only those attributes that need to be searched on are stored separately in the table. PCafeBrandImage also stores the EncodedInterceptorMap from the PSInternal SavePortalBrandingRequest transaction.
Column
Type
Seq Type
Artificial, auto-incrementing key. The type of this row. Currently there is only one type, but in the future portal branding might include multiple types. Values: image
LastModifiedDate Data
datetime text
Last modified date. Broken out in case we need to search on it, e.g. only return images that have been modified since a particular date. The actual XML from the <pcpsi:Image> element of the SavePortalBrandingRequest. This is returned exactly as is when a LoadPortalBrandingRequest is received. Foreign key to parent table PCafeBrand. Relates to: PCafeBrand table
BrandKey
int
JohnsonGroup
Page 403

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
PCafeBrandKeyValue
PCafe Brand Key Value
This PrinterSite Internal table is parented by PCafeBrand, with the foreign key FilePath. It stores the attributes of the <PortalBranding> XML element. By storing these attributes in a simple key value pair list, we avoid being too closely tied to changes in the web site. For these attributes, the type column is "attr" At one time is also stored "interceptor map" keyword / value pairs, with a type of "int" but that is no longer used. Instead the "encoded interceptor map" is stored in PCafeBrandImage.
Column
Type
Seq Type
Auto-incrementing artificial key Type of this key value pair row. Currently only one type is valid: Values: 'attr': attribute of the <PortalBranding> element of the xml
KeyName Value
varchar (50) varchar (1,000)
If type = 'attr', this is the name of an attribute of <PortalBranding> If type = 'attr', this is the value of an attribute of <PortalBranding> Previously if type = 'int', this is the value of the 'keyValue' attribute of <Interceptor>, but this is no longer used.
BrandKey
int
Foreign key to parent table PCafeBrand. Relates to: PCafeBrand table
JohnsonGroup
Page 404

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
PCafeCustomer
PCafe Customer
Maps web site Printcafe customer ids to EFI Logic customer ids.
Column
Type
KeyN pCafeCustomerID CustomerN
int int int
Unique key Web site Printcafe customer ID Customer number from the EFI Logic system. Relates to: Customer table
Field Constraints Column CustomerN KeyN pCafeCustomerID Constraint ([CustomerN] >= 0 and [CustomerN] <= 999999999) ([KeyN] >= 0 and [KeyN] <= 999999) ([pCafeCustomerID] >= 0 and [pCafeCustomerID] <= 999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 405

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
PCafeFormCategory
Pcafe Form Category
Provides operation categories for PSInternal website forms.

Indexes on CategoryID Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables PCafeFormCatOper Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
CategoryID
CategoryID CategoryDesc SeqNo IsCustom
varchar (12) varchar (50) int bit
ID for this category - these are currently fixed values that are sent in the dictionary XML. Description for this category Number indicating order of display Indicates whether a category is one of the standard categories or a custom category added to the interface.
JohnsonGroup
Page 406

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
PCafeFormCatOper
Pcafe Form Category Ops
Child table of PCafeFormCategory table that lists which operations will show up in which operation lists on the Printersite Internal website forms.
Indexes on CategoryID, SeqNo OperID, NonOperID Description Primary key, clustered Nonclustered
Column
Type
CategoryID OperID SeqNo Description NonOperID
varchar (12) varchar (16) int varchar (50) varchar (30)
ID for category of form operations Relates to: PCafeFormCategory table Estimating 3 Operation ID for this mapping or empty if custom entry Sequence number to control order of operations in category lists Text description of this entry For operation rows (those rows that have a non-empty OperID) this is empty. For rows that are simply text, and are not operations, this is the actual id that will be associated with the description. So for operations, the web site will return the operid as the value when that choice is selected. For simple text values, the web site will return the NonOperID.
JohnsonGroup
Page 407

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
PCafeFormData
PCafe Form Data
PCafeFormData holds data from PrinterSite Internal web forms filled out by users. Each row specifies the value of an instance of a field within an instance of a "section", where a section is equivalent to an EFI Logic component (header, prepress, press, etc).
Indexes on ProjectID, RevisionID, GroupID, SectionToken, SectionInstance, FieldToken, FieldInstance Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
ProjectID RevisionID GroupID SectionToken SectionInstance
int int varchar (50) varchar (50) int
PrintCafe Project id. Should match a projectid in PrintCafeProj. Revision id of a print cafe project. Should match a revision of project ProjectID within PrintCafeProj. This is the highest level of "grouping" in a PrinterSite Internal web form. A section id from the EFI Logic data dictionary, e.g. "Header", "Prepress", "Printing", etc. The sections are EFI Logic components. Instance of a section in the form. Some sections such as the Header can only have one instance. Others such as Printing can occur multiple times (e.g. multiple press components). Token of a field from the EFI Logic data dictionary that can occur within the section. For example, the field token CustomerN can occur in the Header section. All tokens have to be defined in the data dictionary. Most of the tokens will be the same across all customers. Some of the tokens are used for choice lists of operations. For the moment, there are a fixed set of these tokens, and the customer must map all operations that they want into this fixed set. In the future, we may permit the customer to create new categories of operations (new tokens).
FieldToken
varchar (50)
FieldInstance Value LinkID
int text int
Instance of the given field in the section. For example, Bindery_oper can have multiple instances, as you can have multiple bindery operations. Actual value of the given field on the web form. Used by PSInternal to determine which data fields are "linked" together. For example, there may be multiple instances of the number of inks and the coverage on a PSInternal form. The link id specifies which "number of inks" goes with which "coverage. Gives the order of the field on the PSInternal RFQ form (the user's tabbing order). Used for PSInternal "order form" data that is loaded directly into custom tables when a job is created. This specifies the custom table that will be loaded during the association of the estimate. The table must be either directly related to OpenJob, or parented by a table that is directly related to OpenJob. For RFQ data that is used to populate an estimate, this is an empty string.
TabOrderID CustomTable
int varchar (20)
JohnsonGroup
Page 408

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
PCafeFormData varchar (20)
PCafe Form Data Used for PSInternal "order form" data that is loaded directly into custom tables when a job is created. This specifies the custom column to be loaded. The table that this column belongs to must be either directly related to OpenJob, or parented by a table that is directly related to OpenJob. For RFQ data that is used to populate an estimate, this is an empty string.
(Cont'd)
CustomColumn
Label
Field Constraints Column FieldInstance SectionInstance
varchar (100)
Preserve the label used on the PrinterSite Internal form for use in estimating.
Constraint ([FieldInstance] >= 0 and [FieldInstance] <= 999) ([SectionInstance] >= 0 and [SectionInstance] <= 999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 409

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
PCafeRFQForm
PCafe RFQ Form
Keeps the list of RFQ forms for the PrinterSite Internal web site.
Indexes on RFQFormID Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables PCafeRFQFormElement Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
RFQFormID
RFQFormID RFQFormName DefaultForm
int identity varchar (100) tinyint
Key to PCafeRFQForm. This is the id that the web site uses to access the form. The human readable name of the web form. This indicates whether the form is the "default form" for not. Values: 0: not default 1: default This indicates if the form is "published" (visible to end users). Values: 0: not published 1: published The version of the PSInternal form designer that created this form. Type of Printersite Internal form. There are now two types of forms: RFQ forms and ORDER forms. RFQ forms are displayed when submitting an request for a quote. ORDER forms are displayed when actually placing an order based on a quote. For RFQ forms, this column is zero. For ORDER forms, the PCafeRFQForm.RFQFormID of the RFQ form that this ORDER form is related to.
Published
tinyint
FDVersion FormType
OrigSpecFormID
int
Field Constraints Column DefaultForm Published Constraint ([DefaultForm] >= 0 and [DefaultForm] <= 1) ([Published] >= 0 and [Published] <= 1)
JohnsonGroup
Page 410

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
PCafeRFQFormElement
PCafe RFQ Form Element
This table is used to store various encoded "elements" of PrinterSite Internal web forms. For example, it stores the html presented to users, as well as the form source edited by the forms designer, and images that are presented on the web site. It is a child of PCafeRFQForm (using foreign key RFQFormID).
Column
Type
Seq RFQFormID
int identity int
The artificial key. Integer identity column. Foreign key to the parent row in PCafeRFQForm. Note that a single parent row has multiple children in PCafeRFQFormElement several html elements, images, etc). Relates to: PCafeRFQForm table The type of element. This is by convention the lowercase of the element name in the xml, without any namespace. For example, the element "pcpsi:FormHTML" has a type of "formhtml". The "last modified date" attribute that was received with this element. This is stored outside of the "data" column so it can be selected on if necessary. The actual XML that makes up the element. This stores the exact XML that was received for this element on the SaveRFQFormRequest transaction, so it can be returned on a LoadRFQFormRequest. This way the database structure is not tied to the XML, unless a new attribute is added that also needs to be selected on. The name of the item, if any. Stored external to the data so it can be selected on.
Type
varchar (50)
LastModifiedDate Data
datetime text
ItemName
varchar (100)
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 411

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
PCafeTableInDictFKs
PCafe Dictionary Foreign Keys
Used by PSInternal custom order forms. For each table in PCafeTableInDictnary, this table lists those columns that should be displayed as combo boxes, instead of as edit boxes.
Indexes on TableName, ColumnName Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
TableName
varchar (20)
Name of database table that contains one or more columns that are foreign keys that should be displayed as combo boxes, using the values from the FK table. Relates to: PCafeTableInDictnary table Name of the column that is a foreign key to another table. This column must be the only column that makes up the foreign key. The foreign key must refer to a database table that appears in the MasterSchema table, and that has a KeyTag column (most descriptive column) defined in MasterSchema. This column will be available as a combo box when designing a form in the PSInternal form designer. When the user is entering data into the website, the combo box will display the keytag values in the combo box. The actual value saved in the database will be the key value, not the descriptive value.
ColumnName
varchar (20)
JohnsonGroup
Page 412

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
PCafeTableInDictnary
Table In Dictionary
Lists those custom tables that are related to the OpenJob table and that should appear in the PSInternal data dictionary. These tables will be available through PSInternal Form Designer to be added to Request for Quote forms.
Indexes on TableName Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables PCafeTableInDictFKs Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
TableName
TableName
varchar (20)
Name of table that should be included in the PSInternal data dictionary. This table must be a custom table that is related to the OpenJob table. Its primary key can contain either one or two columns, and the first column must be a foreign key to the OpenJob table.
JohnsonGroup
Page 413

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
pcCompPress
pc Comp Press
Matches pcLookups codes for Printing Methods with component types to allow mapping to specific component types from PrintCafe Printellect projects. Not used in EFI Logic SQL.
Column
Type
LogicID OpCode CompType
Unique ID for internal use. Used on server only. Op Code of printing method from pcLookups (278) Component type for this record. If a single printing method is available for a component type, that type will be created when the printing method is used in a printCafe project.
Field Constraints Column CompType LogicID Constraint ([CompType] >= 0 and [CompType] <= 99) ([LogicID] >= 0 and [LogicID] <= 999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 414

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
pCLookups
pc Lookups
Table of PrintCafe Printellect lookup options. After initial load new values will be added as they are encountered and will then be available for operation mapping by the Est3 Standards Editor. Not used in EFI Logic SQL.
Column
Type
LogicID Owner LkupType LkupCode pcValues pCCodes StdsCodes

Field Constraints Column LogicID StdsCodes
int varchar (50) varchar (50) varchar (50) varchar (50) varchar (10) int
Unique key
Type code to group codes Code from Printellect
Est3 standard code
Constraint ([LogicID] >= 0 and [LogicID] <= 999999) ([StdsCodes] >= 0 and [StdsCodes] <= 999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 415

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
pcOpMap
pcOpMap
Estimating 3 standards file to map PrintCafe Printellect Lookup codes to Standards Operation. Each printcafe Lookup value should appear only once. Multiple lookup codes may be mapped to the same operation. Not used in EFI Logic SQL.
Column
Type
LogicID OpCategory OpCode OperID

Unique key Category of Printcafe code Code from Printcafe Est3 operation ID
JohnsonGroup
Page 416

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
pcStockMap
pcStockMap
Table of printCafe stock attributes to be mapped to MCC numbers. Not used in EFI Logic SQL
Column
Type
LogicID pCStockGrade pCStockCoat StockMCC

Field Constraints Column LogicID StockMCC
Unique key Printcafe Grade designation Printcafe Coating designation MCC number corresponding to this combination
Constraint ([LogicID] >= 0 and [LogicID] <= 999999) ([StockMCC] >= 0 and [StockMCC] <= 999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 417

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
PFProperty
PrintFlow Property Map
For use with PrintFlow Scheduling only: EFI Logic Scheduling table to hold mapping of PrintFlow property names with EFI Logic tables and columns.
Indexes on PropName Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
PropName BaseTable JoinTable JoinClause ColumnName SelectionClause
varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (200) varchar (40) varchar (250)
For PrintFlow only: Property name which also exists in PrintFlow to recognize this data value. Table from which data value is retrieved when passing property information to PrintFlow. Table which provides basis for join, must be OpenJob or JobFormSpecs. Query clause used to join table named in BaseTable and the table named in JoinTable. Column from which data value is retrieved. Allows addition of a selection clause (from Planning Resource Editor) to restrict the value of a property sent to Printflow.
JohnsonGroup
Page 418

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
PlannedLabor
Planned Labor
The Planned Labor table stores labor planning data tranferred from the Estimating or other production planning system or entered manually in JobVista. If the data is from the Estimating system, it is computed from the estimate tables, based on the LCC and the estimate standards, and written to this table during the association in JobVista. The data is used for estimate/planning to actuals comparisons. EFI Logic Scheduling also uses this data to load a preliminary schedule for a job.
Column
Type
JobN
int
A unique number that identifies the job, as entered with JobVista. Used to cross-reference the job to other tables. Relates to: OpenJob table The labor cost center number of the operation in the estimate (each component in an estimate is made up of a number of operations. The scheduling program combines all operations for the same task type into a single task for the form.) Relates to: LaborCostCntr table The subjob number, if any, that this part of the estimate is for. Must be entered manually in JobVista. The dollar value of the estimated cost of the operation. Not used by scheduling. The number of hours the operation will take to complete. The quantity to be produced or processed by the operation. For operations loaded from an estimate: if the component is to be repeated, this is the number of repetitions, or multiples. Indicates the type of operation. Used by the scheduling program. Helper operations are not loaded into the schedule. 0 = Running operation 1 = Setup operation 2 = Helper operation 3 = Waiting for customer
LccNumber
int
SubJobNumber Value Hours Quantity CompMultiplier SetupFlag
int decimal (12,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (12,2) smallint tinyint
LLRecNum EstComponentN FormorPartN EstimatedSales
int identity smallint smallint decimal (12,2)
Unique key for this transaction record. Estimate component number (for reference). Form number for this planning estimate. When component multiples are specified, the labor hours are entered in this table by individual form number. Estimated sales, as calculated in Estimating and available for editing in JobVista.
JohnsonGroup
Page 419

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
PlannedLabor
Planned Labor
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column CompMultiplier EstComponentN EstimatedSales FormorPartN Hours JobN LccNumber Quantity SetupFlag SubJobNumber Value Constraint ([CompMultiplier]>=(0) AND [CompMultiplier]<=(999)) ([EstComponentN]>=(0) AND [EstComponentN]<=(9999)) ([EstimatedSales]>=(0) AND [EstimatedSales]<=(999999999)) ([FormorPartN]>=(0) AND [FormorPartN]<=(9999)) ([Hours]>=(0) AND [Hours]<=(99999)) ([JobN]>=(1) AND [JobN]<=(999999999)) ([LccNumber]>=(0) AND [LccNumber]<=(99999)) ([Quantity]>=(0) AND [Quantity]<=(999999999)) ([SetupFlag]>=(0) AND [SetupFlag]<=(3)) ([SubJobNumber]>=(0) AND [SubJobNumber]<=(9999)) ([Value]>=(0) AND [Value]<=(999999999))
JohnsonGroup
Page 420

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
PlannedMaterial
Planned Material
The Planned Material table stores material planning data tranferred from the Estimating or other production planning system or entered manually using JobVista. If the data is from the Estimating system, it is computed from the estimate tables, based on the MCC# and the estimate standards, and written to this table during the estimate assocation. The data is used primarily for estimate/plan to actuals comparisons.
Column
Type
JobN
int
A unique number that identifies the job, as entered with JobVista. Used to cross-reference the job to other tables. Relates to: OpenJob table The material cost center number of the item that was included on the estimate. Relates to: MatlCostCntr table The subjob number, if any, for which the estimate was made. The estimated dollar value of the material to be used. The estimated quantity to be used for the job. Vendor number passed from Estimating to be used in a Purchase Order. Relates to: Vendor table The number of the scheduling work center in which this item will be used. Note that this is only for buyout operations, in which the estimator is prompted for the department number and item description. The scheduling program loads these items as schedulable tasks for each buyout item. Not intended for paper; use for color seps, dies, outside finishing, etc. Relates to: SchTask table A description of the buyout item that will be scheduled as a task in the Sched Work Center (SchedDept field). Prompted for in the buyout operation, loaded into scheduling when the job is loaded. Unique key for this transaction record. Estimate component number (for reference). Form number for this planning estimate Notes that will be passed through to the purchase order. Can be filled in from the general notes in Estimating 3 operations. Written by E3, and editable from JV.
MccNumber SubJobNumber Value Quantity VendorN SchedDept
int int decimal (12,2) decimal (12,2) int int
ItemDescr
varchar (45)
LLRecNum EstComponentN FormorPartN Notes EstimatedSales
int identity smallint smallint varchar (1,000) decimal (12,2)
JohnsonGroup
Page 421

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
PlannedMaterial
Planned Material
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column EstComponentN EstimatedSales FormorPartN JobN MccNumber Quantity SchedDept SubJobNumber Value VendorN Constraint ([EstComponentN]>=(0) AND [EstComponentN]<=(9999)) ([EstimatedSales]>=(0) AND [EstimatedSales]<=(999999999)) ([FormorPartN]>=(0) AND [FormorPartN]<=(9999)) ([JobN]>=(1) AND [JobN]<=(999999999)) ([MccNumber]>=(0) AND [MccNumber]<=(9999999)) ([Quantity]>=(0) AND [Quantity]<=(999999999)) ([SchedDept]>=(0) AND [SchedDept]<=(99999)) ([SubJobNumber]>=(0) AND [SubJobNumber]<=(9999)) ([Value]>=(0) AND [Value]<=(999999999)) ([VendorN]>=(0) AND [VendorN]<=(999999999))
JohnsonGroup
Page 422

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
PNISendQueue
PNI Send Queue
Queue of messages to be sent to the PNI via the EFI Logic Connector. Used by those programs that cannot directly connect to the PNI. For example, ERPLA causes VB6 programs to abort.
Column
Type
Seq SendMethod Destination
int identity varchar (30) varchar (200)
Identity column that is the primary key. The enetwork method to be used in sending the message. Currently the only valid value is 'command' The enetwork destination address. enetwork uses the addressing format "application/node" e.g. "erp/logicdev". For Manhattan integration, a special name of "manhattanhotfolder" is used to indicate that the data is to be transferred by being directly placed in a hotfolder, rather than via enetwork. The date/time this message was added to the queue of messages to send, for debugging purposes. This column need not be specified, as the default value is the current date/time. Optional descriptive text that the sending application can include. If specified, this description is added to the Logic Connector log. Actual XML text string to send. Note that this is a "text" (blob) column. Must be a complete, correctly formatted XML string. Flag that indicates whether the message is complete and ready to be sent by the connector. Values: 0: message is incomplete 1: message is complete and ready to be sent by the connector.l
DateAdded
datetime
Description XMLtoSend ReadyToSend
varchar (200) text bit
JohnsonGroup
Page 423

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
POItem
P.O. Item
The Purchase Order Item table contains the list of all items ordered for each purchase order. The PO header is contained in the PurchaseOrder table. There are five item types, or purchase types: General, Direct Purchase, Inventory, Text, and Finished Goods. Each type uses its own sub-set of the fields. These records are created and maintained through the purchasing application.
Indexes on PurchaseOrderN, POItemN MaterialCCN, DateDue Description Primary key, clustered Nonclustered
Column
Type
PurchaseOrderN POItemN
int int
The PO Number, the key to the file. Relates to: PurchaseOrder table A sequence number identifying each of the items on the PO. Items with a decimal portion in the number (e.g., item 1.10) are Text type items that describe the non-text item immediately preceding them. The other item types must have integer item numbers. This number is automatically assigned; it cannot be changed. Purchase type: 0 = General Expense 1 = Direct Purchase 2 = Inventory 4 = Finished Goods
PurchaseType
tinyint
MaterialCCN JobN
int int
The Material Cost Center Number of the item being ordered. Relates to: MatlCostCntr table The Job for which the item is being ordered. Does not apply to General items or Text items. It is required for Direct Purchases items. Be sure to enter a job number for inventory items if you are using the update on issue option. Relates to: OpenJob table The unit price of the item. The order units to which the price is applied: 0 = $/unit 1 = $/100 units 2 = $/1000 units 3 = $/cwt (used in sheets or lbs) 4 = $/M sheets (used in sheets) 0 = ea 1=C 2=M 3 = Cwt 4 = Msht
PricePerUnit UnitType
QtyOrdered
decimal (9,2)
The number of units ordered.
JohnsonGroup
Page 424

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
POItem tinyint
P.O. Item Indicates if the final receipt has been recorded. 0 = no, still open; 1 = yes, item closed. This is set to 1 when you receive a purchase order item and the operator answers yes to the "final receipt" question. It can also be manually set using the Open/Close items option in the purchasing application. The G/L account to which the cost of this item should be posted by post. Required if the link to Accounting is turned on. Can be entered through the purchasing application, if not, it must be entered through approve. If the MCC# for this item has an account number associated with it, that number is used as the default. If it doesn't, the default for the vendor is used. Relates to: GLAccounts table The text that is printed on the purchase order. The date the item is required by the buyer. Determines special processing by issue of Direct Purchases or Inventory items: 0 = no special processing 1 = Pass cost of direct purchase item through to Job Costing when the PO is issued; or Create commitment record for inventory item in the MaterialPlan table. 0 = No 1 = Yes
(Cont'd)
FinalReceipt
GLAccountN
int
TextInfo DateDue UpdateOnIssue
varchar (45) datetime tinyint
JobCostPrefix
tinyint
For direct purchases and inventory items, indicates the reason the item was ordered. Relates to: Prefixes table The total cost of the item. Indicates if the item has been canceled. 0 = no; 1 = yes. . When canceled, the Final Receipt and Final Invoice flags are set to 1. If you 'uncancel' the item, the other two flags must be reset by hand. Indicates if the final invoice for this item has been posted to A/P. 0 = no; 1 = yes. If 1, no more invoices are allowed. This is set in approve and written here by close/post. It can also be manually set using the Open/Close items option in the purchasing application. For Direct Purchases and Inventory items; the sub-job for which the item was ordered. An audit number assigned by issue. The number is in the form RRJJJ, where: RR is the Revision# of the PO. JJ is the day of the year (Julian) If 0, the item has not been issued. This number does not show up on any reports or screens, except the issue listing and query. Intended for trouble-shooting. Indicates if the item has been revised since the last issue. 0 = no; 1 = yes. When an item is first created, this is set to 1. Issue sets it to zero. If it is revised again, it is set to 1. The total amount posted to A/P for this item. Will be the sum of all A/P postings. Page 425
DollarAmount ItemCanceled
FinalInvoice
tinyint
SubJobNumber IssueAuditN
int int
ItemRevised
tinyint
TotalAP
decimal (15,2)
JohnsonGroup

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
POItem decimal (9,2) smallint varchar (12) int
P.O. Item The total quantity posted to A/P. The number of invoices posted to date to A/P. The Invoice Number of the last invoice to date posted to A/P. The M weight, for items that use hundred-weights (cwt) as ordering units; taken from the MCC file (107). The M weight is the weight per thousand sheets, used to convert sheets into pounds Finished goods item number if this is a finished goods item. Relates to: FGInvMaster table The department to which the cost of this item should be posted by post. Relates to: DeptNames table This is the second line of text that will show on the printed purchase order if it is defined for this material class. If this material class is ORDERED in one unit but USED in another unit, this is the quantity ordered in usage units. It is used for availability information. This is the 2 character abbreviation that shows up on the purchase order. The '/' character is automatically prepended to it. A block of text about this item that will be printed on the purchase order. This replaces text lines. The UNSPSCommodity code associated with this item. Relates to: UNSPSCommodity table
(Cont'd)
TotalAPQty NOfInvoices LastInvoiceN MWT
FGIItemN DepartmentN D2ndLineOfTxt QtyUsageUnits priceUnitAbbr ExtraText UNSPSCommCode
int int varchar (45) decimal (9,2) varchar (5) varchar (5,000) varchar (16)
JohnsonGroup
Page 426

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
POItem
P.O. Item
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column DepartmentN DollarAmount FGIItemN FinalInvoice FinalReceipt GLAccountN IssueAuditN ItemCanceled ItemRevised JobCostPrefix JobN MaterialCCN MWT NOfInvoices POItemN PricePerUnit PurchaseOrderN PurchaseType QtyOrdered QtyUsageUnits SubJobNumber TotalAP TotalAPQty UnitType UpdateOnIssue Constraint ([DepartmentN] >= 0 and [DepartmentN] <= 9999999) ([DollarAmount] >= (-999999999) and [DollarAmount] <= 999999999) ([FGIItemN] >= 0 and [FGIItemN] <= 9999999) ([FinalInvoice] >= 0 and [FinalInvoice] <= 1) ([FinalReceipt] >= 0 and [FinalReceipt] <= 1) ([GLAccountN] >= 0 and [GLAccountN] <= 999999999) ([IssueAuditN] >= 0 and [IssueAuditN] <= 99366) ([ItemCanceled] >= 0 and [ItemCanceled] <= 1) ([ItemRevised] >= 0 and [ItemRevised] <= 1) ([JobCostPrefix] >= 0 and [JobCostPrefix] <= 2) ([JobN] >= 0 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([MaterialCCN] >= 0 and [MaterialCCN] <= 9999999) ([MWT] >= 0 and [MWT] <= 9999) ([NOfInvoices] >= 0 and [NOfInvoices] <= 99) ([POItemN] >= 0 and [POItemN] <= 9999) ([PricePerUnit] >= 0 and [PricePerUnit] <= 999999) ([PurchaseOrderN] >= 1 and [PurchaseOrderN] <= 999999999) ([PurchaseType] >= 0 and [PurchaseType] <= 9) ([QTYOrdered] >= 0 and [QTYOrdered] <= 9999999) ([qtyusageunits] >= 0 and [qtyusageunits] <= 9999999) ([SubJobNumber] >= 0 and [SubJobNumber] <= 9999) ([TotalAP] >= (-999999) and [TotalAP] <= 9999999) ([TotalAPQty] >= (-9999999) and [TotalAPQty] <= 9999999) ([UnitType] >= 0 and [UnitType] <= 9) ([UpdateonIssue] >= 0 and [UpdateonIssue] <= 2)
JohnsonGroup
Page 427

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
POReceipts
P.O. Receipts
The PO Receipts table contains the record of receipts for non-inventoried items (i.e., general items and direct purchases).
Indexes on PurchaseOrderN, LLRecNum Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
PurchaseOrderN POItemN DateReceived QuantityRecvd LLRecNum

Field Constraints Column POItemN PurchaseOrderN QuantityRecvd
int smallint datetime decimal (9,2) int identity
The PO Number, the key to the file. Relates to: PurchaseOrder table The item number from the original PO (POItem table) The date received. The quantity received. Unique key
Constraint ([POItemN] >= 0 and [POItemN] <= 9999) ([PurchaseOrderN] >= 1 and [PurchaseOrderN] <= 999999999) ([quantityrecvd] >= 0 and [quantityrecvd] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 428

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
PostJournalHistory
Posting Journal Transactions
Recent transactions posted to Accounting tables by Post-close. Provides the data for the preposting and posting journal reports.
Indexes on UpdateN, KeyN Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
KeyN UpdateN
Unique sequential key assigned by SQL Server. A number the post process generated and wrote to ARTransaction, APTransaction or GLAccountData to allow you to reconstruct the transactions for the batch. It also is the number used to rerun previous posting journals. The type of PostJournalHistory record: -2 for a transaction detail record -1 for an A/R or A/P batch, the transaction total of all records posted to ARTransaction or APTransaction. GL account - transaction total of all records posted to GLAccountData broken down by GL account. The type of batch that was posted: 1 - A/R 2 - C/R 3 - A/P 4 - C/D 5 - Invoices 6 - Checks 7 - G/J 1 = Accounts Receivable 2 = Cash Receipts 3 = Accounts Payable 4 = Cash Disbursements 7 = General Journal
TypeOrAcct
int
GroupN
tinyint
BatchN PostRunDate DivN FileN
int datetime int smallint
Accounting batch number that was preposted or posted. The date and time that post was run. Accounting division that the batch was posted to. Relates to: AcctDivisions table The numeric ID of the table that the record was posted to. 113 - for ARTransaction 117 - for APTransaction 119 - for GLAccountData The posting date written to ARTransaction, APTransaction, or GLAccountData.
PostDate
datetime
JohnsonGroup
Page 429

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
PostJournalHistory varchar (13)
Posting Journal Transactions For a detailed record, an audit trail number is generated by the post process for each transaction. Has the format yyyymmddsssss, where: yyyy = year numbers mm = month numbers dd = day numbers sssss = sequence number, starts at 00001 each day. For summary records, the audit trail number is 9999999999999. Either the customer number for an AR posting, or the vendor number for an AP posting, or the account number for a GL posting. Either the customer name for an AR posting, or the vendor name for an AP posting, or the account name for a GL posting The transaction amount posted to ARTransaction, APTransaction, or GLAccountData. Customer invoice number posted to ARTransaction or vendor invoice posted to APTransaction. The job number posted to ARTransaction. A positive job number indicates a final transaction to close the job while a negative job number indicates a partial billing which did not close the job. Customer's check number for CR posting and user's check number for CD posting. For an A/P batch, the purchase order number posted to APTransaction. Document reference number/string specified in an A/R or G/L batch and posted to ARTransaction or GLAccountData. Invoice date posted to APTransaction. Also used as the posting date in APTransaction if parameter 'A/P Invoice Posting Date' (10905) is set to 1. For an A/P batch, the payment date posted to APTransaction. For an A/P batch, 1 if the invoice is on hold. Posted to APTransaction. For an A/P batch, the discount. Posted to APTransaction. The 1099 tax type, if one, for an AP posting. The sales tax code (for an A/R invoice) or VAT tax code (for an A/P invoice) posted to GLAccountData. Department number charged for the transaction if the GL Account for the transaction required a department. Department name charged for the transaction if the GL Account for the transaction required a department. Description of transaction. Posted to the GLAccountData table.
(Cont'd)
AuditTrail
CustVendAcctN CustVendAcct TransAmount Invoice JobN
int varchar (40) decimal (15,2) varchar (14) int
CheckN PurchaseOrderN DocRef InvoiceDate PaymentDate OnHold Discount D1099Type TaxCode DeptN DeptName Description
int int varchar (14) datetime datetime tinyint decimal (15,2) smallint int int varchar (30) varchar (60)
JohnsonGroup
Page 430

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
PostJournalHistory
Posting Journal Transactions
(Cont'd)
JohnsonGroup
Page 431

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Prefixes
Prefixes
This table holds Labor, Material, and DMI prefix information.

Indexes on Prefix Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables POItem Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
JobCostPrefix
Prefix Description AllowforLabor
tinyint varchar (30) bit
The prefix. The range is 0 to 8 for labor and DMI, and 0-2 for material. The description of the prefix. Set to 1 if the prefix is valid for labor transactions. 0 = No 1 = Yes
AllowforMatl
bit
Set to 1 if the prefix is valid for material transactions. 0 = No 1 = Yes
AllowforDMI
bit
Set to 1 if the prefix is valid for DMI transactions. 0 = No 1 = Yes
NeedsReasoncode
bit
Set to 1 if use of the prefix requires a reason code to be entered. 0 = No 1 = Yes
Field Constraints Column Prefix Constraint ([Prefix] >= 0 and [Prefix] <= 8)
JohnsonGroup
Page 432

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
PremiseTypeList
Premise Type List
PremiseType
Indexes on PremiseType Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables Contacts Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
PremiseName
PremiseType Active
PremiseType Active
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 433

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
PriceList
Price List
The Price List is an optional file in which customers can list standard items that will appear on customer invoices. A quick menu function in the invoice option of acct allows them to call in the price list item, rather than typing it. Edit with Table maintenance.
Indexes on PriceNumber Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables WinInvJobDetail Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
PriceList
PriceNumber
int
A unique ID or item number for each item on the list. The operator completing the invoice uses this number to identify the item. A description of the item. This will be printed on the invoice. The operator can look up items using the description. The pricing unit of the item: 1, 10, 100, 1000. This is not the quantity. The price of the item per unit. The cost of the item per unit. This is a memo field; it does not appear on the invoice.
Description
varchar (20)
Unit Sales Cost
smallint decimal (9,3) decimal (9,3)
Field Constraints Column Cost PriceNumber Sales Unit Constraint ([Cost] >= 0 and [Cost] <= 999999) ([PriceNumber] >= 1 and [PriceNumber] <= 999999999) ([Sales] >= 0 and [Sales] <= 999999) ([Unit] >= 0 and [Unit] <= 1000)
JohnsonGroup
Page 434

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
PrintCafeProj
PrintCafe Projects
Printcafe web site projects table. This table is used to hold projects originated on the PSInternal web site. It was originally designed for other web site products, so it currently has many unused colums that should be deleted.
Indexes on printCafeID Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
printCafeID ProjectID RevisionID ComponentID ProjectName OrderedDate
int int int int varchar (50) datetime Project name For Printellect, this is the initial date on which the customer created the job on the web site. For PSInternal, this is the date on which the customer submitted an RFQ for the project. The due date for the project (job due date). This is NOT the EFI Logic customer number. This is a key to PCafeCustomer, which is a mapping from PrintCafe customers to EFI Logic's Customer table. Currently this is used by Printellect. Printersite Internal uses LogicCustomerN, which IS the EFI Logic customer number. Applications must be prepared to deal with either CustomerID or LogicCustomerN being filled in.
DueDate CustomerID
CustCompany Status
varchar (40) int
For PSInternal this is the actual name of the customer's company. Status of the project: 99: Draft, still be editted by end user. This is only used by PSInternal 0: RFQ, not yet downloaded to Est 3 1: RFQ that has been downloaed to an Est 3 user. In other words, this is being worked on. 2: Quoted. An Est 3 estimate has been issued for this. 3: Opened: a job has been issued for this project. 4: Invoiced: (not sure if this means "closed" or not) 7: Declined:
XMLtype
varchar (1)
List of types (may be incomplete) T: request for quote (originally was a "targetted" request). O: direct order. The request should proceed thru w/o a quote being returned to the customer.
RevisionName ContactName CustomerPO JohnsonGroup
varchar (60) varchar (40) varchar (14) Page 435

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
PrintCafeProj varchar (14)
PrintCafe Projects For PSInternal, if this project has been quoted this is the Issue Number, a foreign key into the Estimates table. Unkown exactly what this is for Printellect. However, from examing data it appears that at least sometimes it is in fact the Issue number of the estimate.
(Cont'd)
SupplierQuote
DateLoaded
datetime
Date project was created in the EFI Logic system. For Printellect this may be well after the user created the project on the web site (the "OrderedDate"). For PSInternal, this is the very earliest starting date, since the web site does not save data independently of the MIS system. Date on which customer requires quote to be received. ID from Employee table of salesperson who created this project. The EFI Logic customer number for this project. This is related to the Customer table. Note that the PrintCafeProj.CustomerID column is NOT the EFI Logic customer number. It is related to the PCafeCustomer table, and is mapped to EFI Logic's customer number. Applications must be prepared for either the CustomerID or LogicCustomerN column to be filled in. Currently Printellect fills in CustomerID, PSInternal fills in LogicCustomerN. Relates to: Customer table
QuoteReqdDate SalesRepID LogicCustomerN
datetime int int
SourceOfProject
int
Source of this entry in PrintCafeProj. 0: Printellect 1: Printersite Internal Most fields are compatible between the two, but some fields may be filled in in one case and not in the other.
RFQFormID
varchar (20)
If a project in PrintCafeProj was created by PSInternal, RFQFormID is the key to PCafeRFQForm of the form filled out by the user to create the project. Each time the project data is displayed to the end user it will be displayed on this form. Job number received on a PSInternal Order request. This is only present if the order is actually a reorder. Relates to: OpenJob table Estimate issue number received in PSInternal Order project request. Configuration number of estimate in PSInternal order project request. Quantity index from PSInternal order project request The actual ordered quantity from the PSInternal order request Price from PSInternal order project request Notes from PSInternal order project request
JobN
int
IssueN ConfigN QtyIndex Quantity Price Notes
int int tinyint int decimal (9,0) varchar (300)
JohnsonGroup
Page 436

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
PrintCafeProj datetime
PrintCafe Projects The date and time at which this Printersite Internal project was submitted as a Request For Quote.
(Cont'd)
RFQSubmittedDate
Field Constraints Column ComponentID ConfigN IssueN JobN LogicCustomerN Price printCafeID ProjectID QtyIndex Quantity RevisionID SalesRepID SourceOfProject Status Constraint ([ComponentID] >= 0 and [ComponentID] <= 999999) ([ConfigN] >= 0 and [ConfigN] <= 99999) ([IssueN] >= 0 and [IssueN] <= 9999999) ([JobN] >= 0 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([LogicCustomerN] >= 0 and [LogicCustomerN] <= 999999999) ([Price] >= 0) ([PrintCafeID] >= 1 and [PrintCafeID] <= 999999999) ([ProjectID] >= 0 and [ProjectID] <= 999999) ([QtyIndex] >= 0 and [QtyIndex] <= 5) ([Quantity] >= 0 and [Quantity] <= 99999999) ([RevisionID] >= 0 and [RevisionID] <= 999999) ([SalesRepID] >= 0) ([SourceOfProject] >= 0 and [SourceOfProject] <= 10) ([Status] >= 0 and [Status] <= 999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 437

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ProcessLink
Process Link
Estimating 3 Standards: Process Link Provides the links between Processes and the operations which they contain.
Column
Type
LogicID MasterOper OperID

Unique ID for internal use (used on the server only). Operation ID of master operation This is the operation which will appear as the process in the operation or press list. Operation ID of operations included in the process.
JohnsonGroup
Page 438

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ProdPlanner
Production Planner
The Production Planner File lists the number and name of each of your production planners (i.e., Customer Service personnel). A production planner number must be entered when you open a new job.
Indexes on ProdPlanner Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables Customer OpenJob Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
DfProdPlanner ProdPlanner
ProdPlanner PlannerName Inactive
smallint varchar (35) int
A unique number for the production planner. The name of the production planner. Flags a production planner as inactive 0 = No 1 = Yes
Field Constraints Column Inactive ProdPlanner Constraint ([Inactive] >= 0 and [Inactive] <= 1) ([ProdPlanner] >= 1 and [ProdPlanner] <= 9999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 439

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ProductCode
Product Code
The Product Classification Table, also called the Product Code Table, lists your company's product codes. Each product code represents a type of job your company produces. Every job must be assigned one of these product codes. The Sales Analysis Reports use the codes and the costs charged to the jobs to determine which types of products are the most profitable. See the Implementation Manual for a sample list of product codes and suggestions for numering schemes. You can also control the default scheduling status of individual product types.
Indexes on ProductCode Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables AccountngInput ARBatch ARTransaction Estimates FGInvMaster JobEstHeader JobLog OpenJob QQOrder WinInvDist WinInvJobs Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
ProductCode ProductCode ProductCode ProductCode ProductClass ProductCode ProductCode ProductCode ProductCode ProductCode ProductCode
ProductCode PrDescription DefaultSchedStatus
A unique product code number, entered through jobcmnt. The description of the product code, entered through jobcmnt. Provides the default Scheduling Status code to Job Vista. This allows some initial control over the scheduling status when a job is created. 0 = Not ready to schedule 1 = Ready to schedule 2 = Do not schedule 3 = Automatically add to schedule
NMFC
varchar (25)
The National Motor Freight Code for this type of product. This code lists characteristics of an item being shipped, and can be used by some carriers to determine shipping rates. Currently it is only used when shipping occurs via Manhattan.
Field Constraints Column ProductCode Constraint ([ProductCode] >= 1 and [ProductCode] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 440

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ProfitCenter
Profit Center
Not yet used in EFI Logic Accounting The Profit Center table defines the list of Profit Centers. A Profit Center is composed of the set of accounting departments assigned to the same Profit Center. The list of Accounting Departments is defined in the Department Names table. Each accounting department can be assigned to one Profit Center.
Indexes on ProfitCenterN Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables DeptNames Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
ProfitCenterN
ProfitCenterN ProfitCenter
int varchar (40)
Identifies the Profit Center. Name or description of the Profit Center, as it appears on reports from your system.
Field Constraints Column ProfitCenterN Constraint ([ProfitCenterN] >= 0 and [ProfitCenterN] <= 999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 441

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
PurchaseOrder
Purchase Order
The Purchase Order table contains a header record for each PO. The information in the header applies to all items ordered for each purchase order. The items themselves are listed in the POItem table.
Indexes on PurchaseOrderN DateOrdered ExternalRefID Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables ApprovedItems POItem POReceipts Related Tables DirectPurchase MaterialPlan MaterialTrans Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Nonclustered Nonclustered Column
PurchaseOrderN PurchaseOrderN PurchaseOrderN PurchaseOrderN PurchaseOrderN PurchaseOrderN
PurchaseOrderN DateOrdered VendorNumber
int datetime int
The PO Number, the key to the file. The date of creation, defaults to the current date; can be changed. The key to the Vendor table. Identifies the vendor from whom the goods are being ordered. Relates to: Vendor table The person at your company to whom the bill from the vendor should be sent. First line of the address to which the PO should be sent. Defaults from the Vendor file, but can be changed. Second line of the address to which the PO should be sent. Defaults from the Vendor file, but can be changed. Third line of the address to which the PO should be sent. Defaults from the Vendor file, but can be changed. Fourth line of the address to which the PO should be sent. Defaults from the Vendor file, but can be changed. Indicates if this is an original order or a confirmation. 0 = original; 1 = confirmation. 0 = Original Copy 1 = Confirmation
BillAttention Addressee AddrLine1 AddrLine2 AddrLine3 OriginlConfirm
varchar (35) varchar (50) varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (40) tinyint
TypeOfTerms
tinyint
A flag indicating the three terms for payment to the vendor: 0 = Normal Vendor Terms (default) 1 = COD 2 = Pre-paid 0 = Normal vendor terms 1 = Cash on Delivery 2 = Pre-paid
JohnsonGroup
Page 442

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
PurchaseOrder tinyint
Purchase Order Indicates who pays shipping: 0=vendor; 1=buyer; 2=consignee. 0 = F.O.B.-Vendor 1 = F.O.B.-Buyer 2 = F.O.B.-Consignee
(Cont'd)
FOBCode
ShipMethodkey
int
The reference (if any) to one of the shipping methods defined in your shipping methods table. Relates to: ShipMethods table Text field to tell the vendor how the goods should be shipped. Can be entered manually or loaded from Ship Methods table by entering a key into the Ship method key field. Indicates who requested the goods. Indicates if the PO has been issued. 0 = no; 1 = yes. 0 = No 1 = Yes
ShipVia
varchar (30)
Requisitioned POIssuedyn
VendorContact PrevPostings BatchNumber
varchar (35) tinyint int
The name of the individual at the vendor's to whom the PO is addressed. Indicates whether or not an invoice for this PO has been posted to A/P. 0 = no; 1 = yes. A number assigned by issue when the PO is issued. Since a PO may be revised and re-issued, this is the number of the last batch in which the PO was successfully issued. Indicates how often the PO has been changed. Original revision is number zero. Phone number for the vendor for this PO. Vendor Fax phone number First line of separate ship address if there is one. The default for this comes from the default Purchasing Record in the Location Address table. Parameter 10462 contains the LocationN of the default record. If parameter = 0 the program will not display any default shipping address. Second line of separate ship address if there is one. The default for this comes from the default Purchasing Record in the Location Address table. Parameter 10462 contains the LocationN of the default record. If parameter = 0 the program will not display any default shipping address. Third line of separate ship address if there is one. The default for this comes from the default Purchasing Record in the Location Address table. Fourth line of separate ship address if there is one. The default for this comes from the default Purchasing Record in the Location Address table. A reference ID can that be left blank, or used however you wish. This field can be useful if you are importing purchase orders. City portion of the address. Defaults to the Vendor City and may be edited by the user. State or Province portion of the address. Defaults to the Vendor StateProv and may be edited by the user. Page 443
RevisionN VendorPhoneN FaxPhoneN ShipAddressee
smallint varchar (25) varchar (25) varchar (50)
ShipAddrLine1
varchar (40)
ShipAddrLine2 ShipAddrLine3 ExternalRefID City StateProv
varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (30) varchar (30) varchar (4)
JohnsonGroup

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
PurchaseOrder varchar (15) varchar (3)
Purchase Order Postal Code portion of the address. Defaults to the Vendor Postal Code and may be edited by the user. Country Code portion of the address. Defaults to the Vendor Country Code and may be edited by the user via the drop down box which will list active countries in the Country Table. If it is populated the Country Name will print on the Purchase Order Relates to: Country table City portion of the shipping address. Defaults to the ShipCity in the default purchasing record of the LocationAddres table and may be edited by the user. State/Province portion of the shipping address. Defaults to the ShipStateProv in the default purchasing record of the LocationAddres table and may be edited by the user. Postal Code portion of the shipping address. Defaults to the ShipStateProv in the default purchasing record of the LocationAddres table and may be edited by the user. Country Code portion of the shipping address. Defaults to the ShipCountryCode in the default purchasing record of the LocationAddres table and may be edited by the user. Relates to: Country table Phone extension for the Vendor Phone number. Vendor's email address Flag which determines whether or not this purchase order can be re-opened for edit.
(Cont'd)
PostalCode CountryCode
ShipCity ShipStateProv
ShipPostalCode
varchar (15)
ShipCountryCode
varchar (3)
PhoneExt VendorEmail ClosedforEdit
varchar (6) varchar (128) tinyint
Field Constraints Column BatchNumber ClosedforEdit FOBCode OriginlConfirm POIssuedyn PrevPostings PurchaseOrderN RevisionN ShipMethodkey TypeOfTerms VendorNumber Constraint ([BatchNumber] >= 0 and [BatchNumber] <= 99999) ([ClosedforEdit] >= 0 and [ClosedforEdit] <= 1) ([FOBCode] >= 0 and [FOBCode] <= 2) ([OriginlConfirm] >= 0 and [OriginlConfirm] <= 1) ([POIssuedyn] >= 0 and [POIssuedyn] <= 1) ([PrevPostings] >= 0 and [PrevPostings] <= 1) ([PurchaseOrderN] >= 1 and [PurchaseOrderN] <= 999999999) ([RevisionN] >= 0 and [RevisionN] <= 99) ([ShipMethodkey] >= 0 and [ShipMethodkey] <= 9999999) ([TypeOfTerms] >= 0 and [TypeOfTerms] <= 2) ([VendorNumber] >= 0 and [VendorNumber] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 444

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
QQComments
QQ Comments
QuickQuote Standard Comments - can be associated with a product for automatic inclusion for a product.
Column
Type
LogicID CommentCode Type
Sequential Key field. Code for group of comments. Used to associated comments with a product. Type of this comment Q = Quote/Invoice Comment -appears on quote reports P = Production Comment - appears on detail and production reports. Sequence number for comment Actual text of comment.
SeqNo Comment
Field Constraints Column LogicID SeqNo
int varchar (76)
Constraint ([LogicID] >= 0 and [LogicID] <= 9999999) ([SeqNo] >= 0 and [SeqNo] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 445

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
QQDetailInfo
QQ Detail Info
Detail info from associated QuickQuote quote for Job Ticket.

Indexes on JobN, SequenceNum Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
JobN SequenceNum ProductDesc SizeDesc RateDesc Unit Multiples Quantity DueDate DueTime ProdComment1 ProdComment2 ProdComment3 ProdComment4 ProdComment5 QtyMultiple
int int varchar (50) varchar (60) varchar (30) varchar (10) decimal (9,2) decimal (15,2) datetime varchar (5) varchar (76) varchar (76) varchar (76) varchar (76) varchar (76) decimal (9,2)
Job Number this quote was associated with. Relates to: QQHeaderInfo table Sequence number of detailed line item from quote. Description of product in detail line item. Size/type description Rate schedule used for this item. Unit of this item. Multiple of this line item. Quantity of this item. Due Date for this line item. Due Time for this line item. Production item comment 1 Production item comment 2 Production item comment 3 Production item comment 4 Production item comment 5 This value can be used to set up a multiple of the header quantity for a variable quantity product line item. It defaults to the value set up in the product itself, but can be overridden on the line item. It can be used as a page count to set up a "click charge" when the header quantity is a document count.
Field Constraints Column JobN Multiples QtyMultiple Quantity SequenceNum Constraint ([JobN] >= 0 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([Multiples] >= (-9999999) and [Multiples] <= 9999999) ([QtyMultiple]>=(0) AND [QtyMultiple]<=(9999999)) ([Quantity] >= (-1) and [Quantity] <= 999999999) ([SequenceNum] >= 0 and [SequenceNum] <= 999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 446

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
QQGroup
QQ Group
Allows organization of QuickQuote product/options into groups on the rate schedule for easier navigation. Maintained in QuickAdmin.
Indexes on GroupID Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables QQProducts Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
GroupID
GroupID SequenceNo Description

Key field. Order that groups will appear on a rate schedule Description of group - will appear in Rate Schedule
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 447

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
QQHeaderInfo
QQ Header Info
Info from associated QuickQuote quote header for Job Ticket.

Indexes on JobN Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables QQDetailInfo Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
JobN
JobN IssueNumber Description RateSched ProdComment1 ProdComment2 ProdComment3 ProdComment4 ProdComment5

Field Constraints Column IssueNumber JobN
int int varchar (50) varchar (30) varchar (76) varchar (76) varchar (76) varchar (76) varchar (76)
Job Number this quote was associated with. Relates to: OpenJob table Issue number of quote associated with job. Relates to: QQOrder table Description of associated quote. Main rate schedule used for this quote. Production comment 1 associated with the quote header. Production header quote comment 2 Production header quote comment 3 Production header quote comment 4 Production header quote comment 5
Constraint ([IssueNumber] >= 0 and [IssueNumber] <= 999999999) ([JobN] >= 0 and [JobN] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 448

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
QQOrdComments
QQ Ord Comments
QuickQuote Order Comments - Line item comments for an individual quote. SeqNo = 0 may contain header comments
Indexes on IssNum, SeqNo Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
IssNum
int
Issued Quote Number This is the number used to track the quote. If it is reopened, edited and saved, it will retain the same Issue Number. Relates to: QQOrder table Sequence Number of detail line item for these details or 0 for header comments. Client Quote Number When operating in Client mode, this number is used to track the quote. This number is analogous to the Issued Quote Number which is used to track the quote when QuickQuote operates in "Server" mode. Production Comment 1 Production Comment 2 Production Comment 3 Production Comment 4 Production Comment 5 Quote/Invoice Comment 1 Quote/Invoice Comment 2 Quote/Invoice Comment 3 Quote/Invoice Comment 4 Quote/Invoice Comment 5 Due Date for line item (overrides quote due date) Required Time of delivery (if necessary)
SeqNo ClientQuoteNm
int int
ProdComm1 ProdComm2 ProdComm3 ProdComm4 ProdComm5 QuoteComm1 QuoteComm2 QuoteComm3 QuoteComm4 QuoteComm5 ItemDueDate ItemDueTime
Field Constraints Column ClientQuoteNm IssNum SeqNo
varchar (76) varchar (76) varchar (76) varchar (76) varchar (76) varchar (76) varchar (76) varchar (76) varchar (76) varchar (76) datetime varchar (5)
Constraint ([ClientQuoteNm] >= 0 and [ClientQuoteNm] <= 99999999) ([IssNum] >= 0 and [IssNum] <= 999999999) ([SeqNo] >= 0 and [SeqNo] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 449

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
QQOrder
QQ Order
QuickQuote Order table - contains main header info for an individual quote.
Indexes on IssNum Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables QQOrdComments QQOrderDet Related Tables QQHeaderInfo Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
IssNum IssNum IssueNumber
IssNum ClientQuoteNm
int int
Issued Quote Number This is the number used to track the quote. If it is reopened, edited and saved, it will retain the same Issue Number. Client Quote Number When operating in Client mode, this number is used to track the quote. This number is analogous to the Issued Quote Number which is used to track the quote when QuickQuote operates in "Server" mode. Description of Quote Date that Quote was created Customer Name - from the customer table unless customer number is 0. May be edited in QuickQuote Customer Number - if not 0, then it must be found in the Customer table. Relates to: Customer table Contact Name at customer Address fields are taken from the Customer table and can be edited once in the quote. . . . . . . Sales Rep's Name from Salesperson table Sales Rep Number (defaults from Customer table) Relates to: Salesperson table Estimator Name as entered when QuickQuote is installed on the client machine. Estimator Number as entered when QuickQuote is installed on the client. Date of last modification of quote. Estimator Number of last estimator to modify the quote. Quantity to use for this quote. Additional quantities estimate for quote Page 450
Description EstDate CustomerName CustomerN CustContact AddrLine1 AddrLine2 City StateProv PostalCode TelephoneN FaxTelephoneN SalesRepName SalesRepN Estimator EstorN ModDate ModEstorN Quantity1 Quantity2 JohnsonGroup
varchar (50) datetime varchar (50) int varchar (35) varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (30) varchar (4) varchar (15) varchar (25) varchar (25) varchar (35) int varchar (35) int datetime int int int

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
QQOrder int int int varchar (25)
QQ Order . . . Current status of quote Working - saved quote - not ready for use Issued - saved quote - ready for use Locked - editing of quote in progress Template - used to create other quotes Won - quote turned into job Lost - quote lost A field to allow an additional status or informative category to be associated with a quote. When a quote is marked Lost, this code should reflect the reason that this quote was Lost and not entered for Production. These codes appear on the Won/Lost report. The values are under customer control, and are set up in the EstimateCodes table in Table Maintenance. Relates to: EstimateCode table Name of estimator currently making edits on this quote. Date when Locked Job Number with which a Won quote was associated. Relates to: OpenJob table Not used in EFI Logic SQL. Relates to: InternetDocs table If a quote is marked Permanent, it will not be purged regardless of other characteristics of the quote. This field is maintained using the Quote Maintenance button when editing QuickQuote standards. 0 = No 1 = Yes
(Cont'd)
Quantity3 Quantity4 Quantity5 EStatus
EstimateCode
int
LockedBy LockedOn JobNumber RFEDocumentN Permanent
varchar (20) datetime int int tinyint
Closed
tinyint
Indicates whether the purge has closed this estimate, in which case only the header information remains. 0 = No 1 = Yes
EstDue PriceAdj PriceAdjType RateSched AddrLine3 CountryCode PhoneExt JohnsonGroup
datetime decimal (9,2) tinyint int varchar (40) varchar (3) varchar (6)
Expected Due Date of job being quoted. Default Price adjustment (This value defaults from the Customer StdMarkup and is stored here as a decimal value, ie. .04 = 4%) Type of default price adjustment 0 = %, 1 = Fixed$ Rate Schedule currently in use to build quote. . Three letter country code. Relates to: Country table Telephone extension. Page 451

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
QQOrder varchar (128) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) int int varchar (30) varchar (20) datetime tinyint
QQ Order Email address Total Price for Quantity 1 Total Price for Quantity 2 Total Price for Quantity 3 Total Price for Quantity 4 Total Price for Quantity 5 Total Estimated Cost for Quantity 1 Total Cost for Quantity 2 Total Cost for Quantity 3 Total Cost for Quantity 4 Total Cost for Quantity 5 Index of Quantity with which a Won quote was associated. Product Code of this quote from Product table. Relates to: ProductCode table If entered in a quote, the value in this field will be entered into the Open Job CustomerOrderN field when the quote is associated with a job. If entered in a quote, the value in this field will be entered into the Open Job CustomerPartN field when the quote is associated with a job. The time of day that a quote is due. This value will be put into the Open Job DueTime field when a quote is associated with a job. Designates whether the quote is intended for use as a quote only, a plan only or both. This will determine whether costing data is put into Labor/Material Quote tables, Planned Labor/Material tables, or both. 0 = Quote and Plan 1 = Quote Only 2 = Plan Only
(Cont'd)
Email Price1 Price2 Price3 Price4 Price5 Cost1 Cost2 Cost3 Cost4 Cost5 QtyIndex ProductCode CustomerOrderN CustomerPartN DueTime EstimateType
PrintBuyer
int
The print buyer chosen for this quote. Relates to: CustShipAddr table
JohnsonGroup
Page 452

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
QQOrder
QQ Order
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column ClientQuoteNm Closed Cost1 Cost2 Cost3 Cost4 Cost5 CustomerN EstimateCode EstimateType EstorN IssNum JobNumber ModEstorN Permanent Price1 Price2 Price3 Price4 Price5 PriceAdj PriceAdjType PrintBuyer QtyIndex Quantity1 Quantity2 Quantity3 Quantity4 Quantity5 RateSched RFEDocumentN SalesRepN Constraint ([ClientQuoteNm] >= 0 and [ClientQuoteNm] <= 99999999) ([Closed] >= 0 and [Closed] <= 1) ([Cost1] >= (-999999999) and [Cost1] <= 999999999) ([Cost2] >= (-999999999) and [Cost2] <= 999999999) ([Cost3] >= (-999999999) and [Cost3] <= 999999999) ([Cost4] >= (-999999999) and [Cost4] <= 999999999) ([Cost5] >= (-999999999) and [Cost5] <= 999999999) ([CustomerN] >= 0 and [CustomerN] <= 999999999) ([EstimateCode] >= 0 and [EstimateCode] <= 999999) ([EstimateType]>=(0) AND [EstimateType]<=(2)) ([EstorN] >= 0 and [EstorN] <= 9999) ([IssNum] >= 1 and [IssNum] <= 999999999) ([JobNumber] >= 0 and [JobNumber] <= 999999999) ([ModEstorN] >= 0 and [ModEstorN] <= 9999) ([Permanent] >= 0 and [Permanent] <= 1) ([Price1] >= (-999999999) and [Price1] <= 999999999) ([Price2] >= (-999999999) and [Price2] <= 999999999) ([Price3] >= (-999999999) and [Price3] <= 999999999) ([Price4] >= (-999999999) and [Price4] <= 999999999) ([Price5] >= (-999999999) and [Price5] <= 999999999) ([PriceAdj] >= (-9999999) and [PriceAdj] <= 9999999) ([PriceAdjType] >= 0 and [PriceAdjType] <= 1) ([PrintBuyer]>=(0) AND [PrintBuyer]<=(9999999)) ([QtyIndex] >= 0 and [QtyIndex] <= 5) ([Quantity1] >= (-1) and [Quantity1] <= 999999999) ([Quantity2] >= (-1) and [Quantity2] <= 999999999) ([Quantity3] >= (-1) and [Quantity3] <= 999999999) ([Quantity4] >= (-1) and [Quantity4] <= 999999999) ([Quantity5] >= (-1) and [Quantity5] <= 999999999) ([RateSched] >= 0 and [RateSched] <= 9999999) ([RFEDocumentN] >= 0 and [RFEDocumentN] <= 9999999) ([SalesRepN] >= 0 and [SalesRepN] <= 999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 453

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
QQOrderDet
QQ Order Detail
QuickQuote Order Detail - Line items for each individual quote which are the same for all quantities.
Indexes on IssNum, SeqNo Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables QQOrderDetQty Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
SeqNo
IssNum
int
Issued Quote Number This is the number used to track the quote. If it is reopened, edited and saved, it will retain the same Issue Number. Relates to: QQOrder table Sequence Number of Detail Item Client Quote Number When operating in Client mode, this number is used to track the quote. This number is analogous to the Issued Quote Number which is used to track the quote when QuickQuote operates in "Server" mode. Type of line: P: Product from pricelist W: Custom product C: Adjustment line H: Detailed Header line N: Non-detailed Header line S: Subtotal line M: Component line Product ID if this line item is a Product Relates to: QQProducts table Text - Description of Product from product table, User typed text for Headers or Credit lines, ' Subtotal' for subtotal lines, User typed text for Custom Products. Size ID if standard product Relates to: QQSize table Unit from product table or user-typed Number of times the Fixed or Setup charge will be charged. This number is then multipled times the quantity field to arrive at the final number of items for this line item. Price adjustment amount. eg -.05 of % type gives a 5% discount. 100 of Fixed type gives a $100 surcharge. Adjustment type 0 = % adjustment, 1 = Fixed $ adj Rate Schedule that this price was taken from. Relates to: QQRate table Not yet used
SeqNo ClientQuoteNm
int int
LineType
varchar (1)
ProductID ProductDesc SizeID Unit Multiples
int varchar (50) int varchar (10) decimal (9,2)
PriceAdj PriceAdjType RateID JobTransfer
decimal (9,4) tinyint int tinyint
JohnsonGroup
Page 454

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
QQOrderDet decimal (9,2)
QQ Order Detail This value can be used to set up a multiple of the header quantity for a variable quantity product line item. It will default first to any value set up in a preceding header, next to the value set up in the product itself, but can be overridden on the line item. It may also be set in a template. It can be used as a page count to set up a "click charge" when the header quantity is a document count. The fixed charge or setup price to be charged for this line item. It is initially set according the current charge in the rate schedule, but if the user has permission to override the unit price, the fixed charge can also be overridden. Component number will only be non zero if Component type line items are included in the quote. If Component line items are included, they will assign sequential component numbers to subsequent line items.
(Cont'd)
QtyMultiple
FixCharge
decimal (9,2)
ComponentN
smallint
Field Constraints Column ClientQuoteNm ComponentN IssNum JobTransfer Multiples PriceAdj PriceAdjType ProductID QtyMultiple RateID SeqNo SizeID Constraint ([ClientQuoteNm] >= 0 and [ClientQuoteNm] <= 99999999) ([ComponentN] >= 0 and [ComponentN] <= 9999) ([IssNum] >= 0 and [IssNum] <= 999999999) ([JobTransfer] >= 0 and [JobTransfer] <= 1) ([Multiples] >= (-9999999) and [Multiples] <= 9999999) ([PriceAdj] >= (-9999999) and [PriceAdj] <= 9999999) ([PriceAdjType] >= 0 and [PriceAdjType] <= 1) ([ProductID] >= 0 and [ProductID] <= 9999999) ([QtyMultiple]>=(0) AND [QtyMultiple]<=(9999999)) ([RateID] >= 0 and [RateID] <= 9999999) ([SeqNo] >= 0 and [SeqNo] <= 9999999) ([SizeID] >= 0 and [SizeID] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 455

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
QQOrderDetQty
QQ Order Det Qty
This table hold fields which vary for different quantities of a quote line item. All fields which are the same across all quantities are in the QQOrderDet table.
Indexes on IssNum, SeqNo, QtyIndex Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
IssNum
int
Issued Quote Number This is the number used to track the quote. If it is reopened, edited and saved, it will retain the same Issue Number. Relates to: QQOrderDet table Sequence Number of Detail Item for which this record provides the quantity specific information. Relates to: QQOrderDet table Index of the quantity for which this record provides the quantity specific information. Client Quote Number When operating in Client mode, this number is used to track the quote. This number is analogous to the Issued Quote Number which is used to track the quote when QuickQuote operates in "Server" mode. Quantity of items for each multiple for this quantity. Unit price per item - usually calculated on the final quantity from the rate schedule. Total Price for entire line item for this quantity. Cost of line items calculated based on the product costs for this quantity.
SeqNo
int
QtyIndex ClientQuoteNm
int int
Quantity UnitPrice LinePrice LineCost

Field Constraints Column ClientQuoteNm IssNum LineCost LinePrice QtyIndex Quantity SeqNo UnitPrice
decimal (15,2) decimal (12,4) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2)
Constraint ([ClientQuoteNm] >= 0 and [ClientQuoteNm] <= 99999999) ([IssNum] >= 0 and [IssNum] <= 999999999) ([LineCost] >= (-999999999) and [LineCost] <= 999999999) ([LinePrice] >= (-999999999) and [LinePrice] <= 999999999) ([QtyIndex] >= 1 and [QtyIndex] <= 5) ([Quantity] >= 0 and [Quantity] <= 999999999) ([SeqNo] >= 0 and [SeqNo] <= 9999999) ([UnitPrice] >= (-999999) and [UnitPrice] <= 999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 456

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
QQProdLabor
QQ Prod Labor
QuickQuote Product Labor - Contains Labor cost information for a Product/Size combination.
Indexes on ProductID, SizeID, LCC Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
ProductID SizeID LCC SUMin MinPerUnit

Field Constraints Column LCC MinPerUnit ProductID SizeID SUMin
int int int decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4)
Unique numeric ID to identify products. Relates to: QQProducts table Size Id for this Product/Size combination Relates to: QQSize table Labor Cost Center number for this Labor record. Relates to: LaborCostCntr table Number of Fixed Setup Minutes charged for this Product/Size combination. Minutes charged per unit (Qty * Multiple)
Constraint ([LCC] >= 0 and [LCC] <= 9999999) ([MinPerUnit] >= (-999) and [MinPerUnit] <= 999) ([ProductID] >= 0 and [ProductID] <= 9999999) ([SizeID] >= 0 and [SizeID] <= 9999999) ([SUMin] >= (-999) and [SUMin] <= 999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 457

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
QQProdMap
QQ Prod Map
Table to associate a PrinterSite Exchange (DSF) standard feature with the products and options created for it in the QuickQuote standards.
Indexes on ProductID, SizeID Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
ProductID SizeID DSFFeatureID LogicStd

Field Constraints Column ProductID SizeID
int int int bit
Product ID for this product mapped to PrinterSite Exchange feature category. Relates to: QQProducts table Size ID for this option mapped to PrinterSite Exchange feature. Relates to: QQSize table ID passed from PrinterSite Exchange for digital printing features. Whether or not this is a standard or custom feature.
Constraint ([ProductID] >= 0 and [ProductID] <= 9999999) ([SizeID] >= 0 and [SizeID] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 458

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
QQProdMatl
QQ Prod Matl
QuickQuote Product Material - Contains Material Cost info for a Product/Size combination.
Indexes on ProductID, SizeID, MCC, FixedVariable Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
ProductID SizeID MCC FixedVariable
int int int tinyint
Unique numeric ID to identify products. Relates to: QQProducts table Size Id for this Material record. Relates to: QQSize table Material Cost Center number for this record. Relates to: MatlCostCntr table If =0 this material will be calculated as a Fixed material and charged once for this line item. If =1 it will be multiplied by the quantity and multiple. Qty per unit for this material.
Qty
Field Constraints Column FixedVariable MCC ProductID Qty SizeID
decimal (15,2)
Constraint ([FixedVariable] >= 0 and [FixedVariable] <= 1) ([MCC] >= 0 and [MCC] <= 9999999) ([ProductID] >= 0 and [ProductID] <= 9999999) ([Qty] >= (-9999999) and [Qty] <= 9999999) ([SizeID] >= 0 and [SizeID] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 459

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
QQProdPrices
QQ Prod Prices
QuickQuote Product Prices. Contains price information for a combination of Product and Size for an individual Rate Schedule.
Indexes on RateID, ProductID, SizeID Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
RateID ProductID SizeID SetupPrice SetupLimit MinimumLinePr Price1 Price2 Price3 Price4 Price5 Price6 Price7 Price8 Price9 Price10 Price11 Price12 Price13 Price14 Price15 Price16 Price17 Price18 Price19 Price20 UpTo1 JohnsonGroup
int int int decimal (9,4) decimal (12,4) decimal (15,2) decimal (12,4) decimal (12,4) decimal (12,4) decimal (12,4) decimal (12,4) decimal (12,4) decimal (12,4) decimal (12,4) decimal (12,4) decimal (12,4) decimal (12,4) decimal (12,4) decimal (12,4) decimal (12,4) decimal (12,4) decimal (12,4) decimal (12,4) decimal (12,4) decimal (12,4) decimal (12,4) decimal (15,2)
Numeric ID for the Rate Schedule Relates to: QQRate table Product ID for this price. Relates to: QQProducts table Size ID for this price. Relates to: QQSize table Fixed or Setup Charge for this item. Quantity limit over which no fixed charge will be charged. If 0, no limit. If Line Price is < this value, this value will be used as the Price. Price for any quantity <= Up To 1 value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quantity limit for Price 1. Page 460

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
QQProdPrices decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) int
QQ Prod Prices See Up To 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sales account number for distribution of this product/option combination, unless overridden at the breakpoint level. Relates to: GLAccounts table Department number for Sales Account if it requires a department to be specified. Relates to: DeptNames table If the product is discountable, this value can put a limit on the size of the discount. Sales account number for distribution of this product/option combination at this breakpoint. Relates to: GLAccounts table . Relates to: GLAccounts table . Relates to: GLAccounts table . Relates to: GLAccounts table . Relates to: GLAccounts table
(Cont'd)
UpTo2 UpTo3 UpTo4 UpTo5 UpTo6 UpTo7 UpTo8 UpTo9 UpTo10 UpTo11 UpTo12 UpTo13 UpTo14 UpTo15 UpTo16 UpTo17 UpTo18 UpTo19 UpTo20 SalesAcctN
DeptNo MaxDiscount SalesAcct1
int int int
SalesAcct2 SalesAcct3 SalesAcct4 SalesAcct5
int int int int
JohnsonGroup
Page 461

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
QQProdPrices int int int int int int int int int int int int int int int
QQ Prod Prices . Relates to: GLAccounts table . Relates to: GLAccounts table . Relates to: GLAccounts table . Relates to: GLAccounts table . Relates to: GLAccounts table . Relates to: GLAccounts table . Relates to: GLAccounts table . Relates to: GLAccounts table . Relates to: GLAccounts table . Relates to: GLAccounts table . Relates to: GLAccounts table . Relates to: GLAccounts table . Relates to: GLAccounts table . Relates to: GLAccounts table . Relates to: GLAccounts table
(Cont'd)
SalesAcct6 SalesAcct7 SalesAcct8 SalesAcct9 SalesAcct10 SalesAcct11 SalesAcct12 SalesAcct13 SalesAcct14 SalesAcct15 SalesAcct16 SalesAcct17 SalesAcct18 SalesAcct19 SalesAcct20
JohnsonGroup
Page 462

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
QQProdPrices
QQ Prod Prices
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column MaxDiscount MinimumLinePr Price1 Price10 Price11 Price12 Price13 Price14 Price15 Price16 Price17 Price18 Price19 Price2 Price20 Price3 Price4 Price5 Price6 Price7 Price8 Price9 ProductID RateID SalesAcctN SetupLimit SetupPrice SizeID UpTo1 UpTo10 UpTo11 UpTo12 UpTo13 UpTo14 UpTo15 UpTo16 UpTo18 UpTo19 UpTo2 UpTo20 UpTo3 UpTo4 UpTo5 UpTo6 UpTo7 UpTo8 UpTo9 Constraint ([MaxDiscount] >= 0 and [MaxDiscount] <= 100) ([MinimumLinePr] >= 0 and [MinimumLinePr] <= 999999999) ([Price1] >= (-999999) and [Price1] <= 999999) ([Price10] >= (-999999) and [Price10] <= 999999) ([Price11] >= (-999999) and [Price11] <= 999999) ([Price12] >= (-999999) and [Price12] <= 999999) ([Price13] >= (-999999) and [Price13] <= 999999) ([Price14] >= (-999999) and [Price14] <= 999999) ([Price15] >= (-999999) and [Price15] <= 999999) ([Price16] >= (-999999) and [Price16] <= 999999) ([Price17] >= (-999999) and [Price17] <= 999999) ([Price18] >= (-999999) and [Price18] <= 999999) ([Price19] >= (-999999) and [Price19] <= 999999) ([Price2] >= (-999999) and [Price2] <= 999999) ([Price20] >= (-999999) and [Price20] <= 999999) ([Price3] >= (-999999) and [Price3] <= 999999) ([Price4] >= (-999999) and [Price4] <= 999999) ([Price5] >= (-999999) and [Price5] <= 999999) ([Price6] >= (-999999) and [Price6] <= 999999) ([Price7] >= (-999999) and [Price7] <= 999999) ([Price8] >= (-999999) and [Price8] <= 999999) ([Price9] >= (-999999) and [Price9] <= 999999) ([ProductID] >= 0 and [ProductID] <= 9999999) ([RateID] >= 0 and [RateID] <= 9999999) ([SalesAcctN] >= 0 and [SalesAcctN] <= 999999999) ([SetupLimit] >= 0 and [SetupLimit] <= 9999999) ([SetupPrice] >= 0 and [SetupPrice] <= 999999) ([SizeID] >= 0 and [SizeID] <= 9999999) ([UpTo1] >= 0 and [UpTo1] <= 999999999) ([UpTo10] >= 0 and [UpTo10] <= 999999999) ([UpTo11] >= 0 and [UpTo11] <= 999999999) ([UpTo12] >= 0 and [UpTo12] <= 999999999) ([UpTo13] >= 0 and [UpTo13] <= 999999999) ([UpTo14] >= 0 and [UpTo14] <= 999999999) ([UpTo15] >= 0 and [UpTo15] <= 999999999) ([UpTo16] >= 0 and [UpTo16] <= 999999999) ([UpTo18] >= 0 and [UpTo18] <= 999999999) ([UpTo19] >= 0 and [UpTo19] <= 999999999) ([UpTo2] >= 0 and [UpTo2] <= 999999999) ([UpTo20] >= 0 and [UpTo20] <= 999999999) ([UpTo3] >= 0 and [UpTo3] <= 999999999) ([UpTo4] >= 0 and [UpTo4] <= 999999999) ([UpTo5] >= 0 and [UpTo5] <= 999999999) ([UpTo6] >= 0 and [UpTo6] <= 999999999) ([UpTo7] >= 0 and [UpTo7] <= 999999999) ([UpTo8] >= 0 and [UpTo8] <= 999999999) ([UpTo9] >= 0 and [UpTo9] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 463

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
QQProducts
QQ Products
QuickQuote Products file, used in combination with Sizes to make up items on the rate schedules.
Indexes on ProductID Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables AlterationDetail QQOrderDet QQProdLabor QQProdMap QQProdMatl QQProdPrices QQTemplateDetail Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
ProductID ProductID ProductID ProductID ProductID ProductID ProductID
ProductID Product ProductDesc Discountable PricingType
int varchar (16) varchar (50) tinyint tinyint
Unique numeric ID to identify products. Alpha numeric abbreviation for Product which can be typed in to enter product in quote. Description of product. Whether prices for this product can be discounted. (0=No, 1 = Yes) Pricing Type 0 = Discrete pricing - Unit Price if fixed between breakpoints. 1 = Prorated pricing - Unit Price is calculated by ratio between two breakpoints. 2 = Tiered pricing - Price for each group of items equal to price for breakpoint group. Allow user of QuickQuote to override of Unit Price and fixed charge on a standard product. Default comment block used for this product. Unit description; eg. print, ea, ln ft Allows user to enter short number which gets immediately multiplied on input by this number. Eg. 1 becomes 1000 if the product had a Qty Multiple of 1000. Variable (V) or Fixed (F). Variable products will have their quantities default to the header quantities for the quote. Fixed products will need to have a quantity entered. If a header quantity is changed in QuickQuote, the user will be asked if all variable products that have the original quantity should have it changed to the new value. Controls order of Product in product lists. This is a flag indicating a product set up by the Logic system which cannot be deleted and not all of its properties can be modified. This is a product which can only be associated with a media type option. It is generally an operation which consumes a media or stock. This is the unit to which to apply the pricing. The available options are each (/e), by 100s (/c), or by 1000s (/m).
AllowOverride CommentBlock Unit QtyMultiple Type
tinyint varchar (8) varchar (10) int varchar (1)
SequenceNo LogicStd IsMedia PricingUnit
int bit bit int
JohnsonGroup
Page 464

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
QQProducts int
QQ Products This links the product with the product group under which it will appear in a rate schedule. Relates to: QQGroup table
(Cont'd)
GroupID
Field Constraints Column AllowOverride Discountable GroupID PricingType ProductID QtyMultiple SequenceNo Constraint ([AllowOverride] >= 0 and [AllowOverride] <= 1) ([Discountable] >= 0 and [Discountable] <= 1) ([GroupID] >= 0 and [GroupID] <= 9999999) ([PricingType] >= 0 and [PricingType] <= 4) ([ProductID] >= 1 and [ProductID] <= 9999999) ([QtyMultiple] >= 0 and [QtyMultiple] <= 9999999) ([SequenceNo] >= 0 and [SequenceNo] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 465

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
QQRate
QQ Rate
QuickQuote Rate Schedule table. Each rate schedule can define a price for any combination of Products and Sizes.
Indexes on RateID Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables QQProdPrices Related Tables AlterationDetail Customer QQOrderDet QQRateTemplate Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
RateID RateID CustRateSched RateID RateID
RateID RateDesc AddDefSched
Numeric ID for the Rate Schedule Description of Rate Schedule Indicates whether this rate table is supplemented by the default table. If =1 this table will act as a supplemental or override prices to the Default Rate Schedule. If =0, only prices from this Rate Schedule will be shown. Allow user to override Unit Prices and Fixed Charges from this Rate Schedule. Controls order of Rate Schedules in list. Indicates that selection of this rate table cannot be changed if it is the default rate schedule for a customer. This is a flag indicating a rate schedule set up by the Logic system which cannot be deleted and not all of its properties can be modified. Determines whether this rate schedule will appear in the list of available rate schedules for a quote if the customer has no default rate schedule or their assigned rate schedule is not exclusive.
AllowOverride SequenceNo Exclusive LogicStd UseInQuotes
tinyint int tinyint bit bit
Field Constraints Column AddDefSched AllowOverride Exclusive RateID SequenceNo Constraint ([AddDefSched] >= 0 and [AddDefSched] <= 1) ([AllowOverride] >= 0 and [AllowOverride] <= 1) ([Exclusive] >= 0 and [Exclusive] <= 1) ([RateID] >= 1 and [RateID] <= 9999999) ([SequenceNo] >= 0 and [SequenceNo] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 466

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
QQRateTemplate
QQ Rate Template
Indicates which templates will appear in which rate schedules. Maintained in QuickAdmin.
Indexes on RateID, TemplateID Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
RateID TemplateID
int int
ID of rate schedule for template. Relates to: QQRate table ID of template to appear in given rate schedule. Relates to: QQTemplate table
Field Constraints Column RateID TemplateID Constraint ([RateID] >= 1 and [RateID] <= 9999999) ([TemplateID] >= 1 and [TemplateID] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 467

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
QQSize
QQ Size
QuickQuote Sizes - Used in combination with Products to define price list entries.
Indexes on SizeID Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables AlterationDetail QQOrderDet QQProdLabor QQProdMap QQProdMatl QQProdPrices QQTemplateDetail Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
SizeID SizeID SizeID SizeID SizeID SizeID SizeID
SizeID SizeDesc SequenceNo LogicStd IsMedia
int varchar (60) int bit bit
Numeric ID for this option Description for this option type. Controls order of options in list. This is a flag indicating an option set up by the Logic system which cannot be deleted and not all of its properties can be modified. This option is chosen from the Material Cost Center table and remains associated with that item for look ups. These options can only be associated with a media type product. The Material Cost Center key associated with this option. Relates to: MatlCostCntr table
MCCN
int
Field Constraints Column SequenceNo SizeID Constraint ([SequenceNo] >= 0 and [SequenceNo] <= 9999999) ([SizeID] >= 1 and [SizeID] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 468

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
QQStdsVers
QQ Stds Version
QuickQuote Standards: Version information for which version of standards on this server or downloaded to local database.
Indexes on StdsVers Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
StdsVers
decimal (9,2)
Version number of the customer standards contained in this database. Currently this number can only be set to 1, and QuickQuote standards are differentiated by StdsID and DateLastMod. Identifier for the QuickQuote standards contained in this database. Currently this field will be set to the name of the database by the QuickQuote standards editor. Version number of the format of the QuickQuote database that is in this database. Date of last modification to the standards contained in this database. Used to indicate when client standards are not up to date.
StdsID
varchar (20)
QQVersion DateLastMod
varchar (10) datetime
Field Constraints Column StdsVers Constraint ([StdsVers] >= (-999999) and [StdsVers] <= 999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 469

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
QQTemplate
QQ Template
Description Primary key, clustered Column
Indexes on TemplateID Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables QQRateTemplate QQTemplateDetail Column Type
TemplateID TemplateID
TemplateID Description SequenceNo TemplateGroupID
Key field for template. Text description for template. Indicates order in which templates will appear in their groups. The ID of the Template group in which this template will appear. Relates to: QQTemplateGroup table
Field Constraints Column TemplateID Constraint ([TemplateID] >= 1 and [TemplateID] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 470

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
QQTemplateDetail
QQ Template Detail
Holds the details of the line items that make up a template. Maintained in QuickAdmin.
Indexes on TemplateID, SequenceNo Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
TemplateID SequenceNo ProductID SizeID LineType
int int int int char
ID of the template for this line item. Relates to: QQTemplate table Order of line items in template. ID of product if LineType is a Product type, else will be 0. Relates to: QQProducts table ID of option (size) for this line item if LineType is Product, else will be 0. Relates to: QQSize table Type of this line item in a template. Legal types for templates are: P: Product from pricelist C: Adjustment line H: Detailed Header line N: Non-detailed Header line S: Subtotal line M: Component line Default quantity if this line item is not a variable quantity product. Description of line item as it will appear in the quote. This value can be used to set up a multiple of the header quantity for a variable quantity product line item. See the QtyMultiple field in QQOrderDet.
Quantity LineDesc QtyMultiple
decimal (9,2) varchar (50) decimal (9,2)
Field Constraints Column QtyMultiple Constraint ([QtyMultiple]>=(0) AND [QtyMultiple]<=(9999999))
JohnsonGroup
Page 471

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
QQTemplateGroup
QQ Template Group
Groups for organization of templates on the QuickQuote rate schedules. Maintained in QuickAdmin
Indexes on TemplateGroupID Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables QQTemplate Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
TemplateGroupID
TemplateGroupID SequenceNo Description

Key field for this template group. Order in which template groups will appear on the rate schedule. Text description of template group that will appear on the rate schedule.
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 472

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
QQVersion
QQ Version
Provides the current version of the QuickQuote database installed on this server and in the local working database.
Indexes on DateLastMod Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
DateLastMod QQVersion
Date when QuickQuote database version last changed Version of the QuickQuote database that is in this database. Used to maintain compatibility with local databases.
JohnsonGroup
Page 473

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Questions
Questions
Estimating 3 Standards: Questions table. Contains all the information for operation standards, how they run, how they are calculated, default values, whether the user can override defaults, etc.
Indexes on LogicID OperID Description Primary key, clustered Nonclustered
Column
Type
LogicID OperID Queseq QuesID
Unique ID for internal use (used on the server only). Unique ID to identify operation Order of Questions on Edit Operation screen Question IDs for each operation. Consists of 3 parts (CCQQQII) 2 rightmost digits are instance number, next 3 digits are question number, remaining leftmost digits (1 or 2) are cost function (CF) number. Answer number when multiple answers are allowed, usually for multiple quantities. Wording for this question for this operation (i.e., "the question" or prompt seen by the user when editing the operation) Minimum value for numeric answer (always 0 if a string type answer) Maximum value for answer or max length of string Value Type. Indicates type of question: S = String D = Double L = Long B = Boolean C = CostCenter R = Radio T = Title M = Multiple List O = One List Option K = Lookup Default value: may be a string, double numeric, long numeric, or 0/1 If used in a question associated with a lookup, contains the name of the field, whose value in the selected record will supply the answer to this question. Number of answers allowed for this question (maximum = 5) Whether question is visible to user for editing when building an estimate. A visible question is often referred to as "question" and an invisible question is referred to as "standard". Can be calculated by estimating application. If an answer can be calculated, the QValue may be blank. Lookup ID of lookup used for this question.
AnsNum QWord QMin QMax ValType
smallint varchar (50) int int varchar (1)
QValue ValFn NumAns Visible
varchar (120) varchar (50) smallint tinyint
Calc Lookup
tinyint smallint
JohnsonGroup
Page 474

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Questions tinyint tinyint int int
Questions A flag indicating that a matrix is used to supply the pricing for the question if value = 1. Required Answer. This answer must be entered by the user or explicitly marked by user to be calculated Labor Cost Center (for ValType=C and labor questions) Relates to: LaborCostCntr table Material Cost Center (for ValType = C and Material questions) Relates to: MatlCostCntr table
(Cont'd)
Matrix Reqd LCCNum MCCNum
Field Constraints Column AnsNum Calc LCCNum LogicID Lookup Matrix MCCNum NumAns QMax QMin Queseq QuesID Reqd Visible Constraint ([AnsNum] >= 0 and [AnsNum] <= 99) ([Calc] >= 0 and [Calc] <= 1) ([LCCNum] >= 0 and [LCCNum] <= 99999) ([LogicID] >= 0 and [LogicID] <= 9999999) ([Lookup] >= 0 and [Lookup] <= 9999) ([Matrix] >= 0 and [Matrix] <= 1) ([MCCNum] >= 0 and [MCCNum] <= 9999999) ([NumAns] >= 0 and [NumAns] <= 99) ([QMax] >= (-999999999) and [QMax] <= 1000000000) ([QMin] >= (-9999999) and [QMin] <= 9999999) ([Queseq] >= 0 and [Queseq] <= 99999) ([QuesID] >= 0 and [QuesID] <= 9999999) ([Reqd] >= 0 and [Reqd] <= 1) ([Visible] >= 0 and [Visible] <= 1)
JohnsonGroup
Page 475

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ReasonCodes
Reason Codes
Reason codes are used with SFDC to explain why a prefix has been entered (e.g., why the operator has entered prefix 2 for rework). Entries in the Prefixes table determine if reason codes are required and for which prefixes the prompt will appear. Note that the reason code list is not supplied by EFI Logic; these are the user company's codes.
Indexes on ReasonCode Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables DMIMaterial JobLabor JobMaterial MaterialTrans RollTransactions Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
ReasonCode ReasonCode ReasonCode ReasonCode ReasonCode
ReasonCode RCDescription UseForPrefixes
int varchar (20) bit
The code to identify each reason. This is what the shop floor worker enters when prompted. Each reason must have a unique code. The reason explaining why the prefix had to be used. This is displayed for verification when the operator enters a reason code. If this bit field is set to 1, the reason code is allowed when entering a reason for a labor, material, job status, or roll stock usage prefix. 0 = No 1 = Yes
UseForRollStock
bit
If this bit field is set to 1, the reason code is allowed when entering a reason for a roll stock adjustment. 0 = No 1 = Yes
UseForInventory
bit
If this bit field is set to 1, the reason code is allowed when entering a reason for an inventory adjustment. 0 = No 1 = Yes
Field Constraints Column ReasonCode Constraint ([ReasonCode] >= 0 and [ReasonCode] <= 99999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 476

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
RecurringEntry
Recurring Entry
The RecurringEntry table contains the list of offsetting accounting entries to be posted for each transaction in the RecurringTrans table. The Accounting application uses the list to create a transaction in an Accounting batch. This table is usually set up during Accounting implementation. Records are defined and maintained by using the Accounting application.
Indexes on TransactionN, LineN Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
TransactionN
int
Part of the key to the table and the part that relates back to the RecurringTrans table. Relates to: RecurringTrans table A sequential number to uniquely identify the entries for one recurring transaction. The G/L Account Number to which the entry will be posted. Relates to: GLAccounts table The amount of the entry. This amount is always a positive number. The corresponding DebitCrdtFlag field determines whether the amount is debited or credited to the account. This flag is used to indicate whether the amount for this entry will be debited or credited to the associated account. 0 = debit 1 = credit The percentage column is used to facilitate the distribution of amounts to accounts. For example, if you want to distribute rent expense to departments based on square footage used, you can enter a percentage of the amount to be applied to each account/department. The percentage value is a whole number and must be divided by 100 to get the actual percentage, e.g. 3333 is 33.33 percent. The department number, if required for the G/L account, to which the entry applies. Relates to: DeptNames table A description of or comment about a line item in a general journal recurring transaction.
LineN AccountN Transactions
int int decimal (15,2)
DebitCrdtFlag
tinyint
Percentage
int
DeptN
int
Comment
varchar (60)
JohnsonGroup
Page 477

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
RecurringEntry
Recurring Entry
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column AccountN DebitCrdtFlag DeptN LineN Percentage TransactionN Transactions Constraint ([AccountN] >= 1 and [AccountN] <= 999999999) ([DebitCrdtFlag] >= 0 and [DebitCrdtFlag] <= 1) ([DeptN] >= 0 and [DeptN] <= 9999999) ([LineN] >= 0 and [LineN] <= 99999) ([Percentage] >= 0 and [Percentage] <= 10000) ([TransactionN] >= 0 and [TransactionN] <= 999999) ([Transactions] >= (-999999999) and [Transactions] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 478

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
RecurringTrans
Recurring Trans
The Recurring Trans(action) table stores general information about transactions that occur repeatedly. Each record in this table has a list of associated entries in the RecurringEntry table that contain account-specific information. Together, these records contain all of the information necessary to create one transaction in Accounting. This table is usually set up during the Accounting implementation. Records are defined and maintained by using the Accounting application.
Indexes on TransactionN Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables RecurringEntry Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
TransactionN
TransactionN
int
The key to the table. Used as part of the automatically generated invoice number when building a batch of recurring transactions if the invoice wasn't specified in the A/P recurring transaction definition. A descriptive name or reason for the recurring transaction. The number of the accounting division for the recurring transaction. Relates to: AcctDivisions table This column indicates whether the transaction is an A/P or a G/J recurring transaction - 3 for A/P or 7 for G/J. The LastLegalDate represents the date after which this transaction cannot be included in an Accounting batch. For example, if you are defining a recurring transaction for paying a loan, enter the end date of the loan in this column. When you create an accounting batch, it won't let you include this entry if its last legal date is before the posting date of the batch. The number of the transaction set to which this recurring transaction belongs. A recurring transaction does not have to belong to a transaction set, but it can simplify the creation of accounting batches when multiple recurring transactions are likely to be posted together. Relates to: TransactionSet table The vendor for an A/P recurring transaction. Relates to: Vendor table The invoice for an A/P recurring transaction. If blank, Accounting will create an internal invoice number automatically when the recurring transaction is included in a batch. If the vendor for an A/P recurring transaction is a 1099 vendor, this field defines the 1099 type. Relates to: D1099TaxTypes table A comment for an A/P recurring transaction or a document reference value for a G/J recurrring transaction.
Description DivisionN TransType LastLegalDate
varchar (30) int tinyint datetime
TrxSetNumber
int
VendorNumber Group3Invoice
int varchar (12)
D1099Type
smallint
DocRefOrComment
varchar (60)
JohnsonGroup
Page 479

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
RecurringTrans
Recurring Trans
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column D1099Type DivisionN TransactionN TransType TrxSetNumber VendorNumber Constraint ([D1099Type] >= 0 and [D1099Type] <= 999) ([DivisionN] >= 0 and [DivisionN] <= 9999) ([TransactionN] >= 1 and [TransactionN] <= 999999) ([TransType] >= 0 and [TransType] <= 7) ([TrxSetNumber] >= 0 and [TrxSetNumber] <= 9999999) ([VendorNumber] >= 0 and [VendorNumber] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 480

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
RenumberKey
Renumber Key
The RenumberKey is a work table that is used when you re-number your Customer table, Vendor table, Cost Center tables, etc. Using System Maintenance, you enter the old numbers and the new numbers into the RenumberKey table. You then use System Maintenance to run the process that puts the new keys into the Customer, Vendor, or Cost Center table. Call EFI Logic if you plan to renumber your tables.
Indexes on OldKey Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
OldKey NewKey
Field Constraints Column NewKey OldKey
int int
Keys from the existing table that should be renumbered. At times these keys may not yet exist if you are renumbering a previous key to a temporary key. New keys to be assigned to previous entities during the renumber.
Constraint ([NewKey] >= 0 and [NewKey] <= 999999999) ([OldKey] >= 0 and [OldKey] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 481

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ReportMapper
Report Mapper
Currently not used this file will be taken advantage of in a future release to map GL accounts for custom reporting or an interface to a third party report writer.
Indexes on RmapKey Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables GLAccounts Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
ReportMapper3
RmapKey Description
Field Constraints Column RmapKey
int varchar (20)
Constraint ([RmapKey] >= 1 and [RmapKey] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 482

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ResourceType
Resource Type
This table defines a resource type for each Scheduling work center. If a resource type is assigned to a work center, a scheduled task can be reassigned to a work center of the same resource type. The type is used by data collection to select related work centers.
Indexes on ResourceTypeKey Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables SchWorkCenter Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
ResourceTypeKey
ResourceTypeKey ResourceTypeDesc
Field Constraints Column ResourceTypeKey
Unique key for ResourceType. Description of resource type.
Constraint ([ResourceTypeKey] > 0 and [ResourceTypeKey] < 9999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 483

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
RevisionDetail
Revision Detail
Each row of RevisionDetail describes one change made to the job ticket data. This table is a child of the Revisions table, which provides overall information on the set of changes.
Indexes on KeyN JobN, RevisionN, KeyN Description Nonclustered Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
KeyN JobN RevisionN TableN Operation
int int int varchar (20) tinyint
Unique key. Job number. This revision detailed row is for this job. Relates to: Revisions table Revision number. This revision detail record is part of this revision of job JobN. Relates to: Revisions table The table that was modified. The operation that was done to the table: 0: insert a row 1: update an existing row 2: delete a row 3: copy a row Number of keys for this record. Either 1 for a header table (type 1), 2 for a detail table (type 2). or 3 for JobInk, JobLayout, JobComponent, JobSpecInstrs, or JobStockCalc updates. Value of the first key column of the row that was inserted, deleted, copied, or changed. If table has two or more columns that make up the key, this is the value of the second key column of the row that was inserted, deleted, copied, or changed. Name of the column that was modified. Only meaningful if the operation was update. Value that was assigned to TableN-ColumnN. Only meaningful if the operation was update. If table has three or more columns that make up the key, this is the value of the third key column of the row that was inserted, deleted, copied, or changed. If table has four or more columns that make up the key, this is the value of the fourth key column of the row that was inserted, deleted, copied, or changed. If table has five or more columns that make up the key, this is the value of the fifth key column of the row that was inserted, deleted, copied, or changed. Indicates whether the change was entered into the Job Ticket by a user, or was generated by a vbscript. Note that this column was created in Release 22.05, so all changes prior to that are marked as "entered by user" even if they were generated by a script. 0: entered by user 1: generated by a vbscript.
NumberOfKeys
tinyint
Key1Value Key2Value ColumnN Value Key3Value Key4Value Key5Value CauseOfChange
int int varchar (20) varchar (7,500) int int int int
JohnsonGroup
Page 484

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
RevisionDetail
Revision Detail
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column JobN KeyN NumberOfKeys Operation RevisionN Constraint ([JobN] >= 0 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([keyn] >= 0 and [keyn] <= 999999999) ([NumberOfKeys] >= 0 and [NumberOfKeys] < 10) ([operation] >= 0 and [operation] <= 4) ([RevisionN] >= 0 and [RevisionN] <= 999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 485

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Revisions
Revisions
List of revision headers for each job in the OpenJob table. Each revision made by the user in the Job Ticket has a row with header information logged about the revision: date, time, author, etc.
Indexes on JobN, RevisionN Status Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables RevisionDetail Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Nonclustered Column
RevisionN
JobN RevisionN Date Time Author Description Billable
int int datetime varchar (8) varchar (21) varchar (200) varchar (1)
Identifies the job in the OpenJob table that was revised. Relates to: OpenJob table Unique key. Date on which this revision was made Time at which this revision was made. Author (login name) of the person who created the revision. Description of this revision This column is no longer in use. It may be removed in a future release. "Billable revisions" have been replaced by "Alterations". Prior to Release 22.5: whether or not the change is billable: Y: yes, the change is billable N: no, the change is NOT billable
Price
decimal (15,2)
This column is no longer in use. It may be removed in a future release. "Billable revisions" have been replaced by "Alterations". Prior to Release 22.5: Price of each item associated with this revision. Only valid if this revision is billable.
Quantity
decimal (15,2)
This column is no longer in use. It may be removed in a future release. "Billable revisions" have been replaced by "Alterations". Prior to Release 22.5: Quantity associated with this revision. Only valid if revision is billable.
Total
decimal (15,2)
This column is no longer in use. It may be removed in a future release. "Billable revisions" have been replaced by "Alterations". Prior to Release 22.5: The total cost of this revision. Only valid if this revision is billable.
Status
int
This column is no longer in use. It may be removed in a future release. "Billable revisions" have been replaced by "Alterations". Prior to Release 22.5: Status of this revision. 0: revision has not been passed to invoice. ??? Other statuses to be added later as accounting needs them.
SourceofRevision JohnsonGroup
int
Application which was used to create the revision Page 486

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Revisions
Revisions
(Cont'd)
0 = JobVista 1 = Job Ticket 2 = Job Import 3 = QuickQuote 4 = Estimating 3 5 = JobVista (imported) 7 = PrinterSite Internal 8 = Digital StoreFront 9 = Direct order - FG
Field Constraints Column JobN Price Quantity RevisionN Status Total Constraint ([JobN] >= 1 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([Price] >= (-99999999) and [Price] <= 99999999) ([Quantity] >= (-99999999) and [Quantity] <= 99999999) ([RevisionN] >= 0 and [RevisionN] <= 999999) ([Status] >= (-9999999) and [Status] <= 9999999) ([Total] >= (-99999999) and [Total] <= 99999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 487

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
RollStock
Roll Stock
The Roll Stock table contains records of individual rolls of paper. Roll records are created when a roll is received via the Roll Stock Inventory application. Records can be edited with the Roll Stock Inventory application.
Indexes on MCC PlantRollID RecordID Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables RollTransactions Column Type Description Nonclustered Nonclustered Primary key, clustered Column
RSRecordID
RecordID PlantRollID
A unique number created when a new record is added to the table. An alpha-numeric identifier for the roll. This is usually the same as the manufacturer's ID as scanned from the roll label but may be a company assigned ID. The maximum length of this field is 18 characters.
MCC Disposition
int int
The material cost center number of the roll stock. Relates to: MatlCostCntr table The disposition or status of the roll. 0 = Available 1 = Consumed
PurchaseOrder POItem Vendor PurchasePrice
int smallint int decimal (15,4)
The purchase order entered when the roll was first received. Rolls entered as inventory adjustments have a value of 0. The PO item number of the roll on the original purchase order. Rolls entered as inventory adjustments have a value of 0. Vendor that supplied the roll. Relates to: Vendor table The purchase price copied from the purchase order when the roll is received. This is the rate at which inventory is valued. Rolls entered as inventory adjustments are given a purchase price at the time they are entered. The date the roll was received into the warehouse. Date and time on which the receipt of the roll was inserted into the RollStock table. The manufacturer's roll ID on the roll label. A number that can be used to identify the vehicle on which the roll was received at the plant. The weight of the roll when it was received. The length of the roll when it was received.
DateReceived DateReceiptRecorded MfgrRollID VehicleNumber WeightReceived LengthReceived
datetime datetime varchar (18) varchar (10) decimal (7,0) decimal (7,0)
JohnsonGroup
Page 488

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
RollStock decimal (7,0) decimal (7,0) smallint varchar (20) smallint
Roll Stock The current weight of the roll. This is the WeightReceived less the weight of any usages and adjustments. The current length of the roll. A number from 1-99 which identifies the warehouse in which the roll is located. The location of the roll in the warehouse. An entry from the BadPaperCodes table that can be used to describe the condition of the paper on the roll. Relates to: BadPaperCodes table The date and time that the roll was last reconciled in the warehouse. Reconciling rolls is usually done using a hand-held scanner. The resulting XML file can be imported by the Roll Stock Inventory application. Not currently used. The date that the roll record was edited. The user ID of the person who editted the role.
(Cont'd)
RollWeight RollLength Warehouse Location PaperCondition
LastInventoryDate
datetime
InactiveFlag LastChanged ChangedBy

Field Constraints Column MCC PaperCondition POItem PurchaseOrder PurchasePrice RollLength RollWeight Vendor Warehouse
bit datetime varchar (200)
Constraint ([MCC]>=(1) AND [MCC]<=(9999999)) ([PaperCondition]>=(0) AND [PaperCondition]<=(99)) ([POItem]>=(0)) ([PurchaseOrder]>=(0)) ([PurchasePrice]>=(0) AND [PurchasePrice]<=(999999)) ([RollLength]>=(0) AND [RollLength]<=(9999999)) ([RollWeight]>=(0) AND [RollWeight]<=(99999)) ([Vendor]>=(0) AND [Vendor]<=(999999999)) ([Warehouse]>=(0) AND [Warehouse]<=(99))
JohnsonGroup
Page 489

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
RollTransactions
Roll Transactions
This table contains usage and adjustment transactions for the rolls in the RollStock table.
Indexes on Job RSRecordID, RecordID Description Nonclustered Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
RSRecordID
int
The unique number in the RollStock table that identifies the roll that this record is a transaction for. Relates to: RollStock table A unique number created when a new record is added to the table. The type of this transaction: 0 = Usage 1 = Adjustment
RecordID TransactionType
int identity int
UndoneFlag
bit
This flag is 1 if the transaction has been 'undone'. This is equivalent to deleting the transaction. The record is maintained in the table as an audit trail. For usages, this is the employee who used the roll. Relates to: Employee table The employee's shift The machine on which the roll was used. Relates to: Equipment table The job for which the roll was used. Relates to: OpenJob table The subjob for which the roll was used. The form for which the roll was used. The original combojob that was used, before being distributed to real jobs. Relates to: OpenJob table Date the job was closed, written to the associated transaction when posted. If the job is re-opened, subsequent transactions do not have a close date until the job is closed again. The date the transaction was entered. The weight of the paper used during this transaction. The length of the paper used during this transaction. The number of impressions produced for the usage. The computed cost of the transaction (quantity x AIC Rate from Material Cost Center (MatlCostCntr) table or quantity x $/Unit, if $/Unit is not zero). Can be changed manually through editcost. The prefix for this transaction.
Employee Shift Press Job SubJob Form ProductionJob CloseDate
int smallint int int int int int datetime
DateUsed WeightUsed LengthUsed GrossImpressions AICCost
datetime decimal (7,0) decimal (7,0) int decimal (9,2)
Prefix
tinyint
JohnsonGroup
Page 490

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
RollTransactions int int int
Roll Transactions A code from the ReasonCode table indicating the cause of rework. Relates to: ReasonCodes table ??? The inventory MCC that a roll is changed to if it is cut into sheets OR the previous MCC if the roll is transferred to a different MCC. Relates to: MatlCostCntr table The new roll ID assigned to this part of a slitted roll. Weight of brown paper wrapper. Weight of white waste stripped from roll. The weight of the core. A code from the BadPaperCodes table that indicates the source of some damage to this roll. Relates to: BadPaperCodes table The weight of the damage reported for this transaction. Length of paper used as measured by the Paper Monitor. The number of the roll stand on which the roll was mounted. The date that the roll started to be used as recorded by Paper Monitor. The time that the roll started to be used as recorded by Paper Monitor. The date that the roll use ended as recorded by Paper Monitor. The time that the roll use ended as recorded by Paper Monitor. A comment associated with the transaction. The program that generated the transaction. The date this transaction was last edited. The user who last changed the transaction. The amount the roll was sold for.
(Cont'd)
ReasonCode Quantity ChangedMCC
NewRollID WrapperWeight StripWaste CoreWaste DamageCode
varchar (18) decimal (7,0) decimal (7,0) decimal (7,0) smallint
WeightOfDamage MeasuredLength RollStandID ActiveRollStartDate ActiveRollStartTime ActiveRollEndDate ActiveRollEndTime Remarks TransSource LastChanged ChangedBy SaleAmt
decimal (7,0) decimal (6,0) smallint datetime int datetime int varchar (200) varchar (20) datetime varchar (200) decimal (9,2)
JohnsonGroup
Page 491

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
RollTransactions
Roll Transactions
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column ActiveRollEndTime ActiveRollStartTime AICCost ChangedMCC CoreWaste DamageCode Employee Form GrossImpressions Job LengthUsed MeasuredLength Prefix Press ProductionJob Quantity ReasonCode RollStandID SaleAmt Shift StripWaste SubJob TransactionType WeightOfDamage WeightUsed WrapperWeight Constraint ([ActiveRollEndTime]>=(0) AND [ActiveRollEndTime]<=(999999)) ([ActiveRollStartTime]>=(0) AND [ActiveRollStartTime]<=(999999)) ([AICCost]>=(0) AND [AICCost]<=(999999999)) ([ChangedMCC]>=(0) AND [ChangedMCC]<=(9999999)) ([CoreWaste]>=(0) AND [CoreWaste]<=(99999)) ([DamageCode]>=(0) AND [DamageCode]<=(99)) ([Employee]>=(0)) ([Form]>=(0) AND [Form]<=(9999)) ([GrossImpressions]>=(0) AND [GrossImpressions]<=(999999)) ([Job]>=(0) AND [Job]<=(999999999)) ([LengthUsed]>=(-9999999) AND [LengthUsed]<=(9999999)) ([MeasuredLength]>=(0) AND [MeasuredLength]<=(999999)) ([Prefix]>=(0) AND [Prefix]<=(2)) ([Press]>=(0) AND [Press]<=(999)) ([ProductionJob]>=(0) AND [ProductionJob]<=(999999999)) ([Quantity]>=(0) AND [Quantity]<=(999999999)) ([ReasonCode]>=(0) AND [ReasonCode]<=(99999)) ([RollStandID]>=(0) AND [RollStandID]<=(8)) ([SaleAmt]>=(0) AND [SaleAmt]<=(999999999)) ([Shift]>=(0) AND [Shift]<=(9)) ([StripWaste]>=(0) AND [StripWaste]<=(9999)) ([SubJob]>=(0) AND [SubJob]<=(9999)) ([TransactionType]>=(0) AND [TransactionType]<=(99)) ([WeightOfDamage]>=(0) AND [WeightOfDamage]<=(99999)) ([WeightUsed]>=(-99999) AND [WeightUsed]<=(99999)) ([WrapperWeight]>=(0) AND [WrapperWeight]<=(999))
JohnsonGroup
Page 492

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
SalesAreaCode
Sales Area Code
This table is for user-defined Sales Areas. Each area is identified by a unique code, which appears in the customer record. It can be used to select customers for custom reporting.
Indexes on SalesAreaKey Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables Customer Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
SalesAreaCode
SalesAreaKey SalesAreaDesc
Field Constraints Column SalesAreaKey
The code that identifies each sales area. The name of the sales area.
Constraint ([SalesAreaKey] >= 0 and [SalesAreaKey] <= 99)
JohnsonGroup
Page 493

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Salesperson
Salesperson
The Salesperson table lists the names and numbers of the salespeople in your company. A salesperson must be listed in this table before you can use his or her number in other contexts in Logic SQL, for example, the Customer table or Sales Analysis reports.
Indexes on SalespersonN Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables AccountngInput ARBatch ARTransaction Customer Estimates FGIOrderMast JobEstHeader JobLog OpenJob QQOrder WinInvJobs Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
SalesmanN Salesperson SalesmanN SalespersonN SalesRepN SalesmanN SalesRepNum SalesmanN SalesmanN SalesRepN SalesPersonN
SalespersonN Salesperson EmployeeN
The salesperson's number. The salesperson's name. The employee number (key to Employee table) of this salesperson. This must be set if the salesperson is to access PrinterSite Internal. Relates to: Employee table A flag that indicates if a salesperson is inactive or active. 0 = No 1 = Yes
Inactive
int
Field Constraints Column EmployeeN Inactive SalespersonN Constraint ([EmployeeN] >= 0 and [EmployeeN] <= 999999) ([Inactive] >= 0 and [Inactive] <= 1) ([SalespersonN] >= 1 and [SalespersonN] <= 999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 494

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
SalutationTypeList
Salutation Type List
SalutationType
Indexes on SalutationType Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables Contacts Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
Salutation
SalutationType Active
SalutationType Active
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 495

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
SchCalendar
Schedule Calendar
The Schedule Calendar table contains a list of calendars used by Scheduling. These calendars are defined in the Scheduling Resource Editor. Both standard and exception calendars (for overtime, maintenance, vacation, and holiday) are included in this table.
Indexes on CalendarID Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables SchWorkPeriod Related Tables SchCalenExcep SchWorkCenter Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
CalendarID CalendarID CalendarID
CalendarID CalendarDesc CalendarType
The key to the table. The descriptive name for the calendar. The type of calendar: 0 = Standard Labor 1 = Standard Machine 2 = Labor Exception 3 = Machine Exception 4 = Holiday Exception The type of recurring exception calendar. 0 = Never, i.e. not a recurring calendar 1 = Daily 2 = Weekly 3 = Monthly 4 = Yearly Frequency of the recurrence. Interpreted based on Recur Type field and for monthly recurrence also on Recur Position field. For example, if value is 2 and a daily or weekly recurrence, then repeats every 2 days or weeks. If value is 2 and a monthly recurrence and Recur Position is 0, then repeats every 2 months on Recur Day, else if non-zero Recur Position then repeats every 2 months on Recur Position and Recur Day. If value is 2 and a yearly recurrence, then repeats every February. If value is 0 and a daily recurrence, then repeats every weekday. Whether a weekly recurrence repeats on Sunday. 0 = No 1 = Yes Whether a weekly recurrence repeats on Monday. 0 = No 1 = Yes Whether a weekly recurrence repeats on Tuesday. 0 = No 1 = Yes Whether a weekly recurrence repeats on Wednesday. 0 = No 1 = Yes
RecurType
tinyint
RecurEvery
smallint
RecurOnSun
tinyint
RecurOnMon
tinyint
RecurOnTue
tinyint
RecurOnWed
tinyint
JohnsonGroup
Page 496

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
SchCalendar tinyint
Schedule Calendar Whether a weekly recurrence repeats on Thursday. 0 = No 1 = Yes Whether a weekly recurrence repeats on Friday. 0 = No 1 = Yes Whether a weekly recurrence repeats on Saturday. 0 = No 1 = Yes For monthly and yearly recurrence types, this is either the actual day of the month, like 4 for the 4th, or the day of the week that the recurrence happens on. If a day of the week, then the values are: 1 = Sunday 2 = Monday 3 = Tuesday 4 = Wednesday 5 = Thursday 6 = Friday 7 = Saturday Applies only to some types of monthly and yearly recurrences. Specifies the day of week position that the recurrence repeats on. Values are: 1 = first 2 = second 3 = third 4 = fourth 5 = last For example, in a yearly recurrence defined as "The last Thursday of November", 5 is the Recur Position. If a recurring calendar that has been assigned before, then this is the start date the user specified in the last assignment. If a recurring calendar that has been assigned before, then this is the end date the user specified in the last assignment.
(Cont'd)
RecurOnThu
RecurOnFri
tinyint
RecurOnSat
tinyint
RecurDay
tinyint
RecurPosition
tinyint
RecurStartDate RecurEndDate
datetime datetime
JohnsonGroup
Page 497

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
SchCalendar
Schedule Calendar
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column CalendarID CalendarType RecurDay RecurEvery RecurOnFri RecurOnMon RecurOnSat RecurOnSun RecurOnThu RecurOnTue RecurOnWed RecurPosition RecurType Constraint ([CalendarID] >= 0 and [CalendarID] <= 999999) ([CalendarType] >= 0 and [CalendarType] <= 4) ([RecurDay] >= 0 and [RecurDay] <= 31) ([RecurEvery] >= 0 and [RecurEvery] <= 99) ([RecurOnFri] >= 0 and [RecurOnFri] <= 1) ([RecurOnMon] >= 0 and [RecurOnMon] <= 1) ([RecurOnSat] >= 0 and [RecurOnSat] <= 1) ([RecurOnSun] >= 0 and [RecurOnSun] <= 1) ([RecurOnThu] >= 0 and [RecurOnThu] <= 1) ([RecurOnTue] >= 0 and [RecurOnTue] <= 1) ([RecurOnWed] >= 0 and [RecurOnWed] <= 1) ([RecurPosition] >= 0 and [RecurPosition] <= 5) ([RecurType] >= 0 and [RecurType] <= 4)
JohnsonGroup
Page 498

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
SchCalenExcep
Sched Calendar Exception
The Schedule Calendar Exceptions file contains the list of calendar exceptions that have been assigned to a work center on a given day. These assignments are made within the Scheduling Resource Editor and Scheduling uses these exceptions to override the standard working calendar for a work center on the given day.
Indexes on WorkCtrID, DateOfExcept Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
WorkCtrID DateOfExcept CalendarID
int datetime int
The Work Center for this calendar exception assignment. Relates to: SchWorkCenter table The actual date of the exception assignment. The ID of the exception calendar for this assignment. Relates to: SchCalendar table
Field Constraints Column CalendarID WorkCtrID Constraint ([CalendarID] >= 0 and [CalendarID] <= 999999) ([WorkCtrID] >= 0 and [WorkCtrID] <= 9999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 499

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
SchDepartment
Schedule Department
The Scheduling Department table contains the list of departments used in Scheduling. These departments are defined in the SchedulingResource Editor.
Indexes on DeptID Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables SchWorkCenter StatusCode Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
DeptID SchedDept
DeptID DeptName
Field Constraints Column DeptID
The key to the table. The descriptive name for the department.
Constraint ([DeptID] >= 1 and [DeptID] <= 999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 500

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
SchFormDataFlds
Sched Form Data Fields
Table of field names to be used for Job Form data in Work Centers for Windows Scheduling. Inclusion of these data fields allows employees to optimize work center schedules by sorting or otherwise using the information in these fields. The list is assigned/edited in Scheduling Resource Editor, and the order of fields can be reassigned at the time of sorting.
Indexes on WorkCtrID, FieldPosition Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
WorkCtrID FieldPosition FieldName BaseTable JoinTable JoinClause

Field Constraints Column FieldPosition WorkCtrID
int int varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (150)
The Work Center for this list of Job Form Data fields. Relates to: SchWorkCenter table Order of Job Form field in Work Center data. Must be contiguous sequential numbers starting at 1, such as 1, 2, 3 and so on. Name of field from the BaseTable to be displayed in Work Center and available to sort in Scheduling. Indicates the table the form data field comes from. Indicates the table that the data field is joined to, either OpenJob or JobFormSpecs. The Join Clause used to join the tables to retrieve the field.
Constraint ([FieldPosition] >= 0 and [FieldPosition] <= 999999) ([WorkCtrID] >= 0 and [WorkCtrID] <= 9999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 501

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
SchJob
Scheduled Job
Jobs entered into the Schedule. Jobs not in this table have not yet been scheduled, or may have had their schedules deleted.
Indexes on JobNumber Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables SchJobTask SchLink Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
JobNumber ToJobNumber
JobNumber
int
The key field. Identifies the job to which the schedule belongs. Must be the same as the Job Number in the Open Job table. Job numbers may appear that are not in the Open Job table for templates or tentative jobs. Relates to: OpenJob table Job Description as loaded from the Open Job table. The day on which the schedule for the job begins. Time of day when this job schedule begins. The day on which you hope to ship the job. Defaults to Due Date from Open Job table when schedule is first loaded. Can be edited. Time of day when job is due to be shipped. Status of Job in schedule: 0 = Unscheduled 1 = Scheduled 2 = Done 3 = On Hold 4 = Deleted 5 = Tentative Job 6 = Template Schedule 7 = Locked
JobDescription StartDate StartTime ShipDate ShipTime JobStatus
varchar (30) datetime smallint datetime smallint tinyint
Quantity Priority Comment1 Comment2 UpdateTx EarliestSchedDate EarliestSchedTime JobUpdIssueNumber JobUpdQuantity
int tinyint varchar (65) varchar (65) int datetime smallint int int
Quantity as loaded from the Open Job table when job was originally loaded. If Open Job Priority = 0 then this priority will be set to 1 else it will be set to 10. Comments entered from Scheduling Line 2 of comments from Scheduling Transaction number to sequence updates from multiple schedulers. The earliest date a job schedule should begin. The default value is taken from the Earliest Start Date on the job from order entry or the Booked Date. The earliest time of day that the first task of a job should be scheduled. This value is initialized by the parameter "Def Earliest Start Time for Sched" Preserves the issue number from the Open Job at the last time the job attributes were refreshed. Preserves the quantity from the Open Job at the last time the job attributes were refreshed.
JohnsonGroup
Page 502

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
SchJob datetime datetime
Scheduled Job Preserves the earliest start date from the Open Job at the last time the job attributes were refreshed. Preserves the due date from the Open Job at the last time the job attributes were refreshed.
(Cont'd)
JobUpdEarliestStart JobUpdDueDate
Field Constraints Column EarliestSchedTime JobNumber JobStatus Priority Quantity ShipTime StartTime UpdateTx Constraint ([EarliestSchedTime] >= 0 and [EarliestSchedTime] <= 2400) ([JobNumber] >= 0 and [JobNumber] <= 999999999) ([JobStatus] >= 0 and [JobStatus] <= 9) ([Priority] >= 0 and [Priority] <= 10) ([Quantity] >= 0 and [Quantity] <= 999999999) ([ShipTime] >= 0 and [ShipTime] <= 2400) ([StartTime] >= 0 and [StartTime] <= 2400) ([UpdateTx] >= 0 and [UpdateTx] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 503

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
SchJobTask
Scheduled Job Task
Tasks for Scheduled jobs.

Indexes on JobTaskID JobNumber, Sequence UpdateTx Description Primary key, clustered Nonclustered Nonclustered
Column
Type
JobTaskID WorkCtrID TaskID JobNumber FormN Priority Status
int int int int smallint tinyint tinyint
The key to the table. Created by schedule. Must be unique. This is the ID used as the operation code when sending job schedules to PrintFlow. The Work Center in which the task is to be performed. Relates to: SchWorkCenter table The Task type within the Work Center. Relates to: SchTask table The Job for which the task is to be performed. Relates to: SchJob table The form number, if one is required. Identifies a portion of a job. Currently inherited from the job Task Status 0=Unscheduled 1=Scheduled 2=Done 3=On Hold 4=Deleted 8=Begun The quantity to be produced. For any task in a work center which is scheduled by form, this quantity is initially loaded from the PrntOrderPcs field from the JobFormSpecs table. Tasks not scheduled by form will begin as 0. The field can then be edited in the Work Center in Scheduling. The length of the task in hours. Used to calculate fit and End Time and Date. Date task is to be started. Used with Start Time to calculate absolute start time. Starting time of task. Format: HHMM with 24 clock Ending date of task. Used with End Time to give ending time of task. End Time of task. Will be adjusted by loading factor of Labor work centers. i.e. if there are 16 labor hours available in 8 hours, a 4 hour task will end 2 hours after it begins. Format: HHMM with 24 clock
Quantity
decimal (12,2)
ScheduledHours StartDate StartTime EndDate EndTime
decimal (9,2) datetime smallint datetime smallint
Sequence UpdateTx DeletedFlag
int int tinyint
Order of task within Job. Usually Work Center order, can be changed in Scheduling. Transaction number for sequencing of updates by multiple schedulers. Not used.
JohnsonGroup
Page 504

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
SchJobTask varchar (65)
Scheduled Job Task Task comment from scheduling. When a task is deleted from withing scheduling/planning, an audit trail is added to the beginning of the comment detailing whether it was deleted because the job was deleted (DelJob), or the task was deleted from the job screen (JDelTask) or the work center screen (WCDelTask), or merged (MrgTask). Initialized to the SubjobNumber from the Labor Quote table. Can be edited in Scheduling. Time required for setup (MR) which is needed for PrintFlow. Delay time for milestone tasks or Minimum transit. Defaults to task type's minimum transit time and can be edited by the user. Passed to PrintFlow as Delay time. For PrintFlow only: reflects PrintFlow's operation code for split or new tasks. For PrintFlow use only: Retains value of original paralllel cost center after a task is scheduled in an actual work center in PrintFlow. For PrintFlow use only: The date that switchover work is supposed to start for this task. For PrintFlow use only: The time that switchover work is supposed to start for the task. Pass number, in case form is used more than once. The earliest start date and time that a task can be scheduled. The form or the job earliest start date is used if later or if the task date and time is empty. The due date and time for a task. The form or the job due date is used if earlier or if the task date and time is empty.
(Cont'd)
Comment
SubJobNumber SetupTime DelayTime
int decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2)
PF_OpCode PFParallelCC SwitchDate SwitchTime PassN EarliestDateTime DueDateTime
varchar (20) varchar (20) datetime smallint int datetime datetime
Field Constraints Column DelayTime DeletedFlag EndTime FormN JobNumber JobTaskID PassN Priority Quantity ScheduledHours Sequence SetupTime StartTime Status SubJobNumber SwitchTime TaskID UpdateTx WorkCtrID Constraint ([DelayTime] >= 0 and [DelayTime] <= 99999) ([DeletedFlag] >= 0 and [DeletedFlag] <= 1) ([EndTime] >= 0 and [EndTime] <= 2400) ([formn] >= 0 and [formn] <= 9999) ([JobNumber] >= 0 and [JobNumber] <= 999999999) ([JobTaskID] >= 1 and [JobTaskID] <= 999999999) ([PassN] >= 1 and [PassN] <= 100) ([Priority] >= 0 and [Priority] <= 10) ([Quantity] >= 0 and [Quantity] <= 999999999) ([ScheduledHours] >= 0 and [ScheduledHours] <= 99999) ([Sequence] >= 0 and [Sequence] <= 999999) ([SetupTime] >= 0 and [SetupTime] <= 99999) ([StartTime] >= 0 and [StartTime] <= 2400) ([Status] >= 0 and [Status] <= 9) ([SubjobNumber] >= 0 and [SubjobNumber] <= 9999) ([SwitchTime] >= 0 and [SwitchTime] <= 2400) ([TaskID] >= 0 and [TaskID] <= 99999) ([UpdateTx] >= 0 and [UpdateTx] <= 999999999) ([WorkCtrID] >= 0 and [WorkCtrID] <= 9999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 505

Johnson Group
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
JohnsonGroup
Page 506

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
SchLink
Scheduled Task Links
Table for EFI Logic Scheduling to hold default task links which are sent to PrintFlow. These links determine which tasks are required to be completed before another task begins. The default links are determined by the form numbers and types and the task order in EFI Logic Scheduling and passed to PrintFlow. These links are not handled within EFI Logic Scheduling at this time.
Indexes on FromJobNumber, FromJobTaskID, ToJobNumber, ToJobTaskID Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
FromJobTaskID ToJobTaskID FromFormN ToFormN LagTime ToJobNumber FromJobNumber UpdateTx DeletedFlag

Field Constraints Column FromFormN FromJobNumber FromJobTaskID ToFormN ToJobNumber ToJobTaskID
int int int int decimal (9,2) int int int bit
Task ID for the task at the start of the link. TaskID for the task at the end of the link. The form number for the task at the start of link. Form number for the task at the end of the link. Time sent to PrintFlow as delay between the tasks. Job Number of the job associated with the to task of this link. Relates to: SchJob table Job Number of the job associated with the from task of this link. Relates to: SchJob table Transaction number to sequence updates from multiple schedulers. Whether link has been deleted
Constraint ([FromFormn] >= 0 and [FromFormn] <= 9999) ([FromJobNumber] >= 0 and [FromJobNumber] <= 999999999) ([FromJobTaskID] >= 1 and [FromJobTaskID] <= 999999999) ([ToFormn] >= 0 and [ToFormn] <= 9999) ([ToJobNumber] >= 0 and [ToJobNumber] <= 999999999) ([ToJobTaskID] >= 1 and [ToJobTaskID] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 507

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
SchTask
Sch Task
The Scheduling Task table contains a list of tasks that can be assigned to a job and scheduled within Scheduling. These tasks are created with the Scheduling Resource Editor. Each task is contained within a work center and initially receives estimated labor hours from any LCCs which are mapped to that task type.
Indexes on TaskID Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables JDFTask LaborCostCntr MaterialQuote PlannedMaterial SchJobTask StatusCode Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
TaskID TaskID SchedDept SchedDept TaskID SchedTaskID
TaskID
int
The key to the table. During Scheduling setup, these values are initialized to be LCC numbers. They can then be combined, deleted or added to create the tasks that best fit your production work flow and scheduling requirements. The descriptive name of the task. The work center to which the task belongs. Relates to: SchWorkCenter table Whether the task is a milestone: 0 = not a milestone task 1 = a milestone task A milestone task is a task that needs to be noted or scheduled within Scheduling but takes little to no resources within your plant. Typical milestone tasks are Proof Out, Proof Back, Material Ordered, and Material Received. The minimum time this task can take before the next task can begin. In AutoSchedule, this time overrides the task time if the task time is less than it. For instance, if the Proof Out task always takes at least 1 day to get returned then it would have a 24 hour minimum transit time and AutoSchedule would ensure that the next task is not scheduled until at least 24 hours after the start of the Proof Out task. The maximum time this task can take before the next task can begin. In AutoSchedule, this time overrides the task time if the task time is greater than than the MaxTransit. For instance, if the Folding task can begin 4 hours after the Press Run task has begun, then the Press Run task would have a 4 hour maximum transit time and AutoSchedule would try to schedule the Folding task beginning 4 hours after the start of the Press Run task.
TaskName WorkCtrID Milestone
varchar (20) int tinyint
MinTransit
decimal (9,2)
MaxTransit
decimal (9,2)
JohnsonGroup
Page 508

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
SchTask
Sch Task
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column MaxTransit Milestone MinTransit TaskID WorkCtrID Constraint ([MaxTransit] >= 0 and [MaxTransit] <= 999) ([Milestone] >= 0 and [Milestone] <= 1) ([MinTransit] >= 0 and [MinTransit] <= 999) ([TaskID] >= 1 and [TaskID] <= 99999) ([WorkCtrID] >= 0 and [WorkCtrID] <= 9999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 509

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
SchWorkCenter
Sch Work Center
The Scheduling Work Center table contains the list of work centers used for scheduling jobs. These work centers are defined in the Scheduling Resource Editor. Each work center is contained within a scheduling department.
Indexes on WorkCtrID Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables SchCalenExcep SchFormDataFlds Related Tables JDFDeviceWorkCenter JDFWorkCenterDevice SchJobTask SchTask StatusCode Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
WorkCtrID WorkCtrID WorkCtrID WorkCtrID WorkCtrID WorkCtrID SchedWorkCtr
WorkCtrID WorkCtrName DeptID CalendarID
int varchar (20) smallint int
The key to the table. The descriptive name of the work center. The department to which the work center belongs. Relates to: SchDepartment table The standard calendar for the work center which shows the typical working hours and worker throughput. Relates to: SchCalendar table The transaction number used to inform Scheduling of Resource Editor updates. The type of work center: 0 = Labor 1 = Machine Labor work centers can accommodate multiple people working on a task at the same time to get the task done sooner. Machine work centers are constrained by clock hours and can at best get 24 hours of throughput per day. Currently if PrintFlow scheduling is used, only Machine work centers are allowed. 0 = Labor 1 = Machine 2 = Parallel 3 = Delay
UpdateTx WorkCtrType
int tinyint
AutoSchLimit
smallint
The maximum number of days forward from a given date that the AutoSchedule feature in Scheduling will look for available time to schedule the task when forcing past due dates. Whether the work center is deleted or not: 0 = Not deleted 1 = Deleted
DeletedFlag
tinyint
JohnsonGroup
Page 510

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
SchWorkCenter tinyint
Sch Work Center Whether to combine tasks and total hours for each form number when auto scheduling a job within Scheduling. 0 = No 1 = Yes Equipment type associated with this work center machine. This field is currently included to maintain the DeptSchedule table which is used by DMI as the main equipment list. 0 = not defined 5 = Perfect Binder 10 = Cutter 15 = Ink Jet Press 20 = Folder 25 = Inserter 30 = Collator 35 = Labeler 40 = Sheet Fed Press 50 = Single Web Press 60 = Multi Web Press 70 = Gather/Stitch 75 = Rewinder 80 = Xerox: DocuTech 85 = Slitter 90 = Xerox: 5090
(Cont'd)
LoadByFormN
EquipmentType
smallint
DefaultTaskID ResourceTypeKey
int smallint
Used for Printflow to assign task type when tasks are moved to different Work Centers. Allows the scheduler to associate multiple work centers under a Resource Type. This makes tasks in any related work centers available to data collection when users are given a choice of tasks to mark as started or complete for their work center. Relates to: ResourceType table
Field Constraints Column AutoSchLimit CalendarID DeletedFlag DeptID EquipmentType LoadByFormN ResourceTypeKey UpdateTx WorkCtrID WorkCtrType Constraint ([AutoSchLimit] >= 0 and [AutoSchLimit] <= 999) ([CalendarID] >= 0 and [CalendarID] <= 999999) ([DeletedFlag] >= 0 and [DeletedFlag] <= 1) ([DeptID] >= 0 and [DeptID] <= 999) ([EquipmentType] >= 0 and [EquipmentType] <= 99) ([LoadByFormN] >= 0 and [LoadByFormN] <= 1) ([ResourceTypeKey] >= 0 and [ResourceTypeKey] <= 9999) ([UpdateTx] >= 0 and [UpdateTx] <= 999999999) ([WorkCtrID] >= 1 and [WorkCtrID] <= 9999) ([WorkCtrType] >= 0 and [WorkCtrType] <= 3)
JohnsonGroup
Page 511

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
SchWorkPeriod
Sch WorkPeriod
The Schedule Work Period table contains the work periods for each scheduling calendar in the Sch Calendar table. These work periods are defined in the Scheduling Resource Editor and used by Scheduling to schedule blocks of time.
Indexes on CalendarID, DayOfWeek, WorkPeriod, StartTime Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
CalendarID DayOfWeek
int tinyint
The calendar that this work period is associated with. Relates to: SchCalendar table The day of the week for this work period: 0 = Sunday 1 = Monday 2 = Tuesday 3 = Wednesday 4 = Thursday 5 = Friday 6 = Saturday NOTE: Day of Week is not used for work periods within an exception calendar since the exception calendar assignment defines the actual day. A numeric label for the work period. This could be shift-related. The starting time of the work period expressed as military time (24 hour clock in HHMM format). For example, 0 equals 12am, 1200 equals 12pm, and 1700 equals 5pm. NOTE: 2400 is an illegal value as it is considered the start of a new day and a work period cannot span days. So the earliest beginning of a day (midnight) is represented as 0000. The ending time of the work period expressed in military time (24 hour clock in HHMM format). For example, 0 equals 12am, 1200 equals 12pm, and 2359 equals 12:59pm. NOTE: 2400 is an illegal value as it is considered the start of a new day and a work period cannot span days. So the latest end of a day (midnight) is represented as 2359. The maximum available hours that can be scheduled within this period. The Resource Editor doesn't let you to specify this for a machine work center as it is calculated from the End Time minus the Start Time. For a labor work center, this value can reflect multiple or partial people working in the work center. For example, a work period that has an 8 hour clock span, say from 7am to 3pm, with three workers would have 24 available hours. Likewise, the same 8 hour clock span with one worker's time evenly split between two work centers would have 4 available hours. Hours of this work period that should be attributed to overtime.
WorkPeriod StartTime
tinyint smallint
EndTime
smallint
AvailHours
decimal (9,2)
OverTimeHours
decimal (9,2)
JohnsonGroup
Page 512

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
SchWorkPeriod
Sch WorkPeriod
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column AvailHours CalendarID DayOfWeek EndTime StartTime WorkPeriod Constraint ([AvailHours] >= 0 and [AvailHours] <= 999) ([CalendarID] >= 0 and [CalendarID] <= 999999) ([DayOfWeek] >= 0 and [DayOfWeek] <= 6) ([EndTime] >= 0 and [EndTime] <= 2400) ([StartTime] >= 0 and [StartTime] <= 2400) ([WorkPeriod] >= 0 and [WorkPeriod] <= 9)
JohnsonGroup
Page 513

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ServiceCharge
Service Charge
Customer service charges applied to invoices

Indexes on SvcChgClass Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables Customer Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
SvcChgClass
SvcChgClass Col1Percent Col2Percent Col3Percent
tinyint decimal (5,3) decimal (5,3) decimal (5,3)
reference number crossreferenced to same field in customer record Can be 1 to 9 Percentage of total charged for invoices falling in column1 of ageing details report Percentage of total charged for invoices falling in column 2 of ageing details report Percentage of total charged for invoices falling in column 3 of ageing details report
Field Constraints Column SvcChgClass Constraint ([SvcChgClass] >= 0 and [SvcChgClass] <= 9)
JohnsonGroup
Page 514

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ShiftItems
Shift Items
This table holds Data Collection shift information. The table contains 1 or more entries for each shift that is used at a plant. When an employee enters a shift number, the time of that entry is looked up in the section of the table that matches the shift number. The shift table entry that includes the entry time is the one used to select the day offset. The shiftdate that is assigned to the employee is the current date modified by the day offset.
Indexes on Shift, DayOffset Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
Shift StartTime EndTime DayOffset
tinyint int int int
Shift number. Range is 1 to 9. Relates to: Shifts table Time that the shift starts. Time that the shift ends. The number which is added to the current date to determine the shift date. This value must be -1, 0, or 1.
Field Constraints Column DayOffset EndTime Shift StartTime Constraint ([DayOffset]>=(-1) AND [DayOffset]<=(1)) ([EndTime]>=(0) AND [EndTime]<=(2359)) ([Shift]>(0) AND [Shift]<=(9)) ([StartTime]>=(0) AND [StartTime]<=(2359))
JohnsonGroup
Page 515

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Shifts
Shifts
This table holds the valid shift numbers. Shift numbers can range from 1 to 9.
Indexes on Shift Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables ShiftItems Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
Shift
Shift
Field Constraints Column Shift
tinyint
Shift number. Range is 1 to 9.
Constraint ([Shift] > 0 and [Shift] <= 9)
JohnsonGroup
Page 516

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ShipExtension
Ship Extension
The Ship extension file is used to store alternate addresses and "third-party" billing addresses for shipments.
Indexes on ShipmentNumber Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
ShipmentNumber BillToAddressee BillToAddrLine1 BillToAddrLine2 BilltoCity BillToStateProv BillToPostalCode ShipFromAddressee ShipFromAddrLine1 ShipfromCity ShipFromStateProv ShipFromPostalCode BillToAddrLine3 BillToCountryCode BillToTelephoneN BillToPhoneExt BillToFaxTelephoneN BillToEmail ShipFromAddrLine2 ShipFromAddrLine3 ShipFromCountryCode ShipFromTelephoneN ShipFromPhoneExt ShipFromFaxTelephone ShipFromEmail
int varchar (50) varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (30) varchar (4) varchar (15) varchar (50) varchar (40) varchar (30) varchar (4) varchar (15) varchar (40) varchar (3) varchar (25) varchar (6) varchar (25) varchar (128) varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (3) varchar (25) varchar (6) varchar (25) varchar (128)
The shipment number for which this record is an extension. Relates to: Shipments table The alternate "bill-to" company name. This may be printed on bills of lading, packing labels, and packing lists. The first line of street address for the alternate billing address. The second line of street address for the alternate billing address. The city for the alternate billing address. The state or province portion of the alternate billing address. The postal code for the alternate billing address. The company name portion of the alternate ship-from address. The first line of street address of the alternate ship-from address. The city portion of the alternate ship-from address. The state or province portion of the alternate ship-from address. The postal code portion of the alternate ship-from address. The third line of street address for the alternate billing address. The country code of the alternate billing address. Relates to: Country table The telephone number of the alternate billing address. The telephone extension of the alternate billing address. The fax telephone number of the alternate billing address. The email address of the alternate billing address. The second line of street address of the alternate ship-from address. The third line of street address of the alternate ship-from address. The country code of the ship from address. Relates to: Country table The telephone number of the ship from address. The telephone extension of the ship from address. The fax telephone number of the ship from address. The email address of the ship from address.
JohnsonGroup
Page 517

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ShipExtension
Ship Extension
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column ShipmentNumber Constraint ([ShipmentNumber] >= 1 and [ShipmentNumber] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 518

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ShipmentItems
Shipment Items
This file contains information about each item in a shipment, for example, number of cartons, weight, job number, etc.
Indexes on ShipmentNumber, LineN ARInvoiceN ChrgARInvN MainReference, ShipmentType, ShipmentNumber Description Primary key, clustered Nonclustered Nonclustered Nonclustered
Column
Type
ShipmentNumber
int
The identifier of the shipment. The Shipment number is used as the Packing List number and as "Shipper's Number" on the Bill of Lading. Relates to: Shipments table Line # of item in the shipment definition. Indicates if the shipment is a final shipment. 0 = No 1 = Yes
LineN FinalShipyn
smallint tinyint
Quantity ShipAuditN
int int
The quantity of goods shipped. For job shipments, this should be in units for which you want to bill your customer. Indicates the shipping update and revision number of the shipment when it was last updated. The format is UUUUURR, where UUUUU indicates the Shipping Update number and RR indicates the revision number of the shipment at the time of the update. For job shipments, this field contains the subjob number. For Finished Goods shipments, this field contains the "order audit #" from FGIOrderDetl. This links an item on a shipment with a particular item on a Finished Goods order. Indicates the type of shipment and controls how other programs in the shipping, costing, and accounting systems will process the information associated with this shipment item. 0 = Product 1 = Job-related 2 = General shipment 3 = Finished Goods
MinorReference
int
ShipmentType
smallint
MainReference ItemDescLine1 NbrOfCartons Weight FreightClass ItemDescLine2 JohnsonGroup
int varchar (45) int int smallint varchar (45)
Stores the Job number for job shipments. Relates to: OpenJob table The first line of item description. The number of cartons for this shipment item. Note: this number may be 0 if the goods are not shipped in cartons. The total weight for this shipment item. The freight rate code for this item. The second line of item description. Page 519

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ShipmentItems varchar (20) decimal (9,2) decimal (15,2) int
Shipment Items The skid number of the skid being shipped or the serial number of a particular item being shipped. The number of skids shipped. May be 0 if skids were not used to pack the shipment. The expected shipping charge for this item. When a shipment is updated this column is used to set the actual charges. Indicates the quantity packed in each carton. Printed on the shipping labels. A value of 0 will be printed as a blank space to allow you to write the quantity on the label. A short description of how the goods are packed within the shipping carton. Prints on the shipping labels. The WIKey of the invoice prepared to bill a customer for the goods identified by this shipment item. A positive, non-zero value indicates that the invoice for the goods shipped has been posted to the accounting system. The date as of which the job costing system recognizes the costs posted in this record. The date as of which the costs were closed and posted to sales analysis. The dollar amount to be charged to a job. Note that this may be an approximate cost you enter in order to invoice your customer before you receive your freight bill. Indicates whether the shipping cost is to be billed to the customer or if it is a cost of the job (the sales price included shipping). 0 = Bill for freight 1 = Cost of the job
(Cont'd)
SkidNSerialN NumberOfSkids EstimatedChrg QuantityCarton
InnerPacking ARInvoiceN
varchar (20) int
DateCharged DateClosed ActualCharge
datetime datetime decimal (15,2)
TypeOfExpense
tinyint
JobCostPrefix SourceOfJC
tinyint tinyint
Modifies the meaning of the job costs to allow for author's alterations and rework. Indicates which program was used most recently to edit this record. 0 = SHIPMENT 1 = ACCOUNTING 2 = SHIPUPDT 3 = SHIPEDIT 4 = SHIPIMPORT_MODIFY
TransferFlag
tinyint
Indicates whether this record has been transferred from one job to another job. 0 = No 1 = Yes
ChrgARInvN
int
The WIKey of the invoice prepared to bill a customer for the freight charges associated with this shipment item. A positive, non-zero value indicates that the invoice for the freight charges has been posted to the accounting system.
JohnsonGroup
Page 520

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ShipmentItems tinyint
Shipment Items Indicates which program was used most recently to edit the Shipping Charges Invoice number. Legal Values: 0 - SHIPMENT 1 - INVOICE 2 - CLOSE-POST 3 - SHIPEDIT 4 - SHIPIMPORT_MODIFY Indicates which program was used most recently to edit the Accounts Receivable Invoice Number field. Legal Values: 0 - SHIPMENT 1 - INVOICE 2 - CLOSE-POST 3 - SHIPEDIT 4 - SHIPIMPORT_MODIFY If this shipment was generated from a Finished Goods shipment, this is the F.G. inventory item number for this shipment item. Relates to: FGInvMaster table Third line of item description. Fourth line of item description. Stores a legal taxcode, when applicable, for this item. Note that the taxcode is usually based on the shipping address and must be edited in the event of an address change for this shipment Relates to: TaxCode table Calculated value for PrinterSiteFulFillment credit card orders. If shipment item was created based on planned shipment in JobVista, the combination of MainReference and JobShipmentN identifies the source row in JobShipments. Relates to: JobShipments table If this item is the shipment of a form rather than an entire job FormN identifies the form. MainReference and FormN act as foreign key to JobFormSpecs. Normally entire jobs are shipped and FormN is zero. Customer cost center or customer department that placed order that resulted in shipping this item.
(Cont'd)
SourceChgInvN
SourceARInvN
tinyint
FGItemNum
int
ItemDescLine3 ItemDescLine4 TaxCode
TaxSubtotal JobShipmentN
decimal (15,2) int
FormN
int
CustomerCostCenter
varchar (30)
JohnsonGroup
Page 521

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ShipmentItems
Shipment Items
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column ActualCharge ARInvoiceN ChrgARInvN EstimatedChrg FGItemNum FinalShipyn FreightClass JobCostPrefix LineN MainReference MinorReference NbrOfCartons NumberOfSkids Quantity QuantityCarton ShipAuditN ShipmentNumber ShipmentType SourceARInvN SourceChgInvN SourceOfJC TaxCode TaxSubtotal TransferFlag TypeOfExpense Weight Constraint ([ActualCharge] >= (-100000) and [ActualCharge] <= 100000) ([arinvoicen] >= (-999999999) and [arinvoicen] <= 999999999) ([ChrgARInvN] >= (-999999999) and [ChrgARInvN] <= 999999999) ([EstimatedChrg] >= 0 and [EstimatedChrg] <= 100000) ([FGItemNum] >= 0 and [FGItemNum] <= 9999999) ([FinalShipyn] >= 0 and [FinalShipyn] <= 1) ([FreightClass] >= 0 and [FreightClass] <= 999) ([JobCostPrefix] >= 0 and [JobCostPrefix] <= 2) ([LineN] >= 0 and [LineN] <= 9999) ([MainReference] >= 0 and [MainReference] <= 999999999) ([MinorReference] >= 0 and [MinorReference] <= 9999999) ([NbrOfCartons]>=(0) AND [NbrOfCartons]<=(999999999)) ([NumberOfSkids] >= 0 and [NumberOfSkids] <= 999) ([Quantity] >= 0 and [Quantity] <= 999999999) ([QuantityCarton] >= 0 and [QuantityCarton] <= 999999) ([ShipAuditN] >= 0 and [ShipAuditN] <= 9999999) ([ShipmentNumber] >= 1 and [ShipmentNumber] <= 999999999) ([ShipmentType] >= 0 and [ShipmentType] <= 99) ([SourceARInvN]>=(0) AND [SourceARInvN]<=(4)) ([SourceChgInvN]>=(0) AND [SourceChgInvN]<=(4)) ([SourceOfJC] >= 0 and [SourceOfJC] <= 4) ([TaxCode] >= 0 and [TaxCode] <= 9999999) ([TaxSubtotal] >= (-9999999999999) and [TaxSubtotal] <= 9999999999999) ([TransferFlag] >= 0 and [TransferFlag] <= 1) ([TypeOfExpense] >= 0 and [TypeOfExpense] <= 1) ([Weight] >= 0 and [Weight] <= 999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 522

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Shipments
Shipments
This table contains general information about each shipment, for example, address, shipping method, date, status. It is used by the Shipping system.
Indexes on ShipmentNumber FGOrder RevisionsDone Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables ShipmentItems Related Tables JobShipIndex ShipExtension ShipUpdateList Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Nonclustered Nonclustered Column
ShipmentNumber ShipmentN ShipmentNumber ShipmentNumber
ShipmentNumber CarrierN
int varchar (25)
The identifier of the shipment. The Shipment number is used as the Packing List number and as "Shipper's Number" on the Bill of Lading. The identifier provided by a common carrier for a shipment. Trucking and railroad shipments commonly use the term "Bill of Lading". Other methods, particularly air freight, use a term similar to "Waybill". The date on which the goods were shipped. Note that this should not be the date on which the Shipment was entered. Shipments whose "Updated Status" is "In preparation" have a Ship Date of 0. Shipments whose "Updated Status" is "Cancelled" have a ship date of the date on the shipment was updated. Indicates the method of shipment. This field references a method defined in the ShippingMethods table. The information in that file controls a variety of functions provided by the shipping system. Relates to: ShipMethods table Indicates whether or not this shipment uses an alternate Bill-to or Ship-from address. "Alternate addresses" are stored in the ShipExtension table. 0 = No 1 = Yes
ShipDate
datetime
ShipMethodN
int
UseAltAddress
tinyint
ShippedTime ShipmentStatus
smallint tinyint
The time the shipment happened. Represents the most recent status of the shipment. If the "Revisions done" field is a 0, the status has not been updated by shipping update. A "Revisions done" of 1 indicates update has been performed for this shipment. In that case, the "Updated Status" field and this field should be the same. 0 = In preparation 1 = Shipped 2 = Cancelled
RevisionsDone
tinyint
Indicates whether changes have been made to this shipment since the last time this shipment was updated. Only shipments that have RevisionsDone = 0 may be updated. 0 = Revisions made 1 = Updated by SHIPUPDT
JohnsonGroup
Page 523

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Shipments tinyint
Shipments Indicates the status used the last time the shipment was updated. If the "Revisions done" field indicates there are no outstanding changes, this is the current status. Otherwise, update the shipment to update the status of this shipment with the status indicated in the Shipment status field. 0 = In preparation 1 = Shipped 2 = Cancelled
(Cont'd)
UpdatedStatus
Addressee AddrLine1 AddrLine2 City StateProv PostalCode ShiptoAttn TelephoneN ShippingTerms
varchar (50) varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (30) varchar (4) varchar (15) varchar (35) varchar (25) tinyint
The name of the consignee of the shipment. The second line of the address to which the goods are to be shipped. The third line of the address to which the goods are to be shipped. The city to which the goods are to be shipped. The state to which the goods are to be shipped. The zip code to which the goods are to be shipped. Do not enter a hyphen in zip+4. The attention-line portion of the address to which the goods are to be shipped. The telephone number of the company to which this shipment is to be sent. Indicates the payment terms for the shipment. Note that only shipments that are Prepaid incur any charges. 0 = Prepaid 1 = Collect 2 = Prepaid-3rd party 3 = C.O.D.
CashPrepaid FeeForCOD CODamount TermsForFee
decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) tinyint
The dollar amount of any pre-payment for a shipment. Appears on a bill of lading. The dollar amount of the fee for the common carrier to perform the C.O.D. delivery. Appears on the bill of lading. The amount to collect for a C.O.D. delivery. This appears on the Bill of Lading. This is the amount to be remitted to the shipper. Indicates who pays the fee for a COD shipment. Legal Values: 0 - Prepaid 1 - Collect The declared value of the goods in this shipment. Appears on the bill of lading when necessary. For Finished Goods shipments, the WIKey of the invoice for this shipment. Not used for job shipments, since those are invoiced on a shipment item basis, rather than by the whole shipment.
DeclaredValue InvoiceN
PostedFinlInv
tinyint
Unused. Do not use, this column may be deleted without warning. 0 = No
JohnsonGroup
Page 524

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Shipments
Shipments 1 = Yes
(Cont'd)
ApprvdFinlInv
tinyint
Unused. Do not use, this column may be deleted without warning. 0 = No 1 = Yes
PrevPostings RevisionN ShipUpdateN
tinyint smallint int
A flag indicating whether there have been previous A/P postings for this shipment. Indicates the number of times the shipment has been revised since it was first entered. This number is incremented when the shipment is updated. Indicates the shipping update and revision number of the shipment when it was last updated. The format is UUUUURR, where where UUUUU indicates the Shipping Update number and RR indicates the revision number of the shipment at the time of the update. The vendor number of the carrier providing the transportation. Note that this number may be 0. Relates to: Vendor table The division number for which this shipment is being done. This number is used to look up your standard company name and addresses to print on your packing lists, packing labels, and bills of lading. Relates to: LocationAddres table This field can be used to store the number of the truck or railroad car in which this shipment was shipped, the time delivered, or the last name of the person who signed for the delivery. This field can be used to store the number of the truck trailer in which this shipment was shipped, the time delivered, or the last name of the person who signed for the delivery. This field is used to indicate which date is currently being stored in the Delivery Date field. Legal Values: 0 = Planned Delivery Date 1 = Actual (Confirmed) Delivery Date This delivery note field is used to indicate whether the person delivering the shipment should call the recipient prior to the actual delivery. The "Call First" directive can be printed on the bill of lading, the packing list, and long labels. Legal values: 0 = Do not call first 1 = Call before delivery This delivery note field is used to tell the person delivering the shipment whether the goods need to be delivered inside. When set to 1, the "deliver inside" note can be printed on the bill of lading, the packing list, and the long labels. Legal values: 0 = Inside delivery not necessary 1 = Deliver inside The delivery instructions are maintained with the shipment program and are printed on the packing list, bill of lading, and the long labels. Use this field to give special instructions to the person delivering the shipment. Page 525
ShippingVendor
int
DivisionN
int
ReceiptNote1
varchar (10)
ReceiptNote2
varchar (10)
DelDateStatus
tinyint
DelCallFirst
tinyint
DeliverInside
tinyint
DelInstruction
varchar (250)
JohnsonGroup

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Shipments datetime
Shipments The delivery date field is used to store one of two dates: the planned delivery date or the actual delivery date. The Delivery Date Status field is used to indicate which date is currently being stored. This date can be printed on the bill of lading, the packing list, and the long labels. If non-zero, this is the Finished Goods order number that generated this shipment. If zero, this is a regular shipment, not related to Finished Goods inventory. Relates to: FGIOrderMast table Sales account number for this shipment. For Finished Goods shipments, this associates a sales account from file 183 with this shipment. If this flag is set, the shipment will not be available to be invoiced. Used when a customer posts a finished goods shipment but decides for some reason not to invoice the customer. Third Address Line. 3 character country code. Relates to the Country table. Relates to: Country table Phone extension Fax Telephone number Email address If the shipment address was loaded from the Customer or CustShipAddr tables, this contains the customer number. Otherwise it contains 0. Relates to: CustShipAddr table If the shipment address was loaded from the CustShipAddr table, this contains the AddressNumber of the address, otherwise this is zero. Relates to: CustShipAddr table Used by the web front end to Finished Goods, Printersite Fulfillment. Each order received from the website has a list of requested shipments. Each requested shipment has a shipping detail id, which is stored in this column. When Shipping actually posts a finished goods shipment for the order, it sends a transaction to the web site that includes the web order and the web shipping detail id of the requested shipment that this is fulfilling.
(Cont'd)
DeliveryDate
FGOrder
int
SalesAcctN DoNotInvoice
int tinyint
AddrLine3 CountryCode PhoneExt FaxTelephoneN Email CustomerN
varchar (40) varchar (3) varchar (6) varchar (25) varchar (128) int
CustomerAddressN
int
FOMShippingDetailID
int
PNREF WebStatus AuthCode DeliveryTime CarrierAcct
varchar (35) varchar (20) varchar (80) datetime varchar (25)
Used for PrinterSite Fullfillment credit card orders. Used for PrinterSite Fulfillment shipments. Contains the Verisign authorization code (AUTHCODE) for PrinterSite Fulfillment credit card orders. The delivery time field is used to store the planned delivery time The account number of the carrier to be billed for the shipment. Most frequently used where the Shipping terms are Prepaid-3rd party.
JohnsonGroup
Page 526

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Shipments
Shipments
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column ApprvdFinlInv CashPrepaid CODamount CustomerAddressN CustomerN DelCallFirst DelDateStatus DeliverInside DivisionN DoNotInvoice FeeForCOD FGOrder InvoiceN PostedFinlInv PrevPostings RevisionN RevisionsDone SalesAcctN ShipmentNumber ShipmentStatus ShipMethodN ShippedTime ShippingTerms ShippingVendor ShipUpdateN TermsForFee UpdatedStatus UseAltAddress Constraint ([ApprvdFinlInv] >= 0 and [ApprvdFinlInv] <= 1) ([CashPrepaid] >= 0 and [CashPrepaid] <= 100000) ([CODamount] >= 0 and [CODamount] <= 100000) ([CustomerAddressN] >= 0 and [CustomerAddressN] < 9999999) ([CustomerN] >= 0 and [CustomerN] <= 999999999) ([DelCallFirst] >= 0 and [DelCallFirst] <= 1) ([DelDateStatus] >= 0 and [DelDateStatus] <= 1) ([DeliverInside] >= 0 and [DeliverInside] <= 1) ([DivisionN] >= 0 and [DivisionN] <= 9999999) ([DoNotInvoice] >= 0 and [DoNotInvoice] <= 1) ([FeeForCOD] >= 0 and [FeeForCOD] <= 100000) ([FGOrder] >= 0 and [FGOrder] <= 999999999) ([InvoiceN] >= 0 and [InvoiceN] <= 999999999) ([PostedFinlInv] >= 0 and [PostedFinlInv] <= 1) ([PrevPostings] >= 0 and [PrevPostings] <= 1) ([RevisionN] >= 0 and [RevisionN] <= 99) ([RevisionsDone] >= 0 and [RevisionsDone] <= 1) ([SalesAcctN] >= 0 and [SalesAcctN] <= 999999999) ([ShipmentNumber] >= 1 and [ShipmentNumber] <= 999999999) ([ShipmentStatus] >= 0 and [ShipmentStatus] <= 9) ([ShipMethodN] >= 0 and [ShipMethodN] <= 9999999) ([ShippedTime] >= 0 and [ShippedTime] <= 2400) ([ShippingTerms] >= 0 and [ShippingTerms] <= 9) ([ShippingVendor] >= 0 and [ShippingVendor] <= 999999999) ([ShipUpdateN] >= 0 and [ShipUpdateN] <= 99999) ([TermsForFee] >= 0 and [TermsForFee] <= 1) ([UpdatedStatus] >= 0 and [UpdatedStatus] <= 9) ([UseAltAddress] >= 0 and [UseAltAddress] <= 1)
JohnsonGroup
Page 527

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ShipMethIntegration
Ship Method Integration
This table allows ship methods to be associated with applications that are integrated and registered with Logic SQL, for example, PrinterSite Exchange and Printer Site Fulfillment. When a ship method is associated with an integrated application, information about the ship method will be included in any mass updates and/or individual, real-time updates that are sent to the integrated application.
Indexes on KeyN, PCafeBrandKey Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
KeyN PCafeBrandKey
int int
The unique ID of a ship method as defined in the ShipMethods table. Relates to: ShipMethods table The unique id of an integrated application (such as PrinterSite Exchange) as defined in the PCafeBrand table. Relates to: PCafeBrand table
JohnsonGroup
Page 528

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ShipMethods
Ship Methods
The ShipMethods table contains a list of standard shipping methods used by your company (e.g., deliver, Fedex, UPS ground, etc.), each identified by a numeric key. You should define shipping methods for "Customer pickup" and "Our truck" as well as for your common carriers and delivery services.
Indexes on KeyN Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables ShipMethIntegration Related Tables CustShipAddr FGIOrderMast JobShipments PurchaseOrder Shipments Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
KeyN PreferredMethd ShipMethodN ShippingMethod ShipMethodkey ShipMethodN
KeyN Description
int varchar (30)
A unique number to identify each shipping method. The name of the carrier or other description of the shipping method (e.g., Courier, Deliver). Note that it is possible to have more than one method of shipment for a vendor. For example, UPS offers a variety of services (e.g., UPS-Red, UPS-Ground, etc.). Provides the default vendor number from the Vendor list in the accounting system for the carrier defined in this record. The vendor number may be 0 if the shipping method is not a common carrier. For example, if the method is for your truck or for customer pickup, the vendor # should be 0. You may also decide to use one Ship Method to handle multiple vendors and assign a different vendor number to the individual shipment number. Relates to: Vendor table Indicates whether a shipment using this shipping method must have a legal vendor number defined in order to be updated. Shipping methods such as "Customer pickup" or "Our truck" typically do NOT require a legal vendor number. 0 = No 1 = Yes
VendorN
int
RequiresVendor
tinyint
ProductionSumN
int
Controls how shipping charges recorded in the ShipmentItems table are summarized in the production summary section of the job report. Relates to: JOBREPSummaryN table Controls how the charges recorded in the ShipmentItems table are summarized in the Billing Worksheet of the job report. Relates to: JOBREPSummaryN table Controls how shipping charges recorded in the ShipmentItems table are summarized in the Work-in-Process series of reports. Relates to: WIPSummaryNs table Page 529
BillingSumN
int
WIPSummaryN
smallint
JohnsonGroup

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ShipMethods tinyint
Ship Methods Controls how the shipping update will update shipping charges in the job costing system. The dollars updated come from the Estimated chrg$ column in the ShipmentItems table. For prepaid shipments, if CostOnShipment is 0 (post cost) the actual charge is set to the estimated charge. 0 = Cost when shipped 1 = Post uncosted record 2 = No costing posted
(Cont'd)
CostOnShipmnt
CarrierName RequiresCharge
The name of the carrier represented by this shipping method. This is the name to be printed on the bill of lading. Indicates whether shipping update requires shipments using this shipping method to have a non-zero value in the EstimatedChrg column of each shipment item record. 0 = No 1 = Yes
RequiresWeight
tinyint
Indicates whether shipments using this shipping method must have a non-zero value in the "Weight" field of each ShipmentItem row in order to be updated. 0 = No 1 = Yes
DefaultShipped
tinyint
Indicates whether shipments using this shipping method should have a default status of "Shipped." If not, the default status will be "In Preparation." 0 = No 1 = Yes
Service
varchar (30)
A type of service offered from the carrier represented by this shipping method. This is the name to be printed on the bill of lading.
Field Constraints Column BillingSumN CostOnShipmnt DefaultShipped KeyN ProductionSumN RequiresCharge RequiresVendor RequiresWeight VendorN WIPSummaryN Constraint ([BillingSumN] >= 0 and [BillingSumN] <= 9999) ([CostOnShipmnt] >= 0 and [CostOnShipmnt] <= 2) ([DefaultShipped] >= 0 and [DefaultShipped] <= 1) ([KeyN] >= 1 and [KeyN] <= 9999999) ([ProductionSumN] >= 0 and [ProductionSumN] <= 9999) ([RequiresCharge] >= 0 and [RequiresCharge] <= 1) ([RequiresVendor] >= 0 and [RequiresVendor] <= 1) ([RequiresWeight] >= 0 and [RequiresWeight] <= 1) ([VendorN] >= 0 and [VendorN] <= 999999999) ([WIPSummaryN] >= 0 and [WIPSummaryN] <= 999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 530

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ShipUpdateHdr
Ship Update Hdr
Each row in ShipUpdateHdr identifies a list of shipments to be updated in ShipUpdateList. The lists are temporarily retained for at least 7 days.
Indexes on KeyN Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables ShipUpdateList Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
KeyN
KeyN DateListAdded
int datetime
Unique key for table. Date the list header row was inserted. Used when determining whether the list should be deleted.
Field Constraints Column KeyN Constraint ([KeyN] >= 0 and [KeyN] <= 999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 531

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
ShipUpdateList
ShipUpdate List
Temporarily holds the list of shipments to be updated by the ship update process.
Indexes on KeyN, ShipmentNumber Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
KeyN ShipmentNumber RevisionN
int int tinyint
Key in ShipUpdateHdr of update list that this row belongs to. Relates to: ShipUpdateHdr table Number of shipment in the Shipments table that will be updated. Relates to: Shipments table Shipment revision number. Note: it does not appear that this column is necessary.
TransSeq
smallint
Updates are performed in order of the TransSeq number. The user may specify a variety of orders for performing the updates, such as shipment number, shipment date, or shipment method.
Field Constraints Column KeyN ShipmentNumber Constraint ([KeyN] >= 0 and [KeyN] <= 999999) ([ShipmentNumber] >= 1 and [ShipmentNumber] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 532

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
SICCodes
SIC Codes
The SIC Code file contains those Standard Industrial Classification codes which you choose to enter. These SIC codes can then be used to categorize your customers by assigning an appropriate SIC code to each of them.
Indexes on SICNumber Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables Customer Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
SICCode
SICNumber Description
Field Constraints Column SICNumber
int varchar (40)
The Standard Industrial Code number (SIC). A literal description of the SIC.
Constraint ([SICNumber]>=(0) AND [SICNumber]<=(999999))
JohnsonGroup
Page 533

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Slowdowns
Slowdowns
Estimating 3 Standards: Machine Slowdown table Contains information for Stock Slowdowns for individual operations.
Column
Type
LogicID OperID
int varchar (8)
Unique ID for internal use (used on the server only). Operation ID - Identifier used by program to find the slowdown table used for this operation. The identifier is provided to the program through the operation standards. Stock Type - must match one of the legal stock types used by Estimating 3, as listed in StockTypes table Minimum Basis Weight - indicates the lower end (inclusive) of the basis weight range for which this slowdown is to be used Maximum Basis Weight - indicates the upper end (inclusive) of basis weight range for which this slowdown is to be used. Minimum caliper (minimum bulk) - Indicates the lower end (inclusive) of the caliper range for which this slowdown is used). Note: If minimum and maximum calipers are 0 (zero), the caliper range will be ignored, only basis weight range will be used. Maximum caliper (maximum bulk) - indicates the upper end (inclusive) of the caliper range for which this slowdown is used. Note: If minimum and maximum calipers are 0 (zero), the caliper range will be ignored, only basis weight range will be used.
StkType BWMin BWMax ClpMin
int decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,5)
ClpMax
decimal (9,5)
HiBulk
tinyint
Determines whether to apply this slowdown relative to High Bulk stock. 0 = regular bulk only 1 = high bulk only 2 = either regular or high bulk stock Determines how to apply this slowdown relative to coated stock. 0 = uncoated only 1 = coated 1 side only 2 = coated 2 sides only 3 = coated 1 side or 2 sides 4 = either uncoated or coated (coating is irrelevant) Slow Down % The percent slowdown to be used if the stock used falls within the criteria specified in this record.
Coated
tinyint
SloDn
decimal (9,2)
JohnsonGroup
Page 534

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Slowdowns
Slowdowns
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column BWMax BWMin ClpMax ClpMin Coated HiBulk LogicID SloDn StkType Constraint ([BWMax] >= 0 and [BWMax] <= 9999) ([BWMin] >= 0 and [BWMin] <= 999) ([ClpMax] >= 0 and [ClpMax] <= 999) ([ClpMin] >= 0 and [ClpMin] <= 999) ([Coated] >= 0 and [Coated] <= 4) ([HiBulk] >= 0 and [HiBulk] <= 2) ([LogicID] >= 0 and [LogicID] <= 9999999) ([SloDn] >= 0 and [SloDn] <= 99999) ([StkType] >= 0 and [StkType] <= 99)
JohnsonGroup
Page 535

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
SpecInstruct
Special Instructions
Special Instructions provided by the user for each estimate, component or configuration in Estimating 3.
Indexes on IssNum, CompNum, LineNum Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
IssNum
int
Issued Estimate number. This is the number used to track the particular version of an estimate. If an estimate is Opened for Edit and reissued, it will receive a new Issue Number. These are assigned sequentially. Relates to: Estimates table Component Number or 0 for estimate header instructions. Estimate Number Line number of text - used to order lines for this set of instructions. Special Instructions Line - actual text of special instructions.
CompNum EstNum LineNum Instructions

Field Constraints Column CompNum EstNum IssNum LineNum
int decimal (15,2) int varchar (5,000)
Constraint ([CompNum] >= 0 and [CompNum] <= 99999) ([EstNum] >= 0 and [EstNum] <= 99999999) ([IssNum] >= 1 and [IssNum] <= 999999999) ([LineNum] >= 0 and [LineNum] <= 9999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 536

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Speeds
Speeds
Est 3 Standards: Speed Table Contains Speed information for all machines.
Column
Type
LogicID OperID BrkPt
Unique ID for internal use (used on the server only). Operation ID this speed table is used for (Default value is actual operation ID, but could be any alpha-numeric string to uniquely identify this speed table) Quantity Breakpoint This must match the calculation, i.e., if the calculation is in length the breakpoints must be in length, or if calculated in sheets, the breakpoints must be in sheets, etc. Break point type: 1 = run quantity (normal setting for machines) 2 = runsheet width (used for DPS or scanner) 3 = runsheet length (scanner) 4 = area (scanner) 5 = run length 6 = run area Speed This must match the calculation, i.e., if calculation is in length, then speed must be in length, eg. feet/minute Flag to indicate how speed is calculated: Value greater or equal 0 (>=0) = prorate speed between breakpoints value smaller than 0 (<0) = select speed in discreet intervals; -1 = select down (speed at previous breakpoint), -2 = select up (speed at next breakpoint)) Additional data 1 for speed table Flag for data 1 in speed table Additional data 2 for speed table Flag for data 2 in speed table Additional data 3 for speed table (for scanner, output colors up per film) Flag for data 3 in speed table Additional data 4 for speed table (for scanner, film cost) Flag for data 4 in speed table
BkPtType
smallint
Speed SpdType
decimal (9,2) smallint
Data1 Flag1 Data2 Flag2 Data3 Flag3 Data4 Flag4
decimal (9,2) int decimal (9,2) int decimal (9,2) int decimal (9,2) int
JohnsonGroup
Page 537

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Speeds
Speeds
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column BkPtType BrkPt Data1 Data2 Data3 Data4 Flag1 Flag2 Flag3 Flag4 LogicID SpdType Speed Constraint ([BkPtType] >= (-999) and [BkPtType] <= 999) ([BrkPt] >= 0 and [BrkPt] <= 999999999) ([Data1] >= 0 and [Data1] <= 9999999) ([Data2] >= 0 and [Data2] <= 9999999) ([Data3] >= 0 and [Data3] <= 9999999) ([Data4] >= 0 and [Data4] <= 9999999) ([Flag1] >= 0 and [Flag1] <= 999999) ([Flag2] >= 0 and [Flag2] <= 999999) ([Flag3] >= 0 and [Flag3] <= 999999) ([Flag4] >= 0 and [Flag4] <= 999999) ([LogicID] >= 0 and [LogicID] <= 9999999) ([SpdType] >= (-999) and [SpdType] <= 999) ([Speed] >= 0 and [Speed] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 538

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
SpoilAddlTab
Spoil Addl Tab
This table lists additional tables added to a component beyond the standard spoilage and any spoilage associated with specific operations.
Indexes on IssNum, CompNum, SpoilID Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
IssNum CompNum EstNum SpoilID

Field Constraints Column CompNum EstNum SpoilID
int int decimal (15,2) int
The issue number for this record. Relates to: Estimates table The component for this record. The estimate number for this record. The spoilage ID of the table added to this component.
Constraint ([CompNum] >= 0 and [CompNum] <= 99999) ([EstNum] >= 0 and [EstNum] <= 99999999) ([SpoilID]>=(0) AND [SpoilID]<=(99999))
JohnsonGroup
Page 539

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Spoilage
Spoilage
Spoilage overrides provided by the user for stock in an Estimating 3 estimate.

Indexes on IssNum, CompNum, QIndex Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
IssNum
int
Issued Estimate number. This is the number used to track the particular version of an estimate. If an estimate is Opened for Edit and reissued, it will receive a new Issue Number. These are assigned sequentially. Relates to: Estimates table Component number Estimate Number Quantity Index for Spoilage override - If a specific spoilage type has been overridden for this quantity, it will be entered. If not, the value for that spoilage type will be -999. Override Setup Spoilage; sheets Override Makeready Spoilage; Sheets per MR Override Plate Change Spoilage; Sheets Additional Makeready Spoilage; Sheets Override Run Spoilage; % Bindery Setup Spoilage; Sheets Override Bindery Spoilage; % Override Core & Wrap Spoilage; %
CompNum EstNum QIndex
int decimal (15,2) tinyint
SUspl MRspl Pchgspl ADMRspl RUNspl BNSUspl BNDspl CWspl

Field Constraints Column ADMRspl BNDspl BNSUspl CompNum CWspl EstNum IssNum MRspl Pchgspl QIndex RUNspl SUspl
decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2)
Constraint ([ADMRspl] >= (-9999999) and [ADMRspl] <= 9999999) ([BNDspl] >= (-9999999) and [BNDspl] <= 9999999) ([BNSUspl] >= (-9999999) and [BNSUspl] <= 9999999) ([CompNum] >= 0 and [CompNum] <= 99999) ([CWspl] >= (-9999999) and [CWspl] <= 9999999) ([EstNum] >= 0 and [EstNum] <= 99999999) ([IssNum] >= 1 and [IssNum] <= 999999999) ([MRspl] >= (-9999999) and [MRspl] <= 9999999) ([Pchgspl] >= (-9999999) and [Pchgspl] <= 9999999) ([QIndex] >= 0 and [QIndex] <= 5) ([RUNspl] >= (-9999999) and [RUNspl] <= 9999999) ([SUspl] >= (-9999999) and [SUspl] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 540

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
SpoilageTab
SpoilageTab
Estimating 3 Standards: Stock Spoilage Table Contains standards for default spoilages.
Column
Type
LogicID SpoilID Description BrkPt SUspl MRspl Pchgspl ADMRspl RUNspl BNSUspl BNDspl CWspl
Field Constraints Column ADMRspl BNDspl BNSUspl BrkPt CWspl LogicID MRspl Pchgspl RUNspl SpoilID SUspl
int int varchar (50) decimal (12,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2)
Unique ID for internal use (used on the server only). Spoilage ID Spoilage Table description Quantity Break Point Setup Spoilage; sheets Makeready Spoilage; Sheets per MR Plate Change Spoilage; Sheets Additional Makeready Spoilage; Sheets Run Spoilage; % Bindery Setup Spoilage; Sheets Bindery Spoilage; % Core & Wrap Spoilage; %
Constraint ([ADMRspl] >= (-9999999) and [ADMRspl] <= 9999999) ([BNDspl] >= (-9999999) and [BNDspl] <= 9999999) ([BNSUspl] >= (-9999999) and [BNSUspl] <= 9999999) ([BrkPt] >= 0 and [BrkPt] <= 99999999) ([CWspl] >= (-9999999) and [CWspl] <= 9999999) ([LogicID] >= 0 and [LogicID] <= 9999999) ([MRspl] >= (-9999999) and [MRspl] <= 9999999) ([Pchgspl] >= (-9999999) and [Pchgspl] <= 9999999) ([RUNspl] >= (-9999999) and [RUNspl] <= 9999999) ([SpoilID] >= 0 and [SpoilID] <= 99999) ([SUspl] >= (-9999999) and [SUspl] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 541

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
StandardText
Standard Text
The Standard Text table contains a list of lines of text that can be automatically printed on the invoice. This can include a description of payment terms, seasons greetings, overdue messages, and so on. Use of this table is optional. Records are created, maintained, and deleted through Table Maintenance.
Indexes on TextKey Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
TextKey
int
A unique number to identify each line of text. The operator uses this key to identify the line while in acct. The line of text itself. Note that two lines can be used to frame a long message. The operator can look up lines using search strings in the description. First line of text . . . . . . .
Description
varchar (45)
TextLine1 TextLine2 TextLine3 TextLine4 TextLine5 TextLine6 TextLine7 TextLine8

Field Constraints Column TextKey
varchar (45) varchar (45) varchar (45) varchar (45) varchar (45) varchar (45) varchar (45) varchar (45)
Constraint ([TextKey] >= 1 and [TextKey] <= 999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 542

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
StatusCode
Status Code
The Status Code table contains the list of status codes that can be used in status transactions to indicate the status of open jobs and their tasks. Status transactions are entered either through SFDC and are recorded in the JobStatus1 table. Status Codes are four or five digits long, matching the Scheduling Task type or with the leading two or three digits usually being the Scheduling Work Center Number to which the status transaction applies. See the Scheduling Manual or the Appendix of the SFDC Manual to see samples and descriptions of status codes. Status Codes are created using Table Maintenance or Scheduling Resource Editor and maintained using Table Maintenance.
Indexes on StatusCodeN Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables JobStatus1 Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
StatusCode
StatusCodeN SCDescription DoneInDept
The status code number, which is the key to the table. For Done Task codes, the code is often the same as the ID of Scheduling task to which they apply. Indicates what the code means. Special flag indicating if this code means that the schedule should be updated. If done, the task(s) in the schedule that apply to this status are marked done on reports, and the status of the task(s) are changed to done. For partials, the status of the task is changed to Unscheduled. If the value is 3 the Department must be supplied; if 1 the Work Center and if 2 or 5, the Task ID must be supplied in the respective field. 0 = Not Done 1 = Done WC 2 = Done Task 3 = Done Dept 4 = Done Job 5 = Partial Task
SubjobReqd
tinyint
Special flag indicating if schedstat or SFDC will prompt for, and the user must enter, a subjob in the status transaction. 0 = No 1 = Yes
QTYReqd
tinyint
Special flag indicating if schedstat or SFDC will prompt for, and the user must enter, a quantity in the status transaction. 0 = No 1 = Yes
FormNReqd
tinyint
Special flag indicating if schedstat or SFDC will prompt for, and the user must enter, a Form Number in the status transaction. 0 = No 1 = Yes
JohnsonGroup
Page 543

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
StatusCode tinyint
Status Code Special flag indicating if schedstat or SFDC will prompt for, and the user must enter, a Signature Number in the status transaction. 0 = No 1 = Yes
(Cont'd)
SigNReqd
MailDoneMsg pCafeStatus
tinyint int
Not used in EFI Logic SQL. Used to assign PrinterSite Exchange user statuses to particular Logic status codes. If a status code assigned a standard status, that standard status will also be returned to PSE to be displayed to the user when the status code is assigned to a job. 0 = No standard status 100 = ShipEnd 110 = Cancelled
SchedWorkCtr
int
The Scheduling Work Center ID which should be marked done by this status code if the Done in Dept flag is set to 1. Relates to: SchWorkCenter table The Scheduling Task Type ID which should be marked done by this status code if the Done in Dept flag is set to 2. Relates to: SchTask table If the DoneInDept field indicates Done Dept (3), this field must be filled in with the appropriate Department ID. Relates to: SchDepartment table The on/off switch to present this status to the PrinterSite Internal Web application. By default they all will be presented (set to 1). 0 = No 1 = Yes
SchedTaskID
int
SchedDept
smallint
PsiWebStatus
int
PsiWebFriendlyName
varchar (20)
Permits a substitute name for a job status description other than the one supplied in the SCDescription field. When user enters the "PsiWebFriendlyName", it will be sent to PrinterSite Internal web application for display rather than the default description.
JohnsonGroup
Page 544

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
StatusCode
Status Code
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column DoneInDept FormNReqd MailDoneMsg pCafeStatus QTYReqd SchedDept SchedTaskID SchedWorkCtr SigNReqd StatusCodeN SubjobReqd Constraint ([DoneInDept] >= 0 and [DoneInDept] <= 5) ([FormNReqd] >= 0 and [FormNReqd] <= 2) ([MailDoneMsg] >= 0 and [MailDoneMsg] <= 1) ([pCafeStatus] >= 0 and [pCafeStatus] <= 999999) ([QTYReqd] >= 0 and [QTYReqd] <= 1) ([SchedDept] >= 0 and [SchedDept] <= 999) ([SchedTaskID] >= 0 and [SchedTaskID] <= 99999) ([SchedWorkCtr] >= 0 and [SchedWorkCtr] <= 9999) ([SigNReqd] >= 0 and [SigNReqd] <= 1) ([StatusCodeN] >= 1 and [StatusCodeN] <= 99999) ([SubjobReqd] >= 0 and [SubjobReqd] <= 2)
JohnsonGroup
Page 545

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
StatusVectors
Status Vectors
The Status Vector table lists the status vector tables in the system. Status vectors contain state information for different applications to coordinate purges and other updates.
Indexes on SVNumber Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables ApplSVIndexList Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
SVNumber
SVNumber SVName
Field Constraints Column SVNumber
Number of status vector (the corresponding table name is SVNNN) Name of status vector
Constraint ([SVNumber] >= 101 and [SVNumber] <= 303)
JohnsonGroup
Page 546

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
StockCalc
Stock Calculations
Table containing raw calculations for Stock calculations for Estimating 3 estimates. Both Spoilage and non-spoilage records are included.
Indexes on IssNum, ConfigNum, CompNum, StkNum, CostID Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
IssNum
int
Issued Estimate number. This is the number used to track the particular version of an estimate. If an estimate is Opened for Edit and reissued, it will receive a new Issue Number. These are assigned sequentially. Relates to: Estimates table Component number Estimate number Stock Choice number used as index into Stocks table. Cost Function name Stock Type Description (eg. Book - coated, Cover, etc) Price Method Unit Desc (eg. $/ksheets, $/cwt, etc) Indicates type of stock calculation. 0 = Net Stock, 1 = Spoilage Stock. Weight for Quantity 1 Weight for Quantity 2 Weight for Quantity 3 Weight for Quantity 4 Weight for Quantity 5 Units for Weight fields Number of Sheets/Cutoffs for Quantity 1 Number of Sheets/Cutoffs for Quantity 2 Number of Sheets/Cutoffs for Quantity 3 Number of Sheets/Cutoffs for Quantity 4 Number of Sheets/Cutoffs for Quantity 5 Units for Sheets/Cutoffs Total Length for Web - Quantity 1 (0 for Sheetfed press) Total Length for Web - Quantity 2 (0 for Sheetfed press) Total Length for Web - Quantity 3 (0 for Sheetfed press) Total Length for Web - Quantity 4 (0 for Sheetfed press) Total Length for Web - Quantity 5 (0 for Sheetfed press) Units for Length
CompNum EstNum StkNum CostID TypeDesc PriceMethDesc RecType Weight1 Weight2 Weight3 Weight4 Weight5 WeightUnit Cutoff1 Cutoff2 Cutoff3 Cutoff4 Cutoff5 CutUnit Length1 Length2 Length3 Length4 Length5 LenUnit
int decimal (15,2) int varchar (4) varchar (50) varchar (14) smallint decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) varchar (10) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) varchar (10) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) varchar (10)
JohnsonGroup
Page 547

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
StockCalc int decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4) tinyint
Stock Calculations Flag indicates whether to include this calculation in Additional quantity calculation. Cost for Quantity 1 Cost for Quantity 2 Cost for Quantity 3 Cost for Quantity 4 Cost for Quantity 5 Markup for Quantity 1 (eg .1 = 10% markup) Markup for Quantity 2 Markup for Quantity 3 Markup for Quantity 4 Markup for Quantity 5 Multiple flag. Indicates whether this calculation should be multiplied by component multiplier for calculation of entire estimate. If = 0, will only be included once. The multiple of this component in this configuration. The configuration for this calculation.
(Cont'd)
Add1000 Cost1 Cost2 Cost3 Cost4 Cost5 Mkup1 Mkup2 Mkup3 Mkup4 Mkup5 MultFlag1
CompCnt ConfigNum
int int
JohnsonGroup
Page 548

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
StockCalc
Stock Calculations
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column Add1000 CompCnt CompNum ConfigNum Cost1 Cost2 Cost3 Cost4 Cost5 Cutoff1 Cutoff2 Cutoff3 Cutoff4 Cutoff5 EstNum IssNum Length1 Length2 Length3 Length4 Length5 Mkup1 Mkup2 Mkup3 Mkup4 Mkup5 MultFlag1 RecType StkNum Weight1 Weight2 Weight3 Weight4 Weight5 Constraint ([Add1000] >= 0 and [Add1000] <= 1) ([CompCnt]>=(0) AND [CompCnt]<=(999)) ([CompNum] >= 0 and [CompNum] <= 99999) ([ConfigNum]>=(-1) AND [ConfigNum]<=(99999)) ([Cost1] >= (-999999999) and [Cost1] <= 999999999) ([Cost2] >= (-999999999) and [Cost2] <= 999999999) ([Cost3] >= (-999999999) and [Cost3] <= 999999999) ([Cost4] >= (-999999999) and [Cost4] <= 999999999) ([Cost5] >= (-999999999) and [Cost5] <= 999999999) ([Cutoff1] >= (-9999999) and [Cutoff1] <= 999999999) ([Cutoff2] >= (-9999999) and [Cutoff2] <= 999999999) ([Cutoff3] >= (-9999999) and [Cutoff3] <= 999999999) ([Cutoff4] >= (-9999999) and [Cutoff4] <= 999999999) ([Cutoff5] >= (-9999999) and [Cutoff5] <= 999999999) ([EstNum] >= 0 and [EstNum] <= 99999999) ([IssNum] >= 1 and [IssNum] <= 999999999) ([Length1] >= (-9999999) and [Length1] <= 999999999) ([Length2] >= (-9999999) and [Length2] <= 999999999) ([Length3] >= (-9999999) and [Length3] <= 999999999) ([Length4] >= (-9999999) and [Length4] <= 999999999) ([Length5] >= (-9999999) and [Length5] <= 999999999) ([Mkup1] >= (-999) and [Mkup1] <= 999) ([Mkup2] >= (-999) and [Mkup2] <= 999) ([Mkup3] >= (-999) and [Mkup3] <= 999) ([Mkup4] >= (-999) and [Mkup4] <= 999) ([Mkup5] >= (-999) and [Mkup5] <= 999) ([MultFlag1] >= 0 and [MultFlag1] <= 1) ([RecType] >= 0 and [RecType] <= 99) ([StkNum] >= 0 and [StkNum] <= 99999) ([Weight1] >= (-99999) and [Weight1] <= 99999999) ([Weight2] >= (-99999) and [Weight2] <= 99999999) ([Weight3] >= (-99999) and [Weight3] <= 99999999) ([Weight4] >= (-99999) and [Weight4] <= 99999999) ([Weight5] >= (-99999) and [Weight5] <= 99999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 549

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
StockOptions
StockOptions
Provides the link to which stock is actually used by an Estimating 3 component or each web/bin of the component. Also contains all the component information which may be different for each web/bin.
Indexes on IssNum, CompNum, WebNum Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
IssNum
int
Issued Estimate number. This is the number used to track the particular version of an estimate. If an estimate is Opened for Edit and reissued, it will receive a new Issue Number. These are assigned sequentially. Relates to: Estimates table Component number Estimate number Web or Bin number for this stock Stock Choice number - Index into Stocks table Run dimensions for this web/component . Finish dimensions for this web/component . Flat dimensions for this web/component . total number of pages for this bin/web (DPS/Web comp) Is this component Ganged? 1=Yes, 0=No Type of bleed for this component Path of Layout Document from originating estimator's client machine. The depth necessary for bleeds. It is only used if the Bleed field is set to Yes (1). The depth for the head color registration bar. This value is only used if the UseHeadBar field is set to Yes (1). The depth for the side color registration bar. This value is only used if the UseSideBar field is set to Yes (1). Indicates whether to use the HeadBarDepth for this component or web/bin. Indicates whether to use the SideBarDepth for this component or web/bin. Depth of the edge margin for wide format layouts. The precision interval to use when placing images on the grid. For DPS, the number of leaves from this bin for each piece output. It may have a multiple page layout on the leaf. For other press types, it will always be 1. Page 550
CompNum EstNum WebNum StkNum Run1 Run2 Finish1 Finish2 Flat1 Flat2 PageCount Ganged Bleed LayoutDoc BleedDepth HeadBarDepth SideBarDepth UseHeadBar UseSideBar MarginDepth GridPrecision PageMultiple
int decimal (15,2) int int decimal (9,3) decimal (9,3) decimal (10,4) decimal (10,4) decimal (10,4) decimal (10,4) int smallint tinyint varchar (255) decimal (6,4) decimal (6,4) decimal (6,4) bit bit decimal (6,4) decimal (6,4) int
JohnsonGroup

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
StockOptions int int
StockOptions The number of run sheets taken from the order sheet for this web/bin/substrate. Number of pages (must be even) in the imposition. For all except DPS, this will be the same as PageCount.
(Cont'd)
RunOutOfOrder PagesInLayout
Field Constraints Column Bleed CompNum EstNum Finish1 Finish2 Flat1 Flat2 Ganged IssNum PageCount PageMultiple PagesInLayout Run1 Run2 RunOutOfOrder StkNum WebNum Constraint ([Bleed] >= 0 and [Bleed] <= 2) ([CompNum] >= 0 and [CompNum] <= 99999) ([EstNum] >= 0 and [EstNum] <= 99999999) ([Finish1] >= 0 and [Finish1] <= 99999) ([Finish2] >= 0 and [Finish2] <= 99999) ([Flat1] >= 0 and [Flat1] <= 99999) ([Flat2] >= 0 and [Flat2] <= 99999) ([Ganged] >= 0 and [Ganged] <= 999) ([IssNum] >= 1 and [IssNum] <= 999999999) ([PageCount] >= 0 and [PageCount] <= 10000) ([PageMultiple]>=(0) AND [PageMultiple]<=(9999)) ([PagesInLayout]>=(0) AND [PagesInLayout]<=(9999)) ([Run1] >= 0 and [Run1] <= 99999) ([Run2] >= 0 and [Run2] <= 99999) ([RunOutOfOrder]>=(0) AND [RunOutOfOrder]<=(999)) ([StkNum] >= 0 and [StkNum] <= 99999) ([WebNum] >= 0 and [WebNum] <= 9999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 551

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Stocks
Stocks
Stocks listed in each component of an Estimating 3 estimate. Whether they are actually used in the component is controlled by Stock Options file.
Indexes on IssNum, CompNum, StkNum Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
IssNum
int
Issued Estimate number This is the number used to track the particular version of an estimate. If an estimate is Opened for Edit and reissued, it will receive a new Issue Number. These are assigned sequentially. Relates to: Estimates table Component number Estimate number Stock Choice sequence number Stock Type from Stock Type table (eg. Book - uncoated, Cover, etc) Relates to: StockTypes table MCC number if from EFI Logic MatlCostCntr table. Relates to: MatlCostCntr table Description of Paper from Material Cost Center table (MatlCostCntr or entered or edited by estimator. Width of stock Length of stock sheet (0 For Webs) Basis Weight or GSM of stock M Weight Caliper ( Thickness) (Calculated by Estimating 3 if 0 and Basis Weight is not) Description of stock's coating. Whether or not this stock is High Bulk. 0 = No 1 = Yes
CompNum EstNum StkNum StockType MCCN MCCDescription Width Length BWTorGSM MWT Caliper Coated HiBulk
int decimal (15,2) int smallint int varchar (60) decimal (9,3) decimal (9,3) decimal (9,2) int decimal (10,5) tinyint tinyint
Color VendorN
varchar (15) int
Color of stock, entered by estimator if desired Vendor Number for stock to be used for creating a purchase order. Defaults to Primary Vendor from Material Cost Center table (MatlCostCntr) Relates to: Vendor table Price from MCC table or override price - Qty1 Price or override price- Qty2 Price or override price- Qty3 Price or override price- Qty4 Price or override price- Qty5
Q1Price Q2Price Q3Price Q4Price Q5Price
decimal (15,4) decimal (15,4) decimal (15,4) decimal (15,4) decimal (15,4)
JohnsonGroup
Page 552

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Stocks decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4) decimal (9,4) tinyint decimal (15,3) varchar (10) int
Stocks Internal Markup for quantity 1 (eg. .10 = 10%) Markup for quantity 2 Markup for quantity 3 Markup for quantity 4 Markup for quantity 5 Price Function used in price calculation conversion (0=multiply,1=divide,2= weight, 3=area, 4=length?) Price Factor used when calculating price from quantity used. Taken from related Material Class table when an MCC number is selected. Price Literal, units used for calculation (eg. lbs cwt, ksheets, etc) Sheets Per Carton if using Even Cartons
(Cont'd)
Mkup1 Mkup2 Mkup3 Mkup4 Mkup5 PriceFunc PriceFact PriceLit ShtsPerCart

Field Constraints Column BWTorGSM Caliper Coated CompNum EstNum HiBulk IssNum Length MCCN Mkup1 Mkup2 Mkup3 Mkup4 Mkup5 MWT PriceFact PriceFunc Q1Price Q2Price Q3Price Q4Price Q5Price ShtsPerCart StkNum StockType VendorN Width
Constraint ([BWTorGSM] >= 0 and [BWTorGSM] <= 99999) ([Caliper] >= 0 and [Caliper] <= 99999) ([Coated] >= 0 and [Coated] <= 2) ([CompNum] >= 0 and [CompNum] <= 99999) ([EstNum] >= 0 and [EstNum] <= 99999999) ([HiBulk] >= 0 and [HiBulk] <= 1) ([IssNum] >= 1 and [IssNum] <= 999999999) ([Length] >= 0 and [Length] <= 99999) ([MCCN] >= 0 and [MCCN] <= 9999999) ([Mkup1] >= (-999) and [Mkup1] <= 999) ([Mkup2] >= (-999) and [Mkup2] <= 999) ([Mkup3] >= (-999) and [Mkup3] <= 999) ([Mkup4] >= (-999) and [Mkup4] <= 999) ([Mkup5] >= (-999) and [Mkup5] <= 999) ([MWT] >= 0 and [MWT] <= 9999) ([PriceFact] >= (-9999999) and [PriceFact] <= 9999999) ([PriceFunc] >= 0 and [PriceFunc] <= 99) ([Q1Price] >= 0 and [Q1Price] <= 999999) ([Q2Price] >= 0 and [Q2Price] <= 999999) ([Q3Price] >= 0 and [Q3Price] <= 999999) ([Q4Price] >= 0 and [Q4Price] <= 999999) ([Q5Price] >= 0 and [Q5Price] <= 999999) ([ShtsPerCart] >= 0 and [ShtsPerCart] <= 999999) ([StkNum] >= 0 and [StkNum] <= 99999) ([StockType]>=(0) AND [StockType]<=(999)) ([VendorN] >= 0 and [VendorN] <= 999999999) ([Width] >= 0 and [Width] <= 99999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 553

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
StockTypes
Stock Types
This table identifies different stock types for Estimating 3 and contains the parameters need to estimate them accurately.
Indexes on StockType Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables CompStockType MatlCostCntr Stocks Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
StockType StockType StockType
StockType
smallint
Stock Type ID Code. Used in Material Cost Center table (MatlCostCntr) to identify stock type for MCC Codes. Used by Estimating 3 to estimate different types of stocks. Stock Type 0 is reserved for an unassigned stock type and should not be changed. Stock Type Description (eg. Cover, Book uncoated) Text string used to identify this type of stock for the Job Ticket. Default MCC used in Estimating if no MCC is chosen for this stock of this type. Relates to: MatlCostCntr table Basis Size of stock This is the area of the stock or substrate to be used when calculating the weight and thickness of the stock. For example, coated book has a basis size of 25" x 38" (or 950 square inches). If your company uses the metric system, all stock types have a basis size of 1. Factor used by Estimating 3 for calculating stock. This allows a multiple of the basis size to be used in the calculation. For U.S. customers, the number of sheets (usually 500) in a ream of the papers standard size. For example, a ream of the PIA standard for coated book has 500 sheets and you would use a factor of 500. In most cases, you can find the basis weight factor in your paper guide. If your company uses the metric system, all stock types have a basis weight factor of 1. If you are specifying a relatively heavy substrate, eg plywood, you might also use a factor of 1. Table of Basis Weights to be used with Bulks to calculate the Caliper of this type of stock by Estimating 3. . . . . Bulk value to be used with Basis weight. . . . .
Description TextMapID DefaultMCC BasSize
varchar (50) varchar (8) int decimal (9,2)
BasWgtFact
decimal (9,2)
BasWght1 BasWght2 BasWght3 BasWght4 BasWght5 Bulk1 Bulk2 Bulk3 Bulk4 Bulk5
decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,2) decimal (9,5) decimal (9,5) decimal (9,5) decimal (9,5) decimal (9,5)
JohnsonGroup
Page 554

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
StockTypes decimal (9,3)
Stock Types Coverage Factor - The amount of ink required to cover a certain area of stock. For example, if you measure paper in inches, the area is usually in square inches. If the amount of ink is in pounds, the coverage factor is thousands of square inches covered by one pound of ink. A coverage factor of 440 would therefore indicate that 1 pound of the ink will cover 440,000 square inches of paper.
(Cont'd)
CovF
Field Constraints Column BasSize BasWght1 BasWght2 BasWght3 BasWght4 BasWght5 BasWgtFact Bulk1 Bulk2 Bulk3 Bulk4 Bulk5 CovF DefaultMCC StockType Constraint ([BasSize] >= 0 and [BasSize] <= 999999) ([BasWght1] >= 0 and [BasWght1] <= 999999) ([BasWght2] >= 0 and [BasWght2] <= 999999) ([BasWght3] >= 0 and [BasWght3] <= 999999) ([BasWght4] >= 0 and [BasWght4] <= 999999) ([BasWght5] >= 0 and [BasWght5] <= 999999) ([BasWgtFact] >= 0 and [BasWgtFact] <= 999999) ([Bulk1] >= 0 and [Bulk1] <= 99) ([Bulk2] >= 0 and [Bulk2] <= 99) ([Bulk3] >= 0 and [Bulk3] <= 99) ([Bulk4] >= 0 and [Bulk4] <= 99) ([Bulk5] >= 0 and [Bulk5] <= 99) ([CovF] >= 0 and [CovF] <= 1000) ([DefaultMCC] >= 0 and [DefaultMCC] <= 9999999) ([StockType]>=(0) AND [StockType]<=(999))
JohnsonGroup
Page 555

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
StreetDirectionList
Street Direction List
StreetDirectionList
Indexes on StreetDirection Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables Contacts Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
StreetDirection
StreetDirection Active
Street Direction Active
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 556

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
StreetTrailingList
Street Trailing List
Street Trailing List

Indexes on StreetTrailingType Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables Contacts Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
StreetTrailingType
StreetTrailingType Active
StreetTrailingType Active
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 557

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
SubjobDetail
Subjob Detail
Table describes distribution of production forms among multiple subjobs or products produced by this job.
Indexes on JobN, SubjobNumber, FormorPartN Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
JobN SubjobNumber FormorPartN FormQuantity FormCostPct
int int smallint int decimal (5,2)
A unique number that identifies the job. Relates to: OpenJob table The unique identifier for each subjob associated with the job. The unique identifier for a form associated with the job that is used to produce this subjob. The produced quantity of this form to be used in this subjob. If not zero, this percent (eg. 12.5 = 12.5%) can be used instead of one calculated from FormQuantity for cost distribution from the form.
Field Constraints Column FormCostPct FormorPartN FormQuantity JobN SubjobNumber Constraint ([FormCostPct]>=(0) AND [FormCostPct]<=(100)) ([FormOrPartN]>=(0) AND [FormOrPartN]<=(9999)) ([FormQuantity]>=(0) AND [FormQuantity]<=(999999999)) ([JobN]>=(1) AND [JobN]<=(999999999)) ([SubjobNumber]>=(0) AND [SubjobNumber]<=(9999))
JohnsonGroup
Page 558

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
SubjobList
Subjob List
Subjob tracking is an optional function in the EFI Logic system. The Subjobs Allowed (11300) parameter controls whether subjob tracking is in effect. You enter subjobs with JobVista. If a job has subjobs, the subjobs are listed in the SubjobList table. Subjobs are then visible in other parts of the Logic system, for example, on the shop floor in applications such as MyDC and WinTrak.
Indexes on JobN, SubjobNumber Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
JobN SubjobNumber SubjobDesc Quantity CustomerPartN
int int varchar (50) int varchar (20)
A unique number that identifies the job. Relates to: OpenJob table A unique identifier for each subjob associated with the job. A description of the subjob. The quantity ordered for the subjob. The identifier your customer uses for the product which you are producing. For example, you may produce purchase orders, which are identified as Form #12343 at your customer. Number of pages per finished piece. The length of the finished piece. The width of the finished piece.
PagesPerPiece LengthOfPiece WidthOfPiece

Field Constraints Column JobN LengthOfPiece PagesPerPiece Quantity SubjobNumber WidthOfPiece
int decimal (10,4) decimal (10,4)
Constraint ([JobN] >= 1 and [JobN] <= 999999999) ([LengthOfPiece]>=(0) AND [LengthOfPiece]<=(99999)) ([PagesPerPiece]>=(0) AND [PagesPerPiece]<=(99999)) ([Quantity] >= 0 and [Quantity] <= 999999999) ([SubjobNumber] >= 0 and [SubjobNumber] <= 9999) ([WidthOfPiece]>=(0) AND [WidthOfPiece]<=(99999))
JohnsonGroup
Page 559

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
SubPremiseTypeList
Sub Premise Type List
SubPremiseType
Indexes on SubPremiseType Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables Contacts Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
SubPremiseName
SubPremiseType Active
SubPremiseType Active
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 560

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
SupplyList
Supply List
This table will aid in purchasing General Expense items. These items may be looked up from Purchasing. Selected information will be copied from the Supply list to the item.
Indexes on Supplynumber Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
Supplynumber Description TextLine2
This is the numeric key for the SupplyList table. It is not copied anywhere when the item is used on a purchase order. This is the description of the item. It will be copied to the first line of the purchase order. This can be any additional information about the item. It is suggested that you use this field for the vendor part number if there is one. This field can be informational, or it can be printed on the purchase order. Indicates whether TextLine2 should be printed on the Purchase Order: 0 = No 1 = Yes
UseLine2
tinyint
PreferdVendor
int
The number of the vendor from whom you prefer to purchase this item. This field is informational only. Relates to: Vendor table The price of the item. This will be copied as the default price for the PO. Indicates how units are priced. Valid values are: 0 = /each 1 = /100 units 2 = /1000 units
PurchasePrice Units
GLAcctN
int
Default General Ledger Account number to which purchases of this item will normally be posted. Relates to: GLAccounts table Default department number (associated with default GL Account number) to which purchases of this item will normally be posted. Departments are defined in the DeptNames table. Relates to: DeptNames table
DepartmentN
int
JohnsonGroup
Page 561

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
SupplyList
Supply List
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column DepartmentN GLAcctN PreferdVendor PurchasePrice Supplynumber Units UseLine2 Constraint ([DepartmentN] >= 0 and [DepartmentN] <= 9999999) ([GLAcctN] >= 0 and [GLAcctN] <= 999999999) ([PreferdVendor] >= 0 and [PreferdVendor] <= 999999999) ([PurchasePrice] >= 0 and [PurchasePrice] <= 999999) ([Supplynumber] >= 1 and [Supplynumber] <= 9999999) ([Units] >= 0 and [Units] <= 2) ([UseLine2] >= 0 and [UseLine2] <= 1)
JohnsonGroup
Page 562

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
SupportingSchd
Supporting Schedule
This table defines the detail lines that appear on the Supporting Schedules sections of the Balance Sheet and Income Statement reports generated by your system. This table also controls into which line on the Balance Sheet and Income Statement the amounts for each of your Supporting Schedule items is totaled.
Indexes on SupSchdAcctN Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables GLAccounts Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
SupSchdAcctN
SupSchdAcctN AcctSchdDescr Financialsline
Key of the table. Relates to: GLAccounts table The text to print on the Supporting Schedules to describe the G/L transactions summed to this Supporting Schedule line. Identifies the item in the FinancialFormat table which controls where the transactions for this Supporting Schedule item will be reported and summarized on the financial reports (Balance Sheet and Income Statement). Relates to: FinancialFormat table Indicates if the normal balance is a Debit or Credit balance.
DebitCredit
Field Constraints Column DebitCredit Financialsline SupSchdAcctN
tinyint
Constraint ([DebitCredit] >= 0 and [DebitCredit] <= 1) ([Financialsline] >= 0 and [Financialsline] <= 999999) ([SupSchdAcctN] >= 0 and [SupSchdAcctN] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 563

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Sv101
Status Vector 101
This table is used to store information about the current status of Job Costing.
Indexes on Cell Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
Cell Value
int int
A unique number used to identify the status vector cell. The current value of a status vector cell.
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 564

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Sv102
Status Vector 102
This table is used to store information about the current status of Accounting.
Column
Type
Cell Value
int int
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 565

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Sv103
Status Vector 103
This table is used to store information about the current status of Inventory and Webstock Inventory.
Column
Type
Cell Value
int int
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 566

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Sv104
Status Vector 104
This table is used to store information about the current status of Purchasing and Shipping.
Column
Type
Cell Value
int int
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 567

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Sv105
Status Vector 105
This table is used to store information about the current status of Scheduling.
Column
Type
Cell Value
int int
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 568

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Sv108
Status Vector 108
This table is used to store information about the current status of Finished Goods Inventory.
Column
Type
Cell Value
int int
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 569

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Symbol_ID
Currency Symbol ID
Contains Symbol ID's used for various currency that may be referenced by the CurrencyExcg table. This is only used for printing a multi currency Invoice (report).
Indexes on KeyN Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables CurrencyExchg Customer Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
SymbolID DefaultSymbolID
KeyN Description
int varchar (40)
Numeric Key to make each record unique. Customer.DefaultSymbolID and Currencyexchg.SymbolID fields are both related to this key. Description for each Symbol ID
JohnsonGroup
Page 570

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
SysMntLog
SysMnt Log
System Maintenance Log - contains records for tracing operations performed by System Maintenance, LogicSchemaCheck, purges and other system functions.
Indexes on LogKey Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
LogKey SQLUserName ClientName ProgramData LogDate LogType

int identity varchar (100) varchar (100) varchar (2,000) datetime varchar (20)
Unique key for this record. User name on SQL Server that initiated the entry. User name on client machine when entry is made from a client application. Entry text data describing the event. Date the entry was logged. Indicates the type or source of the log entry.
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 571

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
TableMaintFOrmDefs
Table Maint Form Defs
Contains the form definitions for the Table Maintenance application

Indexes on TableName, RecNum Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
RecNum TableName Dataline

Record number of the line. Name of the table this form definition is for. The data the table maintenance program reads to put up the form.
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 572

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
TaxCode
Tax Code
Contains the header record for a collection of taxes to be used for an invoice line item.
Indexes on SalesTaxCode Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables TaxMethod Related Tables APOffsets AROffsets Customer CustShipAddr GLAccountData JobShipments OpenJob ShipmentItems Vendor WinInvDist Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
SalesTaxCode APTaxCode TaxCode SalesTaxCode TaxCode TaxCode TaxCode TaxCode TaxCode Code TaxCode
SalesTaxCode TaxCodeName InactivePurge
Code for a collection of taxes, may be associated with customer, vendor, customer ship address or job record. Name of tax collection Flag to make this tax calculation inactive 0 = No 1 = Yes
LastChanged ChangedBy TypeOfTax
datetime varchar (128) tinyint
Date last changed Logname of person who last changed this tax record Indicates whether this tax is used for Sales or Accounts Payable. 0 = Sales Tax 1 = Accounts Payable Tax 0 = A/R - Sales Tax 1 = A/P - GST Tax
Field Constraints Column InactivePurge SalesTaxCode TypeOfTax Constraint ([InactivePurge] >= 0 and [InactivePurge] <= 1) ([SalesTaxCode] >= 1 and [SalesTaxCode] <= 9999999) ([TypeOfTax] >= 0 and [TypeOfTax] <= 1)
JohnsonGroup
Page 573

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
TaxMethod
Tax Method
Contains the details needed to calculate an individual tax item.

Indexes on SalesTaxCode, TaxAccountN Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
SalesTaxCode
int
Code for a collection of taxes, may be associated with customer, vendor, customer ship address or job record. Relates to: TaxCode table GL Account to post taxes to for this tax. Relates to: GLAccounts table Percent to be used to calculate this tax Calculation type for this tax: 1=percent of sale total 2=percent of sale and previously calculated taxes. Vendor number for tax authority Relates to: Vendor table Only used if TaxCalcType = 2. Provides the order that the taxes should be applied and calculated.
TaxAccountN TaxPercent TaxCalctype
int decimal (9,3) tinyint
TaxAuthority SequenceNbr
int smallint
Field Constraints Column SalesTaxCode SequenceNbr TaxAccountN TaxAuthority TaxCalctype TaxPercent Constraint ([SalesTaxCode] >= 0 and [SalesTaxCode] <= 9999999) ([SequenceNbr] >= 0 and [SequenceNbr] <= 9999) ([TaxAccountN] >= 1 and [TaxAccountN] <= 999999999) ([TaxAuthority] >= 0 and [TaxAuthority] <= 999999999) ([TaxCalctype] >= 0 and [TaxCalctype] <= 2) ([TaxPercent]>=(0.10) AND [TaxPercent]<=(99))
JohnsonGroup
Page 574

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
TextFile
Text File
TextFile is used to store what are essentially text files in the database. Each text file has a header row in TextFile, and then a series of rows, one per line, in TextFileData. This is used for data that was formerly stored in files in the "shared folder" such as the job ticket designs and the estimating map. Note that this table is NOT available for storing customer text files. It should only be used by EFI Logic applications to store data. Other files may be purged without warning.
Indexes on FileKey Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables TextFileData Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
FileKey
FileKey TextFileName Type
int identity varchar (100) varchar (10)
Integer identity key column. Name of the "text file", e.g. "PrePress" for a prepress job ticket. This value is fdfgrid for tablemaint grids. Type of the file. Note that these are fixed codes. This is not arbitrary text. Values: Tkt: job ticket design CompSchema: compiled schema Estmap: estimating map TktExp: job ticket exploded form TktJV: job vista custom form Accounting: results from an Accounting process (i.e., purge) Inventory: results from an Inventory process (i.e., purge) Shipping: results from a Shipping process (i.e., purge) tablemaint: custom layout for a tablemaint grid.
SubType
varchar (10)
Subtype of file. This is predefined codes, not arbitrary text. Values: Dev: developement version Prod: production version DevBackup: backup of development version ProdBackup: backup of production version Purge: results of a purge process GridDef: Grid definition for tablemaint grid
DateLastModified Description RootTable DefaultReportKey
datetime varchar (200) varchar (20) varchar (15)
Date on which this "text file" was last modified. Any program that loads a file or alters any of the rows in TextFileData should update this date. Optional description of the file. The design's root table name. For tablemaint, this is the table the grid information refers to. Foreign key to the report in zlaReportDefinition which is the default report for this form. Relates to: zlaReportDefinition table
JohnsonGroup
Page 575

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
TextFile varchar (20)
Text File Name of the column in zlaFormAccess table that controls access to this form. That column is used to represent this form, so granting SQL permissions on that column controls whether the user has read or write permission on this form.
(Cont'd)
FormAccessColumn
JohnsonGroup
Page 576

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
TextFileData
Text File Data
TextFileData is the child table of TextFile. It holds the text lines for each "text file" stored in the database.
Column
Type
Seq FileKey
int identity int
Primary key, identity column. Selecting from TextFileData for a particular FileKey in order of Seq will return the lines of a "text file" in order. FileKey is the foreign key to the parent TextFile header row which identifies which "text file" each row belongs to. Relates to: TextFile table Actual line of data
Line
varchar (3,900)
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 577

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Texture
Texture
Customer maintained file of textures to be used to describe MatlCostCntr items. Is passed in the Media Catalog transaction.
Indexes on TextureType Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables MatlCostCntr Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
TextureType
TextureType TextureName
Field Constraints Column TextureType
int varchar (30)
Numeric key value. Text description of texture that will be used in JDF tickets.
Constraint ([TextureType] > 0 and [TextureType] <= 999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 578

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
TransactionSet
Transaction Set
Transaction sets are used to group recurring transactions that are likely to be posted together. All transactions in a given transaction set must be the same type of transaction (A/P or G/J) and must be for the same division. The transaction set can be used to create an Accounting batch. It is easier to indicate which transaction set to use to create the batch than it is to enter every recurring transaction individually. It is best to group transactions according to date used. You might have a number of recurring transactions defined for paying various loans, but if the loan payments happen on different days of the month, there is no sense in grouping them into one transaction set.
Indexes on TransSetN Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables RecurringTrans Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
TrxSetNumber
TransSetN
int
The key to the table and the number assigned to this transaction set. Records in the Recurring Trans(action) table have a corresponding field to indicate which Transaction Set, if any, the transaction belongs. A brief description of this transaction set. Can include when this transaction set is usually used (i.e., "A/P-Div 2 - run on 15th of each month"). The type of recurring transactions (3 for A/P or 7 for G/J) that can belong to this transaction set. In order for a transaction in the Recurring Trans(action) table to be included in this transaction set, it must be for the same type as defined here. The division number for this transaction set. In order for a transaction in the Recurring Trans(action) table to be included in this transaction set, it must be for the same division as defined here. Relates to: AcctDivisions table
SetDescription TypeOfTrans
TransDivNum
int
Field Constraints Column TransDivNum TransSetN TypeOfTrans Constraint ([TransDivNum] >= 0 and [TransDivNum] <= 9999) ([TransSetN] >= 0 and [TransSetN] <= 9999999) ([TypeOfTrans] >= 3 and [TypeOfTrans] <= 7)
JohnsonGroup
Page 579

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
TranslationTabs
TranslationTabs
This table is currently only used by purchasing and finished goods. It allows users to define translations or "maps" from data being imported to data in their EFI Logic tables. This can be helpful for data coming from external sources.
Indexes on KeyN, TableKeyN Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
KeyN TableKeyN TransFileName FieldName

Field Constraints Column KeyN TableKeyN
This needs to match the key from the ImportDef table. Relates to: ImportDef table This is a numeric sequence number This is the name of the translation table that would map a specific field. This table needs to contain KeyN and OutsideValue fields. This is the field name being mapped.
Constraint ([KeyN] >= 0 and [KeyN] <= 999999) ([TableKeyN] >= 0 and [TableKeyN] <= 999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 580

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
UNSPSCommodity
UNSPSC Commodity
The UNSPSCommodity table contains those UNSPSC codes which you choose to enter. These codes can then be used to categorize your MCCs by assigning an appropriate code to each of them.
Indexes on CommodityCode Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables MatlCostCntr POItem Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
UNSPSCommCode UNSPSCommCode
CommodityCode CommodityDesc
The code assigned to the category (i.e. 45.10.16.02). A literal description of the UNSPSC code (i.e., Offset darkroom equipment).
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 581

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
UpdateErrors
Update Errors
Contains messages generated during real-time updating.

Indexes on TxDate, TransNo Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
TransNo TxDate TxTime TxType TxData

bigint identity datetime int char varchar (300)
Transaction number. Date of entry into table Time of entry. Transaction type. Transaction data.
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 582

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
UpdateLog
Update Log
This table holds update transactions produced by Transaction Editor.

Indexes on TxDate, TransNo Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
TransNo TxDate TxTime TxData

bigint identity datetime int varchar (300)
A unique number the identifies the transaction. The date the transaction was added to the table. The time (hhmm) the transaction was added to the table. The text of the update transaction.
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 583

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
UserCredentials
User Credentials
For supporting secure mode in MyDC application this table is created. This table will store passwords for employees.
Indexes on UserID Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
UserID EmployeeN Password

int identity int varchar (500)
This is primary key of the table. This has foreign key reference to employee table's EmployeeN column. Relates to: Employee table This stores password in encrypted form for an employee.
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 584

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Vendor
Vendor
The Vendor table contains information about each of your company's vendors, including terms of payment. This information is used by Purchasing, Inventory (including Webstock Inventory), and Accounting. Records are created, maintained, and deleted through Table Maintenance; however, you cannot delete a vendor if there are outstanding invoices for that vendor in the APtransaction table. Refer to the Implementation Manual for more detail on the data in this table. The various Payee address columns are used when the name and address for vendor payments is different from the vendor address (e.g., when the vendor has sold it's receivables).
Indexes on VendorN Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables AltVendAddr APTransaction VendorInvNotes VendorNotes Related Tables AccountngInput AcctCheckHeader APBatch Calculations CRCDBatch DieInventory DirectPurchase GLAccountData JobEstMaterial JobEstOutsidePurch MaterialQuote MaterialTrans MatlCostCntr MatlSaftyData PlannedMaterial PurchaseOrder RecurringTrans RollStock Shipments ShipMethods Stocks SupplyList TaxMethod WSRollInventory Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
VendorN VendorN VendorN VendorN VendorN VendorN Vendor VendorN Vendor PurchasedFrom VendorNumber VendorN VendorN VendorN VendorN VendorN SecondryVendor Vendor VendorN VendorNumber VendorNumber Vendor ShippingVendor VendorN VendorN PreferdVendor TaxAuthority Vendor
VendorN
int
A unique number which identifies the vendor. Note that Vendor 99999 is usually a special vendor number used to record spoiled checks. By recording them in this way, they are all grouped together on the Check Register. The name of the vendor; appears as the top line of the address on statements. VendorName will be printed as the payee on checks if the vendor's PayeeName and LongName have not been defined.
VendorName
varchar (24)
JohnsonGroup
Page 585

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Vendor smallint
Vendor The code for the vendor's normal terms of payment. Used by Accounting to determine pay date for vendor's invoices. Possible values are: 1 = Pay immediately 2 = Pay by the 10th of the next month 3 = Pay by the end of the invoice month 4 = Pay by the 20th of the next month 5 = Pay by the end of the next month 6-365 = The actual number of days, up to 365, within which the bill must be paid. See the Implementation Manual for details.
(Cont'd)
TermsCode
Discount
decimal (9,2)
Percentage of discount. This value is used by Accounting to compute the discount percentage you can apply when making payment within the time specified in the Terms Code field. The first line of the vendor's address (street address). Does not print a blank line if this is blank. Second line of vendor's address. The city to appear in the address. The two-letter abbreviation for the vendor's state or province. The vendor's postal code. Enter the postal code as you want it to appear when printed. The vendor's voice telephone number. Include the area code, but not hyphens, slashes, parentheses, or other punctuation. Attention The vendor's fax number, if any. Include the area code, but not hyphens, slashes, parentheses, or other punctuation. Indicates whether or not your PO number must be entered with any invoice entered through Accounting. 0 = No 1 = Yes
AddrLine1 AddrLine2 City StateProv PostalCode TelephoneN Attention FaxTelephoneN RequiresPON
varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (30) varchar (4) varchar (15) varchar (25) varchar (35) varchar (25) tinyint
DefaultAccount
int
The account number of the GL expense account to which payments to this vendor will normally be posted. Displays in Accounting and Approve, but can be changed there. Relates to: GLAccounts table The department number (associated with the Default Account number) to which payments to this vendor will normally be posted. This value will be displayed automatically in the department field, but can be changed there. Departments are defined in the DeptNames table. Relates to: DeptNames table The vendor's federal tax ID if the vendor is a 1099 vendor. For the 1099 report. Indicates vendor's 1099 status: 0 = NOT a 1099 Vendor
DefaultDeptN
int
FederalTaxID D1099Vendor
JohnsonGroup
Page 586

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Vendor
Vendor 1 = A 1099 Vendor 2 = 2nd TIN Notice Rec'd
(Cont'd)
InvDupsAllow
tinyint
Indicates whether Accounting will allow duplicate invoice numbers: 0 = Yes, w/Warning 1 = No 2 = Yes, w/o Warning
InactivePurge
tinyint
A setting that controls whether this vendor will be available as a selection in other parts of the Logic system. If it has been marked Inactive, it will not be available. Is this vendor currently inactive? 0 = No 1 = Yes
CountryCode LongName Email Code
varchar (3) varchar (50) varchar (128) int
The country for the vendor. Relates to: Country table If the PayeeName is empty, the LongName is used when printing checks. If the LongName is empty, the VendorName will be printed on the check. The vendor's email address. The default tax code for the vendor if you use GST or VAT tax for Accounts Payable. Relates to: TaxCode table Name of payee for this vendor. If this column is non-empty, the payee fields are used for payee information. If this column is empty, and the LongName is populated, the LongName and the standard vendor address columns are used for payee information. If the LongName is empty, the VendorName is used with the standard address columns
PayeeName
varchar (50)
PayeeAddrLine1
varchar (40)
First line of payee's address. Typically the street address. If PayeeName is non-empty this is used as part of the address when writing checks. Second line of payee's address. If PayeeName is non-empty this is used as part of the address when writing checks. Third line of payee's address. If PayeeName is non-empty this is used as part of the address when writing checks. Payee city. Payee state or province. If PayeeName is non-empty this is used as part of the address when writing checks. Payee postal code. If PayeeName is non-empty this is used as part of the address when writing checks.
PayeeAddrLine2
varchar (40)
PayeeAddrLine3
varchar (40)
PayeeCity PayeeStateProv
PayeePostalCode
varchar (15)
JohnsonGroup
Page 587

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Vendor varchar (3)
Vendor Foreign key to Country table of payee country. If PayeeName is non-empty this is used as part of the address when writing checks. Relates to: Country table Payee contact. Payee telephone number, not including extension. Payee telephone extension (if any) for PayeeTelephoneN Payee fax telephone number. Payee email address Third line of vendor's address. Telephone extension for the number in TelephoneN. The account number that this vendor uses to identify our company (i.e., credit card number). Flag to indicate whether the number by which this vendor knows us (stored in OurAccount column of this table) should be printed on the stub(s) of the checks we write to them. While you will probably want to print your account number on checks to the electric company, you might not want to print your credit card number on checks written to pay your credit card bill. 0 = No 1 = Yes
(Cont'd)
PayeeCountryCode
PayeeContact PayeeTelephoneN PayeePhoneExt PayeeFaxTelephoneN PayeeEmail AddrLine3 PhoneExt OurAccount PrintAcctOnCheck
varchar (35) varchar (25) varchar (6) varchar (25) varchar (128) varchar (40) varchar (6) varchar (20) bit
Field Constraints Column Code D1099Vendor DefaultAccount DefaultDeptN Discount InactivePurge InvDupsAllow RequiresPON TermsCode VendorN Constraint ([Code] >= 0 and [Code] <= 9999999) ([D1099Vendor] >= 0 and [D1099Vendor] <= 2) ([DefaultAccount] >= 0 and [DefaultAccount] <= 999999999) ([DefaultDeptN] >= 0 and [DefaultDeptN] <= 9999999) ([Discount] >= 0 and [Discount] <= 20) ([InactivePurge] >= 0 and [InactivePurge] <= 1) ([InvDupsAllow] >= 0 and [InvDupsAllow] <= 2) ([RequiresPON] >= 0 and [RequiresPON] <= 1) ([TermsCode]>=(1) AND [TermsCode]<=(365)) ([VendorN] >= 1 and [VendorN] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 588

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
VendorInvNotes
Vendor Invoice Notes
Table to store notes relevant to a specific vendor invoice. Allows one record per invoice.
Indexes on VendorN, InvoiceN Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
VendorN InvoiceN NoteDate Notes ReminderDate
int varchar (12) datetime varchar (500) datetime
The vendor for whom this invoice note was created. Relates to: Vendor table The invoice to which this note refers. Date this note was added or edited. Text entered by user. If you want to be reminded of the note, this is the day on which you want the reminder to be e-mailed. If the date is on a weekend, the reminder will be sent on Friday. User who last entered or edited this record. E-mail address of the person to whom the note should be sent on the reminder date.
ChangedBy ReminderEmailAddr
JohnsonGroup
Page 589

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
VendorNotes
Vendor Notes
Allow entry of notes for each vendor by date.

Indexes on VendorN, SeqNbr Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
VendorN NoteDate Notes ChangedBy SeqNbr

int datetime varchar (1,000) varchar (128) int
The vendor for whom this note was created. Relates to: Vendor table Most recent date this entry was made or edited. Information about this vendor as entered by the user. User ID of last user to edit or enter this record. Internal field used by EFI Logic software.
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 590

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
Version
Version
Estimating 3 Standards: Version information for which version of the standards have been uploaded to this server or downloaded to this local standards database.
Column
Type
LogicID StdsID CustVers
Unique ID for internal use (used on the server only). Name of Standards database Customer version change number. This number changes whenever the standards are edited and uploaded to the server. If the value is < 0, it indicates the standards are currently being edited. Current Estimating version (for compatiblity with application) Date the standards were last modified Description of changes/characteristics Not used in EFI Logic SQL.
Est3Vers DateLastMod Description Server

Field Constraints Column CustVers LogicID
varchar (10) datetime varchar (100) varchar (8)
Constraint ([CustVers] >= (-999999) and [CustVers] <= 999999) ([LogicID] >= 0 and [LogicID] <= 9999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 591

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
WebConfigElements
Web Config Elements
Reports and Web forms associated to named Web configuration(s) for PrinterSite Internal.
Indexes on WebConfigID, ElementType, ElementKey Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
WebConfigID ElementType ElementKey

Field Constraints Column WebConfigID
Which named web config the row belongs to. Relates to: WebConfiguration table Either a report (REPO) or a webform (FORM). The ReportKey relationship or the Web form ID, put in character form.
Constraint ([WebConfigID] >= 1 and [WebConfigID] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 592

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
WebConfiguration
Web Configuration
A named list of Reports and WebForms that can be assigned to one or more users for PrinterSite Internal.
Indexes on WebConfigID WebConfigDesc Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables WebConfigElements Related Tables Employee Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Nonclustered Column
WebConfigID WebConfigID
WebConfigID WebConfigDesc
Field Constraints Column WebConfigID
Primary Key Name of element.
Constraint ([WebConfigID] >= 1 and [WebConfigID] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 593

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
WebOrderDetail
Web Order Detail
Table to map web order lines to job or FG order and integrated apps.
Indexes on BrandKey, WebOrderID, WebLineN, SeqNo Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
BrandKey
int
Part of the primary key. This identifies the integration (PrinterSite Fulfillment, Digital Storefront, etc.) that created the order. A unique number used to identify the individual integration (in the PCafeBrand table). Relates to: WebOrderMaster table Part of the primary key. Identifies a web order as assigned by the integration when the order was placed. Relates to: WebOrderMaster table Part of the primary key. Identifies a web order line item as assigned by the integration when the order was placed. Indentifies whether this item is part of an FG order or a job. 0 = job 1 = FG order
WebOrderID
int
WebLineN LineType
int tinyint
JobN OrderN OrderSeqN SeqNo
int int int smallint
A unique number used to identify the individual job. Relates to: OpenJob table A unique number used to identify the individual FG order. Relates to: FGIOrderMast table A unique number used to identify the individual FG order line item. Part of the primary key. Identifies the sequence within the web order line; for example, there could be multiple sequences if the same web line is on more than one FG order as is the case when there are multiple destinations.
Field Constraints Column BrandKey JobN LineType OrderN OrderSeqN SeqNo WebLineN WebOrderID Constraint ([BrandKey]>=(0)) ([JobN]>=(0) AND [JobN]<=(999999999)) ([LineType]>=(0) AND [LineType]<=(1)) ([OrderN]>=(0) AND [OrderN]<=(999999999)) ([OrderSeqN]>=(0) AND [OrderSeqN]<=(9999999)) ([SeqNo]>=(0) AND [SeqNo]<=(9999)) ([WebLineN]>=(0)) ([WebOrderID]>=(0))
JohnsonGroup
Page 594

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
WebOrderMaster
Web Order Master
Table to map web order to integration.

Indexes on BrandKey, WebOrderID Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables WebOrderDetail Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
WebOrderID
BrandKey
int
Part of the primary key. This identifies the integration (PrinterSite Fulfillment, Digital Storefront, etc.) that created the order. A unique number used to identify the individual integration (in the PCafeBrand table). Relates to: PCafeBrand table Part of the primary key. Identifies a web order as assigned by the integration when the order was placed. A unique number used to identify the individual customer. Relates to: Customer table Date order was placed. Full name of the user who placed the web order. Additional user identification. Login used to access the integration.
WebOrderID CustomerN OrderDate UserName UserLogin

Field Constraints Column BrandKey CustomerN WebOrderID
int int datetime varchar (60) varchar (100)
Constraint ([BrandKey]>=(0)) ([CustomerN]>=(0) AND [CustomerN]<=(999999999)) ([WebOrderID]>=(0))
JohnsonGroup
Page 595

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
WinAcctBatch
Win Acct Batch
Header table for Accounting batches. Contains the list of all current batches that are in process.
Indexes on BatchNo Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables APBatch ARBatch CRCDBatch GJBatch Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
BatchNumber BatchNumber BatchNumber BatchNumber
BatchNo
int
Batch number assigned by the system for this Accounting batch. This number is contained in the header record for all transactions in the associated tables for each accounting group. AR = ARBatch AP = APBatch CD & CR = CRCDBatch GJ = GJBatch Invoices = WinInvoice Posting date entered by the user to be applied to all transactions in this batch. Accounting group, or type, for this batch of accounting transactions. This Group number determines the specific batch tables which hold the transactions for this batch. 1=AR, 2=CR, 3=AP, 4=CD, 6=CD checks 7=GJ Accounting Division to which this batch will be posted. All transactions in a batch must be for the same division. Relates to: AcctDivisions table Proof total for all transactions in this batch. Operator name of the user who first opened this batch Contains current status of this batch 1 = ENTER Batch is being worked on 2 = MOVE Batch is being moved to AccountngInput 3 = FAILED Batch failed check 4 = RDYPOST Batch passed check; ready to post 5 = POSTOK Batch successfully posted 6 = RDYPRNT For invoices; complete, ready to print 7 = PRINTED Successful print; ready to check/post 8 = INPOST Batch is in process of being posted 9 = FAILED post 10= DELETE Batch was deleted by user 11= CALL LOGIC There is a disparity between the batch status and the status vector requiring Logic investigation. 0 = Acct Misc, not currently used by Accounting 1 = Finished Goods Invoice (Character Based) 2 = Record Finished Goods (from A/R Memos) 3 = Windows Invoice 4 = Windows Finished Goods Invoice 5 = Windows Accounting Input 6 = Disburse (write checks) Page 596
PostingDate AcctGroup
datetime tinyint
Division
int
CheckSum Logname BatchStatus
decimal (15,2) varchar (128) smallint
TypeOfBatch
smallint
JohnsonGroup

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
WinAcctBatch datetime
Win Acct Batch Written by close/post after successful completion of post. Batch records will become invisible to the user after a successful post and will be deleted 7 days after the date stored here. Used by Accounts Payable - Checks screen. All transactions in a checks batch will have the same pay thru date. Used by Accounts Payable - Checks screen. All transactions in this batch will have the same next payment date. Indicates how batch was created. 0 = Batch was created with Accounting 1 = Batch was created with Accounting Import option 2 = finished goods jobs where batches are automatically created by a stored procedure at job completion for POD type jobs Flag that tells SQL admin job to autopost this batch. This flag may be set by an import or manually by user with proper permission levels. Checks and Invoices batches may not be auto-posted.
(Cont'd)
DatePostRan
PayThruDate NextPmtDate SourceOfBatch
datetime datetime int
AutoPost
smallint
Field Constraints Column AcctGroup BatchNo BatchStatus CheckSum Division TypeOfBatch Constraint ([AcctGroup] >= 0 and [AcctGroup] <= 10) ([BatchNo] >= 1 and [BatchNo] <= 999999) ([BatchStatus] >= 0 and [BatchStatus] <= 99) ([CheckSum] >= (-999999999) and [CheckSum] <= 999999999) ([Division] >= 0 and [Division] <= 9999) ([TypeOfBatch] >= 0 and [TypeOfBatch] <= 999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 597

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
WinInvDist
Win Invoice Distribution
Contains one record per GL account distribution per line item per invoice. Maintained by Invoicing for all in-process invoices.
Indexes on WIKey, TranNo Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
WIKey TranNo
int int
Key field to identify invoice. Relates to: WinInvoice table A distribution record ID number unique for all records within an invoice. It takes the form JJNNN where JJ is the TranNo from the current InvJob record after dropping the 3 zeros and NNN is the detail sequence number within the job. Example: [0]2012 is the second job on the Invoice and the 12th distribution line related to the job. General ledger account number to which this distribution is logged. Relates to: GLAccounts table Department if any, to be used with this distribution. Relates to: DeptNames table Amount to be distributed. The sum of the amounts with the same distribution flag should be the amount on the associated Detail line. The product code from the OpenJob record. Relates to: ProductCode table A code that matches the associated WinInvTax.taxesFlag records to this distribution record. An integer that matches the DistIdx on the WinInvJobDetail record to associate the individual detail records with multiple distribution records. This column can contain the following messages: No default sales account assigned in the OpenJob record. Account not found in the GLAccounts table. Sales account <AccountNumber> is inactive. You may not post to an inactive account. Tax liability account not in GLAccounts table. This column can contain the following message: The distribution for this line item is not complete. Job number from the corresponding WinInvJob record (1000, 2000, etc). These are all identical for every distribution relating to the same job. Tax code used for this distribution Relates to: TaxCode table
SalesAcct Department SalesAmt ProductCode TaxesFlag DistFlag ErrMsg1
int int decimal (15,2) int smallint smallint varchar (90)
ErrMsg2 WIJobTran TaxCode
varchar (60) int int
JohnsonGroup
Page 598

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
WinInvDist
Win Invoice Distribution
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column Department DistFlag ProductCode SalesAcct SalesAmt TaxCode TaxesFlag TranNo WIJobTran WIKey Constraint ([Department] >= 0 and [Department] <= 9999999) ([DistFlag] >= 0 and [DistFlag] <= 999) ([ProductCode] >= 0 and [ProductCode] <= 9999999) ([SalesAcct] >= 0 and [SalesAcct] <= 999999999) ([SalesAmt] >= (-999999999) and [SalesAmt] <= 999999999) ([TaxCode] >= 0 and [TaxCode] <= 9999999) ([TaxesFlag] >= 0 and [TaxesFlag] <= 999) ([TranNo] >= 0 and [TranNo] <= 999999) ([WIJobTran] >= 0 and [WIJobTran] <= 999999) ([WIKey] >= 1 and [WIKey] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 599

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
WinInvJobDetail
Win Invoice Job Detail
Contains one record per invoice line item. Maintained by Invoicing while a batch is in development.
Column
Type
WIKey TranNo
int int
Key field to identify invoice. Relates to: WinInvoice table A unique record ID number for all records within an invoice. It takes the form JJNNN where JJ is the TranNo from the current InvJob record after replacing NNN with 3 zeros, and NNN is the detail sequence number within the job. Example: [0]2012 is the second job on the Invoice and the 12th detail line within the job. An integer designating the origin of the detail line. (1) = the OpenJob record. (2) = the data was selected from a Shipment item. (3) = the data was selected from a Billable revision. (4) = the data was entered by the operator and it contains an amount to be distributed. (5) = the data was entered by the operator and is text only. (6) = the data originated in a finished goods shipment. Number of items being invoiced on this line. Line item description. Price per unit for this line item. Unit of measure for this line item. e = each c = hundred m = thousand (Default) Quantity times price for this line item, or whatever user entered in Amount column. This contains a revision ID if it originated from a Billable Revision, or a shipment ID if from a shipment, otherwise the field is blank. For lines that have been created from the selection of a shipment item: Q = quantity related record F = freight related record It also acts as a key to link this line to the the corresponding column in the Shipments Grid. It contains a Q or an F followed by the shipment ID or the billable revision ID. Job number from the corresponding WinInvJob record (1000, 2000, etc). These are all identical for every detail record relating to the same job. Line display sequence number.
ItemSource
tinyint
Quantity Description Price Unit
decimal (11,2) varchar (95) decimal (15,4) smallint
Amount GridKey QorF
decimal (15,2) varchar (12) varchar (8)
WIJobTran WIJobLineN
int int
JohnsonGroup
Page 600

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
WinInvJobDetail varchar (1)
Win Invoice Job Detail Distribution Flag. * = the amount has been distributed and no taxes taxes were created T = the amount has been distributed and taxes were created. E = there is an error in the distribution of the amount. The full amount hasn't ben distributed. The number of WinInvDist records plus the number of WinInvTax records associated with this detail record. This indicates the line's distribution status. (-1) = it is a text line, and does not require a distribution. (0) = this line requires distribution. (1 to.. ) = the line has been distributed and the number acts as a key to link this line to the corresponding lines in the Sales Distribution Grid. Alignment code for print formatting describing how to print this line. Takes the following values: 0 for left justify 1 for right justify 2 for center ID of PriceList item used for current line item. Use of the PriceList table is optional. Relates to: PriceList table On an invoice imported from a finished goods shipment this indicates the item number being invoiced Relates to: FGInvMaster table The tax code for this shipment item provided at time of shipment For FGI orders only this field holds the MinorReference number from the shipment Item for this Invoice line item. This will allow the printed invoice to track back to FGIOrderDtl for printing the Customer Expense Code for the item. The ShipmentItems record is linked via the Minor Reference to FGIOrderdetl OrderAuditN field for Finished Goods orders.
(Cont'd)
DistFlag
DistCount DistIdx
smallint int
DescAlign
tinyint
PriceList
int
FGItemNumber
int
TaxCode MinorReference
int int
JohnsonGroup
Page 601

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
WinInvJobDetail
Win Invoice Job Detail
(Cont'd)
Field Constraints Column Amount DescAlign DistCount DistIdx FGItemNumber ItemSource Price PriceList Quantity TranNo Unit WIJobLineN WIJobTran WIKey Constraint ([Amount] >= (-999999999) and [Amount] <= 999999999) ([DescAlign] >= 0 and [DescAlign] <= 9) ([DistCount] >= 0 and [DistCount] <= 999) ([DistIdx] >= (-1) and [DistIdx] <= 9999) ([FGItemNumber] >= 0 and [FGItemNumber] <= 9999999) ([ItemSource] >= 0 and [ItemSource] <= 9) ([Price] >= (-9999999) and [Price] <= 9999999) ([PriceList] >= 0 and [PriceList] <= 999999999) ([Quantity] >= (-999999999) and [Quantity] <= 999999999) ([TranNo] >= 0 and [TranNo] <= 999999) ([Unit] >= 0 and [Unit] <= 1000) ([WIJobLineN] >= 0 and [WIJobLineN] <= 999999) ([WIJobTran] >= 0 and [WIJobTran] <= 999999) ([WIKey] >= 1 and [WIKey] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 602

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
WinInvJobs
Win Invoice Jobs
Contains one record per job - describing header and summary information for a job within an invoice. Maintained by Invoicing while a batch is in development.
Column
Type
WIKey TranNo
int int
Key field to identify invoice and all components. Relates to: WinInvoice table Integer ID unique to each job within any invoice. Starts with 1000 and increments by 1000 for each successive job. This ties to TranNo on the detail record to associate detail records with respective job records. Job number from OpenJob table for this invoice. Adjustment invoices don't have to be in the OpenJob table; use 999999 instead. Relates to: OpenJob table Contact portion of the ship-to address. Ship-to company name. Line 1 of the ship-to address. Line 2 of the ship-to address. City portion of the ship-to address. State/province portion of the ship-to address. Postal code for the ship-to address. Country portion of the ship-to address. Relates to: Country table Total for product on current job. Total for taxes on current job. Sales total on current job (SubTotal + TaxTotal). Customer original purchase order number. Salesperson ID number. Relates to: Salesperson table Product ID number. Relates to: ProductCode table Number of job detail records associated with this job. Distribution sequence number used to assign next distribution record DistFlag field. Sequences from 0,1,2,3... Number of tax ID record used to assign next tax TaxFlag field. Sequences from 0,1,2,3...
Job
int
ShipContact ShipAddressee ShipAddrLine1 ShipAddrLine2 ShipCity ShipStateProv ShipPostalCode ShipCountryCode SubTotal TaxTotal JobTotal PurchaseOrderN SalesPersonN ProductCode JobDetMax DistMax TaxMax
varchar (35) varchar (50) varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (30) varchar (4) varchar (15) varchar (3) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) varchar (14) int int int int int
JohnsonGroup
Page 603

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
WinInvJobs decimal (15,2)
Win Invoice Jobs (Partial Billing only) The value of labor cost on this job to be removed from work-in-process when this invoice is posted. Entered manually during Invoicing. (Optional) (Partial Billing only) The value of material cost on this job to be removed from work-in-process when this invoice is posted. Entered manually during Invoicing. (Optional) (Partial Billing only) The quantity of product shipped on this invoice. Entered manually during Invoicing. (Optional) Integer indicating how sales dollars are distributed to the general ledger. 1 = Distributed by line item. 2 = Distributed by Job sub total. Initial tax code, saved for use as default on distributions for this job. Line 3 of the ship-to address. Holds the quantity of a Finished Goods item that will be transferred to Finished Goods Inventory when a partial or final invoice is used to bill for a Finished Goods job. The order number that is printed on the invoice. Original value comes from CustomerOrderN from the OpenJob table when the invoice is created. Can be changed during edit of the invoice.
(Cont'd)
PartialLabor
PartialMatl
decimal (15,2)
PartialQty DistType
TaxCode ShipAddrLine3 FGITransQty
CustomerOrderN
varchar (30)
Field Constraints Column DistMax DistType FGITransQty Job JobDetMax JobTotal PartialLabor PartialMatl PartialQty ProductCode SalesPersonN SubTotal TaxMax TaxTotal TranNo WIKey Constraint ([DistMax] >= 0 and [DistMax] <= 9999) ([DistType] >= 0 and [DistType] <= 2) ([FGITransQty]>=(0) AND [FGITransQty]<=(9999999)) ([Job] >= 0 and [Job] <= 999999999) ([JobDetMax] >= 0 and [JobDetMax] <= 9999999) ([JobTotal] >= (-999999999) and [JobTotal] <= 999999999) ([PartialLabor] >= (-999999999) and [PartialLabor] <= 999999999) ([PartialMatl] >= (-999999999) and [PartialMatl] <= 999999999) ([partialqty] >= (-9999999) and [partialqty] <= 9999999) ([ProductCode] >= 0 and [ProductCode] <= 9999999) ([SalesPersonN] >= 0 and [SalesPersonN] <= 9999999) ([SubTotal] >= (-999999999) and [SubTotal] <= 999999999) ([TaxMax] >= 0 and [TaxMax] <= 9999) ([TaxTotal] >= (-999999999) and [TaxTotal] <= 999999999) ([TranNo] >= 0 and [TranNo] <= 999999) ([WIKey] >= 1 and [WIKey] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 604

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
WinInvoice
Win Invoice
Contains one record per invoice - describing header and summary information. Maintained by Invoicing while a batch is in development. Data from this and the other WinInv files is loaded into the WinAcctBatch during posting This file contains records for all open (not fully paid) invoices.
Indexes on WIKey BatchNumber, WIKey Related Tables with Foreign Keys Dependent Tables WinInvDist WinInvJobDetail WinInvJobs WinInvTax Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Nonclustered Column
WIKey WIKey WIKey WIKey
WIKey CustomerN Division InvoiceDate Type
int int int datetime smallint
Key field to identify invoice. The number of the customer associated with this invoice. Relates to: Customer table Division number of company issuing invoice. Relates to: AcctDivisions table The posting and aging date of the invoice. Indicates type of invoice 9 = Final 10 = Partial 11 = Adjustment Tax exempt certification number. Can be printed on invoices to this customer. Total of TaxTotal and SubTotal. Total taxes due on invoice. Total sales amount of invoice. Invoice number assigned by Invoicing. Zero prior to assignment. Integer indicating the number of days within which payment can be expected from the customer. Reserved for future use. Batch ID to which this invoice is assigned. An internal counter that increments by 1000 for each job on the invoice or each time the invoice is updated. The contact at the customer responsible for paying bills. Either the customer's name or the first line of the customer's address. First line of the bill-to address. Second line of the bill-to address. City portion of the bill-to address. State/province portion of the bill-to address.
TaxN TotalDue TaxTotal SubTotal InvoiceN Terms BatchNumber AcctTranNo BillContact BillAddressee BillAddrLine1 BillAddrLine2 BillCity BillStateProv
varchar (20) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) decimal (15,2) int smallint int int varchar (35) varchar (50) varchar (40) varchar (40) varchar (30) varchar (4)
JohnsonGroup
Page 605

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
WinInvoice varchar (15) varchar (3) smallint
Win Invoice Postal code portion of the bill-to address. Country portion of the bill-to address. Relates to: Country table Invoice progress indicator. 0 = Incomplete 1 = Ready 2 = Printed 3 = Reprint 4 = Being posted 5 = Posted Filled in by close-post at time of posting with corresponding audit trail number. Flag indicating whether invoice is for one job or many. 0 = one job on invoice. 1 = more than one job on invoice. Not used Third line of the bill-to address.
(Cont'd)
BillPostalCode BillCountryCode Status
AuditTrail MultijobFlag
TaxCode BillAddrLine3
Field Constraints Column AcctTranNo BatchNumber CustomerN Division InvoiceN MultijobFlag Status SubTotal TaxCode TaxTotal Terms TotalDue Type WIKey
int varchar (40)
Constraint ([AcctTranNo] >= 0 and [AcctTranNo] <= 666666) ([BatchNumber] >= 0 and [BatchNumber] <= 9999999) ([CustomerN] >= 0 and [CustomerN] <= 999999999) ([Division] >= 0 and [Division] <= 9999) ([InvoiceN] >= 0 and [InvoiceN] <= 999999999) ([MultijobFlag] >= 0 and [MultijobFlag] <= 1) ([Status] >= 0 and [Status] <= 999) ([SubTotal] >= (-999999999) and [SubTotal] <= 999999999) ([taxcode] >= 0 and [taxcode] <= 9999999) ([TaxTotal] >= (-999999999) and [TaxTotal] <= 999999999) ([Terms] >= 0 and [Terms] <= 999) ([TotalDue] >= (-999999999) and [TotalDue] <= 999999999) ([Type] >= 0 and [Type] <= 999) ([WIKey] >= 1 and [WIKey] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 606

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
WinInvTax
Win Invoice Tax
Windows Invoicing tax file maintained for all in-process invoices. Contains all tax records for each line item distribution on an invoice.
Column
Type
WIKey TranNo
int int
Key field to identify invoice. Relates to: WinInvoice table A distribution record ID number unique for all records within an invoice. It takes the form JJNNN where JJ is the TranNo from the current InvJob record after dropping the 3 zeros and NNN is the detail sequence number within the job. Example: [0]2012 is the second job on the Invoice and the 12th distribution line related to the job. General ledger account number to which this tax distribution is logged. Relates to: GLAccounts table Tax percent of total distribution. Type of tax calculation 1= percent of sales total only, 2=percent of sales and previous taxes Tax amount on current line item distribution. A code that matches an associated WinInvDist record to this tax record. These are identical for every tax record on a specific distribution. An integer that matches the DistIdx on the WinInvTax record to associate the individual distribution record with multiple tax records. These are identical for every tax record on a specific invoice line item. The job number from the corresponding WinInvJob record (1000, 2000, etc). These are all identical for every tax relating to the same job.
TaxAcct PercentV CalcType TaxAmt TaxesFlag DistFlag
int decimal (9,3) smallint decimal (15,2) smallint smallint
WIJobTran
int
Field Constraints Column CalcType DistFlag PercentV TaxAcct TaxAmt TaxesFlag TranNo WIJobTran WIKey Constraint ([CalcType] >= 0 and [CalcType] <= 999) ([DistFlag] >= 0 and [DistFlag] <= 999) ([PercentV] >= (-99) and [PercentV] <= 99) ([TaxAcct] >= 0 and [TaxAcct] <= 999999999) ([TaxAmt] >= (-999999999) and [TaxAmt] <= 999999999) ([TaxesFlag] >= 0 and [TaxesFlag] <= 999) ([TranNo] >= 0 and [TranNo] <= 999999) ([WIJobTran] >= 0 and [WIJobTran] <= 999999) ([WIKey] >= 1 and [WIKey] <= 999999999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 607

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
WIPSummaryNs
WIP Summary Numbers
The Work-in-Process Summary table lists the categories into which the work-in-process costs are summarized. You assign each labor and material cost center a work-in-process summary number. The Work-in-Process Report uses these summary numbers to categorize the costs. See the Implementation Manual for details.
Indexes on WIPSummaryN Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables Equipment LaborCostCntr MatlCostCntr ShipMethods Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
WIPSummaryN WIPSummaryN WIPSummaryN WIPSummaryN
WIPSummaryN WIPDescription ShortDescript

Field Constraints Column WIPSummaryN
smallint varchar (20) varchar (6)
A unique number to identify the work-in-process summary category. The description of the work-in-process summary category. The description will print on the reports. A short description.
Constraint ([WIPSummaryN] >= 1 and [WIPSummaryN] <= 999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 608

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
WSRollExceptions
Roll Exceptions
Contains information about rolls for which an error was encountered while posting a usage in WSRollInventory. This information can be used to manually enter the usage with corrected information.
Indexes on RecordID Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
RecordID DateTimeEntered PlantRollID MCC Run Job SubJobNumber PressFormID Prefix Press RollStandID Employee Shift DateUsed ActiveRollStartDate ActiveRollStartTime ActiveRollEndDate ActiveRollEndTime RollWeight WeightUsed WeightLeft LengthUsed WrapperWeight StripWaste CoreWaste WeightOfDamage DamageCode RejectCode
int identity datetime varchar (18) int int int int int tinyint int tinyint int tinyint datetime datetime int datetime int decimal (7,0) decimal (7,0) decimal (7,0) decimal (7,0) decimal (7,0) decimal (7,0) decimal (7,0) decimal (7,0) smallint smallint
A sequential record number. The date and time that the exception was added to the table. The ID of the roll. The roll's material code. The run that the roll was used on. The job that the roll was used on. The subjob that the roll was used on. The form that the roll was used on. The prefix assigned to the usage. The machine that the roll was used on. The rollstand on which the roll was mounted. The employee number of the roll tender. The roll tender's shift. The shiftdate assigned to this usage. The date that the roll started to be consumed. The time that the roll started to be consumed. The date on which the roll usage ended. The time at which the roll usage ended. The starting weight of the roll. The weight of the paper used. The weight of the paper remaining on the roll. The length of paper used. The weight of the brown paper wrapper. The weight of white paper stripped from the roll. The weight of the core. Weight of any damaged paper. A code that indicates the type of damage to the roll, if any. A code that indicates why a roll was rejected.
JohnsonGroup
Page 609

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
WSRollExceptions varchar (20) varchar (100) varchar (100)
Roll Exceptions The disposition of the roll; BUTT, FINISHED, REJECTED. Any remarks added by the roll tender. The error message indicatiing why the usage could not be posted to WSRollInventory.
(Cont'd)
Disposition Remarks FailureMsg
JohnsonGroup
Page 610

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
WSRollInventory
Roll Inventory
THIS TABLE IS OBSOLETE AS OF RELEASE 24. In release 24, the Roll Stock Inventory system replaces the Web Stock Inventory system. The WSRollInventory is converted to two tables, RollStock and RollTransactions. Once the conversion takes place this table is no longer used.
Indexes on RecordID Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
RecordID MCC PurchaseOrder POItem Vendor
int identity int int smallint int
Field to provide a unique key. Material Cost Center of roll. Identifies type of paper. Relates to: MatlCostCntr table The Purchase Order entered when the roll was first received. Rolls entered as inventory adjustments have a value of 0. The PO Item number of the roll on the original Purchase Order. Rolls entered as inventory adjustments have a value of 0. Vendor copied from the Purchase Order when the roll is first received. Rolls entered as inventory adjustments have a vendor entered by the user to indicated inventory adjustments. Relates to: Vendor table The date the roll is received into the warehouse. For a butt roll record, this date is copied from the Date Used field in the original roll record. The purchase price copied from the Purchase Order when the roll is received. This is the rate at which inventory is valued. Rolls entered as inventory adjustments have a purchase price entered at the time they are entered.
DateReceived PurchasePrice
PlantRollID MfgrRollID VehicleNumber RollWeight RollLength Warehouse Location PaperCondition LastInventoryDate Job SubJobNumber
varchar (18) varchar (18) varchar (10) decimal (7,0) decimal (7,0) smallint varchar (8) smallint Relates to: BadPaperCodes table datetime int int The job on which this roll was used. Relates to: OpenJob table
JohnsonGroup
Page 611

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
WSRollInventory int
Roll Inventory
(Cont'd)
ProductionJob DateUsed WeightUsed LengthUsed ButtRollFlag
Relates to: OpenJob table datetime decimal (7,0) decimal (7,0) tinyint A flag that indicates that this is a butt roll. 0 = full roll 1 = butt roll Employee who recorded usage of this roll. Relates to: Employee table Shift on which this roll was used. Machine on which this roll was used. Relates to: Equipment table
Employee Shift Press GrossImpressions AICCost Prefix CloseDate PressFormID WrapperWeight StripWaste CoreWaste DamageCode WeightOfDamage RollStandID ActiveRollStartDate ActiveRollStartTime ActiveRollEndDate ActiveRollEndTime Remarks Disposition
int tinyint int int decimal (9,2) tinyint datetime smallint decimal (7,0) decimal (7,0) decimal (7,0) smallint
A code indicating that the job was re-worked.
Form for which this roll was used. Weight of brown paper wrapper. Weight of white waste stripped from roll.
Relates to: BadPaperCodes table decimal (7,0) tinyint datetime int datetime int varchar (100) varchar (20) The number of the rollstand on which this roll was mounted. The date that the roll started to be used as recorded by PaperMonitor. The time that the roll started to be used as recorded by PaperMonitor. The date that the roll use ended as recorded by PaperMonitor. The time that the roll use ended as recorded by PaperMonitor. Comments entered by roll tender. Disposition of the roll Values are: FINISHED REJECTED BUTT PARTIAL UNUSED
TransSource
varchar (20)
JohnsonGroup
Page 612

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
WSRollInventory datetime varchar (200) decimal (6,0) datetime
Roll Inventory
(Cont'd)
LastChanged ChangedBy MeasuredLength DateReceiptRecorded
Length of paper used as measured by the PaperMonitor. Date and time on which the receipt of the roll was inserted into the WSRollInventory table.
Field Constraints Column ActiveRollEndTime ActiveRollStartTime AICCost ButtRollFlag CoreWaste DamageCode Employee GrossImpressions Job LengthUsed MCC MeasuredLength PaperCondition POItem Prefix Press PressFormID ProductionJob PurchaseOrder PurchasePrice RollLength RollStandID RollWeight Shift StripWaste SubJobNumber Vendor Warehouse WeightOfDamage WeightUsed WrapperWeight Constraint ([ActiveRollEndTime] >= 0 and [ActiveRollEndTime] <= 999999) ([ActiveRollStartTime] >= 0 and [ActiveRollStartTime] <= 999999) ([AICCost] >= 0 and [AICCost] <= 999999999) ([ButtRollFlag] >= 0 and [ButtRollFlag] <= 1) ([CoreWaste] >= 0 and [CoreWaste] <= 99999) ([DamageCode] >= 0 and [DamageCode] <= 99) ([Employee] >= 0) ([GrossImpressions] >= 0 and [GrossImpressions] <= 999999) ([Job] >= 0 and [Job] <= 999999999) ([Lengthused] >= 0 and [Lengthused] <= 9999999) ([MCC] >= 1 and [MCC] <= 9999999) ([MeasuredLength] >= 0 and [MeasuredLength] <= 999999) ([PaperCondition] >= 0 and [PaperCondition] <= 99) ([POItem] >= 0) ([Prefix] >= 0 and [Prefix] <= 2) ([Press] >= 0) ([PressFormID] >= 0 and [PressFormID] <= 9999) ([ProductionJob] >= 0 and [ProductionJob] <= 999999999) ([PurchaseOrder] >= 0) ([PurchasePrice] >= 0 and [PurchasePrice] <= 999999) ([RollLength] >= 0 and [RollLength] <= 9999999) ([RollStandID] >= 0 and [RollStandID] <= 9) ([RollWeight] >= 0 and [RollWeight] <= 99999) ([Shift] >= 0 and [Shift] <= 9) ([StripWaste] >= 0 and [StripWaste] <= 9999) ([SubJobNumber] >= 0 and [SubJobNumber] <= 9999) ([Vendor] >= 0 and [Vendor] <= 999999999) ([Warehouse] >= 0 and [Warehouse] <= 99) ([WeightOfDamage] >= 0 and [WeightOfDamage] <= 99999) ([WeightUsed] >= 0 and [WeightUsed] <= 99999) ([WrapperWeight] >= 0 and [WrapperWeight] <= 999)
JohnsonGroup
Page 613

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
zlaCustRepAccess
zla Cust Rep Access
Internal use only. zlaCustRepAccess is used to determine access to custom reports set up with custom permissions. The columns are named ReportPerm1, ReportPerm2,... ReportPerm250. There is therefore a limit of 250 custom permissions allowed. The permissions can be set up and assigned to custom reports as those reports are set up in Report Monitor. See also zlaCustRepAccessInfo
Column
Type
ReportPerm1 ReportPerm2 ReportPerm3 ReportPerm4 ReportPerm5 ReportPerm6 ReportPerm7 ReportPerm8 ReportPerm9 ReportPerm10 ReportPerm11 ReportPerm12 ReportPerm13 ReportPerm14 ReportPerm15 ReportPerm16 ReportPerm17 ReportPerm18 ReportPerm19 ReportPerm20 ReportPerm21 ReportPerm22 ReportPerm23 ReportPerm24 ReportPerm25 JohnsonGroup
bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit Page 614

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
zlaCustRepAccess bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit
zla Cust Rep Access
(Cont'd)
ReportPerm26 ReportPerm27 ReportPerm28 ReportPerm29 ReportPerm30 ReportPerm31 ReportPerm32 ReportPerm33 ReportPerm34 ReportPerm35 ReportPerm36 ReportPerm37 ReportPerm38 ReportPerm39 ReportPerm40 ReportPerm41 ReportPerm42 ReportPerm43 ReportPerm44 ReportPerm45 ReportPerm46 ReportPerm47 ReportPerm48 ReportPerm49 ReportPerm50 ReportPerm51 ReportPerm52 ReportPerm53 ReportPerm54 ReportPerm55 ReportPerm56 ReportPerm57 ReportPerm58 ReportPerm59 ReportPerm60 JohnsonGroup
Page 615

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
zla Cust Rep Access
(Cont'd)
Page 616

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
zla Cust Rep Access
(Cont'd)
Page 617

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
zla Cust Rep Access
(Cont'd)
Page 618

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
zla Cust Rep Access
(Cont'd)
Page 619

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
zla Cust Rep Access
(Cont'd)
Page 620

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
zlaCustRepAccess bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit
zla Cust Rep Access
(Cont'd)
ReportPerm236 ReportPerm237 ReportPerm238 ReportPerm239 ReportPerm240 ReportPerm241 ReportPerm242 ReportPerm243 ReportPerm244 ReportPerm245 ReportPerm246 ReportPerm247 ReportPerm248 ReportPerm249 ReportPerm250
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 621

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
zlaCustRepAccessInfo
zla Cust Rep Access Info
Provides a user description for custom permissions assigned to user roles for custom reports.
Indexes on PermCol Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
PermCol PermDesc
The column in zlaCustRepAccess associated with this description. Description of the custom report permission.
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 622

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
zlaEnv
Database Definition
This table contains the basic info concerning the database and its installation. For internal use only.
Indexes on ID Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
ID DateCreated DateUpgraded RelVersion ModVersion Description
varchar (60) datetime datetime decimal (16,2) int varchar (150)
This ID field will be used as the main Company ID name on most reports, primarily Accounting reports. The date the database was originally created. The last date that a Database Upgrade was performed by System Maintenance. The Release version of software with which this database is associated. The modification number of the last modification applied to this database. This number controls one aspect of the updates performed during a database update. Description of the use of the database. This is most important when there are multiple database in use for testing to identify the use and ownership of a particular database. The path used for Admin Jobs (purges, Acct balance test, etc.) to save their Log files detailing what actions the job performed. Version of database change to which this database has been updated. If there are currently records in the RenumberKey table to be used to renumber a table from System Maintenance, this field will reflect the table to which they apply. The number of the current software build to which this database has been updated. This should either be an empty string, or a unique identifier across all EFI Logic SQL systems. It is only necessary to be unique when multiple EFI Logic SQL systems are tied together. For example, when multiple systems all register with the same PNI. Used for EFI Logic license validation Text version of licensing information for display. Last database update failed.
FileRoot DBVersion RenumTable
varchar (200) int varchar (20)
BuildVersion UniqueID
Licenses LicenseInfo UpdateFail

Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 623

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
zlaFormAccess
zla Form Access
Internal use only. zlaFormAccess is used to determine access to job ticket forms (including job vista custom tabs). The columns are named Form1, Form2, Form3 ... Form250. Each jobticket form has a row in table TextFile. Column TextFile.FormAccessColumn lists the name of the zlaFormAccess column that controls permissions for that form. If a SQL user has SELECT permission on a zlaFormAccess column, he has read on the equivalent form. If the user has UPDATE permission, he has read and write on the form.
Column
Type
Form1 Form2 Form3 Form4 Form5 Form6 Form7 Form8 Form9 Form10 Form11 Form12 Form13 Form14 Form15 Form16 Form17 Form18 Form19 Form20 Form21 Form22 Form23 JohnsonGroup
bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit Page 624

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
zlaFormAccess bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit
zla Form Access
(Cont'd)
Form24 Form25 Form26 Form27 Form28 Form29 Form30 Form31 Form32 Form33 Form34 Form35 Form36 Form37 Form38 Form39 Form40 Form41 Form42 Form43 Form44 Form45 Form46 Form47 Form48 Form49 Form50 Form51 Form52 Form53 Form54 Form55 Form56 Form57 Form58 JohnsonGroup
Page 625

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
zla Form Access
(Cont'd)
Page 626

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
zla Form Access
(Cont'd)
Page 627

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
zla Form Access
(Cont'd)
Page 628

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
zla Form Access
(Cont'd)
Page 629

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
zla Form Access
(Cont'd)
Page 630

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
zlaFormAccess bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit
zla Form Access
(Cont'd)
Form234 Form235 Form236 Form237 Form238 Form239 Form240 Form241 Form242 Form243 Form244 Form245 Form246 Form247 Form248 Form249 Form250
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 631

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
zlaProgAccess
Program Access Definition
This table is used to determine role and user access to all functions in the EFI Logic database. Column names are used as permission to be given. For internal use only.
Column
Type
AC3 RunList TxEditor WinMsr Dlw E3StdEdit Est3 EstRecalc Open RunOrder VistaView JJView JobTkt TktDesign WinPurch Invent Invoicing Passport printCafe QuickQuote PLEditor Schedule SchedView SchResEdit Shipment ShipView FGOrder WinAcct Winfdf JohnsonGroup
bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit Page 632

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
zlaProgAccess bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit
(Cont'd)
RepMonitor DCollect JobCostRep acct_G1 acct_G2 acct_G3 acct_G4 acct_G5 acct_G6 acct_G7 acct_G8 custInquir vendInquir acctinit acctpurge acctstat adj_acct adj_cust adj_vend adjust agerepc agerepv approve audrepa audrepca audrepcc audrepco audrepva audrepvd audrepvo badpaper balsheet bldbat boerepap boerepar JohnsonGroup
Page 633

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
(Cont'd)
boerepcd boerepcr boerepgj budgetmnt cashrec chkmrk chkrec chkrep close_list credit cshflo custinfo custmnt datechg diemnt disbpro divnames dptnames dptsc editrcv emplist equip exprep fgpost fgpurge finfrmt fixasset form_1099 form_1099f form_1099s fylist glmnt glrep glreptb inavarep JohnsonGroup
Page 634

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
(Cont'd)
incstmtb incstmtc incstmtp inrep invprg invrct invrec invrep invver irec_form issue jjeditrev jnlrepap jnlrepar jnlrepcd jnlrepcr jnlrepgj jobsum jv_combo jv_reopen lclist locadd maillist mclist mclslist msds mtcrep oc oldnew Order parm pcnames poprice porappr porstat JohnsonGroup
Page 635

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
(Cont'd)
post post_jrnl postdate pplist prepostjnl price prlist rcodes receive revrep rtlist sales_ac salestax shipbol shipedit shipimport shiplabl shipplan shipstarep shipjobrep shiplogrep shippack shipprg shiptomnt shipupdt sic smethod smlist statcode stdtext stktyplist strepco strepv supply supsched JohnsonGroup
Page 636

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
(Cont'd)
svector taxmethod trsetmnt vendmnt voc wfdf_106 wfdf_108 wfdf_110 wfdf_111 wfdf_112 wfdf_1154 wfdf_116 wfdf_118 wfdf_122 wfdf_132 wfdf_138 wfdf_141 wfdf_142 wfdf_144 wfdf_153 wfdf_157 wfdf_160 wfdf_161 wfdf_162 wfdf_164 wfdf_165 wfdf_170 wfdf_181 wfdf_185 wfdf_186 wfdf_187 wfdf_188 wfdf_189 wfdf_196 wfdf_2117 JohnsonGroup
Page 637

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
zlaProgAccess bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit
(Cont'd)
wfdf_2170 wfdf_2173 wfdf_2174 wfdf_2175 wfdf_2177 wfdf_2179 customfiles wininvoice wipsum yrsmnt zero ord_cancel jobrep SysMnt comborep pororcv porrtis porjrnl porjobc wiprep wfdf_2166 webstk papermonit wfdf_900 wfdf_901 Est3Util acctInquir ListAllBat wfdf_226 schEdtJFrm pcModQuote psInternal
JohnsonGroup
Page 638

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
zlaProgAccess
(Cont'd)
JohnsonGroup
Page 639

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
zlaProgAccess2
Program Access Definition 2
This table is used to determine role and user access to all functions in the EFI Logic database. Column names are used as permission to be given. For internal use only.
Column
Type
fginv fgedtorder fgordrep fginit fgasb fgaimport fgoimport fgacrep fgtempl fgavrep fganal fgbkord fgdist fgivarep fgcost fgdistrep fgwkord fgorstat fgasbrep acctImport inactcust aptax InvNotes CustNotes cnotes wfdf_107 pocustom wfdf_226 SysMnt JohnsonGroup
bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit Page 640

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
zlaProgAccess2 bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit
(Cont'd)
costdate renumber prepostbat taxcode editcost wfdf_902 commission wfdf_custm catchange wfdf_903 disbsum disbsumnon fgwebwork EdtCustRep DCManager fylist wfdf_176 pocostvar country estcode logos parentcomp prefix svccharge shifts wfdf_166 wfdf_3161 fomcredits wfdf_904 wfdf_1101 wfdf_1102 wfdf_1106 jdfdevice jdftask jdfwrkctr JohnsonGroup
Page 641

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
zlaProgAccess2 bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit
(Cont'd)
texture AAJournal autopost partialbil Planning PlanResEd AltApprove wfdf_2149 wfdf_1109 wfdf_1113 jdfdvwkctr jdfopcode wfdf_2111 wfdf_2168 unsps wfdf_2112 wfdf_2114 astatement duerep etarep labrep payrep perep prdrep smrep valrep schedrep planrep CanClosePO PSIntAdmin rs_edit rs_recv rs_usage rs_recon reprcheck JohnsonGroup
Page 642

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
zlaProgAccess2 bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit bit
(Cont'd)
edtPrdHold rs_reports voidchkrep reconcile wfdf_2190 contacts fgirec fgirecform popurge rs_purge webordsum wfdf_3170 connector vendornote veninvnote vnotes budgetrpt AccountRep Est3Rep FGRep InventRep MaintRep PurchRep QQRep ShipRep SysMntRep InvoiceRep JobTickRep fgordsrc currexchg fgordtyp fgpromotn resrctype symbolid
JohnsonGroup
Page 643

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
zlaProgAccess2
(Cont'd)
JohnsonGroup
Page 644

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
zlaReportDefinition
Report Definition
This table holds the details of Logic and custom reports. For internal use only.
Indexes on ReportKey Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables TextFile zlaReportListContent Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
DefaultReportKey ReportKey
ReportKey Name InputCategory AppLocationKey Path AppType
varchar (15) varchar (50) varchar (15) varchar (50) varchar (256) tinyint
Unique alpha key identifying a particular report defintion. Custom report entries will begin with "Custom". Descriptive name for report Defines the input group that provides the input form for the report. Identifies the application with which this report is installed. Relative path to report file for Logic reports and full path to custom reports. Currently the only legal values are: 0 = Crystal report 1 = Other Identifies the input form used for this report Permission required for a user to be able to run the report. Whether report is a Logic report or custom report. Flag to indicate that this report is only available for internal use. Used by Table Maintenance to associate custom reports with custom tables. In this case it has the "file number" of the table. Also used to indicate the "root table" of the report by custom applications based on the Job Ticket. This is the table that the report is built around. For example, job reports are built around the "OpenJob" table.
InputKey PermissionKey IsCustom InternalOnly TableAssociation
varchar (15) varchar (15) bit bit varchar (20)
ReportImageKey Suppress CustomData
int bit bit
Key to zlaReportImage for reports that are stored in the database. Flag indicating that this Logic report should be suppressed from the report list. Flag indicating that the report uses custom data and should not be directed to the current Logic database.
Field Constraints Column AppType Constraint ([AppType] >= 0 and [AppType] <= 1)
JohnsonGroup
Page 645

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
zlaReportImage
Report Image
This table holds the report files for system level custom reports.
Indexes on ReportImageKey Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
ReportImageKey SourceFileName LastChanged ChangedBy ReportFile

int varchar (256) datetime varchar (128) image
Key field used in zlaReportDefinition to identify image record. Path to file last used to update report file. Date and time file was last updated. User name of person last updating this file Field containing file for report.
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 646

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
zlaReportList
Report List
Identifies the report lists used by the system. For internal use only.
Indexes on ListID Related Tables with Foreign Keys Related Tables zlaReportListContent Column Type Description Primary key, clustered Column
ListID
ListID Name Abbreviation PermissionGroup ValidateList MonitorList MenuName MenuSelect InternalOnly IsCustom
varchar (15) varchar (25) varchar (8) varchar (10) bit bit varchar (15) varchar (400) bit bit
Alpha key to identify list. Descriptive name for list (used in Report Monitor) Short name for list (used in Report Monitor) Permission required to access this report list. Whether each report on list is validated individually. Whether this list will appear in Report Monitor for those users with permission to access it. Name of menu group for those applications which have an extended menu (used by Report Monitor) A SQL query to determine contents of an application menu for an application that is table driven. Report lists that are only accessible internally in an application. This is a custom report list.
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 647

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
zlaReportListContent
Report List Content
Identifies the reports that appear on a report list. For internal use only.
Indexes on ListID, ReportKey Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
ListID ReportKey IsCustom

ID of the list for this entry. Relates to: zlaReportList table Report Key field for this entry Relates to: zlaReportDefinition table Whether this is a custom entry on the list.
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 648

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
zlaReportQueue
Report Queue
File contains definition of user created system queues. For internal use only.
Indexes on QueueID Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
QueueID QueueName DateCreated CreatedBy DateLastModified LastModifiedBy

int varchar (50) datetime varchar (50) datetime varchar (50)
NumericID for this queue. Descriptive name for this queue Date that this queue was created. User login name that created the queue. The last date on which this queue was modified. User login name of last user to modifiy this report queue.
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 649

Johnson Group
Table:
1/24/2011 9:03:54AM
zlaReportQueueList
Report Queue List
List of reports to be run in queue. For internal use only.

Indexes on QueueID, ReportKey, Sequence Description Primary key, clustered
Column
Type
QueueID ReportKey Sequence Description InputData

int varchar (15) int varchar (50) varchar (8,000)
ID of queue for this entry. Key of report for this queue. Provides order of reports to be run in this queue. Description of this report entry. The string of saved settings data to run this report.
Constraint
JohnsonGroup
Page 650

Logic Table Docs

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originalbeschreibung:

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Logic Table Docs

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Logic SQL Table Documentation

ACNumber Channelizer Description OnTime RestTime

int tinyint varchar (50) int int

Logic SQL Table Documentation

ACNumber Description sValue LLRecNum

int varchar (50) varchar (50) int identity

Constraint ([ACNumber] >= (-9999999) and [ACNumber] <= 9999999)

Logic SQL Table Documentation

ACNumber Description CostCenter LLRecNum

int varchar (35) varchar (5) int identity

Main Machine Number . Labor Cost Center code Unique key

Constraint ([ACNumber] >= (-9999999) and [ACNumber] <= 9999999)

Logic SQL Table Documentation

AcctgGroup AcctgGroup AcctgGroup

Logic SQL Table Documentation

int varchar (20)

UserName ProgramData StartDate EndDate

varchar (128) varchar (100) datetime datetime

Logic SQL Table Documentation

CustomerN VendorN AccountN

int int int

InvoiceN CheckN PostingDate

int int datetime

Logic SQL Table Documentation

AccountngInput decimal (11,2) decimal (11,2)

decimal (11,2) int

QuantityInvcd PurchaseOrder HoldFlag Discount D1099Type

decimal (9,2) int tinyint decimal (11,2) smallint

Transactions TaxCode QuanProduced FGIItemN

decimal (15,2) int decimal (9,2) int

Department APInvoiceNum BatchTransNum WIkey

int varchar (14) int int

Logic SQL Table Documentation

Logic SQL Table Documentation

ACNumber CrewNumber Employee Name Shift LogDate CostCenter nIndex LLRecNum

Logic SQL Table Documentation

AccountN PeriodEnding BudgetAmount AcctDepartment DivisionN BudgetN SourceOfData

int datetime decimal (15,2) int int int tinyint

datetime varchar (128)

Logic SQL Table Documentation

Acct Check Detail

CheckHeaderN Row LineText

int int varchar (100)

Constraint ([CheckHeaderN]>=(0) AND [CheckHeaderN]<=(999999999))

Logic SQL Table Documentation

Check Image Header

CheckHeaderN CheckImageN CheckImageN CheckImageN CheckImageN CheckImageN

CheckHeaderN DatePrinted PrintedBy Division StubCheckNumber

int datetime varchar (128) int int

Logic SQL Table Documentation

DivisionN DivisionTitle DivisionName AddrLine1 AddrLine2 City StateProv PostalCode DefCashAcctAP

TelephoneNo FaxNo NextInvoiceN

varchar (25) varchar (25) int

Logic SQL Table Documentation

AcctDivisions varchar (3) int varchar (15) varchar (15) smallint

CountryCode NextCheckN FederalTaxID StateTaxID ChkDateFormat

Logic SQL Table Documentation

AddrLine3 PhoneExt Email CurrencyWord1 CurrencyWord2 ChkPrintWordAmt

Logic SQL Table Documentation

Logic SQL Table Documentation

ACNumber Delivery DMAddress DMType ScaleNumber Channelizer Channel HasAlpha Sensor

int int int int int tinyint tinyint tinyint int

Logic SQL Table Documentation